Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Clinical Laserthermia Systems

Clinical Laserthermia Systems

cls · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker cls
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Clinical Laserthermia Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
___________________________________________________________________

FORM 20-F

☐  Registration statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

or

☒	Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or
☐  Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                           to                          
or
☐  Shell company report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report:                          

Commission file number: 1-14832
___________________________________________________________________

CELESTICA INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ontario, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2N 6L7
(Address of principal executive offices)

Craig Oberg
416-448-2211
clsir@celestica.com
5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2N 6L7
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
___________________________________________________________________
SECURITIES REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of each class:
Subordinate Voting Shares

Trading Symbol
CLS

Name of each exchange on which registered:
The Toronto Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

___________________________________________________________________
SECURITIES REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
N/A
__________________________________________________________________
SECURITIES FOR WHICH THERE IS A REPORTING OBLIGATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT:
N/A
___________________________________________________________________

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

106,111,146 Subordinate Voting Shares
  18,600,193

 Multiple Voting Shares

0

Preference Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ 
No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒	No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of "large accelerated filer," 
"accelerated filer," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☒                                     Accelerated filer ☐                                     Non-
accelerated filer ☐  
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
       †The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒ 
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐                       International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒                        Other ☐
If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

        Emerging growth company ☐

  
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I. 

Item 1.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Key Information

A.

B.

C.

Selected Financial Data

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

D. Risk Factors

Item 4.

Information on the Company

A. History and Development of the Company

B.

Business Overview

C. Organizational Structure

D.

Property, Plants and Equipment

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 5.

Item 6.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

B.

C.

D.

E.

Compensation

Board Practices

Employees

Share Ownership

Item 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

B.

C.

Related Party Transactions

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Item 8.

Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Item 9.

B.

Significant Changes

The Offer and Listing
A. Offer and Listing Details
Plan of Distribution
B.

C. Markets

D.

Selling Shareholders

E. Dilution

F.

Expenses of the Issue

Item 10. Additional Information

A.

Share Capital

B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation

C. Material Contracts

D.

E.

Exchange Controls

Taxation

i

Page

1

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

29

29

29

43

44

44

45

93

93

98

138

141

142

143

143

144

145

145

145

145

145
146
146

146

146

146

146

146

146

146

147

147

147

F.
G.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Statements by Experts

H. Documents on Display

I.

Subsidiary Information

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

A. Debt Securities

B. Warrants and Rights

C. Other Securities

D. American Depositary Shares

Part II. 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Item 16.

[Reserved]

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Item 16F. Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Part III. 

Item 17.

Financial Statements

Item 18.

Financial Statements

Item 19.

Exhibits

Page

152

152

152

153

153

156

156

156

156

156

156

156

156

156

157

157

157

157

158

158

159

159

159

159

159

159

159

160

ii

Part I.

        In this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2021 (referred to herein as "this Annual Report"), 
"Celestica," the "Corporation," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Celestica Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        In this Annual Report, the United States is referred to as the "U.S.," and all dollar amounts are expressed in U.S. dollars, 
except where we state otherwise. All references to "U.S.$" or "$" are to U.S. dollars and all references to "C$" are to Canadian 
dollars.  Unless  we  indicate  otherwise,  any  reference  in  this  Annual  Report  to  a  conversion  between  U.S.$  and  C$  is  a 
conversion at the average of the exchange rates in effect for the year ended December 31, 2021. During that period, based on 
the relevant noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in Canadian dollars, as certified for customs purposes by 
the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank, the average daily exchange rate was U.S.$1.00 = C$1.2533.

        Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this Annual Report is stated as of February 22, 2022.

Forward-Looking Statements 

Item 3(D), "Key Information — Risk Factors," Item 4, "Information on the Company," Item 5, "Operating and Financial 
Review  and  Prospects"  and  other  sections  of  this  Annual  Report  contain  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of 
Section  27A  of  the  U.S.  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  U.S.  Securities  Act,  Section  21E  of  the  U.S.  Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  or  the  U.S.  Exchange  Act,  and  forward-looking  information  within  the  meaning  of 
applicable Canadian securities laws (collectively, forward-looking statements), including, without limitation, statements related 
to: anticipated and potential adverse impacts resulting from coronavirus disease 2019 and related mutations (COVID-19); our 
priorities, intended areas of focus, targets, objectives and goals (including, but not limited to, those set forth under the caption 
"Celestica's Strategy" in Item 4(B), and the captions "Operating Goals and Priorities" and "Our Strategy" in Item 5, "Operating 
and Financial Review and Prospects"); trends in the electronics manufacturing services (EMS) industry and our segments (and/
or their constituent businesses), and their anticipated impact; the anticipated impact of current market conditions in each of our 
segments  (and/or  constituent  businesses)  and  near-term  expectations  (positive  and  negative);  anticipated  restructuring  and 
potential divestiture actions; our anticipated financial and/or operating results and outlook; our strategies; our credit risk; the 
anticipated impact of acquisitions (including the acquisition of PCI Private Limited (PCI)), and program wins, transfers, losses 
or  disengagements;  materials,  component  and  supply  chain  constraints;  shipping  delays;  anticipated  expenses,  capital 
expenditures  and  other  working  capital  requirements  and  contractual  obligations;  our  intended  repatriation  of  certain 
undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries (and amounts we do not intend to repatriate in the foreseeable future); diversity 
and inclusion; the potential impact of tax and litigation outcomes; our ability to use certain tax losses; intended investments in 
our business; the potential impact of the pace of technological changes, customer outsourcing, program transfers, and the global 
economic  environment;  the  intended  method  of  funding  subordinate  voting  share  (SVS)  repurchases  and  our  restructuring 
provision; the lease for our temporary and new corporate headquarters; Toronto transition costs; the impact of our outstanding 
indebtedness; liquidity and the sufficiency of our capital resources; our intention (when in our discretion) to settle outstanding 
equity  awards  with  SVS;  our  financial  statement  estimates  and  assumptions;  recently-issued  accounting  pronouncements  and 
amendments;  the  potential  impact  of  price  reductions  and  longer  payment  terms;  our  compliance  with  covenants  under  our 
credit facility; refinancing debt at maturity; interest rates and expense; the potential adverse impacts of events outside of our 
control, including, among others: U.S. policies or legislation, U.S. and global tax reform; product/component tariffs on items 
imported into the U.S. and related countermeasures, and/or the impact of, in addition to COVID-19, other widespread illness or 
disease (External Events); mandatory prepayments under our credit facility; pension plan funding requirements and the impact 
of  annuity  purchases;  our  income  tax  incentives;  the  anticipated  impact  of  COVID-19-related  governmental  relief  measures; 
accounts  payable  cash  flow  levels;  expectations  with  respect  to  cash  deposits;  accounts  receivable  sales;  internal  relocation 
costs;  our  cash  generating  units  with  goodwill;  our  future  warranty  obligations;  cybersecurity  threats  and  incidents;  our 
intentions with respect to environmental assessments for newly-leased or acquired properties; our expectations with respect to 
expiring leases; interest rate swap agreements; the pay-for-performance alignment of our executive compensation program; our 
intention to retain earnings for general corporate purposes; the timing of finalization of the PCI purchase price allocation and 
net  working  capital  adjustment;  increases  in  intangible  asset  amortization;  and  costs  in  connection  with  our  pursuit  of 
acquisitions and strategic transactions. Such forward-looking statements may, without limitation, be preceded by, followed by, 
or  include  words  such  as  "believes,"  "expects,"  "anticipates,"  "estimates,"  "intends,"  "plans,"  "continues,"  "target,"  "project," 
"potential," "possible," "contemplate," "seek," or similar expressions, or may employ such future or conditional verbs as "may," 
"might,"  "will,"  "could,"  "should"  or  "would,"  or  may  otherwise  be  indicated  as  forward-looking  statements  by  grammatical 
construction,  phrasing  or  context.  For  those  statements,  we  claim  the  protection  of  the  safe  harbor  for  forward-looking 
statements contained in the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, where applicable, and applicable Canadian 
securities laws.

1

Forward-looking statements are provided to assist readers in understanding management's current expectations and plans 
relating to the future. Readers are cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward-looking 
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements, including, among others, as is described in more detail in 
Item 3(D), Key Information — Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report, risks related to: 

RISK FACTOR SUMMARY 

•

•

•

•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•
•

•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•
•

customer and segment concentration; challenges of replacing revenue from completed, lost or non-renewed 
programs or customer disengagements;
price, margin pressures, and other competitive factors and adverse market conditions affecting, and the highly 
competitive  nature  of,  the  EMS  industry  in  general  and  our  segments  in  particular  (including  the  risk  that 
anticipated market improvements do not materialize);
delays  in  the  delivery  and  availability  of  components,  services  and  materials,  as  well  as  their  costs  and 
quality;
our customers' ability to compete and succeed using our products and services;
changes  in  our  mix  of  customers  and/or  the  types  of  products  or  services  we  provide,  including  negative 
impacts of higher concentrations of lower margin programs;
managing changes in customer demand;
rapidly evolving and changing technologies, and changes in our customers' business or outsourcing strategies;
the cyclical and volatile nature of our semiconductor business;
the expansion or consolidation of our operations;
the inability to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce;
defects or deficiencies in our products, services or designs;
volatility in the commercial aerospace industry;
integrating  and  achieving  the  anticipated  benefits  from  acquisitions  (including  our  acquisition  of  PCI)  and 
"operate-in-place" arrangements;
compliance with customer-driven policies and standards, and third-party certification requirements;
challenges associated with new customers or programs, or the provision of new services;
the  impact  of  our  restructuring  actions  and/or  productivity  initiatives,  including  a  failure  to  achieve 
anticipated benefits therefrom;
negative impacts on our business resulting from newly-increased third-party indebtedness;
the incurrence of future restructuring charges, impairment charges, other write-downs of assets or operating 
losses;
managing our business during uncertain market, political and economic conditions, including among others, 
geopolitical  and  other  risks  associated  with  our  international  operations,  including  military  actions, 
protectionism  and  reactive  countermeasures,  economic  or  other  sanctions  or  trade  barriers,  including  in 
relation to the evolving Ukraine/Russia conflict;
disruptions  to  our  operations,  or  those  of  our  customers,  component  suppliers  and/or  logistics  partners, 
including as a result of External Events;

the scope, duration and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

changes to our operating model;
changing commodity, materials and component costs as well as labor costs and conditions;
execution and quality issues (including our ability to successfully resolve these challenges);
non-performance by counterparties;
maintaining sufficient financial resources to fund currently anticipated financial actions and obligations and to 
pursue desirable business opportunities;
negative impacts on our business resulting from any significant uses of cash (including for the acquisition of 
PCI), securities issuances, and/or additional increases in third-party indebtedness (including as a result of an 
inability to sell desired amounts under our uncommitted accounts receivable sales program);
operational impacts that may affect PCI's ability to achieve anticipated financial results;
foreign currency volatility;

2

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

our global operations and supply chain; 
competitive bid selection processes;
customer relationships with emerging companies;
recruiting or retaining skilled talent;
our dependence on industries affected by rapid technological change;
our ability to adequately protect intellectual property and confidential information;
increasing taxes, tax audits, and challenges of defending our tax positions;
obtaining, renewing or meeting the conditions of tax incentives and credits;
the management of our information technology systems, and the fact that while we have not been materially 
impacted by computer viruses, malware, ransomware, hacking attempts or outages, we have been (and may 
continue to be) the target of such events;
the inability to prevent or detect all errors or fraud;
the variability of revenue and operating results;
unanticipated disruptions to our cash flows;
compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
our pension and other benefit plan obligations;
changes in accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions;
our ability to maintain compliance with applicable credit facility covenants;
interest rate fluctuations and the discontinuation of LIBOR;
our ability to refinance our indebtedness from time to time; 
deterioration in financial markets or the macro-economic environment;
our credit rating;
the interest of our controlling shareholder;
current or future litigation, governmental actions, and/or changes in legislation or accounting standards; 
negative publicity;
the impact of climate change; 
that we will not be permitted to, or do not, repurchase SVS under any normal course issuer bid (NCIB); and
our ability to achieve our environmental, social and governance (ESG) initiative goals, including with respect 
to diversity and inclusion and climate change.

The  foregoing  and  other  material  risks  and  uncertainties  are  discussed  in  our  public  filings,  which  can  be  found  at 
www.sedar.com  and  www.sec.gov,  including  in  this  Annual  Report,  and  subsequent  reports  on  Form  6-K  furnished  to,  the 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and as applicable, the Canadian Securities Administrators.

Our  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  are  based  on  various  assumptions,  many  of  which 

involve factors that are beyond our control. Our material assumptions include those related to the following:

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

the scope and duration of materials constraints and the COVID-19 pandemic, and their impact on our sites, 
customers and suppliers;
fluctuation of production schedules from our customers in terms of volume and mix of products or services;
the timing and execution of, and investments associated with, ramping new business; 
the success of our customers' products;
our ability to retain programs and customers;
the stability of general economic and market conditions, and currency exchange rates;
supplier performance and quality, pricing and terms;
compliance by third parties with their contractual obligations; 
the costs and availability of components, materials, services, equipment, labor, energy and transportation;
that our customers will retain liability for product/component tariffs and countermeasures;
global tax legislation changes;
our ability to keep pace with rapidly changing technological developments;

3

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•

•

the timing, execution and effect of restructuring actions;
the successful resolution of quality issues that arise from time to time;
the components of our leverage ratio (as defined in our credit facility); 
our ability to successfully diversify our customer base and develop new capabilities; 
the  availability  of  cash  resources  for,  and  the  permissibility  under  our  credit  facility  of,  repurchases  of 
outstanding SVS under our current NCIB, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to 
NCIBs;
compliance with applicable credit facility covenants;
anticipated demand strength in certain of our businesses;  
anticipated demand weakness in, and/or the impact of anticipated adverse market conditions on, certain of our 
businesses;
anticipated financial results by PCI will be achieved; we are able to successfully integrate PCI, further 
develop our ATS segment business, and achieve the other expected synergies and benefits from the 
acquisition; all financial information provided by PCI is accurate and complete, and all forecasts of PCI’s 
operating results are reasonable and were provided to Celestica in good faith; and 
we will continue to have sufficient financial resources to fund currently anticipated financial actions and 
obligations and to pursue desirable business opportunities.

While  management  believes  these  assumptions  to  be  reasonable  under  current  circumstances,  they  may  prove  to 
be inaccurate, which could cause actual results to differ materially (and adversely) from those that would have been achieved 
had such assumptions been accurate.

Forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  on  which  they  are  made,  and  we  disclaim  any  intention  or 
obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or 
otherwise,  except  as  required  by  applicable  law.  You  should  read  this  Annual  Report,  and  the  documents,  if  any,  that  we 
incorporate herein by reference, with the understanding that our actual results may be materially different from what we expect.

All  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to  us  are  expressly  qualified  by  the  cautionary  statements  included  in  this 

Annual Report. 

Item 1.    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2.    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3.    Key Information

A.   [Removed and Reserved]

B.    Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.    Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

4

D.    Risk Factors  

Each  of  the  following  risk  factors,  or  any  combination  of  them,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, and/or operating results. Our shareholders and prospective investors should carefully consider each of the 
following risks and all of the other information set forth in this Annual Report. 

We  are  dependent  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  and  end  markets.  A  decline  in  revenue  from,  or  the  loss  of,  any 
significant customer, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. 

We depend upon a small number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue. Our top 10 customers in 2021 
represented  66%  (2020  —  66%;  2019  —  65%)  of  our  total  revenue.  We  also  remain  dependent  upon  revenue  from  our 
Connectivity and Cloud Solutions (CCS) segment, which represented 59% of our consolidated revenue in 2021 (2020 — 64%; 
2019  —  61%).  Notwithstanding  the  expansion  of  our  Advanced  Technology  Solutions  (ATS)  segment,  our  newly-reshaped 
CCS  segment  portfolio,  and  growth  in  our  Hardware  Platform  Solutions  (HPS)  business,  we  remain  dependent  on  our 
traditional  CCS  business  for  a  large  portion  of  our  revenue,  which  continues  to  experience  slower  growth  rates,  increased 
pricing pressures and a highly competitive marketplace, including from original design manufacturers (ODMs). 

A decline in revenue from, or the loss of, any significant customer could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition and operating results. We cannot assure: (i) the replacement of completed, delayed, cancelled or reduced orders with 
new business; (ii) that our current customers will continue to utilize our services consistent with historical volumes or at all; 
and/or (iii) that our customers will renew their long-term manufacturing or services contracts with us on acceptable terms or at 
all. Disengagements resulting from our recent CCS segment portfolio review, including our disengagement from programs with 
Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco), resulted in an estimated annualized revenue decline of $1.25 billion in 2021, compared to revenue 
in 2018, the year such review commenced. Our disengagement from Cisco was completed in the fourth quarter of 2020. 

There  can  also  be  no  assurance  that  our  efforts  to  secure  new  customers  and  programs  will  succeed  in  reducing  our 
customer concentration. Failure to secure business from existing or new customers in any of our end markets would adversely 
impact our operating results. 

Any of the foregoing may adversely affect our margins, cash flow, and our ability to grow our revenue, and may increase 
the variability of our operating results from period to period. See "Our revenue and operating results may vary significantly 
from period to period" below. 

We operate in an industry comprised of numerous competitors and aggressive pricing dynamics. 

We operate in a highly competitive industry. Our competitors include large global EMS companies, ODMs that specialize 
in  providing  internally  designed  products  and  manufacturing  services,  smaller  EMS  companies  that  often  have  a  regional, 
product,  service  or  industry-specific  focus,  as  well  as  component  and  sub-system  suppliers,  distributors  and/or  systems 
integrators. In addition, our HPS offering may compete with our traditional customers' hardware offerings. Offering products or 
services  that  compete  with  the  offerings  of  our  customers  may  negatively  impact  our  relationship  with,  or  result  in  a  loss  of 
business  from,  such  customers.  We  face  indirect  competition  from  current  and  prospective  customers  who  decide  to 
manufacture  products  internally,  or  insource  previously  outsourced  business.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  we  may  face 
competition from distribution and logistics providers expanding their services across the supply chain.

The competitive environment in our industry is intense and aggressive pricing is a common business dynamic. Some of 
our competitors have greater scale and offer a broader range of services. Additionally, our current or potential competitors may: 
be more effective than we are in increasing or shifting their presence in new lower-cost, lower-tariff or tariff-free regions to try 
to  offset  continuous  competitive  pressure  and  increasing  labor  costs  or  to  secure  new  business;  develop  or  acquire  services 
comparable  or  superior  to  ours;  consolidate  to  form  larger  competitors;  have  greater  name  recognition,  critical  mass  and/or 
geographic market presence; have greater manufacturing, research and development (R&D) and marketing resources; be better 
able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities; be willing to, or able to make sales or provide services at lower margins 
than  we  do;  or  adapt  more  quickly  than  we  do  to  new  technologies,  evolving  industry  trends  and  changing  customer 
requirements. In addition, our competitors may be more effective than we are in investing in information technology solutions 
to differentiate their offerings. Some of our competitors have increased their vertical capabilities by manufacturing modules or 
components  used  in  the  products  they  assemble.  Although  we  have  also  expanded  our  capabilities,  including  through 
acquisitions  and  "operate-in-place"  arrangements,  our  competitors'  expansion  efforts  may  be  more  successful  than  ours. 

5

 
 
Competition  may  cause  pricing  pressures,  reduced  profits  or  a  loss  of  market  share  (for  example,  from  program  losses,  non-
renewals or customer disengagements). We may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors. 

We  are  dependent  on  third  parties  to  supply  certain  materials,  and  our  results  can  be  negatively  affected  by  the  quality, 
availability and cost of such materials. 

The purchase of materials and electronic components represents a significant portion of our costs. We rely on third parties 
to provide such items. Materials shortages or other issues affecting timely access to these materials (which often occur in our 
industry)  may  impact  our  ability  to  successfully  complete  a  program.  A  delay  or  interruption  in  supply  from  a  component 
supplier, especially for single-sourced components, could have a significant impact on our operations and on our customers if 
we are unable to deliver finished products in a timely manner. If the amount we are required to pay for equipment and supplies 
exceeds what we have estimated, especially in a fixed price contract, we may suffer losses on these contracts. If a supplier or 
manufacturer fails to provide components, supplies or equipment as required under a contract, we may be required to source 
these  items  from  other  third  parties  on  a  delayed  basis  or  on  less  favorable  terms,  which  could  impact  our  profitability. 
Additionally, quality or reliability issues at any of our component providers, or financial difficulties that affect their production 
and ability to supply us with components, could halt or delay production of a customer's product, or result in claims against us 
for failure to meet required customer specifications, which could materially adversely impact our operating results. Shortages 
may  also  result  in  our  carrying  higher  levels  of  inventory  and  extended  lead-times,  or  result  in  increased  component  prices, 
which may require price increases in the products and services that we provide. Any increase in our costs that we are unable to 
recover  would  negatively  impact  our  margins  and  operating  results.  Changes  in  forecasted  volumes  or  in  our  customers' 
requirements  can  also  negatively  affect  our  ability  to  obtain  components  and  adversely  impact  our  operating  results.  We 
continue  to  experience  materials  constraints  in  both  of  our  segments,  due  to  global  supply  shortages  for  many  electronic 
components, which have been significantly exacerbated during 2020 and 2021 as a result of COVID-19. Materials shortages 
have been aggravated by the significant impact of COVID-19-related workforce constraints on the factories of certain of our 
suppliers. We also recognize that some sub-tier suppliers providing raw materials such as palladium, neon gas and high-grade 
aluminum  are  partially  dependent  on  supply  from  Russia/Ukraine.  We  will  closely  monitor  the  supply  availability  and  price 
fluctuations  of  these  raw  materials.  In  addition,  as  a  result  of  the  evolving  situation  in  Ukraine,  we  may  experience,  among 
other  impacts,  export  restrictions  and  increases  to  fuel  costs.  As  we  are  dependent  on  our  suppliers  to  prioritize  their 
manufacturing  to  produce  the  products  we  need  to  fulfill  our  customer  orders,  these  shortages  have  caused  delays  in  the 
production of customer products in both of our segments, and in combination with volatile market demand, negatively impacted 
our  margins  and  resulted  in  higher-than-expected  levels  of  inventory  in  2020  and  2021.  To  address  these  adverse  market 
conditions, which are expected to continue throughout 2022, we are placing purchase orders with longer-than-usual lead times 
(in some cases in excess of one year), in order to secure materials needed for production. See Item 5, Operating and Financial 
Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A,  "Recent  Developments  –  Segment  Environment"  and  "Liquidity  —  Contractual 
Obligations." 

We are dependent on our customers' ability to compete and succeed in the marketplace using our products and services. 

Our operating results are highly dependent upon our customers' ability to compete and succeed in the marketplace using 
our  products  and  services.  Factors  that  may  adversely  affect  our  customers  include:  rapid  changes  in  technology;  evolving 
industry standards; seasonal demand; their failure to successfully market, and/or a lack of widespread commercial acceptance 
of, their products; supply chain issues; dramatic shifts in demand which may cause them to lose market share or exit businesses; 
recessionary  periods  in  our  customers'  markets;  short  product  lifecycles  resulting  from  continuous  improvements  in  products 
and services, commoditization of certain products, changes in preferences by end customers, and the emergence of new entrants 
or  competitors  with  disruptive  products,  services,  or  new  business  models  that  de-emphasize  traditional  original  equipment 
manufacturer (OEM) solutions and distribution channels. In addition, certain of our customers have experienced, and may in the 
future experience, severe revenue erosion, pricing, margin and cash flow pressures, and excess inventories that, in turn, have 
adversely affected (and in the future may adversely affect) our operating results. If technologies or standards supported by our 
customers' products and services or their business models become obsolete, fail to gain widespread acceptance or are canceled, 
our  business  would  be  adversely  affected.  For  example,  declines  in  end-market  demand  for  customer-specific  proprietary 
systems in favor of open systems with standardized technologies has had an adverse impact on certain of our customers, and 
consequently, our business. See "Our revenue and operating results may vary significantly from period to period" below. 

6

 
A change in the mix of customers and/or the types of products or services we provide could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial condition and operating results. 

The mix of our customers and the type of products or services we provide may have an impact on our financial condition 
and  operating  results  from  period-to-period.  For  example,  a  higher  concentration  of  lower-margin  programs  will  have  an 
adverse impact on our operating results in the relevant period. See Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) — Recent Developments" 
for a discussion of the impact on our operating results of customer and service mix during 2021. In addition, certain customer 
agreements  require  us  to  provide  specific  price  reductions  over  the  contract  term,  which  negatively  impact  our  financial 
condition and operating results if they are not offset.

Inherent  challenges  in  managing  changes  in  customer  demand  may  impact  our  planning,  supply  chain  execution  and 
manufacturing, and may adversely affect our operating performance and results. 

Our customers typically do not commit to production schedules for more than 30 to 90 days in advance (however, due to 
global  supply  shortages,  some  customers  have  provided  us  with  longer  commitments),  and  we  often  experience  volatility  in 
customer orders and inventory levels. Customers may terminate their agreements with us prior to scheduled expiration, fail to 
renew such agreements upon expiration, or significantly change, reduce or delay the volume of manufacturing or other services 
they  order  from  us,  any  of  which  would  adversely  affect  our  operating  results.  Customers  may  also  shift  business  to  our 
competitors, in-source programs, or adjust the concentration of their supplier base. The global economic environment, adverse 
market conditions, political and geopolitical pressures, negative sentiment from our customers' customers or changes made by 
local governments (such as tax benefits or tariffs) may also impact our customers' business decisions. These and other factors 
could  adversely  affect  the  rate  of  outsourcing  to  EMS  providers  generally  or  to  us  in  particular.  A  significant  portion  of  our 
revenue can occur in the last month of the quarter, and purchase orders may be subject to change or cancellation, all of which 
affect  our  operating  results  when  they  occur.  In  2021,  we  continued  to  experience  significant  demand  reductions  in  certain 
markets,  particularly  in  our  commercial  aerospace  business,  as  a  result  of  COVID-19.  Because  we  cannot  predict  customer 
behavior, or if or when adverse market conditions will reverse, our forecasts of customer orders may be inaccurate, and may 
make it difficult to order appropriate levels of materials, schedule production, and maximize utilization of our manufacturing 
capacity and resources.

Our customers may change their forecasts, production quantities or product type requirements, or may accelerate, delay or 
cancel  production  quantities.  When  customers  change  production  volumes  or  request  different  products  to  be  manufactured 
from  those  in  their  original  forecast,  the  unavailability  of  components  and  materials  for  such  changes  could  also  adversely 
impact our revenue and working capital performance. See "We are dependent on third parties to supply certain materials, and 
our results can be negatively affected by the quality, availability and cost of such materials" above.

Further,  to  guarantee  continuity  of  supply  for  many  of  our  customers,  we  are  required  to  manufacture  and  warehouse 
specified  quantities  of  finished  goods.  The  uncertainty  of  demand  in  our  customers'  end  markets,  intense  competition  in  our 
customers' industries and general order volume volatility may result in customers delaying or canceling the delivery of products 
we manufacture for them or placing purchase orders for lower volumes of products than previously anticipated. This may result 
in higher than expected levels of inventory, which could in turn have a material adverse impact on our operating results and 
working capital performance. Although the levels of inventory we carry in any period reflect inventory required to support new 
program  ramps,  inventory  levels  are  also  impacted  by  demand  volatility  and  significant  product  mix  changes,  including  late 
changes from customers, as well as materials constraints from suppliers (which persisted throughout 2021). As a result of global 
supply constraints, and related customer requests for us to order sufficient components, there has been a significant increase in 
our purchase order obligations from prior periods. We may not be able to return or re-sell excess inventory resulting from these 
factors, or we may be required to hold such inventory for a period of time, any of which may result in higher working capital 
needs (offset in part by customer cash deposits), and/or a requirement to record additional (and higher-than-typical) reserves for 
excess  or  obsolete  inventory  (as  occurred  in  2020).  Order  cancellations  and  delays  could  also  lower  our  asset  utilization, 
resulting in higher levels of unproductive assets, lower inventory turns, and lower margins.

The semiconductor industry is cyclical and volatile in nature.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and has experienced significant economic downturns, often in connection 
with,  or  in  anticipation  of,  maturing  product  cycles  or  a  decline  in  general  economic  conditions.  These  downturns  are 
characterized by diminished product demand, lower volumes and rapid erosion of average selling prices, resulting in revenue 
declines, production overcapacity, and excess inventory (as was the case throughout 2019). The timing, length and volatility of 
these cycles are difficult to predict. The quick onset of demand changes, as well as the high level of fixed costs associated with 
this business, exacerbate the adverse impact of these downturns on our operating results. Actions taken to reduce our costs may 
be  insufficient  to  align  our  structure  with  prevailing  business  conditions,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  invest  in  R&D  and 

7

 
engineering at the levels we believe are necessary to maintain our competitive position. On the other hand, in the event of a 
significant  upturn,  we  may  not  be  able  to  expand  our  workforce  and  operations  in  a  sufficiently  timely  manner,  procure 
adequate resources and raw materials, or locate suitable third-party suppliers to respond effectively to changes in demand for 
our  existing  products  or  to  the  demand  for  new  products  requested  by  our  customers.  See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial 
Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Recent  Developments  –  Segment  Environment."  Any  of  the  foregoing  may  adversely 
affect  our  margins,  cash  flow,  and  our  ability  to  grow  our  revenue,  and  may  increase  the  variability  of  our  operating  results 
from period to period. 

We may encounter difficulties expanding or consolidating our operations or introducing new competencies or new offerings, 
which could adversely affect our operating results. 

As we expand our business, open new sites, enter into new markets, products and technologies, invest in research, design 
and development, acquire new businesses or capabilities, transfer business within our network, consolidate certain operations, 
and/or  introduce  new  business  models  or  programs,  we  may  encounter  difficulties  that  result  in  higher  than  expected  costs 
associated with such activities. Potential difficulties related to such activities include our ability: to manage growth effectively; 
to  maintain  existing  business  relationships  during  periods  of  transition;  to  anticipate  disruptions  in  our  operations  that  may 
impact  our  ability  to  deliver  to  customers  on  time,  produce  quality  products  and  ensure  overall  customer  satisfaction;  and  to 
respond rapidly to changes in customer demand or volumes. For example, our profitability was adversely impacted during 2020 
and 2021 as a result of significant reduced demand in our aerospace and defense (A&D) business, due in part to COVID-19, 
requiring cost reduction actions to appropriately adjust our cost base. 

We  may  also  encounter  difficulties  in  ramping  and  executing  new  programs.  Ramping  new  programs  can  range  from 
several  months  to  over  a  year  before  production  starts,  and  often  requires  significant  up-front  investments  and  increased 
working capital. These programs may generate lower margins or losses during and/or following the ramp period, or may not 
achieve the expected financial performance, due to production ramp inefficiencies, lower than expected volume, or delays in 
ramping to volume. In addition, our customers may significantly change these programs, or even cancel them altogether, due to 
decreases in their end-market demand or in the actual or anticipated success of their products in the marketplace. We may incur 
increased  ramping  costs  as  we  further  expand  our  ATS  segment,  and  ramp  new  programs,  including  in  the  facility  formerly 
used for programs with Cisco. There can be no assurance that our increased investments will benefit us or result in business 
growth.  As  we  pursue  opportunities  in  new  markets  or  technologies,  we  may  encounter  challenges  due  to  our  limited 
knowledge or experience in these areas. In addition, the success of new business models or programs depends on a number of 
factors including: understanding the new business or markets; timely and successful product development; market acceptance; 
the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated demand; the development or 
acquisition of appropriate intellectual property and capital investments, to the extent required; the availability of materials in 
adequate quantities and at appropriate costs to meet anticipated demand; and the risk that new offerings may have quality or 
other defects in the early stages of introduction. Any of these factors could prevent us from realizing the anticipated benefits of 
growth in new markets or technologies, which could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.

As  part  of  our  strategy  to  enhance  our  end-to-end  service  offerings,  we  intend  to  continue  to  expand  our  design  and 
engineering capabilities. Providing these services may expose us to different or greater potential risks than those we face when 
providing  our  manufacturing  services.  Our  design  services  require  significant  investments  in  R&D,  technology  licensing, 
testing and tooling equipment, patent applications and talent recruitment. Our margins may be adversely impacted if we incur 
higher than expected investment costs, or if our customers are not satisfied with our progress, or do not approve our completed 
designs. In addition, our design activities often require the purchase of inventory for initial production runs before we have a 
firm purchase commitment from a customer. Furthermore, we face increased competition with respect to this offering, as well 
as the recruitment of our HPS talent, from ODMs and other companies providing similar services. As we continue to grow our 
HPS  business,  costs  required  to  support  our  design  and  engineering  capabilities  are  expected  to  increase  (for  example,  we 
expanded our HPS engineering network at our Richardson, Texas facility in 2021), and adversely impact our profitability. In 
addition, some of the products we design and develop must satisfy safety and regulatory standards and/or receive government 
certifications. If we fail to obtain these approvals or certifications on a timely basis, we would be unable to sell these products, 
which would harm our revenues, profitability and reputation.

There can be no assurance that our expansion into new markets or new business will be successful, or that we will achieve 

the anticipated benefits.

In addition, there is no assurance that we will find suitable new acquisition targets, that we will be able to consummate 
any  such  transactions  on  terms  and  conditions  acceptable  to  us,  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  fund  any  such  acquisitions  with 
existing cash resources or through financing provided by external lenders. We may be unable to obtain additional capital if and 

8

when required on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to consummate an acquisition we have deemed desirable, we 
may not be able to implement our intended business plan, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and 
financial condition. In addition, we may incur costs to support our pursuit of acquisitions and/or other strategic opportunities, 
which may adversely impact our operating results, and may not result in the consummation of any such transactions. See "We 
have  incurred  substantial  third-party  debt  to  fund  acquisitions,  which  has  increased  our  debt  service  requirements,  may 
reduce  our  ability  to  fund  future  acquisitions  and/or  to  respond  to  unexpected  capital  requirements,  and  may  have  other 
adverse impacts on our business" below. 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce. 

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. Our 
workforce  utilization  rate  is  affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including:  our  ability  to  transition  employees  from  completed 
projects to new programs and to hire and assimilate new employees; our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby 
maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our geographies and operating sites; our ability to manage attrition; our need to 
devote time and resources to training and development; and our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of 
the  marketplace.  If  we  over-utilize  our  workforce,  our  employees  may  become  disengaged,  which  could  impact  employee 
attrition.  If  we  under-utilize  our  workforce,  our  margins  and  profitability  could  suffer.  Manufacturing  shut-downs  and 
restrictions  due  to  COVID-19  resulted  in  the  incurrence  of  certain  idled  labor  costs,  which  adversely  impacted  our  financial 
results in 2020 and 2021.

There may be problems with the products we design or manufacture that could result in liability/warranty claims against us, 
which may reduce demand for our services, damage our reputation, and/or cause us to incur significant costs.  

In most of our sales contracts, we provide warranties against defects or deficiencies in our products, services, or designs. 
We generally design and manufacture products to our customers' specifications, many of which are highly complex, and include 
products for regulated industries, such as HeathTech and A&D. The customized design solutions that form a part of our HPS 
offering  also  subject  us  to  the  risk  of  liability  claims  if  defects  are  discovered  or  alleged.  Despite  our  quality  control  and 
assurance efforts, problems may occur or be alleged, in or resulting from the design and/or manufacturing of these products. 
Whether  or  not  we  are  responsible,  problems  in  the  products  we  design  and/or  manufacture,  or  in  products  which  include 
components  we  manufacture,  whether  real  or  alleged,  whether  caused  by  faulty  customer  specifications,  the  design  or 
manufacturing  processes  or  a  component  defect,  may  result  in  increased  costs  to  us,  as  well  as  delayed  shipments  to  our 
customers, and/or reduced or canceled customer orders. These potential claims may include damages for the recall of a product 
and/or injury to person or property, including consequential and/or punitive damages. 

Even if customers or third parties, such as component suppliers, are responsible for defects, they may not, or may not be 
able to, assume responsibility for any such costs or required payments to us. While we seek to insure against many of these 
risks,  insurance  coverage  may  be  inadequate,  not  cost  effective  or  unavailable,  either  in  general  or  for  particular  types  of 
products or issues.

As we expand our service offerings (including our HPS offerings) and pursue business in new end markets, our warranty 
obligations have increased and we may not be successful in pricing our products to appropriately cover our warranty costs. A 
successful  claim  for  damages  arising  from  defects  or  deficiencies  for  which  we  are  not  adequately  insured,  and  for  which 
indemnification from a third party is not timely (or otherwise) available, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation 
and/or our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to demand volatility in the commercial aerospace industry, and the sustained downturn in this industry as a 
result of COVID-19 has adversely impacted the revenues of our A&D business. 

Our A&D business may be affected by certain characteristics and trends of the commercial aerospace industry, such as 
fluctuations in its business cycle, varying fuel and labor costs, intense price competition and regulatory scrutiny, certain trends, 
including  a  possible  decrease  in  aviation  activity  and  a  decrease  in  outsourcing  by  aircraft  manufacturers  or  the  failure  of 
projected market growth to materialize or continue. In the event that these characteristics and trends adversely affect customers 
in the commercial aerospace industry, they may reduce the overall demand for our commercial aerospace services. The Boeing 
737 Max program halt led to demand reductions in our commercial aerospace business in 2020, which have not yet recovered. 
In addition, the severe and prolonged adverse impact of COVID-19 on the commercial aerospace industry due to quarantines, 
travel restrictions, business curtailments, resurgences and mutations of the virus and safety concerns had a material and adverse 
impact on our commercial aerospace revenues during 2020 and 2021.

9

 
We may encounter integration and other significant challenges with respect to our acquisitions and strategic transactions 
which could adversely affect our operating results. 

We have (and may continue to) expand our network, capabilities and presence in new regions and end markets through 
acquisitions  and/or  strategic  transactions,  including  multi-year  "operate-in-place"  arrangements,  where  we  manage  certain 
production,  assembly  or  other  services  for  customers  directly  from  their  locations,  acquire  their  inventory,  equipment  and/or 
other  assets,  hire  their  employees,  and  lease  or  acquire  their  manufacturing  sites.  Potential  challenges  related  to  these 
acquisitions and transactions include: integrating acquired operations, systems and businesses (which may include transferring 
production from acquired operations to our existing network, or downsizing or closing acquired locations, in each case to obtain 
anticipated  operational  synergies);  meeting  customers'  expectations  as  to  volume,  product  quality  and  timeliness;  supporting 
legacy  contractual  obligations;  retaining  customer,  supplier,  employee  or  other  business  relationships  of  acquired  operations; 
addressing  unforeseen  liabilities  of  acquired  businesses;  limited  experience  with  new  technologies  and  markets;  failure  to 
realize anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements; failure to achieve anticipated business volumes or 
operating margins; valuation methodologies not accurately capturing the value of the acquired business; the effects of diverting 
management's  attention  from  day-to-day  operations  to  matters  involving  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses;  incurring 
potentially  substantial  transaction  costs  associated  with  these  transactions;  increased  burdens  on  our  staff  and  on  our 
administrative,  internal  control  and  operating  systems,  which  may  hinder  our  legal  and  regulatory  compliance  activities; 
overpayment for an acquisition; and potential impairments resulting from post-acquisition deterioration in, or reduced benefit 
from, an acquired business. While we often obtain indemnification rights from the sellers of acquired businesses, such rights 
may be difficult to enforce, the losses may exceed any dedicated escrow funds, and the indemnitors may not have the ability to 
financially support the indemnity. Any of these factors may prevent us from realizing the anticipated benefits of an acquisition, 
including additional revenue, operational synergies, and/or economies of scale. Any delay or failure to realize the anticipated 
benefits of acquisitions may adversely affect our business and operating results and may require us to write-down the carrying 
value of any related goodwill and intangible assets in periods subsequent to the acquisitions. For example, our profitability was 
adversely  impacted  during  2020  and  2021  as  a  result  of  significant  reduced  demand  in  our  A&D  business,  due  in  part  to 
COVID-19, requiring related cost reduction actions to adjust our cost base. Acquisitions may also involve businesses we are not 
familiar  with,  and  expose  us  to  additional  business  risks  that  are  different  than  those  we  have  traditionally  experienced  or 
anticipated at the time of acquisition.

Any  failure  to  comply  with  customer-driven  policies  and  standards,  and  third  party  certification  requirements  could 
adversely affect our business and reputation. 

In  addition  to  government  regulations  and  industry  standards,  our  customers  may  require  us  to  comply  with  their  own 
climate  change,  social  responsibility,  conflict  minerals,  quality  or  other  business  policies  or  standards,  which  may  be  more 
restrictive than current laws and regulations and our pre-existing policies. Such policies or standards may be customer-driven, 
established by the industries in which we operate, or imposed by third party organizations. For example, we are a member of 
the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA). The RBA is a non-profit coalition of electronics companies that, among other things, 
establishes  standards  for  its  members  in  responsible  and  ethical  practices  in  the  areas  of  labor,  environmental  compliance, 
employee  health  and  safety,  ethics  and  social  responsibility.  Our  compliance  with  these  policies,  standards  and  third-party 
certification  requirements  could  be  costly,  and  our  failure  to  comply  could  adversely  affect  our  operations,  customer 
relationships, reputation and profitability.

Challenges  associated  with  new  customers  or  programs,  or  the  provision  of  new  services,  could  adversely  affect  our 
operations and financial results.

In determining whether to pursue a potential new customer, program or service, we evaluate whether it fits with our value 
proposition as well as its potential end-market success. Where we proceed, our goal is to ensure that our terms of engagement 
appropriately  reflect  anticipated  costs,  risks  and  rewards.  The  failure  to  make  prudent  engagement  decisions  or  to  establish 
appropriate contractual terms could adversely affect our profitability and margins.

10

There  are  also  risks  associated  with  the  timing  and  ultimate  realization  of  anticipated  revenue  from  a  new  program  or 
service.  Certain  new  programs  or  services  require  us  to  devote  significant  capital  and  personnel  to  new  technologies  and 
competencies. We may not meet customer expectations, which could damage our relationships with such customers and impact 
our ability to timely deliver conforming products or services. The success of new programs may also depend heavily on factors 
including product reliability, supply chain dynamics, market acceptance, regulatory approvals and/or economic conditions. Any 
failure to meet expectations on these factors could adversely affect our results of operations.

We  have  incurred  significant  restructuring  charges  in  recent  periods,  and  expect  to  incur  further  restructuring  charges 
during 2022; we may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits from our restructuring activities, these activities may 
adversely affect our business, and additional restructuring actions may be required once currently-contemplated actions are 
complete. 

We incurred restructuring charges of $10.5 million in 2021, $25.8 million in 2020, and $37.9 million in 2019, and expect 
to incur incremental restructuring charges in 2022. See Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — 
Operating Results — Other charges (recoveries)." Implementation of our restructuring activities may be costly and disruptive to 
our  business,  and  we  may  not  achieve  the  cost  savings  and  benefits  anticipated  from  such  activities.  We  may  not  be  able  to 
retain  or  expand  existing  business  due  to  execution  issues  relating  to  anticipated  headcount  reductions,  plant  closures  or 
product/service  transfers,  and  we  may  incur  higher  operating  expenses  during  the  periods  of  transition.  Additionally, 
restructuring  actions  may  result  in  a  loss  of  continuity  and  accumulated  knowledge  in  our  workforce  and  related  operational 
inefficiencies, as well as negative publicity. Headcount reductions can also have a negative impact on morale and our ability to 
attract and hire new qualified personnel in the future. Our restructuring activities require a significant amount of management 
and  other  employees’  time  and  focus,  which  may  divert  attention  from  operating  and  growing  our  business.  Any  failure  to 
achieve some or all of the expected benefits of our restructuring activities, including any delay in implementing planned related 
restructuring actions, may have a material adverse effect on our competitive position and operating results. In addition, we may 
implement additional future restructuring actions or divestitures as a result of changes in our business, the marketplace and/or 
our exit from less profitable, under-performing, non-core or non-strategic operations.

We have incurred substantial third-party debt to fund acquisitions, which has increased our debt service requirements, may 
reduce  our  ability  to  fund  future  acquisitions  and/or  to  respond  to  unexpected  capital  requirements,  and  may  have  other 
adverse impacts on our business. 

Our  outstanding  indebtedness,  together  with  the  mandatory  prepayment  provisions  of  our  credit  facility,  require  us  to 
dedicate  a  portion  of  our  cash  flow  to  make  interest  and  principal  payments  on  such  indebtedness,  thereby  limiting  the 
availability  of  our  cash  flow  for  other  purposes,  and  may  reduce  our  ability  to  fund  future  acquisitions  and/or  to  respond  to 
unexpected  capital  requirements.  Such  indebtedness  (which  may  increase  if  we  are  unable  to  sell  desired  amounts  under  our 
uncommitted  accounts  receivable  sales  program)  may  also:  require  us  to  pursue  additional  term  financing  for  potential 
investments,  which  may  not  be  available  on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all;  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for 
working capital, business activities, and other general corporate requirements; limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on 
terms  acceptable  to  us  or  at  all;  limit  our  flexibility  to  plan  for  and  adjust  to  changing  business  and  market  conditions;  and 
increase  our  vulnerability  to  general  adverse  economic  and  industry  conditions.  In  addition,  such  indebtedness  could  have  a 
variety of other adverse effects, including: (i) default and foreclosure on our assets if we have insufficient funds to repay the 
debt  obligations;  (ii)  acceleration  of  such  indebtedness  or  cross-defaults  if  we  breach  financial  or  other  covenants  under 
applicable debt agreements and such breaches are not waived; (iii) increased vulnerability to adverse changes in competitive 
conditions or government regulation; and (iv) other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt. Our credit 
facility also prohibits share repurchases for cancellation if our leverage ratio (as defined in such facility) exceeds a specified 
amount (this restriction is not currently, and during 2021 was not, in effect).

In addition, our credit ratings impact the cost and availability of future borrowings and, accordingly, our cost of capital. 
Our ratings reflect the opinions of the ratings agencies of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet our 
debt obligations. There can be no assurance that we will achieve a particular rating or maintain a particular rating in the future, 
which could place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors and prevent us from taking actions that could benefit us in 
the long term. Any negative change in our credit rating or outlook may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital 
in the future on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all. We may not be able to obtain financing arrangements on acceptable 
terms or in amounts sufficient to meet our needs in the future, which could harm our ability to grow our business, internally or 
through acquisitions.

11

We have incurred impairment charges and operating losses in certain of our businesses, and may incur such charges and 
losses in future periods. 

We have from time to time recorded impairment charges when we have determined that the carrying amount of our assets, 
or related cash generating unit or units (CGUs), may not be recoverable (last recorded in 2015). We have also recorded charges 
(including during 2019 - 2021) to write-down specified assets in connection with our restructuring actions (described in note 15 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18). Determining the recoverable amount of our assets and CGUs is subjective 
and  requires  management  to  exercise  significant  judgment  in  estimating  future  growth,  profitability,  discount  and  terminal 
growth  rates,  and  in  projecting  future  cash  flows,  among  other  factors,  including  the  impact  of  market  conditions  on 
management's assumptions. Future events and changing market conditions may impact our assumptions as to prices, costs, or 
other factors that may result in changes to our estimates of future cash flows, which may in turn result in impairment charges, 
which could be substantial and adversely affect our financial results. Factors that might reduce the recoverable amount of these 
assets below their respective carrying values include declines in our stock price and market capitalization, reduced future cash 
flow estimates, slower growth rates, or significant operating losses in any of our businesses. Sustained market price decreases, 
demand softness, and/or failure to realize future revenue at an appropriate profit margin in any CGU could negatively impact 
our  operating  results,  including  the  incurrence  of  restructuring  charges  and/or  impairment  losses  for  such  CGU  or  operating 
losses for the relevant business. Similar risks apply to assessing the recoverability of our deferred tax assets.

We continue to operate in an uncertain global economic and political environment. 

Concerns  over  global  economic  conditions,  financial  markets,  geopolitical  issues,  energy  costs,  inflation,  and  the 
availability  and  cost  of  credit,  have  contributed  to  increased  global  economic  and  political  uncertainty.  The  political 
environment  in  the  U.S.,  tensions  between  the  U.S.  and  other  countries,  and  the  evolving  Russia/Ukraine  conflict,  have 
contributed  to  such  uncertainty.  Trade  actions  between  the  U.S.  and  China  have  made  our  production  from  China  less  cost-
competitive  than  other  low-cost  countries  in  recent  periods.  These  geopolitical  events,  which  are  outside  our  control,  have 
adversely impacted, and are expected to continue to adversely impact, our China operations. See "Our operations have been 
and  could  continue  to  be  adversely  affected  by  events  outside  our  control"  and  "U.S.  policies  or  legislation  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition" below. Uncertain global economies 
have  adversely  impacted,  and  may  continue  to  unpredictably  impact,  currency  exchange  rates.  See  "We  are  exposed  to 
translation and transaction risks associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; hedging instruments may not 
be  effective  in  mitigating  such  risks"  below.  Financial  market  instability  may  result  in  lower  returns  on  our  financial 
investments,  and  lower  values  on  some  of  our  assets.  Alternately,  inflation  may  lead  to  higher  costs  for  materials  and/or 
increase our costs of borrowing and raising capital, and we have experienced wage and materials price inflation during 2021. 
Uncertainty surrounding the global economic environment and geopolitical outlook may impact current and future demand for 
some of the products we manufacture or services we provide, the financial condition of our customers and/or suppliers, as well 
as the number and pace of customer consolidations. If any of the foregoing impacts the financial condition of our customers, 
they  may  delay  payments  to  us  or  request  extended  payment  terms,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
condition and working capital. If any of the foregoing impacts the financial condition of our suppliers, this may have an adverse 
effect  on  our  operations,  financial  condition  and/or  customer  relationships.  We  cannot  predict  the  precise  nature,  extent,  or 
duration of these economic or political conditions or if they will have any impact on our financial results. A deterioration in the 
economic environment may exacerbate the effect of the various risk factors described in this Annual Report and could result in 
other unforeseen events that may adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Our operations have been and could continue to be adversely affected by events outside our control. 

Our operations and those of our customers, component suppliers and/or our logistics partners may be disrupted by global 
or  local  events  outside  our  control,  including:  natural  disasters  and  related  disruptions;  political  instability;  geopolitical 
dynamics;  terrorism;  armed  conflict;  labor  or  social  unrest;  criminal  activity;  disease  or  illness  that  affects  local,  regional, 
national  or  international  economies  (see  below);  unusually  adverse  weather  conditions;  cybersecurity  incidents  (see  "Our 
operations  and  our  customer  relationships  may  be  adversely  affected  by  disruptions  to  our  information  technology  (IT) 
systems, including disruptions from cybersecurity breaches of our IT infrastructure" below); and other risks present in the 
jurisdictions in which we, our customers, our suppliers and/or our logistics partners operate. These types of events could disrupt 
operations at one or more of our sites or those of our customers, component suppliers and/or our logistics partners. These events 
could also lead to higher costs or supply shortages, and may disrupt the delivery of components to us or our ability to provide 
finished products or services to our customers, any of which could adversely affect our operating results materially. We carry 
insurance to cover damage to our sites and interruptions to our operations, including those that may occur as a result of natural 
disasters, such as flooding, earthquakes or other events. Our insurance policies, however, are subject to deductibles, coverage 
limitations and exclusions, and may not provide adequate (or any) coverage should such events occur.

12

Our  business  and  operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  the  effects  of  a  widespread  outbreak  of  a 
contagious disease or other adverse public health developments. These effects could (and with respect to COVID-19, did and 
continue  to)  include  disruptions  or  restrictions  on  our  employees’  and  other  service  providers’  ability  to  travel,  as  well  as 
temporary closures of our facilities or the facilities of our customers, suppliers, or other vendors in our supply chain, including 
single  source  suppliers,  and  shipping  delays  and  premiums.  In  addition,  a  significant  outbreak  of  contagious  diseases  in  the 
human  population  could  (and  with  respect  to  COVID-19,  did  and  continues  to)  result  in  a  widespread  health  crisis  that 
adversely  affects  the  economies  and  financial  markets  of  many  countries,  resulting  in  an  economic  downturn  that  affects 
demand for our end customers’ products and in turn adversely impacts our operating results. See "The effect of COVID-19 on 
our operations and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers has had, and may continue to have, a 
material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations" below for a discussion of the actual and 
potential impact of COVID-19 on our business. 

Increased international political volatility, including changes to previously accepted trading or other government policies 
or legislation in the U.S. and Europe, instability in parts of Europe and the Middle East, as well as the ongoing refugee crisis, 
anti-immigrant activities, social unrest and fears of terrorism, enhanced national security measures, armed conflicts (including 
the evolving situation in Ukraine), security issues at the U.S./Mexico border related to illegal immigration or criminal activities 
associated with illegal drug activities, labor or social unrest, strained international relations, including tensions between the U.S. 
and other countries, and any related decline in consumer confidence arising from these and other factors may materially hinder 
our ability to conduct business, or may reduce demand for our products or services. Any escalation in these events or similar 
future events may disrupt our operations or those of our customers and suppliers and could adversely affect the availability of 
materials  needed  to  manufacture  our  products  or  the  means  to  transport  those  materials  to  manufacturing  sites  and  finished 
products to customers. Changes in policies by the U.S. or other governments could negatively affect our operating results due to 
changes in duties, tariffs or taxes, or limitations on currency or fund transfers, as well as government-imposed restrictions on 
producing  certain  products  in,  or  shipping  them  to,  specific  countries.  Also  see  "U.S.  policies  or  legislation  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition," "Our ability to successfully manage 
unexpected  changes  or  risks  inherent  in  our  global  operations  and  supply  chain  may  adversely  impact  our  financial 
performance," "We continue to operate in an uncertain global economic and political environment," and Item 5, "Operating 
and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — External Factors that May Impact our Business."

We  rely  on  a  variety  of  common  carriers  for  the  transportation  of  materials  and  products  and  for  their  ability  to  route 
these  materials  and  products  through  various  international  ports  and  other  transportation  hubs.  A  work  stoppage,  strike  or 
shutdown of any important supplier's site or operations, or at any major port or airport, or the inability to access any such site 
for any reason, could result in manufacturing and shipping delays or expediting charges, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our operating results.

The foregoing events have had and may in the future have an adverse impact on the U.S. and global economy in general, 
and on consumer confidence and spending, which may adversely affect our revenue and financial results. Such events could 
increase the volatility of the market price of our securities and may limit the capital resources available to us and our customers 
and suppliers.

The effect of COVID-19 on our operations and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers has had, 
and may continue to have, a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.  

COVID-19  had  a  material  and  adverse  impact  on  our  operations  during  2020  and  2021.  In  addition  to  the  impact  of 
demand  reductions  due  to  COVID-19  on  our  revenue  (most  significantly  in  our  Industrial  and  commercial  aerospace 
businesses),  we  experienced  significant  adverse  revenue  impacts  across  our  businesses  resulting  from  materials  constraints 
(including  as  a  result  of  COVID-19).  See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Recent 
Developments  —  Segment  Environment"  for  further  detail.  As  a  result  of  supply  chain  and  workforce  constraints,  we  were 
negatively  impacted  by  approximately  $32  million  and  $37  million  during  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  in  estimated 
COVID-19-related  costs,  comprised  of  both  direct  and  indirect  costs,  including  manufacturing  inefficiencies  related  to  lost 
revenue  due  to  our  inability  to  secure  materials,  idled  labor  costs  resulting  from  shelter-in-place  orders  and  manufacturing 
capacity restrictions, and incremental costs for labor, expedite fees and freight premiums, cleaning supplies, personal protective 
equipment, and IT-related services to support our work-from-home arrangements (collectively, COVID-19 Costs). Although we 
expect to continue to incur COVID-19 Costs in 2022, stemming most significantly from manufacturing inefficiencies related to 
lost  revenue  due  to  our  inability  to  secure  materials,  we  cannot  quantify  anticipated  amounts.  Adverse  COVID-19-related 
impacts  were  mitigated  in  part  by  an  aggregate  of  $11  million  and  $34  million  in  COVID-19-related  government  subsidies, 
grants  or  credits  and  $1  million  and  $3  million  of  COVID-19-related  customer  recoveries  we  recognized  in  2021  and  2020, 
respectively. However, we do not anticipate that such relief will be available to us in 2022.  

13

 We have experienced (and continue to experience) shipping surcharges on ocean freight, premiums on air freight, and 
increased transit times in receiving certain raw materials as a result of shipping delays due to, among other things, additional 
safety  requirements  imposed  by  port  authorities,  closures  of  or  congestion  at  ports,  reduced  availability  of  commercial 
transportation, border restrictions and capacity constraints for air freight as a result of COVID-19, which have had an adverse 
impact on our ability to obtain materials and, at times, deliver our products in a timely manner, and consequently, our results of 
operations.  Shipping  delays  and  increased  shipping  costs  are  anticipated  to  continue  to  disrupt  our  operations,  and  have  an 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, until ocean and air freight capacity is no longer 
constrained.

The  pandemic  has  impacted  our  customers  and  may  create  unpredictable  reductions  or  increases  in  demand  for  our 
services.  See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Recent  Developments  —  Segment 
Environment." In addition, the ability of our employees to work may be significantly impacted by individuals contracting or 
being exposed to COVID-19. While we are following the requirements of governmental authorities and taking preventative and 
protective measures to prioritize the safety of our employees (including periodic cessations (other than very limited essential 
inter-regional  travel)  of  employee  travel,  a  global  work-from-home  policy  for  applicable  employees,  and  for  all  other 
employees,  physical  distancing,  enhanced  screening,  mandatory  mask  and  use  of  other  personal  protective  equipment,  shift-
splitting,  and  organization  of  vaccine  clinics  in  regions  where  vaccines  were  not  readily  available,  including  Malaysia  and 
Thailand), these measures may not be successful, and we may be required to temporarily close facilities or take other measures. 
If  factory  closures  or  significant  reductions  in  capacity  utilization  occur,  we  would  incur  additional  inefficiencies  and  direct 
costs,  as  well  as  a  loss  of  revenue.  If  our  suppliers  experience  additional  closures  or  reductions  in  their  capacity  utilization 
levels, we may have further difficulty sourcing materials necessary to fulfill production requirements. A material adverse effect 
on our employees, customers, suppliers and/or logistics providers could have a material adverse effect on us. 

In addition to the potential items noted above, future impacts from the pandemic may also include: (i) a further decrease in 
short-term  and/or  a  decrease  in  long-term  demand  and/or  pricing  for  certain  of  our  products;  (ii)  further  reductions  in 
production  levels  and  R&D  activities;  (iii)  further  increased  costs  resulting  from  our  efforts  to  mitigate  the  impact  of 
COVID-19; (iv) deterioration of worldwide credit and financial markets that could limit our ability to obtain external financing 
to fund our operations and capital expenditures, could result in losses on our holdings of cash and investments due to failures of 
financial institutions and other parties, and could result in a higher rate of losses on our accounts receivable (A/R) due to credit 
defaults;  (v)  further  disruptions  to  our  supply  chain,  including  as  a  result  of  shipping  delays;  (vi)  write-downs  and/or 
impairments of assets; (vii) diversion of management’s attention from our key strategic priorities, causing us to reduce, delay, 
alter or abandon initiatives that may otherwise increase our long-term value or otherwise disrupt our business operations; and/or 
(viii) adverse impacts on our information technology systems and our internal control systems as a result of continued remote 
work arrangements. 

In addition, to the extent government-required vaccine mandates in jurisdictions in which our businesses operate become 
effective,  it  could  create  operational  burdens  necessary  to  track  vaccination  status  and/or  enforce  COVID-19  testing  of  non-
vaccinated employees. We cannot predict with certainty the impact that any such regulations would have on our workforce. Our 
implementation  of  applicable  requirements  may  result  in  workforce  attrition  or  difficulty  securing  future  labor  needs,  which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The  ultimate  size  of  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  business  and  its  duration  will  depend  on  future 
developments which cannot currently be predicted, including infection resurgences and mutations, government responses, the 
speed at which our suppliers and logistics providers can return to and maintain full production, the status of labor shortages and 
the  impact  of  supplier  prioritization  of  backlog.  Even  after  the  COVID-19  pandemic  has  subsided,  we  may  experience 
significant adverse impacts to our businesses as a result of its global economic impact, including any related recession, as well 
as  lingering  impacts  on  our  suppliers,  third-party  service  providers  and/or  customers  (including  movement  of  production  in-
country to decrease global exposures). 

U.S. policies or legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial 
condition. 

The former U.S. administration created uncertainty with respect to, among other things, trade agreements and free trade 
generally, and imposed significant increases on tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. from specified countries, each of which 
has  imposed  retaliatory  tariffs  on  specified  items.  These  actions,  and/or  other  governmental  actions  related  to  tariffs  or 
international trade agreements, have increased (and could further increase) the cost to our U.S. customers who use our non-U.S. 
manufacturing sites and components, and vice versa, which may materially and adversely impact demand for our services, our 

14

results  of  operations  or  our  financial  condition.  Although  we  have  transferred  numerous  customer  programs  to  countries 
unaffected by these tariffs (including Thailand), we anticipate continued actions from non-China based customers to exit China 
to avoid the impact of these additional tariffs. Given the uncertainty regarding the scope and duration of these (or further) trade 
actions, whether trade tensions will escalate further, and whether our customers will continue to bear the cost of the tariffs and/
or avoid such costs by in-sourcing or shifting business to other providers, their impact on our operations and results for future 
periods  cannot  be  currently  quantified,  but  may  be  material.  See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  — 
MD&A — External Factors that May Impact our Business" for further detail.

In addition, it is unknown at this time to what extent new U.S. laws will be passed or new regulatory proposals will be 
adopted,  if  any  (or  whether  current  laws  or  regulations  will  be  rolled  back),  or  the  effect  that  such  events  may  have  on  the 
economy and/or our business. However, changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and 
policies  governing  foreign  trade,  taxes,  manufacturing,  clean  energy,  the  healthcare  industry,  development  and  investment  in 
the jurisdictions in which we and/or our customers or suppliers operate, could materially adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition. See "We are subject to the risk of increasing income and other taxes, tax audits, and 
the  challenges  of  successfully  defending  our  tax  positions,  and  obtaining,  renewing  or  meeting  the  conditions  of  tax 
incentives and credits, any of which may adversely affect our financial performance."

Changes to our operating model may adversely affect our business. 

We  continuously  work  to  improve  our  productivity,  quality,  delivery  performance  and  flexibility  through  various 
operational initiatives, including our recent CCS segment portfolio review (including our disengagement from programs with 
Cisco), which resulted in an estimated annualized aggregate CCS segment revenue decline of $1.25 billion in 2021 compared to 
revenue in 2018, the year such review commenced. We may be unable to replace all of such revenue in a timely manner or on 
acceptable terms.

Implementation  of  these  initiatives  also  presents  a  number  of  risks,  including:  (i)  failure  to  achieve  anticipated  margin 
improvements  from  such  actions;  (ii)  actual  or  perceived  disruption  of  service  or  reduction  in  service  levels  to  customers; 
(iii) potential adverse effects on our internal control environment with respect to general and administrative functions during 
transitions  resulting  from  such  initiatives;  (iv)  actual  or  perceived  disruption  to  suppliers,  distribution  networks  and  other 
important  operational  relationships  and  the  inability  to  resolve  potential  conflicts  in  a  timely  manner;  (v)  diversion  of 
management  attention  from  ongoing  business  activities  and  strategic  objectives;  and  (vi)  failure  to  retain  key  employees. 
Because of these and other factors, we cannot predict whether we will fully realize the purpose and anticipated benefits or cost 
savings of these initiatives and, if we do not, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, 
adverse changes to our business may require additional restructuring or reorganization activities in the future. See "We have 
incurred significant restructuring charges in recent periods, and expect to incur further restructuring charges during 2022; 
we may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits from our restructuring activities, these activities may adversely affect 
our  business,  and  additional  restructuring  actions  may  be  required  once  currently-contemplated  actions  are  complete" 
above.

Our results may be negatively affected by rising labor costs.

There is some uncertainty with respect to the pace of rising labor costs (including minimum wage increases that may be 
government-mandated from time to time), and increasing competition for specific talent/resources in various regions in which 
we  operate.  The  competition  for  talent  has  been  heightened  as  a  result  of  COVID-19,  due  to  government-imposed  border 
controls, which limit the supply of foreign labor, and require us to rely on more expensive talent solutions. COVID-19 has also 
impacted  our  labor  costs  due  to  employees'  idled  time  and  paid  time  off  to  receive  vaccines  and/or  stay  in  quarantine.  Any 
increase in labor costs that we are unable to recover in our pricing to our customers would negatively impact our margins and 
operating results.

Volatility in commodity prices may negatively impact our operating results. 

We rely on various energy sources in our production and transportation activities. Increases in prices for energy and other 
commodities have resulted in, and may result in further increased raw material and component costs and transportation costs. 
Any increase in our costs that we are unable to recover in our pricing to our customers would negatively impact our margins 
and operating results.

15

 
Quality and execution issues may reduce demand for our services, damage our reputation, and/or have a material adverse 
effect on our business and operating results. 

In any given quarter, we can experience quality and process variances related to materials, testing, or other manufacturing 
or supply chain activities. Although we are successful in resolving the majority of such issues, the existence of these variances 
could cause us to incur significant costs in relation to corrective actions, have a material adverse impact on the demand for our 
services  in  future  periods  from  any  affected  customers,  damage  our  reputation,  and/or  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business and operating results. 

We are subject to financial and reputational risk due to non-performance by counterparties. 

A failure by counterparties, including customers, suppliers, financial institutions (including the issuers of our purchased 
annuities), or other third parties with whom we conduct business, to fulfill their contractual obligations, may result in financial 
loss to us and may have adverse effects on our business.

If  a  key  supplier,  or  any  company  within  such  supplier's  supply  chain,  experiences  financial  or  other  difficulties,  such 
difficulties  may  affect  their  ability  to  supply  us  with  materials,  components  or  services,  which  could  halt  or  delay  the 
production of a customer's products, and/or have a material adverse impact on our operations, financial results, and customer 
relationships. In addition, our ability to collect outstanding A/R depends, in part, on the financial strength of our customers. See 
Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  External  Factors  that  May  Impact  our  Business"  for 
further  detail.  In  each  of  2021  and  2020,  we  had  two  customers  individually  representing  10%  or  more  of  total  A/R.  If  a 
customer  bankruptcy  occurs,  our  profitability  may  be  adversely  impacted  if  affected  A/R  are  in  excess  of  our  allowance  for 
doubtful accounts. Additionally, our future revenues could be adversely impacted by a customer bankruptcy. Inability to collect 
A/R and/or the loss of one or more major customers could adversely impact our operating results, financial position and cash 
flows. We cannot reasonably determine the extent to which a customer or supplier may have financial difficulties, or whether 
we  will  be  required  to  adjust  customer  pricing,  payment  terms  and/or  the  amounts  we  pay  to  suppliers  for  materials  and 
components.

To mitigate the actuarial and investment risks of our defined benefit pension plans, we purchase annuities (using existing 
plan  assets)  from  time  to  time  from  third  party  insurance  companies  for  certain,  or  all,  of  our  obligations  under  specified 
pension plans. Failure by the insurance companies to fulfill their contractual obligations would result in a significant financial 
loss  to  us,  as  we  retain  ultimate  responsibility  for  the  payment  of  benefits  to  plan  participants  unless  and  until  such  pension 
plans are wound-up.

We  may  use  cash  on  hand,  issue  debt  or  equity  securities,  and/or  incur  additional  third-party  debt  (or  any  combination 
thereof) to complete future acquisitions or otherwise fund our operations, which may adversely affect our liquidity, credit 
ratings, financial condition and/or results of operations. 

Any significant use of cash (for future acquisitions or otherwise) would adversely impact our cash position and liquidity. 
In addition, we may choose to issue debt securities or otherwise incur additional debt to fund future acquisitions or otherwise 
fund  our  operations.  Any  additional  incurrence  of  debt  (either  through  the  issuance  of  debt  securities  or  through  a  new  or 
refinanced credit facility) would increase our debt leverage and debt service requirements (necessitating the use of additional 
cash  flow  for  this  purpose),  may  reduce  our  debt  agency  ratings,  may  further  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  fund  future 
acquisitions and/or respond to unexpected capital requirements, may impose additional restrictions on our operations, and may 
have  a  variety  of  additional  adverse  effects,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  described  in  "We  have  incurred  substantial 
third-party  debt  to  fund  acquisitions,  which  has  increased  our  debt  service  requirements,  may  reduce  our  ability  to  fund 
future  acquisitions  and/or  to  respond  to  unexpected  capital  requirements,  and  may  have  other  adverse  impacts  on  our 
business"  above.  To  the  extent  we  sell  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities,  the  issuance  of  these  securities  (the  pricing  of 
which would be subject to market conditions at the time of issuance) could result in material dilution to our stockholders. Sales 
of our equity securities or convertible debt, or the perception that these sales could occur, could also cause the market price for 
our  subordinate  voting  shares  (SVS)  to  fall,  and  new  securities  could  have  rights,  preferences  and  privileges  senior  to  the 
holders of our SVS.

16

We are exposed to translation and transaction risks associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; hedging 
instruments may not be effective in mitigating such risks. 

Global currency markets can be volatile. Although we conduct the majority of our business in U.S. dollars, our global 
operations subject us to translation and transaction risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates that could have 
a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operating  results  and/or  financial  condition.  A  significant  portion  of  our  operational  costs 
(including payroll, pensions, site costs, costs of locally sourced supplies and inventory, and income taxes) are denominated in 
various currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may significantly increase the amount of 
translated U.S. dollars required for costs incurred in other currencies or significantly decrease the U.S. dollars received from 
non-U.S. dollar revenues. 

Although our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, currency risk on our income tax expense arises as we are generally 
required to file our tax returns in the local currency for each particular country in which we have operations. A weakening of 
the local currency against the U.S. dollar could have a negative impact on our income taxes payable (related to increased local-
currency taxable profits) and on our deferred tax costs (primarily related to the revaluation of non-monetary foreign assets from 
historical average exchange rates to the period-end exchange rates). See note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in 
Item 18. While our hedging program is designed to mitigate currency risk vis-à-vis the U.S. dollar, we remain subject to taxable 
foreign exchange impacts in our translated local currency financial results relevant for tax reporting purposes.

As  part  of  our  risk  management  program,  we  enter  into  foreign  currency  forward  and  swap  contracts  to  lock  in  the 
exchange  rates  for  future  foreign  currency  transactions,  which  is  intended  to  reduce  the  foreign  currency  risk  related  to  our 
operating costs and future cash flows denominated in local currencies. While these contracts are intended to reduce the effects 
of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, our hedging strategy does not mitigate the longer-term impacts of changes to 
foreign exchange rates. In addition, these instruments are subject to transaction costs, credit requirements and counterparty risk. 
If our hedging program is not successful, or if we change our hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant 
unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.

Our  financial  results  have  been  adversely  impacted  by  negative  foreign  currency  translation  effects,  and  such  adverse 

effects, some of which may be substantial, are likely to recur in the future.

Our  ability  to  successfully  manage  unexpected  changes  or  risks  inherent  in  our  global  operations  and  supply  chain  may 
adversely impact our financial performance. 

We  have  sites  in  the  following  countries:  Canada,  the  U.S.,  China,  Ireland,  Japan,  Laos,  Malaysia,  Mexico,  Romania, 
Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Indonesia, India, Philippines and Thailand. During 2021, approximately 80% of our revenue 
was  produced  at  locations  outside  of  North  America.  We  also  purchase  the  majority  of  our  components  and  materials  from 
international suppliers.

Global operations are subject to inherent risks which may adversely affect us, including: 

• changes in local tax rates and tax incentives and the adverse tax consequences of repatriating earnings;

• labor  unrest  and  differences  in  regulations  and  statutes  governing  employee  relations,  including  increased 

scrutiny of labor practices within our industry;

• cultural differences and/or differences in local business customs;

• negative impacts, or ineffectiveness, of our restructuring activities;

• changes in regulatory requirements;

• inflationary trends and rising costs;

• changes in international political relations;

• difficulty in staffing (including skilled labor availability and cost) and managing foreign operations;

• challenges in building and maintaining infrastructure to support operations;

• compliance with a variety of foreign laws, including import and export tariffs and regulations;

• adverse changes in trade policies and/or agreements between countries in which we maintain operations;

• changes in logistics costs;

• changes in the availability, lead time, and cost of components and materials;

17

• weaker laws protecting intellectual property rights and/or greater difficulty enforcing such rights;

• global  economic,  political  and/or  social  instability,  including  military  actions,  protectionism  and  reactive 

countermeasures, economic or other sanctions or trade barriers; 

• potential restrictions on the transfer of funds and/or other restrictive actions by foreign governments;

• the effects of terrorist activity, armed conflict, natural disasters and epidemics (including COVID-19); and

• global currency fluctuations.

Any of these risks could disrupt the supply of our components or materials, slow or stop our production, and/or increase 
our  costs.  Compliance  with  trade  and  foreign  tax  laws  may  increase  our  costs  and  actual  or  alleged  violations  of  such  laws 
could result in enforcement actions or financial penalties that could result in substantial costs. In addition, the introduction or 
expansion  of  certain  social  programs  in  foreign  jurisdictions  may  increase  our  costs,  and  certain  supplier's  costs,  of 
doing business.

In  particular,  a  significant  portion  of  our  manufacturing,  design,  support  and  storage  operations  are  conducted  in  our 
facilities  in  China,  and  revenues  associated  with  our  China  operations  are  important  to  our  success  (2021  —  16%;  2020  — 
20%). Therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by economic, 
political, legal, regulatory, competitive and other factors in China. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most 
developed  countries  in  many  respects,  including  the  level  of  government  involvement  and  control  over  economic  growth.  In 
addition, our operations in China are governed by Chinese laws, rules and regulations, some of which are relatively new. The 
Chinese  legal  system  continues  to  rapidly  evolve,  which  may  result  in  uncertainties  with  respect  to  the  interpretation  and 
enforcement of Chinese laws, rules and regulations that could have a material adverse effect on our business. China experiences 
high turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector, and engineers in our design centers, due to the intensely competitive 
and  fluid  market  for  labor,  and  the  retention  of  adequate  labor  is  a  challenge.  If  our  labor  turnover  rates  are  higher  than  we 
expect,  or  we  otherwise  fail  to  adequately  manage  our  labor  needs,  then  our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
adversely affected. We are also subject to risks associated with our subsidiaries organized in China. For example, regulatory 
and registration requirements and government approvals affect the financing that we can provide to our subsidiaries. If we fail 
to receive required registrations and approvals to fund our subsidiaries organized in China, or if our ability to remit currency out 
of China is limited, then our business and liquidity could be adversely affected. 

In addition, international trade disputes with China have resulted in increased tariffs and other measures that have, and 
may continue to, adversely affect the Company’s business. Our production from China has become less cost-competitive than 
other low-cost countries in recent periods, and we anticipate continued actions from non-China based customers to exit China to 
avoid the impact of additional tariffs. More generally, changes to, among other things, laws or policies in the U.S. regarding 
foreign trade, import/export duties, tariffs or taxes, manufacturing and/or investments, or other events outside of our control, 
could  materially  adversely  affect  our  U.S.  and  foreign  operations.  See  "U.S.  policies  or  legislation  could  have  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition"  and  "Our  operations  have  been  and  could 
continue  to  be  adversely  affected  by  events  outside  our  control"  above,  and  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and 
Prospects — MD&A — External Factors that May Impact our Business."

Our business is dependent on us winning competitive bid selection processes.

These selection processes are typically lengthy and can require us to dedicate significant development expenditures and 
engineering resources in pursuit of a single customer opportunity. Failure to obtain a particular design win may prevent us from 
obtaining design wins in subsequent generations of a particular product. This can result in lost revenue and could weaken our 
position in future competitive bid selection processes.

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies. 

Customer relationships with emerging companies present special risks because we do not have an extensive product or 
customer  relationship  history.  There  is  less  demonstration  of  market  acceptance  of  their  products  making  it  harder  for  us  to 
anticipate requirements than with established customers. Our credit risk on these customers, especially in A/R and inventories, 
and the risk that these customers will be unable to fulfill indemnification obligations to us are potentially increased. 

18

If we are unable to recruit or retain highly skilled talent, our business could be adversely affected. 

The recruitment of personnel in the EMS and ODM industry is highly competitive. We believe that our future success 
depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  highly  skilled  executive,  technical  and  management  talent  in  the  various 
geographies in which we operate. Competitive dynamics, as well as the time required to replace or redistribute responsibilities 
related to the loss of the services of certain executive, management and technical employees, individually or in the aggregate, 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  retain  their 
services. Regional competitive dynamics may also impact our ability to retain and acquire talent. Organizational changes may 
impact  our  relationships  with  customers,  vendors,  and  employees,  potentially  resulting  in  loss  of  business,  loss  of  vendor 
relationships,  and  the  loss  of  key  employees  or  declines  in  employee  productivity.  Uncertainties  associated  with  any  senior 
management transitions could lead to concerns from current and potential third parties with whom we do business, any of which 
could  hurt  our  business  prospects.  Turnover  in  key  leadership  positions  within  the  Company,  or  any  failure  to  successfully 
integrate  key  new  hires  or  promoted  employees,  may  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  manage  the  Company  efficiently  and 
effectively, could be disruptive and distracting to management and may lead to additional departures of existing personnel, any 
of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  operating  results,  financial  results  and  internal  controls  over 
financial reporting.

We may not keep pace with rapidly evolving technology. 

Many of the markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology 
and  evolving  process  development,  and  we  cannot  assure  that  we  will  maintain  or  develop  the  capabilities  required  by  our 
customers  in  the  future.  The  emergence  of  new  technologies,  industry  standards  or  customer  requirements  may  render  our 
equipment, designs, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, we may have to invest in new processes, 
capabilities or equipment to support new technologies used in our customers' current or future products, and to support their 
supply  chain  processes.  Additionally,  as  we  expand  our  service  offerings  or  pursue  business  in  new  markets  where  our 
experience  may  be  limited,  we  may  be  less  effective  in  adapting  to  technological  change.  Our  manufacturing,  engineering, 
supply chain processes, and test development efforts and design capabilities may not be successful due to rapid technological 
shifts in any of these areas. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment and the offering of new or 
additional services to our customers may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating 
margins  and  our  operating  results.  Our  failure  to  anticipate  and  adapt  to  our  customers'  changing  technological  needs  and 
requirements  or  to  hire  and  retain  a  sufficient  number  of  engineers  and  maintain  our  engineering,  technological  and 
manufacturing expertise could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Various industry-specific standards, qualifications and certifications are required to produce certain types of products for 
our customers. Failure to obtain or maintain those certifications may adversely affect our ability to maintain existing levels of 
business or win new business.

We may not adequately protect our intellectual property or the intellectual property of others. 

We  believe  that  certain  of  our  proprietary  intellectual  property  rights  and  information  provide  us  with  a  competitive 
advantage. Accordingly, we take steps to protect this proprietary information, including obtaining patents to safeguard our HPS 
intellectual property, entering into non-disclosure agreements with customers, suppliers, employees and other parties, and by 
implementing security measures. However, these measures may not be sufficient to prevent or detect the misappropriation or 
unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or information. We also conduct business in some countries where 
the extent of effective legal protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain. Even if we have intellectual property rights, 
there is no guarantee that such rights will provide adequate protection of items we consider to be proprietary. We may also be 
required to compromise protections or yield rights to technology, data or intellectual property in order to conduct business in or 
access markets in certain jurisdictions, either through formal written agreements or due to legal or administrative requirements 
in the host nation. If we are not able to protect our intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations may be adversely affected. 

There is also a risk that claims of intellectual property infringement could be brought against us, our customers and/or our 
suppliers. If such claims are successful, we may be required to spend significant time and financial resources to develop non-
infringing processes, technology or information or to obtain appropriate licenses from the owner. We may not be successful in 
such  development,  or  any  such  licenses  may  not  be  available  on  commercially  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all.  In  addition,  any 
litigation  could  be  lengthy  and  costly  and  could  adversely  affect  us  even  if  we  are  successful.  As  we  expand  our  service 
offerings,  we  may  be  less  effective  in  anticipating  or  mitigating  the  intellectual  property  risks  related  to  new  manufacturing, 
design and other services, which could be significant.

19

We are subject to the risk of increasing income and other taxes, tax audits, and the challenges of successfully defending our 
tax positions, and obtaining, renewing or meeting the conditions of tax incentives and credits, any of which may adversely 
affect our financial performance. 

We conduct business operations in a number of countries where tax incentives have been extended to encourage foreign 
investment  or  where  income  tax  rates  are  low.  Our  income  tax  expense  could  increase  significantly  if  certain  tax  incentives 
from which we benefit are retracted. A retraction could occur if we fail to satisfy the conditions on which these tax incentives 
are  based,  or  if  they  are  not  renewed  or  replaced  upon  expiration.  Our  income  tax  expense  could  also  increase  if  tax  rates 
applicable  to  us  in  such  jurisdictions  are  otherwise  increased,  or  due  to  changes  in  legislation  or  administrative  practices. 
Changes  in  our  outlook  in  any  particular  country  could  impact  our  ability  to  meet  the  required  conditions.  See  Item  5, 
"Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Operating  Results  —  Income  taxes"  and  note  19  to  the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  Item  18  for  a  discussion  of  recently  expired  tax  incentives,  the  status  of  existing 
tax incentives, and a challenge to our Brazilian sales tax levy rates and our Romanian tax position.

We  develop  our  tax  filing  positions  based  upon  the  anticipated  nature  and  structure  of  our  business  and  the  tax  laws, 
administrative  practices  and  judicial  decisions  currently  in  effect  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  have  assets  or  conduct 
business,  all  of  which  are  subject  to  change  or  differing  interpretations,  possibly  with  retroactive  effect.  The  U.S.  Biden 
administration has proposed legislative tax changes. Although such proposals, if adopted as currently contemplated, would not 
have a significant tax impact on our operations, we cannot predict the likelihood, timing or substance of U.S. tax reform. If the 
recent global minimum tax agreement is implemented in the jurisdictions in which we do business, it could, among other things, 
increase cash taxes, increase audit risk, and increase our worldwide corporate effective tax rate. In addition, the Organization 
for  Economic  Cooperation  and  Development  continues  to  issue  guidelines  and  proposals  related  to  Base  Erosion  and  Profit 
Shifting which may result in legislative changes that could reshape international tax rules in numerous countries and negatively 
impact our effective tax rate. We cannot predict the outcome of any specific legislative proposals or initiatives, and we cannot 
provide  assurance  that  any  such  legislation  or  initiative  will  not  apply  to  us.  Legislation  or  other  changes  in  U.S.  and/or 
international tax laws could increase our tax liability or adversely affect our overall profitability and results of operations.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide financing or products and services to, and may from time-to-time undertake certain 
significant transactions with, other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. Moreover, several jurisdictions in which we operate 
have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules which require that all transactions with non-resident related parties be priced 
using arm's-length pricing principles, and that contemporaneous documentation must exist to support such pricing.

We are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions, which could result in additional tax expense in future periods related 
to  prior  results.  Any  such  increase  in  our  income  tax  expense  and  related  interest  and/or  penalties  could  have  a  significant 
adverse  impact  on  our  future  earnings  and  future  cash  flows.  The  successful  pursuit  of  assertions  made  by  any  tax  authority 
could result in our owing significant amounts of tax, interest, and possibly penalties. We believe we adequately accrue for any 
probable  potential  adverse  tax  ruling.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the  final  resolution  of  any  claims  and  any 
resulting  proceedings.  If  any  claims  and  any  ensuing  proceedings  are  determined  adversely  to  us,  the  amounts  we  may  be 
required to pay could be material, and in excess of amounts accrued.

As at December 31, 2021, a significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents was held by foreign subsidiaries outside 
of Canada, a large part of which may be subject to withholding taxes upon repatriation under current tax laws. We repatriated in 
2021,  and  currently  expect  to  repatriate  in  the  foreseeable  future,  an  aggregate  of  approximately  $290  million  from  various 
foreign subsidiaries (December 31, 2020 — expected to repatriate $300 million).

Our operations and our customer relationships may be adversely affected by disruptions to our information technology (IT) 
systems, including disruptions from cybersecurity breaches of our IT infrastructure. 

As a complex, global company, we are heavily dependent on our IT systems to support our customers' requirements and 
to  successfully  manage  our  business.  Any  inability  to  successfully  manage  the  procurement,  development,  implementation, 
execution  or  maintenance  of  such  systems,  including  matters  related  to  system  and  data  security,  cybersecurity,  privacy, 
reliability, compliance, performance and access, as well as any inability of these systems to fulfill their intended purpose, could 
have an adverse effect on our business. 

We are increasingly reliant on IT networks and systems, including our own and those of third-party service providers, to 
process, transmit and store electronic information. In particular, we depend on our IT infrastructure for a variety of functions, 
including  (among  others),  product  manufacturing,  worldwide  financial  reporting,  inventory  and  other  data  management, 
procurement,  invoicing,  employee  payroll  and  benefits  administration,  and  email  communications.  All  of  these  systems  are 
susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, sabotage and similar events. 

20

These  systems  are  also  susceptible  to  cybersecurity  threats  and  incidents,  ranging  from  uncoordinated  individual  attempts  to 
gain unauthorized access to our IT systems to sophisticated and targeted measures known as 'advanced persistent threats', and 
may include industrial espionage attacks, data theft, malware, phishing, ransomware attacks (which are becoming increasingly 
prevalent), or other cybersecurity threats or incidents. Similarly, third parties and infrastructure in our supply chain may become 
compromised or contain exploitable defects (of which we may be unaware) that could result in a breach or disruption of our 
systems  and  networks  or  the  systems  or  networks  of  third  parties  that  support  us.  We  believe  attempts  to  gain  unauthorized 
access  through  the  Internet  or  to  introduce  malicious  software  to  our  information  systems  are  increasing  in  number  and  in 
technical sophistication. 

If our security measures are compromised, or the security, confidentiality, integrity or availability of, our IT, software, 
services,  communications  or  data  is  compromised,  limited  or  fails,  it  could  result  in:  damage  to  our  system  infrastructure; 
significant  business  interruption,  delays  or  outages,  either  internally  or  at  our  third-party  providers;  data  loss  or  leakage 
(including exposure to unauthorized persons or the public of sensitive data, including our intellectual property, trade secrets or 
personal  information  of  our  employees,  customers  or  other  business  partners);  significant  extra  expense  to  restore  data  or 
systems; reputational loss; significant fines, penalties and liability; breach or triggering of data protection laws, privacy policies 
and/or  data  protection  obligations  (discussed  below);  loss  of  customers  or  sales,  and  in  the  case  of  our  defense  business, 
debarment  from  future  participation  in  U.S.  government  programs.  In  addition,  we  may  be  required  to  expend  significant 
resources,  change  our  business  practices  or  modify  our  operations  in  an  effort  to  protect  against  security  breaches  and  to 
mitigate, detect, and remediate actual and potential vulnerabilities that could adversely affect our business and operations and/or 
result  in  the  loss  of  critical  or  sensitive  information.  If  we  are  perceived  to  be  unable  to  prevent  or  promptly  identify  and 
remedy such outages and breaches, this could result in reputational loss and/or loss of customers or sales.

While  we  have  invested,  and  continue  to  invest,  in  the  protection  of  our  data  and  IT  infrastructure,  we  regularly  face 
attempts  by  others  to  access  our  information  systems  in  an  unauthorized  manner,  to  introduce  malicious  software  to  such 
systems  or  both,  and  while  we  have  not  been  materially  impacted  by  computer  viruses,  malware,  ransomware,  hacking 
attempts, outages, or unauthorized access to data, we have been (and may continue to be) the target of such events. In addition, 
there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent further service interruptions or identify breaches in our systems that could 
adversely affect our business and operations and/or result in the loss of critical or sensitive information, which could result in 
financial,  legal,  business  or  reputational  harm  to  us  (as  described  above).  Although  this  has  not  been  an  issue  to  date,  our 
liability insurance may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cybersecurity 
attacks and other related breaches.

We expect that risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks will remain high for the foreseeable future due to the 
rapidly  evolving  nature  and  sophistication  of  these  threats,  and  the  enhanced  risk  resulting  from  the  number  of  employees 
currently working remotely due to COVID-19, through the increased use of home networks that may lack encryption or secure 
password  protection,  virtual  meeting/conference  security  concerns  and  increase  of  phishing/cyber-attacks  around  COVID-19 
digital resources. 

We are also subject to increasing expectations and data security requirements from our customers, including those related 
to the U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulation, U.S. Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, and U.S. Cybersecurity 
Maturity  Model  Certification.  In  addition,  we  must  comply  with  increasingly  complex  and  rigorous  regulatory  standards 
enacted  to  protect  business  and  personal  data  in  various  jurisdictions.  For  example,  the  European  Union's  General  Data 
Protection  Regulation,  and  similar  legislation  in  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  impose  additional  obligations  on 
companies regarding the handling of personal data and provide certain individual privacy rights to persons whose data is stored. 
Compliance  with  customer  expectations  and  existing,  proposed  and  recently  enacted  laws  and  regulations  can  be  costly;  any 
failure to comply with these expectations and regulatory standards could subject us to legal and reputational risks. Misuse of or 
failure to secure personal information could also result in violation of data privacy laws and regulations, proceedings against the 
Company  by  governmental  entities  or  others,  fines  and  penalties,  damage  to  our  reputation  and  credibility  and  could  have  a 
negative impact on our business and results of operations.

We may not be able to prevent or detect all errors or fraud. 

Due to the inherent limitations of internal control systems, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be 
detected  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all.  Accordingly,  we  cannot  provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues,  errors  or 
instances of fraud, if any, impacting us have been or will be prevented or detected. In addition, over time, certain aspects of a 
control  system  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate, which we may not be able to address quickly enough to prevent all instances of error or fraud. In 
connection with our on-going assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we may discover 
“material weaknesses” in our internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal 
control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual 

21

or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The existence of any material weakness may 
require  management  to  devote  significant  time  and  incur  significant  remediation  expense.  The  existence  of  any  material 
weakness in our internal control over financial reporting may result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to 
make  corrective  adjustments,  restate  our  financial  statements,  cause  us  to  fail  to  meet  our  reporting  obligations,  and  cause 
shareholders  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  information,  all  of  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the 
market price of our securities. If we are unable to successfully identify and remediate any material weaknesses that may arise in 
a  timely  manner,  the  accuracy  and  timing  of  our  financial  reporting  may  be  adversely  affected,  and  we  may  be  unable  to 
maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports and applicable stock exchange 
listing requirements.

Our revenue and operating results may vary significantly from period to period.

Our  quarterly  and  annual  results  may  vary  significantly  depending  on  various  factors,  certain  of  which  are  described 

below, and many of which are beyond our control.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

the volume and timing of customer demand relative to our capacity;
the typical short life cycle, and success in the marketplace, of our customers' products;
the cyclical nature of customer demand in several of our businesses;
customers' financial condition;
changes to our mix of customers, programs and/or end market demand;
how well we execute on our operational strategies, and the impact of changes to our business model;
varying  revenues  and  gross  margins  among  geographies  and  programs  for  the  products  or  services 
we provide;
pricing pressures, the competitive environment and contract terms and conditions;
upfront investments and challenges associated with the ramping of programs for new or existing customers;
provisions or charges resulting from unexpected changes in market conditions impacting our industry or the 
end markets we serve;
customer disengagements or terminations or non-renewal of customer programs, arrangements or agreements;
the timing of expenditures in anticipation of future orders;
our effectiveness in planning production and managing inventory, fixed assets and manufacturing processes;
operational inefficiencies and disruptions in production at individual sites;
unanticipated disruptions to our cash flows;
changes in cost and availability of commodities, materials, components, services and labor;
current or future litigation;
seasonality in quarterly revenue patterns across some of our businesses;
governmental actions or changes in legislation;
currency fluctuations; and
changes in global economic and political conditions and world events, including the impact of External 
Events.

See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Overview"  for  a  discussion  of  additional 
factors, including rapid shifts in technology, model obsolescence, commoditization of certain products, and the emergence of 
new business models, that contribute to the complexity of managing our operations and fluctuations in our financial results.  

Compliance with governmental laws and obligations could be costly and may negatively impact our financial performance. 

We  are  subject  to  various  federal/national,  state/provincial,  local,  foreign  and  supra-national  environmental  laws  and 
regulations.  Our  environmental  management  systems  and  practices  have  been  designed  to  provide  for  compliance  with  these 
laws and regulations. Maintaining compliance with and responding to increasingly stringent environmental regulations requires 
a significant investment of time and resources and may restrict our ability to modify or expand our manufacturing sites or to 
continue production. Any failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in significant fines and penalties, our 
operations  may  be  suspended  or  subjected  to  increased  oversight,  and  our  cost  of  related  investigations  could  be  material  in 
any period. 

22

More  complex  and  stringent  environmental  legislation  continues  to  be  imposed  globally,  including  laws  that  place 
increased responsibility and requirements on the "producers" of electronic equipment and, in turn, their providers and suppliers. 
Such laws may relate to product inputs (such as hazardous substances and energy consumption), product use (such as energy 
efficiency and waste management/recycling), and/or operational outputs/by-products from our manufacturing processes that can 
result  in  environmental  contamination  (such  as  waste  water,  air  emissions  and  hazardous  waste).  Noncompliance  with  these 
requirements  could  result  in  substantial  costs,  including  fines  and  penalties,  and  we  may  incur  liability  to  our  customers 
and consumers.

Even  where  compliance  responsibility  rests  primarily  with  our  customers,  they  may  request  our  assistance  in  meeting 
their  obligations.  Our  customers  remain  focused  on  issues  such  as  waste  management  (including  recycling),  climate  change 
(including  the  reduction  of  carbon  emissions)  and  product  stewardship,  and  expect  their  EMS  providers  to  be  environmental 
leaders. We strive to meet such customer expectations, although these demands may extend beyond our regulatory obligations 
and require significant investments of time and resources to attract and retain customers.

We  generally  conduct  environmental  assessments,  or  review  assessment  reports  undertaken  by  others,  for  our 
manufacturing  sites  at  the  time  of  acquisition  or  leasing.  However,  such  assessments  may  not  reveal  all  environmental 
liabilities, and assessments have not been obtained for all sites. In addition, some of our operations involve the use of hazardous 
substances that could cause environmental impacts. While we have operational systems to provide environmental management, 
we cannot rule out all risk of non-compliance and could incur substantial costs to comply. Although if deemed necessary, we 
may investigate, remediate or monitor emissions and site conditions at some of our owned or leased sites (such as air, soil and/
or  groundwater  conditions),  we  may  not  be  aware  of,  or  adequately  address,  all  such  emissions  and  conditions,  and  we  may 
incur significant costs should such work be required. In many jurisdictions in which we operate, environmental laws impose 
liability  for  the  costs  of  removal,  remediation  or  risk  assessment  of  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  on  an  owner,  occupier  or 
operator of real estate, even if such person or company was unaware of or not responsible for the discharge or migration of such 
substances. In some instances, where soil or groundwater contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation, landlords 
or former owners may have retained some contractual responsibility or regulatory liability, but this may not provide sufficient 
protection  to  reduce  or  eliminate  our  liability.  Third-party  claims  for  damages  or  personal  injury  are  also  possible  and  could 
result in significant costs to us. If more stringent compliance or cleanup standards under environmental laws or regulations are 
imposed, or the results of future testing and analyses at our current or former operating sites indicate that we are responsible for 
the  release  of  hazardous  substances  into  the  air,  ground  and/or  water,  we  may  be  subject  to  additional  liability.  Additional 
environmental matters may arise in the future at sites where no problem is currently known or at sites that we may acquire in 
the future.

Our HealthTech business is subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Health Canada, the 
European  Medicines  Agency,  the  Brazilian  Health  Surveillance  Agency,  and  similar  regulatory  bodies  in  other  jurisdictions, 
relating to the medical devices and hardware we manufacture for our customers. Our sites that deliver products to the healthcare 
industry are certified or registered in quality management standards applicable to the healthcare industry. We are required to 
comply  with  various  statutes  and  regulations  related  to  the  design,  development,  testing,  manufacturing  and  labeling  of  our 
medical  devices  in  addition  to  reporting  of  certain  information  with  respect  to  the  safety  of  such  products.  Any  failure  to 
comply  with  these  regulations  could  result  in  fines,  injunctions,  product  recalls,  import  detentions,  additional  regulatory 
controls,  suspension  of  production,  and/or  the  shutting  down  of  one  or  more  of  our  sites,  among  other  adverse  outcomes. 
Failure  to  comply  with  these  regulations  may  also  materially  affect  our  reputation  and/or  relationships  with  customers 
and regulators.

We  provide  design,  engineering  and  manufacturing  related  services  to  our  customers  in  the  A&D  business.  As  part  of 
these  services,  we  are  subject  to  substantial  regulation  from  government  agencies  including  the  U.S.  Department  of  Defense 
(DOD) and the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration. Our A&D sites are certified in quality management standards applicable 
to the A&D industry. Failure to comply with these regulations or the loss of any of our quality management certifications may 
result in fines, penalties and injunctions, and could prevent us from executing on current or winning future contracts, any of 
which  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  In  addition  to  quality  management 
standards,  there  are  several  other  U.S.  regulations  with  which  we  are  required  to  comply,  including  the  Federal  Acquisition 
Regulations  (FAR),  which  provides  uniform  policies  and  procedures  for  acquisition;  the  Defense  Federal  Acquisition 
Regulation Supplement, a DOD agency supplement to the FAR that provides DOD-specific acquisition regulations that DOD 
government acquisition officials, and those contractors doing business with DOD, must comply with in the procurement process 
for goods and services; and the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires full and fair disclosure by contractors in the conduct 
of negotiations with the government and its prime contractors. These rules are complex, our performance under them is subject 
to  audit  by  the  U.S.  Defense  Contract  Audit  Agency,  the  U.S.  Office  of  Federal  Contract  Compliance  Programs  and  other 
government regulators, and in most cases must be complied with by our suppliers. If an audit or investigation reveals a failure 

23

to comply with regulations, we could become subject to civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions by either the 
government or the prime customer, including government pre-approval of our government contracting activities, termination of 
the contract, payment of fines and suspension or debarment from doing further business with the U.S. government. Any of these 
actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue and damage our reputation as a reliable U.S. government supplier. We 
are also subject to the export control laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate, including, but not limited to, the 
U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) and the Export Administration Regulations (EAR).

Our  international  operations  require  us  to  comply  with  various  anti-bribery  laws,  including  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt 
Practices Act (FCPA) and the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada) (CFPOA). In some countries in which we 
operate, it may be customary for businesses to engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA, CFPOA or other 
laws and regulations. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA, 
CFPOA and similar laws in other jurisdictions, there can be no assurance that all of our employees and agents, as well as those 
companies  to  which  we  outsource  certain  business  operations,  will  not  be  in  violation  of  these  laws  and  our  policies  or 
procedures.  In  addition  to  the  difficulty  of  monitoring  compliance,  any  suspected  or  alleged  activity  would  require  a  costly 
investigation by us and may result in the diversion of management's time, resources and attention. Failure to comply with these 
laws may subject us to, among other things, adverse publicity, penalties and legal expenses that may harm our reputation and 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

As a public company, we are subject to stringent laws, regulations and other requirements, including the U.S. Sarbanes-
Oxley Act and the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank), affecting, among other 
areas, our accounting, internal controls, corporate governance practices, securities disclosures and reporting. For example, due 
to  our  complex  supply  chain,  compliance  with  Dodd-Frank  diligence,  disclosure  and  reporting  requirements  with  respect  to 
defined "conflict minerals" is time-consuming and costly. If we are unable to ascertain the origins of all such minerals used in 
the  manufacturing  of  our  products  through  the  due  diligence  procedures  we  implement,  we  may  be  unable  to  satisfy  our 
customers' certification requirements. This may harm our reputation, damage our customer relationships and result in a loss of 
revenue. If the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules or other new social or environmental standards limit our pool of 
suppliers  in  order  to  produce  "conflict  free"  or  "socially  responsible"  products,  or  otherwise  adversely  affect  the  sourcing, 
supply and pricing of materials used in our products, we could also experience cost increases and a material adverse impact on 
our operating results.

In addition, whenever we pursue business in new end markets, or our customers pursue new technologies or businesses, 
we are required to navigate the potentially heavy regulatory and legislative burdens of such end markets or technologies, as well 
as applicable quality standards with respect thereto.

The regulatory climate can itself affect the demand for our services. For example, government reimbursement rates and 
other regulations, as well as the financial health of healthcare providers, changes in how healthcare in the U.S. is structured, and 
how  medical  devices  are  taxed,  could  affect  the  willingness  and  ability  of  end  customers  to  purchase  the  products  of  our 
customers in this market as well as impact our margins.

Our  customers  are  also  required  to  comply  with  various  government  regulations,  legal  requirements  and  industry 
standards, including many of the industry-specific regulations discussed above. Our customers' failure to comply could affect 
their businesses, which in turn would affect our sales to them. In addition, if our customers are required by regulation or other 
requirements  to  make  changes  in  their  product  lines,  these  changes  could  significantly  disrupt  particular  programs  for  these 
customers and create inefficiencies in our business.

In addition, a failure by a supplier or manufacturer to comply with applicable laws, regulations or customer requirements 
could  negatively  impact  our  business,  and  for  governmental  customers,  could  result  in  fines,  penalties,  suspension  or  even 
debarment being imposed on us, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Compliance  or  the  failure  to  comply  with  employment  laws  and  regulations  may  negatively  impact  our  financial 
performance. 

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  domestic  and  foreign  employment  laws,  including  those  related  to:  workplace  safety, 
discrimination,  harassment,  whistle-blowing,  wages  and  overtime,  personal  taxation,  classification  of  employees,  work 
authorizations and severance. Compliance with such laws may increase our costs. In addition, such laws are subject to change, 
and  enforcement  activity  relating  to  these  laws,  particularly  outside  of  the  U.S.,  may  increase  as  a  result  of  greater  media 
attention due to alleged violations by other companies, changes in law, political and other factors. There can be no assurance 
that,  in  the  future,  we  will  not  be  found  to  have  violated  elements  of  such  laws.  Any  such  violations  could  lead  to  the 

24

 
assessment  of  fines  or  damages  against  us  by  regulatory  authorities  or  claims  by  employees,  any  of  which  could  adversely 
affect our operating results and/or our reputation.

We may be required to make larger contributions to our defined benefit pension and other benefit plans in the future. 

We maintain defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans, as well as other benefit plans globally. Our pension 
obligations are based on certain assumptions relating to plan asset performance, salary changes, employee turnover, retirement 
ages,  life  expectancy,  expected  healthcare  costs,  the  performance  of  the  financial  markets,  future  interest  rates,  and  plan  and 
legislative changes. If actual results or future expectations differ from these assumptions or if statutory funding requirements 
change, the amounts we are obligated to contribute to the pension plans may increase and such increase could be significant. 
We  are  also  required  to  contribute  amounts  to  our  other  benefit  plans  to  meet  local  statutory  or  such  plans'  funding 
requirements. The amounts we are obligated to contribute may increase due to legislative or other changes. 

There  are  inherent  uncertainties  involved  in  the  judgments,  estimates,  and  assumptions  used  in  the  preparation  of  our 
financial  statements.  Any  changes  in  judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial position and results of operations. 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which requires management to 
make  judgments,  estimates,  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  application  of  accounting  policies  and  the  reported  amounts  of 
assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses.  Judgments,  estimates,  and  assumptions  are  inherently  subject  to  change  in  future 
periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Our credit agreement contains restrictive and financial covenants that may impair our ability to conduct business, and the 
failure to comply with such covenants could cause our outstanding debt to become immediately payable. 

Our  credit  agreement  contains  restrictive  covenants  that  limit  our  management's  discretion  with  respect  to  certain 
business matters. Among other factors, these covenants limit our ability and our subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt, 
create  liens  or  other  encumbrances,  change  the  nature  of  our  business,  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  assets,  make  certain 
investments and payments, repurchase SVS for cancellation if a defined leverage ratio exceeds a specified amount, merge or 
consolidate with other entities, or effect specified changes in control. This agreement also contains certain financial covenants 
related to indebtedness and interest coverage. If we are not able to comply with these covenants, our outstanding debt could 
become  immediately  due  and  payable,  and  the  incurrence  of  additional  debt  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  may  not  be 
allowed, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and ability to conduct our business.  

We are subject to interest rate fluctuations. 

Borrowings  under  our  credit  agreement  generally  bear  interest  at  a  selected  rate  (depending  on  the  currency  of  the 
borrowing and our election for such currency), plus a margin (based on the rate we select and a defined consolidated leverage 
ratio).  Our  term  loans  currently  bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  a  specified  margin  (2.125%  for  one  term  loan  and  2.0%  for  the 
other). These borrowings (which increased in 2021 compared to 2020 to fund a portion of our PCI acquisition) expose us to 
interest rate risks due to fluctuations in these rates and margins, and our interest rate swap agreements only apply to a portion of 
the  total  borrowings  under  our  term  loans.  Significant  interest  rate  fluctuations  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  operating 
results and financial condition.

The discontinuation of LIBOR may negatively impact us. 

Global  reform  of  major  interest  rate  benchmarks  is  currently  underway,  including  the  anticipated  replacement  of  some 
Interbank Offered Rates (including LIBOR) with alternative nearly risk-free rates. We have obligations under our credit facility 
and  certain  lease  arrangements  and  derivative  instruments  that  are  indexed  to  LIBOR  (LIBOR  Agreements),  and  most 
(including our credit facility), have not yet transitioned to alternative benchmark rates. The interest rates under these agreements 
are  subject  to  change  when  relevant  LIBOR  benchmark  rates  cease  to  exist.  See  note  20  to  our  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements in Item 18 for a discussion of the status of interest rate transitions under applicable agreements. We cannot assure 
that  any  applicable  alternative  reference  rates  under  the  LIBOR  Agreements  that  have  not  yet  transitioned  from  LIBOR  will 
result in substantially similar interest rate calculations under such agreements. If any such alternative reference rates are higher 
than LIBOR, interest rates under the affected LIBOR Agreements would increase, which would adversely impact our interest 
expense,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  In  addition,  with  respect  to  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  hedge 
ineffectiveness could result due to the cessation of LIBOR if such agreements transition using a different benchmark or spread 
adjustment as compared to the underlying hedged debt. We will continue to monitor developments with respect to the cessation 
of LIBOR, and will evaluate potential impacts on the LIBOR Agreements and our financial results. However, we are currently 
unable to predict what the future replacement rates or consequences on our operations or financial results will be.

25

 
We anticipate that we will refinance outstanding indebtedness from time to time, and an inability to refinance on favorable 
terms, or at all, would have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. 

We  anticipate  that  we  will  repay  outstanding  debt  from  time  to  time  through  refinancing.  The  amount  of  our  existing 
indebtedness may impede our ability to obtain such refinancing on acceptable terms, or at all. If we cannot refinance, extend, or 
pay principal payments due at maturity with the proceeds of other capital transactions, our cash flows may not be sufficient to 
repay our debt upon maturity. In such event, we may be forced to dispose of one or more assets on disadvantageous terms. In 
addition,  refinanced  debt  may  carry  higher  interest  rates  and  have  more  restrictive  covenants  than  our  current  outstanding 
indebtedness. Although we anticipate that we will be able to repay or refinance our existing indebtedness when it matures, there 
can  be  no  assurance  we  will  be  able  to  do  so,  or  that  the  terms  of  any  such  refinancing  will  be  favorable.  An  inability  to 
refinance, extend or otherwise satisfy our debt as it matures would have a material adverse effect on our business, contracts, 
financial condition, operating results, cash flow, liquidity and prospects. 

Deterioration in financial markets or in the macro-economic environment may adversely affect our ability to raise funds or 
increase the cost of raising funds. 

Our ability to borrow or raise capital, or refinance or increase our third-party indebtedness may be impacted if financial 
markets are unstable. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our ability to draw on our revolver (or 
any successor or additional facility). Our access to funds under our credit facility (or any successor or additional facility) will be 
dependent on the ability of our senior lenders to meet their funding commitments. They may not be able to meet their funding 
commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing 
requests from us and other borrowers within a short period of time. Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as 
a  result  of  uncertainty,  changing  or  increased  regulation,  reduced  alternatives,  or  failures  of  significant  financial  institutions 
could  adversely  affect  our  access  to  liquidity  needed  for  our  business.  Any  disruption  could  require  us  to  take  measures  to 
conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding sources can be arranged. Such 
measures could include deferring capital expenditures, and reducing or eliminating discretionary uses of cash. 

Our credit rating may be downgraded. 

Any negative change in our credit rating or outlook may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital in the 

future on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all. 

The interest of our controlling shareholder, Onex Corporation, with an 81.5% voting interest, may conflict with the interests 
of other shareholders. 

Onex Corporation (Onex) beneficially owns all of our outstanding multiple voting shares (MVS) and less than 1% of our 
outstanding  SVS.  The  number  of  SVS  and  MVS  beneficially  owned  by  Onex  represents  81.5%  of  the  voting  interest  in 
Celestica. Accordingly, Onex has the ability to exercise significant influence over our business and affairs and generally has the 
power to determine all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders where our shares vote together as a single class. Onex 
may make decisions regarding Celestica and our business that are opposed to other shareholders' interests or with which other 
shareholders  may  disagree.  Onex's  voting  power  could  have  the  effect  of  deterring  or  preventing  a  change  in  control  of  our 
Corporation  that  might  otherwise  be  beneficial  to  our  other  shareholders.  Through  its  shareholdings,  Onex  has  the  power  to 
elect our directors and its approval is required for significant corporate transactions such as certain amendments to our Restated 
Articles of Incorporation (Articles), the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and plans of arrangement. The directors so 
elected  have  the  authority,  subject  to  applicable  laws,  to  appoint  or  replace  senior  management,  cause  us  to  issue  additional 
SVS or MVS or repurchase SVS or MVS, declare dividends or take other actions. 

Gerald  W.  Schwartz,  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Onex,  indirectly  owns  shares 
representing the majority of the voting rights of the shares of Onex. The interests of Onex and Mr. Schwartz may differ from 
the  interests  of  the  remaining  holders  of  SVS.  For  additional  information  about  our  principal  shareholders,  see  Item  7(A), 
"Major Shareholders." Also see Item 7(B), "Related Party Transactions" for a description of related party transactions involving 
Onex and/or Mr. Schwartz.

Onex has, from time-to-time, issued debentures exchangeable and redeemable under certain circumstances for our SVS, 
entered into forward equity agreements with respect to our SVS, sold our SVS (after exchanging MVS for SVS), or redeemed 
these debentures through the delivery of our SVS, and could take similar actions in the future. These sales may impact our share 
price or have consequences on our debt and ownership structure.

26

We  are  subject  to  litigation  and  proceedings,  which  may  result  in  substantial  expenses,  settlement  costs  or  judgments, 
require the time and attention of key management resources, and result in adverse publicity, any of which may negatively 
impact our financial performance. 

We  are  from  time  to  time  party  to  various  copyright,  patent  and  trademark  infringement,  unfair  competition,  breach  of 
contract, customs, employment and other legal actions incidental to our business, as plaintiff or defendant, as well as various 
other  claims,  suits,  investigations  and  legal  or  governmental  proceedings  (including  securities  class  action  and  shareholder 
derivative lawsuits which have been settled or dismissed). Additional legal claims or regulatory matters may arise in the future 
and  could  involve  matters  relating  to  commercial  disputes,  government  regulation  and  compliance,  intellectual  property, 
antitrust, tax, employment or shareholder issues, product liability claims and other issues on a global basis. Regardless of the 
merits of the claims, litigation or governmental proceedings may be both time-consuming and disruptive to our business. The 
defense  and  ultimate  outcome  of  any  lawsuits  or  other  legal  proceedings  may  result  in  higher  expenses,  which  could  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  or  results  of  operations.  We  cannot  predict  the  final  outcome  of 
such  lawsuits  or  proceedings  or  the  likelihood  that  other  proceedings  will  be  initiated  against  us.  Accordingly,  the  cost  of 
defending against such lawsuits or proceedings, or any future lawsuits or proceedings may be high and, in any event, these legal 
proceedings may result in the diversion of our management's time and attention away from our business. In the event that there 
is an adverse ruling in any legal proceeding, we may be required to make payments to third parties that could be in excess or 
any  amounts  accrued,  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  reputation,  financial  condition  and/or  results 
of operations. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  enacted  by  the  relevant  standard-setting  bodies  may  adversely  affect  our  reported 
operating results, profitability and financial performance. 

Accounting standards are revised periodically and/or expanded upon by applicable standard-setting bodies. While these 
accounting  changes  do  not  typically  affect  the  economics  of  our  business,  such  standards  have  in  the  past,  and  may  in  the 
future,  have  a  significant  effect  on  our  accounting  methods  and  reported  results.  Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are 
prepared in accordance with IFRS, and as such, may not be comparable to the information reported by our competitors or other 
public companies that use different accounting standards.

The market price of our SVS has been volatile. 

Volatility  in  our  business  can  result  in  significant  SVS  price  and  volume  fluctuations.  Factors  such  as  changes  in  our 
operating results, announcements by our customers, competitors or other events affecting companies in the electronics industry, 
currency fluctuations, general market fluctuations, macro-economic conditions, and External Events may cause the market price 
of our SVS to decline. In addition, if our operating results do not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the 
price of our SVS could decline. Furthermore, the existence of our NCIB may cause our SVS price to be higher than it would be 
in the absence of such a program, and repurchases under the NCIB expose us to risks resulting from a reduction in the size of 
our "public float," which may reduce our trading volume as well as our SVS price.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to repurchase SVS for cancellation. 

Although we currently have an NCIB in effect, whether we repurchase SVS under such NCIB for cancellation, and the 
amount  and  timing  of  any  such  repurchases,  is  subject  to  the  restrictions  under  our  credit  facility,  capital  availability  and 
periodic determinations by our Board of Directors (Board) that SVS repurchases are in the best interest of our shareholders and 
are in compliance with all applicable laws and agreements. Any future permitted SVS repurchases, including their timing and 
amount, may be affected by, among other factors: our consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in our credit facility); our views 
on potential future capital requirements for strategic transactions, including acquisitions; debt service requirements; our credit 
rating; changes to applicable tax laws or corporate laws; and changes to our business model. In addition, the amount we spend 
and  the  number  of  SVS  we  are  able  to  repurchase  for  cancellation  under  any  NCIB  or  substantial  issuer  bid  may  further  be 
affected by a number of other factors, including the SVS we repurchase to satisfy stock-based compensation awards, the price 
of our SVS and blackout periods in which we are restricted from repurchasing SVS. Our SVS repurchases may change from 
time to time, and even if permitted under our credit facility, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to repurchase 
SVS for cancellation in any particular amounts or at all. A reduction in or elimination of our SVS repurchases could have a 
negative effect on our stock price.

27

Potential unenforceability of judgments. 

We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada. Our controlling persons, half of our directors, 
and one of our executive officers are residents of (or are organized in) Canada. Also, a substantial portion of our assets and the 
assets of these persons are located outside of the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult to effect service of process within the U.S. 
upon  those  directors,  officers,  or  controlling  persons  who  are  not  residents  of  the  U.S,  or  to  enforce  judgments  in  the  U.S. 
obtained in courts of the U.S. It may also be difficult for shareholders to enforce a U.S. judgment in Canada predicated upon the 
civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws or to succeed in a lawsuit in Canada based only on U.S. federal 
or state securities laws.

Negative publicity could adversely affect our reputation as well as our business, financial results and share price. 

Unfavorable media related to our industry, company, brand, marketing, personnel, operations, business performance, or 
prospects may affect our share price and the performance of our business, regardless of its accuracy or inaccuracy. The speed at 
which  negative  publicity  can  be  disseminated  has  increased  dramatically  with  the  capabilities  of  electronic  communication, 
including  social  media  outlets,  websites,  blogs,  and  newsletters.  Our  success  in  maintaining,  extending,  and  expanding  our 
brand  image  depends  on  our  ability  to  adapt  to  this  rapidly  changing  media  environment.  Adverse  publicity  or  negative 
commentary  from  any  media  outlet  could  damage  our  reputation  and  reduce  the  demand  for  our  products,  which  would 
adversely affect our business.

Climate change could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There  is  increasing  concern  that  a  gradual  increase  in  global  average  temperatures  due  to  increased  concentration  of 
carbon  dioxide  and  other  greenhouse  gases  in  the  atmosphere  will  cause  significant  changes  in  weather  patterns  around  the 
globe  and  an  increase  in  the  frequency  and  severity  of  natural  disasters.  Changes  in  weather  patterns  and  an  increased 
frequency, intensity and duration of extreme weather conditions could, among other things, impair our production capabilities, 
disrupt the operation of our supply chain, and impact our customers and their demand for our services. As a result, the effects of 
climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our business and operations could be adversely impacted by environmental, social and governance (ESG) initiatives. 

Concern  over  climate  change  has  led  to  international  legislative  and  regulatory  initiatives  directed  at  limiting  carbon 
dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions. Proposed and existing efforts to address climate change by reducing greenhouse 
gas emissions could directly or indirectly affect our costs of energy, materials, manufacturing, distribution, packaging and other 
operating costs, which could adversely impact our business and financial results.

Further,  investors  are  placing  a  greater  emphasis  on  non-financial  factors,  including  ESG  factors,  when  evaluating 
investment  opportunities.  Although  we  actively  manage  a  broad  range  of  ESG  matters,  including  the  potential  impact  of  our 
business on society and the environment, and matters relating to diversity and inclusion, there can be no certainty that we will 
manage such issues effectively, or that we will successfully meet society’s expectations in this regard. The perception of our 
operations held by our shareholders, potential investors, suppliers, customers, other stakeholders, or the communities in which 
we do business may depend, in part, on the ESG standards we have chosen to aspire to meet, whether or not we meet these 
standards  on  a  timely  basis  or  at  all,  and  whether  or  not  we  meet  external  ESG  factors  they  deem  relevant.  In  addition, 
notwithstanding our achievements in these regards, the subjective nature and wide variety of methods and processes used by 
various  stakeholders,  including  investors,  to  assess  a  company  with  respect  to  ESG  criteria  can  result  in  the  perception  of 
negative ESG factors or a misrepresentation of our ESG policies and practices. In addition, by electing to set and publicly share 
our  ESG  standards,  our  business  may  face  increased  scrutiny  related  to  ESG  activities.  As  a  result,  our  reputation  could  be 
harmed  if  we  fail  to  act  effectively  in  the  areas  in  which  we  report.  In  addition,  our  failure  to  achieve  progress  on  our  ESG 
policies and practices on a timely basis, or at all, or to meet ESG criteria set by third parties, could adversely affect our SVS 
price, business, financial performance, or growth. 

28

Item 4.    Information on the Company

A.    History and Development of the Company 

We were incorporated in Ontario, Canada on September 27, 1996. Our legal and commercial name is Celestica Inc. We 
are  a  corporation  domiciled  in  the  Province  of  Ontario,  Canada  and  operate  under  the  Business  Corporations  Act  (Ontario) 
(OBCA). Our principal executive offices are located at 5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2N 6L7. 
Our  telephone  number  is  (416)  448-5800,  and  our  internet  address  is  www.celestica.com.  Information  on  our  website  is  not 
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

Prior to our incorporation, we were an IBM manufacturing unit that provided manufacturing services to IBM for more 
than  75  years.  In  1993,  we  began  providing  electronics  manufacturing  services  to  non-IBM  customers.  In  October  1996,  we 
were purchased from IBM by an investor group led by Onex, and in 1998, we completed our initial public offering.

A description of our acquisition activities (including our acquisition of PCI in November of 2021), our principal capital 
expenditures  (including  property,  plant  and  equipment),  and  our  financing  activities  over  the  last  three  financial  years  is  set 
forth  in  notes  3,  4,  6,  11,  12,  21,  and  24  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  Item  18,  and  Item  5,  "Operating  and 
Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A." 

A description of our divestiture activities (including our restructuring activities) over the last three financial years is set 
forth in notes 6 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18, and Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and 
Prospects  —  MD&A,"  including  a  discussion  of  the  2019  sale  of  our  real  property  located  in  Toronto,  Ontario,  and  related 
transition  matters.  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A"  also  describes  principal  divestitures 
(primarily our restructuring activities) currently in progress. 

A  description  of  our  significant  commitments  for  capital  expenditures  as  at  December  31,  2021  and  those  currently  in 
progress and planned for 2022 is set forth in Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — Liquidity —  
Contractual Obligations: Additional Commitments."  

See  "Overview  —  Celestica's  business"  and  "Recent  Developments"  in  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and 
Prospects — MD&A" for a discussion of the estimated annualized impact of disengagements associated with the review of our 
CCS segment portfolio; as well as recent trends impacting our businesses, including the impact of global supply constraints, due 
in part to COVID-19. 

There were no public takeover offers by third parties in respect of the Corporation's SVS or MVS or by the Corporation 

in respect of other companies' shares which occurred during the last or current financial year.

The  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  maintains  an  internet  site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and 
information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is 
http://www.sec.gov.

B.    Business Overview 

General

We deliver innovative supply chain solutions globally to customers in two operating and reporting segments: Advanced 

Technology Solutions (ATS) and Connectivity & Cloud Solutions (CCS). 

Our ATS segment consists of our ATS end market, and is comprised of our A&D, Industrial, Energy, HealthTech, and 
Capital  Equipment  businesses.  Our  Capital  Equipment  business  is  comprised  of  our  semiconductor,  display,  and  power  & 
signal distribution equipment businesses. Our CCS segment consists of our Communications and Enterprise end markets. Our 
Enterprise end market is comprised of our servers and storage businesses. All period percentages and financial information in 
this Annual Report reflect the current presentation. See note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18.

Our  customers  include  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs),  cloud-based  and  other  service  providers,  including 
hyperscalers,  and  other  companies  in  a  wide  range  of  industries.  Our  global  headquarters  is  located  in  Toronto,  Ontario, 
Canada.  We  operate  a  network  of  sites  and  centers  of  excellence  (discussed  below)  strategically  located  in  North  America, 
Europe and Asia, with specialized end-to-end supply chain capabilities tailored to meet specific market and customer product 
lifecycle requirements.

29

 
We offer a comprehensive range of product manufacturing and related supply chain services to customers in both of our 
segments, including design and development, new product introduction, engineering services, component sourcing, electronics 
manufacturing  and  assembly,  testing,  complex  mechanical  assembly,  systems  integration,  precision  machining,  order 
fulfillment,  logistics,  asset  management,  product  licensing,  and  after-market  repair  and  return  services.  Our  HPS  offering, 
within our CCS segment, includes the development of hardware platforms, design solutions and software services that can be 
used as-is, or customized for specific applications in collaboration with our customers, and management of program design and 
aspects of the supply chain, manufacturing, and after-market support.  

We believe our services and solutions create value for our customers by enabling their strategies, while accelerating their 
time-to-market,  and  by  providing  higher  quality,  lower  cost,  and  reduced  cycle  times  (as  compared  to  insourcing)  in  our 
customers' supply chains. We believe this results in lower total cost of ownership, greater flexibility, higher return on invested 
capital and improved competitive advantage for our customers in their respective markets.  

We  depend  on  a  small  number  of  customers  for  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenue.  In  the  aggregate,  our  top 
10  customers  represented  66%  of  our  total  2021  revenue  (2020  —  66%).  In  2021  and  2020,  no  customer  individually 
represented 10% or more of total revenue. Cisco (a former CCS segment customer) accounted for 9% of total 2020 revenue, 
and 12% of total 2019 revenue (and was the only customer in 2019 that individually represented 10% or more of total revenue). 
Significant reductions in, or the loss of, revenue from these or any of our major customers may have a material adverse effect 
on  us.  See  Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk  Factors  —  "We  are  dependent  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  and  end 
markets.  A  decline  in  revenue  from,  or  the  loss  of,  any  significant  customer,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition and operating results." Disengagements resulting from our recent CCS segment portfolio review resulted 
in an estimated annualized revenue decline of $1.25 billion compared to revenue in 2018, the year such review commenced.

Products and services in our ATS segment are extensive and are often more regulated than in our CCS segment, and can 
include the following: government-certified and highly-specialized manufacturing, electronic and enclosure-related services for 
A&D  customers;  high-precision  semiconductor  and  display  equipment  and  integrated  subsystems;  a  wide  range  of  industrial 
automation, controls, test and measurement devices; engineering-focused engagements, including full product development in 
the areas of telematics, human machine interface (HMI), Internet-of-Things (IoT) and embedded systems; advanced solutions 
for surgical instruments, diagnostic imaging and patient monitoring; and efficiency products to help manage and monitor the 
energy and power industries. Our ATS segment businesses typically have higher margin profiles and margin volatility, higher 
working capital requirements, and longer product life cycles than the businesses in our CCS segment. Products and services in 
our  CCS  segment  consist  predominantly  of  enterprise-level  data  communications  and  information  processing  infrastructure 
products  and  systems,  and  can  include  routers,  switches,  data  center  interconnects,  edge  solutions,  and  servers  and  storage-
related products used by a wide range of businesses and cloud-based and other service providers to manage digital connectivity, 
commerce  and  social  media  applications.  Our  CCS  segment  businesses  typically  have  lower  margin  profiles,  lower  working 
capital requirements, and higher volumes than the businesses in our ATS segment. Within our CCS segment, however, our HPS 
business (which includes firmware/software enablement across all primary IT infrastructure data center technologies and after-
market  services)  typically  has  a  higher  margin  profile  than  our  traditional  CCS  businesses,  but  also  requires  specific 
investments (including R&D) and higher working capital. Our CCS segment generally experiences a high degree of volatility in 
terms  of  revenue  and  product/service  mix,  and  as  a  result,  our  CCS  segment  margin  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period.  In 
recent  periods,  we  have  experienced  an  increasing  shift  in  the  mix  of  our  programs  towards  cloud-based  and  other  service 
providers, which are cyclically different from our traditional OEM customers, creating more volatility and unpredictability in 
our  revenue  patterns,  and  additional  challenges  with  respect  to  the  management  of  our  supply  chain  and  working  capital 
requirements.

We  remain  committed  to  making  the  investments  we  deem  necessary  to  support  our  long-term  growth  strategy, 
strengthen our competitive position, enhance customer satisfaction, and increase long-term shareholder value. Within both of 
our  segments,  we  are  focused  on:  increased  penetration  in  our  end  markets;  diversifying  our  customer  mix  and  product 
portfolios, including increasing design and development, engineering, and after-market services (higher value-added services); 
and diversifying our capabilities and supply chains. In response to slower growth rates and increased pricing pressures in our 
traditional markets, which continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue, we intend to continue to concentrate on 
expanding  our  business  beyond  such  traditional  markets,  including  through  CCS  segment  growth  initiatives  focused  on  our 
newly-reshaped CCS segment portfolio, and by continuing to pursue new customers and acquisition opportunities in our ATS 
segment. See "Celestica’s Strategy" below for a discussion of our strategy, and Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and 
Prospects — MD&A — Operating Goals and Priorities" for a discussion of our current priorities.

30

Electronics Manufacturing Services Industry

Overview

Leading EMS companies manage global networks that are capable of delivering customized supply chain solutions. They 
offer end-to-end services for the entire product lifecycle, including design and engineering services, manufacturing, assembly, 
testing, systems integration, fulfillment and after-market services. Our customers, which include OEMs, cloud-based and other 
service  providers  (including  hyperscalers),  and  other  companies  in  a  wide  range  of  industries,  outsource  these  services  to 
address  challenges  related  to  cost,  asset  utilization,  quality,  time-to-market,  demand  volatility,  customer  support,  and  rapidly 
changing technologies. In particular, service providers have utilized our services to expand and optimize their data centers to 
enable their strategies.

We believe outsourcing by these companies will continue across a number of industries as a means to: 

Reduce Operating Costs and Invested Capital. Global EMS companies can provide access to a network of manufacturing 
sites with supply chain management expertise, advanced engineering capabilities, flexible capacity and economies of scale. As 
a result, outsourcing to such companies can reduce customers' overall product lifecycle and operating costs, working capital, 
and property, plant and equipment investment requirements.

Focus Resources on Core Competencies. EMS customers are able to prioritize their resources on product development, 
sales,  marketing  and  customer  service  by  outsourcing  design,  engineering,  manufacturing,  supply  chain,  product  lifecycle 
management, and other product support requirements.

Improve  Time-to-Market.  We  believe  that  companies  can  significantly  improve  their  product  development  cycles  and 
enhance  time-to-market  by  benefiting  from  the  expertise  and  infrastructure  of  EMS  providers,  including  their  capabilities 
relating to design and engineering services, prototyping and the rapid ramp-up of new products to high-volume production, all 
with the critical support of global supply chain management and manufacturing networks.

Utilize  EMS  Companies'  Procurement,  Inventory  Management  and  Logistics  Expertise.  We  believe  that  the  successful 
manufacturing of electronic products requires significant resources to manage the complexities in planning, procurement and 
inventory management, frequent design changes, short product lifecycles and product demand fluctuations. Companies can help 
manage these complexities by outsourcing to those EMS providers that (i) possess sophisticated IT systems and global supply 
chain management capabilities and (ii) can leverage significant component procurement advantages to lower product costs.

Access Leading Engineering Capabilities and Technologies. EMS providers can assist companies in the development of 
new  product  concepts,  the  re-design  of  existing  products,  and  improvements  with  respect  to  the  performance,  cost  and  time 
required  to  bring  products  to  market.  In  addition,  companies  can  gain  access  to  high-quality  manufacturing  expertise  and 
capabilities in the areas of advanced process, interconnect and test technologies.

Improve Access to Global Markets. EMS companies with global infrastructure and support capabilities help to provide 

customers with efficient world-wide manufacturing solutions, distribution capabilities and after-market services.

Access Value-Added Service Offerings. EMS providers strive to expand their offerings to include services such as design, 
fulfillment and after-market services, including repair and recycling, to encourage companies to outsource more of their cost of 
goods sold.

Celestica's Strategy

We  constantly  seek  to  advance  our  quality,  engineering,  manufacturing,  HPS,  and  supply  chain  capabilities.  We  will 
continue  to  focus  on  our  pursuit  of  the  following,  intended  to  strengthen  our  competitive  position  and  enhance  customer 
satisfaction and shareholder value: 

Increase Penetration in our End Markets/Offerings. We strive to further diversify our portfolio. Our goal is to increase 
our  presence  across  our  high-value  end  markets,  with  particular  emphasis  on  HPS  business  within  our  CCS  segment,  and 
expanding our ATS segment, both organically and through acquisitions. Revenue from our HealthTech and Capital Equipment 
businesses  for  2021  increased  by  an  aggregate  of  approximately  30%  from  2020.  Within  our  CCS  segment,  we  continue  to 
expand our HPS offering, which accounted for 20% of our total 2021 revenue, up from 15% in 2020. We intend to continue to 
expand our portfolio in higher margin service offerings (including HPS). 

31

Our end market revenue as a percentage of total revenue is as follows: 

ATS   ................................................................................................................................

Communications   ............................................................................................................

Enterprise   .......................................................................................................................

2019

39%

40%

21%

2020

36%

42%

22%

2021

41%

40%

19%

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions and Strategic Transactions. We will continue to selectively seek acquisition opportunities 
and strategic transactions in order to (i) profitably grow our revenue, (ii) further develop strategic relationships with customers 
in  our  end  markets;  (iii)  enhance  the  scope  of  our  capabilities  and  service  offerings,  (iv)  enhance  our  intellectual  property 
portfolio,  and  (v)  expand  our  capabilities  and  offerings  to  include  further  after-market  services  and  product  licensing 
opportunities.

Continuously  Improve  Operational  Performance.  We  will  continue  to  focus  on:  (i)  managing  our  mix  and  volume  of 
business  and  service  offerings  to  improve  our  overall  margins,  (ii)  leveraging  our  supply  chain  practices  globally  to  lower 
materials costs, minimize lead times and improve our planning cycle to better meet volatility in customer demand and improve 
asset  utilization  and  inventory  levels,  (iii)  successfully  ramping  new  programs,  and  (iv)  improving  operating  efficiencies  to 
reduce costs and improve margins. In order to help us streamline our processes, we continue to invest in our "digital factory," 
which automates and connects our equipment, people and systems throughout our global network, including our customers and 
suppliers.  Although  our  overall  revenues  decreased  in  2021  compared  to  2020,  our  mix  of  programs,  and  volume  leverage 
across several of our businesses had a favorable impact on our gross margin in 2021. In addition, our cost reductions initiatives, 
intended  to  further  streamline  our  business,  increase  operational  efficiencies  and  improve  our  productivity,  had  a  favorable 
impact on our profitability in 2021. 

Develop  and  Grow  Trusted  Relationships  with  Leading  Customers.  We  continue  to  pursue  profitable,  strategic 
relationships  with  industry  leaders  that  we  believe  can  benefit  from  our  services  and  solutions.  We  strive  to  respond  to  our 
customers' needs with speed, flexibility and predictability. We have established and maintain strong relationships with a diverse 
mix of leading OEMs, cloud-based and other service providers and other companies across our end markets. We believe that 
our customer base is a strong potential source of growth for us as we seek to strengthen these relationships through the delivery 
of additional services.  

Expand Range of Service Offerings and Continue to Invest in Developing New Technology, Quality Products and Supply 
Chain Solutions and Services. We continually seek to expand the services we offer to our customers, and we are committed to 
meeting our customers' needs in the areas of technology, engineering, quality, product lifecycle management and supply chain 
management. We believe our expertise in these areas enables us to meet the rigorous demands of our customers, allows us to 
produce  a  variety  of  electronic  products  ranging  from  high-volume  electronics  to  highly  complex  technology  infrastructure 
products used in a broad array of end markets, and allows us to deliver consistently reliable products to our customers. We also 
believe the systems and collaborative processes associated with our expertise in supply chain management help us to adjust our 
operations to meet customer lead time requirements, and quickly and effectively deliver products directly to end customers. We 
collaborate with our suppliers to influence component design for the benefit of our customers. As a result of the successes that 
we have had in these areas, we have been recognized with numerous customer and industry achievement awards. 

See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Operating  Goals  and  Priorities"  for  a 

discussion of our current priorities and areas of focus.

Celestica's Business 

Innovative Supply Chain Solutions and Services

We  are  a  global  provider  of  innovative  supply  chain  solutions.  We  offer  a  range  of  services  including  design  and 
development,  engineering  services,  supply  chain  management,  new  product  introduction,  component  sourcing,  electronics 
manufacturing,  assembly,  testing,  complex  mechanical  assembly,  systems  integration,  precision  machining,  order  fulfillment, 
logistics,  asset  management,  product  licensing,  and  after-market  repair  and  return  services.  Our  design  and  development 
services include our HPS offering, which consists of developing hardware platforms, design solutions and software services in 
collaboration  primarily  with  CCS  segment  customers,  as  well  as  managing  aspects  of  the  supply  chain  and  manufacturing, 
including firmware/software enablement across all primary IT infrastructure data center technologies, and after-market support. 
We believe that our HPS offering helps to differentiate us from other EMS providers, by encompassing advanced technology 

32

 
 
design solutions that customers can tailor to their specific platform applications. We execute our business in our global network 
of sites, including our designated centers of excellence, strategically located in North America, Europe and Asia. We leverage 
these sites and centers of excellence, information technology, and our supply chain expertise using collaborative processes and 
a  team  of  highly  skilled,  customer-focused  employees.  We  believe  that  our  ability  to  deliver  a  range  of  supply  chain  and 
hardware solutions to our customers provides them with a competitive lead time, and advantages in quality, flexibility and total 
cost of ownership.

The objective of our centers of excellence program is to help ensure that our operations reflect a solid understanding of 
the markets we serve, have current capabilities and standardized practices, and are positioned to provide efficiency, consistency, 
and value to our customers around the globe. To obtain "center of excellence" status, our sites must meet our defined criteria 
pertaining to quality, supply chain capabilities, Lean and Six Sigma, market specific certifications (to the extent applicable), and 
other  matters  regarding  their  operations.  In  September  2021,  we  assumed  manufacturing,  warehousing,  and  customer  return 
goods  activity  under  an  outsourcing  arrangement  with  Fujitsu  Network  Communications,  Inc.  (FNC),  and  signed  a  10-year 
lease  agreement  for  a  portion  of  FNC's  Richardson,  Texas  facility.  We  also  established  a  center  of  excellence  at  the  FNC 
facility,  expanding  our  HPS  engineering  network  and  increasing  our  North  America  manufacturing  capacity.  In  addition,  we 
have  established  a  Master  Validation  Plan  to  help  ensure  that  our  IT  systems  that  support  regulated  industries,  including 
HealthTech and A&D, are compliant with customer expectations with respect to data security.

Quality, Lean and Six Sigma Culture 

We believe one of our strengths is our ability to consistently deliver high-quality services and products. We have an 
extensive  quality  management  system  that  focuses  on  continual  process  improvement  and  achieving  high  levels  of  customer 
satisfaction. We employ a variety of advanced statistical engineering techniques and other tools to assist in improving product 
and  service  quality.  Most  of  our  principal  sites  are  ISO  9001  and  ISO  14001  certified  (international  quality  management 
standards), and have other required industry-specific certifications.

Our Celestica Operating System (COS) consists of the application of global standard processes to all critical aspects of 
our  operations,  including  quality,  supply  and  operations  planning,  new  product  introduction,  daily  visual  performance 
management,  and  continuous  operational  improvement  through  a  “Plan  Do  Check  Adjust”  cycle.  The  COS  is  intended  to 
improve cost productivity, create accountable teams, and assure consistent performance.

In addition to these standards, we deploy Lean initiatives to help drive manufacturing efficiencies, cycle times velocities 
and improved product quality, and use Six Sigma extensively in an effort to reduce process variation and to drive root cause 
problem-solving. Lean and Six Sigma methods are also used in non-production areas to streamline our processes and eliminate 
waste.  We  apply  the  knowledge  we  gain  in  our  after-market  services  to  help  improve  the  quality  and  reliability  of  next-
generation  products.  We  believe  that  success  in  these  areas  helps  our  customers  to  lower  their  costs,  positioning  them  more 
competitively in their respective markets.  

Design and Engineering Services

Our  global  design  teams  are  focused  on  delivering  flexible  solutions  and  expertise,  intended  to  help  customers  reduce 
overall product costs, improve time-to-market, introduce competitively differentiated products, and drive hardware innovations. 
For  customer-owned  designs,  we  augment  their  design  teams,  and  utilize  our  proprietary  design  analysis  tools  to  minimize 
design  revisions  and  to  achieve  improved  manufacturing  yields.  Our  HPS  offering  includes  the  development  of  hardware 
platforms  and  design  solutions  in  collaboration  with  customers,  managing  aspects  of  the  supply  chain,  manufacturing  their 
products  and  providing  asset  management  services  (including  IT  asset  disposition).  Our  HPS  offering  is  an  engineering-led, 
intellectual-property-based  offering  that  allows  us  to  drive  hardware  innovation  and  solutions  for  our  customers  and  further 
broaden our value proposition by leveraging our ecosystem partners and broad range of capabilities across the product lifecycle. 
We  continue  to  invest  in  leading-edge  product  roadmaps  and  design  capabilities  aligned  with  both  market  standards  and 
emerging technologies in support of our HPS offering. We are currently delivering both partially customized HPS products, and 
complete hardware platform solutions to customers in the storage, servers, and communications markets. These products and 
solutions are intended to help our customers reach their markets faster and enable their strategies, while reducing total costs, 
increasing  supply  chain  resilience  and  building  valuable  intellectual  property  for  their  product  portfolios  and/or  data  centers. 
Through  our  collective  experience  with  common  technologies  across  multiple  industries  and  product  groups,  we  believe  we 
provide quality and cost-focused solutions for a wide range of our customers' design needs and strategies. Revenue attributable 
to our HPS business has more than doubled since 2019, due in part to increased demand resulting from COVID-19 in 2020 and 
2021.

33

We  collaborate  with  some  of  our  core  customers'  product  designers  in  the  early  stages  of  product  development,  using 
advanced  tools  to  enable  new  product  ideas  to  progress  from  electrical  and  application-specific  integrated  circuit  design,  to 
simulation, physical layout and design review, all intended to ensure readiness for manufacturing. We use our design expertise 
to create innovative technologies and hardware product solutions, and leverage key ecosystem partners to drive both innovation 
and supply chain leverage. Our HPS offering encompasses advanced technology hardware design solutions that customers can 
tailor to their specific applications. We believe that collaboration between our customers' teams, key ecosystem partners, and 
our  design  and  manufacturing  groups  helps  to  ensure  that  new  designs  are  released  rapidly,  smoothly  and  cohesively  into 
production.

Our engineering services team works with our customers throughout the product life-cycle. We believe our engineering 
expertise and experience in product and process design, design review, product test solutions, assembly technology, automation, 
and  quality  and  reliability,  position  us  to  deliver  the  services  required  to  address  the  challenges  facing  our  customers.  We 
maintain ties with key industry associations and engineering firms to help us stay apprised of advances in technical knowledge. 

Prototyping and New Product Introduction

Prototyping  is  a  critical  early-stage  process  in  the  development  of  new  products.  Our  engineers  collaborate  with  our 

customers' engineers to provide quick responses in the early stages of the product development lifecycle.

Supply Chain Management and Services

We use advanced planning, analytics, enterprise resource planning, and supply chain management systems to optimize 
materials  management  from  suppliers  to  our  customers'  customers.  We  believe  that  the  effective  management  of  the  supply 
chain is critical to our customers' success, as it directly impacts the time and cost required to deliver products to market and the 
capital requirements associated with carrying inventory.

We  strive  to  reduce  our  customers'  total  cost  of  ownership  by  providing  lower  costs  and  reduced  cycle  times  in  their 
supply chain, and by delivering higher quality products. We also strive to align our preferred suppliers in close proximity to our 
centers of excellence to increase the speed and flexibility of our supply chain, to deliver higher quality products and to reduce 
time-to-market. 

Through our global supply chain management processes and integrated IT tools, we endeavor to provide our customers 

with enhanced visibility to balance their global demand and supply requirements, including inventory and order management.

Manufacturing Services

Printed Circuit Board Assembly

Printed  circuit  board  (PCB)  assembly  includes  the  attachment  of  electronic  components,  such  as  capacitors, 
microprocessors, resistors and memory modules, to PCBs. Our global network of engineers helps us to provide our customers 
with full PCB assembly technology capabilities. These capabilities include design for manufacturing, PCB layout, packaging, 
assembly  (circuit  card  assembly  or  CCA),  lead-free  soldering,  test  development,  and  data  analytics  for  complex  flexible  and 
rigid-flex circuits and hybrid PCBs.

Complex Mechanical Assembly

We  provide  systems  integration  and  precision  machined  components  to  our  Capital  Equipment  customers.  Complex 
mechanical systems integration consists of multiple interconnected subsystems that interact with various materials, e.g., fluids, 
solids, particles and rigid bodies. Such systems are often used in advanced manufacturing applications such as semiconductor 
manufacturing, display manufacturing (including LCD, OLED, QLED and other displays), medical applications using robotics, 
and  other  applications  such  as  cash  handling  machines  where  precise  standards  are  required.  We  also  provide  complex 
mechanical assembly primarily to our aerospace customers, including wire harness assembly, systems integration, sheet metal 
fabrication, welding and machining.

Precision Machining

We  utilize  specialized  computer-controlled  machines  to  manufacture  high  quality  components  to  tight  tolerance 

requirements. Such components are often used in applications similar to those noted above for complex mechanical assembly.

34

Energy Services

We  provide  integrated  solutions  and  services  to  our  renewable  energy  customers  in  the  areas  of  power  generation, 
conversion  and  monitoring.  Our  energy  portfolio  includes  power  inverters,  energy  storage  products,  smart  meters  and  other 
electronic componentry, and encompasses complete product lifecycle solutions, including design, manufacturing and reliability 
services.

Systems Assembly and Testing

We use sophisticated technologies in the assembly and testing of our products. We continue to make investments in the 
development of automated solutions, as well as new assembly and test process techniques intended to enhance product quality, 
reduce cost and improve delivery time to customers. We work independently and also collaborate with customers and suppliers 
to develop assembly and test technologies. Systems assembly and testing require sophisticated logistics capabilities to rapidly 
procure components, assemble products, perform complex testing and distribute products to customers around the world. Our 
full systems assembly services involve combining and testing a wide range of sub-assemblies and components before shipping 
them to their final destination. Some customers require custom build-to-order system solutions with very short lead times, and 
we are focused on using our advanced supply chain management capabilities to respond to our customers' needs.

Quality and Product Assurance

We  provide  complete  product  reliability  testing,  inspection  and  qualification  capabilities  to  support  our  customers'  full 
product lifecycle requirements. Our quality and product assurance teams perform product testing to ensure that designs meet or 
exceed required specifications. We are capable of testing to various industry standards, and we work closely with our customers 
to  execute  unique  test  protocols.  We  believe  that  this  service  allows  our  customers  to  assess  certification  risks  early  in  the 
product development lifecycle, reducing cost and time-to-market.

Failure Analysis and After-Market Services

Our extensive failure analysis capabilities concentrate on identifying the root cause of product failures and determining 
corrective  actions.  Products  are  subjected  to  various  environmental  extremes,  including  temperature,  humidity,  vibration, 
voltage and contamination. Field conditions are simulated in failure analysis laboratories which employ electron microscopes, 
spectrometers and other advanced equipment. Our engineers work proactively in partnership with suppliers and customers in an 
effort to discover product failures before products are shipped, and to develop and implement solutions if required.

We  also  seek  to  provide  value  to  our  customers  through  our  after-market  services  offerings  which  include  repair, 
fulfillment,  reverse  logistics,  asset  management  and  disposition,  reclamation  and  returns  processing  and  prevention.  Our 
fulfillment  offering  includes  the  design  and  management  of  integrated  supply  chain  and  materials  management  for  light 
manufacturing  and  final  assembly  and  reclamation.  Our  reverse  logistics  offering  includes  the  design  and  management  of 
transportation networks, warehousing and distribution of products, asset recovery services, and transportation and supply chain 
event  monitoring.  Our  returns  processing  and  prevention  offering  provides  our  customers  with  product  screening  and  testing 
and product design and process analysis. Our reclamation offering includes product disassembly, reassembly and re-use, as well 
as  certified  scrap  disposition  processing.  We  offer  these  services  individually  or  integrated  through  a  'Control  Tower'  model 
which  coordinates  our  people,  systems  and  processes  with  those  of  our  customers  to  improve  service  levels  by  providing  an 
increased level of visibility and analytics throughout the entire after-market value chain.

Product Licensing 

With  respect  to  our  partners  that  are  seeking  to  rationalize  their  product  lines,  licensing  to  us  provides  them  with  an 
alternative  to  sale  or  discontinuation.  Celestica  manages  the  entire  business  process  for  the  licensed  product  or  product  line, 
including order acceptance, customer service, engineering, supply chain, obsolescence management, manufacturing, logistics, 
service parts offering, and after-market services. This allows our partners to continue to serve their customers while maintaining 
ownership of their intellectual property, and to redeploy their resources for other uses. 

35

Geographies

For each of 2019, 2020 and 2021, approximately 70% of our revenue was produced in Asia and approximately 20% of 
our revenue was produced in North America. Revenue produced in Canada represented 7% of revenue in 2021 (2020 — 6%; 
2019  —  8%).  Our  property,  plant  and  equipment  in  Canada  represented  7%  of  our  property,  plant  and  equipment  at 
December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 — 8%; December 31, 2019 — 10%). A listing of our principal locations is included in 
Item  4(D),  "Information  on  the  Company  —  Property,  Plants  and  Equipment."  Certain  geographic  information  for  countries 
with 10% or more of our external revenue, property, plant and equipment and ROU assets, and intangible assets and goodwill is 
set forth in note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18. 

Marketing and Customer Experience

We structure our business development teams by end market, with a focus on offering market insight and expertise, and 
complete  manufacturing,  HPS  (in  the  case  of  our  CCS  segment)  and  supply  chain  solutions  to  our  customers.  We  have 
customer-focused teams, each headed by a group general manager who oversees the global relationship with our key customers. 
These teams work with our subject matter experts to meet the requirements of each customer's product or supply chain. Our 
global  network  is  comprised  of  such  customer-focused  teams,  as  well  as  operational  and  project  managers,  supply  chain 
management teams, and senior executives. 

We provide comprehensive support before, during and after the delivery of our products and services. We seek to deepen 
and  grow  our  customer  relationships  by  providing  consistent,  high-quality  implementation  and  customer  support  services, 
which we believe drives customer retention and additional opportunities within our existing customer base.

Customer Concentration and Relationship Management 

We  target  industry-leading  customers  in  each  of  our  segments.  Our  current  CCS  segment  customers  include  Dell 
Technologies, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Hewlett-Packard Inc., IBM Corporation, Juniper Networks, Inc., NEC Corporation, 
Oracle Corporation, and Polycom, Inc. Our current ATS segment customers include Applied Materials, Inc., Honeywell Inc., 
Lam Research and Raytheon Company. We are focused on strengthening our relationships with strategic customers through the 
delivery of new and expanding end-to-end solutions.

No  customer  individually  represented  10%  or  more  of  total  revenue  in  2020  or  2021.  Cisco  (a  former  CCS  segment 

customer) was the only customer that individually represented 10% or more of total revenue for 2019 (12%). 

Our top 10 customers represented 66%, 66% and 65% of total revenue for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

We  generally  enter  into  master  supply  agreements  with  our  customers  that  provide  the  framework  for  our  overall 
relationship, although such agreements do not typically guarantee a particular level of business or fixed pricing. Instead, we bid 
on a program-by-program basis and typically receive customer purchase orders for specific quantities and timing of products. 
We  believe  that  our  customer-focused  factories  are  flexible  and  can  be  reconfigured  as  needed  to  meet  customer-specific 
product  requirements  and  fluctuations  in  volumes  (although  we  do  incur  increased  production  costs  from  time  to  time  in 
connection  with  unexpected  demand  changes).  A  majority  of  these  supply  agreements  also  require  the  customer  to  purchase 
unused inventory that we have purchased to fulfill that customer's forecasted manufacturing demand. Some of these agreements 
require us to provide specific price reductions to our customers over the term of the contracts, which has had (and is expected to 
continue to have) a significant adverse impact on our revenues, gross margin and operating results. Also see Item 3(D), Key 
Information — Risk Factors — "Inherent challenges in managing changes in customer demand may impact our planning, 
supply chain execution and manufacturing, and may adversely affect our operating performance and results."

Research and Technology Development

We  use  advanced  technology  to  design,  assemble  and  test  the  products  we  manufacture.  We  continue  to  invest  in  our 

global design services and capabilities to conceive differentiated HPS product solutions for our customers.

We have extensive capabilities across a broad range of specialized assembly, configuration and test processes. We work 
with  a  variety  of  substrates  based  on  the  products  we  build  for  our  customers,  from  thin,  flexible  PCBs  to  highly  complex, 
dense  multi-layer  PCBs,  as  well  as  a  broad  array  of  advanced  component  and  attachment  technologies  employed  in  our 
customers'  products  and  our  own  product  designs.  We  believe  that  increasing  demand  for  full-system  assembly  solutions 
continues  to  drive  technical  advancement  in  complex  mechanical  assembly  and  configuration.  We  also  develop  and 
manufacture  sub-components,  such  as  optical  modules  and  complex  machined  parts,  intended  to  drive  targeted  technical 
advancements to support these opportunities.

36

Our automated electronics assembly lines are continuously refreshed with the latest generation technology, with a focus 
on flexible lines with quick changeover, large board capability, and small component capability. Our assembly capabilities are 
complemented  by  advanced  test  capabilities.  The  technologies  we  use  include  high-speed  functional  testing,  optical,  burn-in, 
vibration, radio frequency, and in-circuit and in-situ dynamic thermal cycling stress testing. Our inspection technology includes 
X-ray  computed  tomography,  advanced  automated  optical  inspection,  three-dimensional  paste  volumetric  inspection  and 
scanning electron microscopy. We work directly with leaders in the equipment industry to optimize their products and solutions 
or to jointly design solutions to meet the needs of our customers. We apply automation solutions for higher volume products, 
where possible, to help improve product quality, lower product costs, and increase manufacturing efficiencies. 

Our ongoing R&D activities include the development of processes, test technologies, and hardware platform solutions, 
spanning core data center technologies, that can be used as-is or customized to optimize a customer's specific applications. Our 
HPS  offering  is  focused  on  developing  design  solutions  and  subsequently  managing  the  other  aspects  of  the  supply  chain, 
including product manufacturing and after-market services. We focus our solutions on developing current and next generation 
storage,  server  and  communications  products  (in  particular,  elements  of  data  centers,  which  include  the  development  of 
complete  hardware  platform  solutions  to  reduce  product  costs  and  accelerate  time  to  market,  and  which  we  believe  will 
continue to grow). We work directly with our customers to understand their product roadmaps and requirements, and to develop 
technology solutions intended to meet their particular needs. We are proactive in developing manufacturing techniques that take 
advantage of the latest component, product and packaging designs. We have worked with, and have taken leadership roles in, 
industry and academic groups that strive to advance the state of technology in the industry. As we continue to pursue deeper 
relationships with our customers, and participate in additional services and revenue opportunities with them, we anticipate an 
increase in our spending in these areas. 

Supply Chain Management

We share data electronically with our key suppliers, and help ensure speed of supply through strong relationships with 
our  component  suppliers  and  logistics  partners.  We  view  the  size  and  scale  of  our  procurement  activities,  including  our  IT 
systems,  as  an  important  competitive  advantage,  as  they  enhance  our  ability  to  obtain  better  pricing,  influence  component 
packaging and designs, and obtain a supply of components in constrained markets. We procure substantially all of our materials 
and components on behalf of our customers pursuant to individual purchase orders that are generally short-term in nature.

Components  and  raw  materials  are  sourced  globally,  with  a  majority  of  electronic  components  originating  from  Asian 
countries.  See  Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk  Factors  —  "Our  ability  to  successfully  manage  unexpected  changes  or 
risks inherent in our global operations and supply chain may adversely impact our financial performance" for a discussion 
of  various  risks  related  to  our  foreign  operations.  All  of  the  products  we  manufacture  or  assemble  require  one  or  more 
components.  In  many  cases,  there  may  be  only  one  supplier  of  a  particular  component.  Some  of  these  components  could  be 
rationed  in  response  to  supply  shortages.  We  work  with  our  suppliers  and  customers  to  attempt  to  ensure  continuity  in  the 
supply of these components. In cases where unanticipated customer demand or supply shortages occur, we attempt to arrange 
for  alternative  sources  of  supply,  where  available,  or  defer  planned  production  in  response  to  the  availability  of  the  critical 
components. Notwithstanding these efforts, however, we experienced materials constraints from certain suppliers in both of our 
segments in recent years, due in part to global supply shortages for many electronic components. These constraints were also 
significantly  exacerbated  with  respect  to  several  of  our  businesses  during  2020  and  2021  as  a  result  of  COVID-19.  These 
shortages have been aggravated by the significant impact of COVID-19-related workforce constraints on the factories of certain 
of  our  suppliers.  As  we  are  dependent  on  our  suppliers  to  prioritize  their  manufacturing  to  produce  the  products  we  need  to 
fulfill our customer orders, these shortages caused delays in the production of customer products in both of our segments, and in 
combination with volatile market demand, negatively impacted our margins and led to higher-than-expected levels of inventory 
in  2020  and  2021,  and  resulted  in  operational  and  materials  inefficiencies  and  a  continued  backlog  of  orders.  See  Item  5, 
"Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — Recent Developments — Segment Environment" for a discussion 
of the impact of materials constraints (including due to COVID-19) on our business during 2020 and 2021. See Item 3(D), Key 
Information  —  Risk  Factors,  "We  are  dependent  on  third  parties  to  supply  certain  materials,  and  our  results  can  be 
negatively  affected  by  the  quality,  availability  and  cost  of  such  materials."  We  recognize  that  some  sub-tier  suppliers 
providing raw materials such as palladium, neon gas and high-grade aluminum are partially dependent on supply from Russia/
Ukraine.  We  will  closely  monitor  the  supply  availability  and  price  fluctuations  of  these  raw  materials.  While  the  prices  of 
principal raw materials are generally not volatile, price increases have resulted from materials shortages in recent periods. Price 
increases  resulting  from  such  shortages  and/or  other  factors  which  we  cannot  recover  from  our  customers  have,  and  may 
continue to, adversely impact our results of operations. 

We utilize our enterprise systems, as well as specific supply chain IT tools, to provide comprehensive information on our 
logistics, financial and engineering support functions. These systems provide management with the data and analytics required 
to manage the logistical complexities of our business and are augmented by and integrated with other applications, such as shop 
floor controls, component and product database management, and design tools.

37

To  minimize  the  risk  associated  with  inventory,  we  primarily  order  materials  and  components  only  to  the  extent 
necessary to satisfy existing customer orders and forecasts covered by the applicable customer contract terms and conditions. 
However, in light of the constrained materials environment in recent periods, we have also been placing additional orders to 
secure  supply,  offset  in  part  by  the  receipt  of  cash  deposits  from  the  relevant  customers.  We  have  implemented  specific 
inventory  management  strategies  with  certain  suppliers,  such  as  "supplier  managed  inventory"  (pulling  inventory  at  the 
production  line  on  an  as-needed  basis)  and  on-site  stocking  programs.  Our  initiatives  in  Lean  and  Six  Sigma  also  focus  on 
eliminating  excess  inventory  throughout  the  supply  chain.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  however,  as  a  result  of  demand 
volatility  from  our  customers  and  the  materials  constraints  from  certain  suppliers  discussed  above,  we  carried  higher  than 
expected levels of certain inventory at December 31, 2021. 

Intellectual Property

We hold licenses to various technologies which we have acquired in connection with acquisitions. In addition, we believe 

that we have secured access to technology sufficient for the current conduct of our business.

We regard our manufacturing processes and certain designs as proprietary trade secrets and confidential information. We 
rely largely upon a combination of trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements with our customers, suppliers, employees and 
other  parties,  and  upon  our  internal  security  systems,  confidentiality  procedures  and  employee  confidentiality  agreements  to 
maintain the trade secrecy of our designs and manufacturing processes. Although we take steps to protect our trade secrets and 
other  intellectual  property,  we  cannot  assure  that  misappropriation  will  not  occur.  See  Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk 
Factors, "We may not adequately protect our intellectual property or the intellectual property of others." 

Our increased research and design activities have resulted in the growth of our dependence on our patent portfolio. We 
have over 280 hardware patents that are integral to our HPS business. We anticipate that such growth (and importance) will 
continue  as  we  expand  our  business  activities.  In  addition,  we  currently  have  a  limited  number  of  other  patents  and  patent 
applications  pending  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  Other  factors  significant  to  our  proprietary  rights  include  the 
knowledge  and  experience  of  management  and  personnel,  and  our  ability  to  develop,  enhance  and  market  electronics 
manufacturing services.

Each  of  our  customers  typically  provides  us  with  a  license  to  its  technology  for  use  in  providing  electronics 
manufacturing  services  to  such  customer.  Generally,  the  agreements  governing  such  technology  grant  to  us  non-exclusive, 
worldwide  licenses  with  respect  to  the  subject  technologies,  are  typically  provided  without  charge,  and  terminate  upon  a 
material breach by us of the terms of such agreements, or termination of the program to which such licenses relate.

We also license some technology from third parties that we use in providing electronics manufacturing services to our 
customers. We believe that such licenses are generally available on commercial terms from a number of licensors. Generally, 
the  agreements  governing  such  technology  grant  to  us  non-exclusive,  worldwide  licenses  with  respect  to  the  subject 
technologies and terminate upon expiration, or a material breach by us of the terms, of such agreements. 

Competition

The EMS industry is highly competitive with multiple global EMS providers competing for customers and programs. Our 
competitors include Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Flex Ltd., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Jabil Inc., Plexus Corp., and 
Sanmina Corporation, as well as smaller EMS companies that often have a regional, product, service or industry-specific focus, 
and ODMs (including Quanta Computer Inc., Wistron Corp., Delta Network, Inc., and Accton Technology Corp.) that provide 
internally designed products and manufacturing services. We provide hardware platform solutions as part of our HPS offering. 
There may be instances where our hardware platform solutions compete with a customer's hardware offerings. 

We also face indirect competition from current and prospective customers who evaluate our capabilities and commercial 
models against the merits of manufacturing products internally, and from distribution and logistics providers expanding their 
services across the supply chain, including assembly, fulfillment, logistics and in some cases, engineering services. We compete 
with different companies depending on the type of service or geographic area. Some of our competitors have greater scale and 
provide a broader range of services than we provide. We believe our competitive advantage is our track record in manufacturing 
technology, quality, complexity, responsiveness and cost-effective, value-added services. To remain competitive, we believe we 
must continue to provide technologically advanced manufacturing services and solutions, maintain quality levels, offer flexible 
delivery schedules, deliver finished products and services on time and compete favorably on price. 

The  competitive  landscape  in  our  CCS  segment  remains  aggressive,  as  demand  growth  continues  to  move  from 
traditional  enterprise  network  infrastructure  providers  to  cloud-based  and  other  service  providers,  resulting  in  aggressive 
bidding from EMS providers and increased competition from ODMs as they further penetrate these markets. As a result of the 
high  concentration  of  our  business  in  the  CCS  marketplace,  these  competitive  pressures,  aggressive  pricing  and  technology-

38

driven demand shifts, have negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact our CCS businesses in future periods. 
We  intend  to  continue  to  monitor  these  dynamics  and  focus  on  cost  and  portfolio  management,  including  HPS  growth 
initiatives,  in  response  to  these  factors.  To  enhance  our  competitiveness,  we  continue  to  focus  on  expanding  our  service 
offerings  and  capabilities  beyond  our  traditional  areas  of  EMS  expertise,  including  expanding  our  HPS  and  after-market 
services offerings. 

See  Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk  Factors  —  "We  operate  in  an  industry  comprised  of  numerous  competitors 
and  aggressive  pricing  dynamics"  and  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Overview  — 
Overview of business environment and Recent Developments."

Environmental Matters 

We  are  subject  to  various  federal/national,  state/provincial,  local,  foreign  and  supra-national  laws  and  regulations, 
including  environmental  measures  relating  to  the  release,  use,  storage,  treatment,  transportation,  discharge,  disposal  and 
remediation  of  contaminants,  hazardous  substances  and  waste,  and  health  and  safety  measures  related  to  practices  and 
procedures  applicable  to  the  construction  and  operation  of  our  sites.  We  have  management  systems  in  place  designed  to 
maintain compliance with such laws and regulations.

Our  past  operations  and  the  historical  operation  by  others  of  our  sites  may  have  resulted  in  soil  and  groundwater 
contamination on our sites, and in many jurisdictions in which we operate, environmental laws impose liability for the costs of 
removal, remediation or risk assessment of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real property 
even  if  such  person  or  company  was  unaware  of  or  not  responsible  for  the  discharge  or  migration  of  such  substances.  From 
time-to-time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain operating sites. We generally 
obtain Phase I or similar environmental assessments (which involve general inspections without soil sampling or groundwater 
analysis), or review assessment reports undertaken by others, for our manufacturing sites at the time of acquisition or leasing. 
However,  such  assessments  may  not  reveal  all  environmental  liabilities  (due,  for  example,  to  limited  available  information 
about prior operations at the properties or other gaps in information at the time we acquire or lease such sites), and assessments 
have  not  been  obtained  for  all  sites.  Where  contamination  is  suspected  at  sites  being  acquired  or  leased,  Phase  II  intrusive 
environmental  assessments  (that  can  include  soil  and/or  groundwater  testing)  are  usually  performed.  We  expect  to  conduct 
Phase I or similar environmental assessments in respect of future property acquisitions or leases and intend to perform Phase II 
assessments where appropriate. Past environmental assessments have not revealed any environmental liability that we believe 
will have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition, in part because of contractual retention of 
liability by landlords and former owners at certain sites. However, any such contractual retention of liability may not provide 
sufficient protection to reduce or eliminate our liability. Third‑party claims for damages or personal injury are also possible and 
could  result  in  significant  costs  to  us.  If  more  stringent  compliance  or  cleanup  standards  under  environmental  laws  or 
regulations  are  imposed,  or  the  results  of  future  testing  and  analyses  at  our  current  or  former  sites  indicate  that  we  are 
responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the air, ground and/or water, we may be subject to additional liability. 
Environmental matters may arise at sites where no problem is currently known or at sites that we may acquire in the future. See 
Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk  Factors  —  "Compliance  with  governmental  laws  and  obligations  could  be  costly  and 
may negatively impact our financial performance."

Environmental  legislation  also  occurs  at  the  product  level.  Celestica  works  with  its  customers  in  connection  with 
compliance with applicable product-level environmental legislation in the jurisdictions where products are manufactured and/or 
offered for use and sale by our customers. 

Backlog  

Our  A&D  business  continued  to  be  negatively  impacted  by  materials  shortages  during  2021,  most  significantly  with 
respect  to  the  availability  of  certain  high  reliability  parts  and  machined  components,  resulting  in,  among  other  things,  a 
continued backlog of orders. 

Although we obtain purchase orders from our customers, they typically do not commit to delivery of products more than 
30  to  90  days  in  advance.  However,  due  to  global  supply  shortages,  some  customers  have  provided  us  with  longer 
commitments.  We  do  not  believe  that  the  backlog  of  expected  product  sales  covered  by  purchase  orders  is  a  meaningful 
measure of future sales, since generally orders may be rescheduled or canceled.

39

Seasonality 

Seasonality is reflected in the mix of products we manufacture from quarter-to-quarter. From time to time, we experience 
some level of seasonality in our quarterly revenue patterns across certain of our businesses. The addition of new customers has 
introduced  different  demand  cycles.  For  example,  cloud-based  service  providers  have  increased  their  use  of  products  in  our 
CCS  segment  in  recent  periods.  These  customers  and  markets  are  cyclically  different  from  our  traditional  OEM  customers, 
creating more volatility and unpredictability in our revenue patterns, and additional challenges with respect to the management 
of our working capital requirements. The pace of technological change, the frequency of customers transferring business among 
EMS and/or ODM competitors and the constantly changing dynamics of the global economy will also continue to impact us. As 
a result of these factors, the impact of new program wins or program losses or non-renewals, overall demand variability, and 
limited visibility in technology end markets, it is difficult to isolate the impact of seasonality on our business. Recently, revenue 
from  our  Enterprise  end  market  has  decreased  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  year  compared  to  the  previous  quarter,  and  then 
increased  in  the  second  quarter,  reflecting  an  increase  in  customer  demand.  In  addition,  we  typically  experience  our  lowest 
overall  revenue  levels  during  the  first  quarter  of  each  year.  There  is  no  assurance  that  this  pattern  will  continue.  See  also 
Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk  Factors  —  "Our  revenue  and  operating  results  may  vary  significantly  from  period 
to period." 

Controlling Shareholder Interest

Onex  is  our  controlling  shareholder  with  an  81.5%  voting  interest  in  Celestica.  Accordingly,  Onex  has  the  ability  to 
exercise a significant influence over our business and affairs and generally has the power to determine all matters submitted to a 
vote of our shareholders where the SVS and MVS vote together as a single class. Such matters include electing our Board and 
thereby influencing significant corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions, divestitures and financing arrangements. 
Gerald W. Schwartz, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Onex, indirectly owns shares representing the 
majority  of  the  voting  rights  of  the  shares  of  Onex.  For  further  details,  refer  to  Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk 
Factors — "The interest of our controlling shareholder, Onex Corporation, with an 81.5% voting interest, may conflict with 
the  interests  of  other  shareholders"  and  footnotes  2  and  3  of  Item  7(A)  "Major  Shareholders  and  Related  Party 
Transactions — Major Shareholders."

Government Regulation

Information regarding material effects of government regulations on Celestica's business is provided in the risk factors 
entitled  "We  are  subject  to  the  risk  of  increasing  income  and  other  taxes,  tax  audits  and  the  challenges  of  successfully 
defending our tax positions, and obtaining, renewing or meeting the conditions of tax incentives and credits, any of which 
may adversely affect our financial performance," "Compliance with governmental laws and obligations could be costly and 
may  negatively  impact  our  financial  performance,"  "Compliance  or  the  failure  to  comply  with  employment  laws  and 
regulations may negatively impact our financial performance," "U.S. policies or legislation could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition," and "Our business and operations could be adversely 
impacted by environmental, social and governance (ESG) initiatives" in Item 3(D), Key Information — Risk Factors.

Sustainability

We  are  committed  to  driving  sustainability  initiatives  through  collaboration  with  our  employees,  customers,  suppliers 
and local communities. Our Sustainability Report, which is published annually, outlines our sustainability strategy, the progress 
we have made as a socially responsible organization, and the key activities and milestones we are working to achieve for each 
of  our  focus  areas:  our  planet,  our  products  and  services,  our  people  and  our  communities.  Our  most  recent  Sustainability 
Report, as well as our Corporate Values, can be found on our website: www.celestica.com (information on our website is not 
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report). 

We strive to minimize the impact of our operations on the environment by working to make our infrastructure sustainable 
and  by  reducing  our  greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  emissions.  Since  2009,  we  have  published  annual  reports  documenting  our 
corporate social responsibility programs and environmental sustainability initiatives. We currently report in accordance with the 
guidance of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), and our most recent Sustainability Report includes disclosures aligned with 
the  standards  of  the  Sustainability  Accounting  Standards  Board  (SASB)  and  the  Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD). We are committed to reporting our GHG emissions annually, and have included third-party assurance of 
our GHG emissions in our annual report since 2013. Since 2010, we have responded to the CDP Climate Change questionnaire, 
which enables engagement on environmental issues worldwide. Our GHG emissions reduction target has been approved by the 
Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi). In 2021, we increased the number of United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs) which we have adopted as part of our sustainability strategy (increasing from four goals to ten goals). Although all 17 
SDGs  are  relevant  to  Celestica,  our  communities,  and  our  stakeholders,  we  have  prioritized  ten  goals  we  believe  present 
opportunities  for  us  to  affect  the  greatest  change.  We  determine  this  annually  through  our  materiality  assessment  and  during 

40

stakeholder  conversations.  The  new  goals  reflect  our  commitment  to  diversity  and  inclusion,  investments  in  our  employees, 
continued focus on climate action and increased focus on water. We have an established Conflict Minerals Policy in accordance 
with Dodd-Frank. We fully support the objectives of the conflict minerals legislation, which aims to minimize violence in the 
Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, and expect our suppliers to provide all requested declarations.

Diversity and Inclusion

We believe in building an inclusive culture that encourages diversity of thought and attributes while allowing employees 
to thrive, be valued and celebrated. In our view, diversity includes, but is not limited to, gender or gender identity, race, age, 
ethnicity,  religious  or  cultural  background,  disability,  marital  or  family  status,  sexual  orientation,  education,  experiences, 
perspectives, language and other areas of potential difference. In furtherance of these beliefs, we have adopted a Diversity and 
Inclusion Policy, under which we are committed to providing a work environment in which everyone feels accepted and valued, 
by being treated fairly and with respect across the enterprise. Our Diversity and Inclusion Steering Committee (D&I Steering 
Committee) is comprised of three members of senior management and is co-chaired by our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and 
Chief Human Resources Officer. The D&I Steering Committee oversees diversity and inclusion at Celestica and seeks to ensure 
that  diversity  and  inclusion  are  incorporated  into  Celestica’s  culture,  workplace  and  talent  practices.  The  D&I  Steering 
Committee has designated a Diversity and Inclusion Committee (D&I Committee) for the purpose of developing and promoting 
diversity.  Celestica’s  diversity  &  inclusion  practice  (D&I  Practice)  is  led  by  a  Diversity  and  Inclusion  Leader  to  drive  our 
diversity and inclusion strategy. Employees were invited to participate in a global Diversity and Inclusion survey in November 
2020, which provided the opportunity to anonymously provide perspectives on diversity and inclusion at Celestica, and thereby 
establish a baseline to measure progress as our D&I Practice matures. Management reviewed the survey data and identified key 
focus areas for action plans. The results of the survey and management’s action plans were reviewed with the Human Resources 
and  Compensation  Committee  in  April  2021,  and  were  also  shared  with  employees.  In  addition,  the  following  actions  were 
taken in 2021 with respect to diversity and inclusion at Celestica:

•   

• 

• 

• 

launched  diversity  and  inclusion  training  to  our  global  workforce  in  order  to  raise  employee  awareness  of 
diversity and inclusion and how we can effect change within the organization;
held  our  first  “Celestica  Day  for  Diversity  and  Inclusion  Awareness”  to  highlight  the  value  of  equity  and 
reveal  issues  of  inequity  that  may  be  unnoticed  and  unaddressed,  understand  diverse  teams,  cultural 
differences  to  develop  intercultural  fluency,  spark  ways  of  thinking  about  inclusion  within  Celestica  and 
reinforce the value of diverse teams in the workplace;
reviewed  our  policies  and  practices  to  ensure  they  support  our  diversity  and  inclusion  agenda,  remove 
perception of favoritism and uphold equity; and 
created  four  employee-led  employee  resource  groups  (Celestica  Women’s  Network,  Celestica  Black 
Employee Network, Celestica Pride Network and Celestica Indigenous Affinity Group).

In furtherance of Board diversity, the Board adopted a new Board Diversity Policy in January 2021. In accordance with 
the  Board  Diversity  Policy,  Celestica  aspires  to  attain  by  its  annual  meeting  in  2023,  and  thereafter  maintain,  a  Board 
composition in which at least 30% of the Board are women. Further, when identifying candidates for election or appointment to 
the Board of Directors, the Board and its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (NCGC) will:

• 
• 

• 

•  
• 

consider candidates who are qualified based on a balance of skills, background, experience and knowledge;
take into account diversity considerations such as age, geographical representation from the regions in which 
Celestica operates, cultural heritage (including Aboriginal peoples (as defined in the Employment Equity Act 
(Canada) and members of visible minorities) and different abilities (including persons with disabilities); 
strive to use, to their fullest potential, the Board’s network of relationships, in addition to using third-party 
organizations, that may help identify diverse candidates for joining the Board;
ensure that the initial candidate list is comprised of no less than 50% women; and
periodically review recruitment and selection protocols to ensure diversity remains an important component 
of the Board.

Two  director  nominees  at  our  upcoming  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (2022  Meeting)  are  women  (22%), 
including the current Chair of the Audit Committee. Three of our other director nominees self-identify as members of visible 
minorities (33%) and none of the nominees self-identify as Aboriginal peoples or as persons with disabilities (each as defined 
under the Employment Equity Act (Canada)). 

41

From time to time, the Board will review the Board Diversity Policy and assess its effectiveness in promoting a diverse 
Board. We adhered to the Board Diversity Policy with respect to identifying women and other diverse candidates for our 2021 
director search. An initial candidate list of 50% women was developed by our Director Search Committee with the assistance of 
a director search firm tasked with this objective. Suitable candidates were interviewed by the members of our Director Search 
Committee.  Ultimately,  Dr.  Müller  was  appointed  to  the  Board  effective  August  31,  2021  on  the  basis  that  he  will  make  a 
strong  contribution  and  provide  the  diversity,  background,  skills  and  experience  needed  by  the  Board  in  view  of  the 
Corporation’s strategy. We maintain our commitment to the 2023 target of 30% women on the Board and intend to commence a 
search for a new director, following the 2022 Meeting, with an initial candidate list comprised of no less than 50% women in 
accordance with our Board Diversity Policy. 

COVID-19 Response

Celestica  established  a  COVID-19  response  committee  in  early  2020,  which  included  members  of  our  regional  human 
resources,  health  and  safety,  IT  and  operations  teams.  During  2021,  we  maintained  a  robust  COVID-19  business  continuity 
management program to minimize disruptions during the pandemic and to minimize impacts to employee health and well-being 
across our global network. We continue to follow the requirements of governmental authorities and maintain preventative and 
protective  measures  to  prioritize  the  safety  of  our  employees,  including  a  range  of  health  and  safety  protocols  such  as  a 
cessation  of  employee  travel  (other  than  very  limited  essential  inter-regional  travel),  a  global  work-from-home  policy  for 
applicable employees, and for all other employees: physical distancing, enhanced screening, mandatory mask and use of other 
personal protective equipment, and shift splitting. We have also strongly encouraged vaccination for all of our employees and 
we organized vaccination clinics in regions where vaccines were not readily available, including Malaysia and Thailand.

Employee Engagement

At  Celestica,  we  know  our  success  depends  on  our  talented  people  and  their  commitment  to  excellence.  We  believe 
employee  engagement  is  crucial  for  employee  performance  and  productivity,  and  strong  business  outcomes.  We  therefore 
continually strive to enhance employee engagement.

In support of our efforts to foster a high-performing and engaged workforce, we launched a global employee engagement 
survey in 2021 in order to measure overall engagement and identify our strengths and areas for improvement. The results of the 
survey  were  reviewed  by  management  and  compared  against  the  last  employee  engagement  survey  conducted  in  2018. 
Management  reviewed  the  survey  results,  together  with  management’s  strategy  to  continue  to  improve  engagement  levels  in 
response to the survey feedback, with the Human Resources and Compensation Committee. Employee engagement activities 
initiated during 2021 included:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

diversity and inclusion training modules;
a formalized mentorship program and an enhanced leadership training program;
an enhanced Women In Action program;
a global wellness program; and
a  “Grow  Together”  program  to  support  ongoing  talent  development  emphasizing  growth  opportunities  for 
employees  by  providing  specialized  speaking  events,  leadership  academies  and  modernized  online  learning 
experiences.

Celestica’s rewards and recognition programs acknowledge employees who are achieving business results by living our 
brand and values, and embracing the characteristics of our Leadership Imperatives. We encourage business and people leaders 
to acknowledge individual and team success in quarterly town halls, and in more formal ways through our Bravo! and Ignition 
Awards programs. Acknowledging the challenges presented by the lack of in-person connection as a result of the pandemic, we 
continually look for ways to reward our employees with virtual recognitions.

We believe that employee engagement and well-being is strengthened through healthy, supportive and safe workplaces. 
Globally, we have established a framework whereby all sites are required to measure and report on their environmental, health 
and safety performance regularly.

Community Engagement

We strive to support the local communities in which we live and work. We encourage all full-time employees to take up 
to 16 hours of paid time off per year to volunteer through our Time Off to Volunteer program. This program gives employees 
the opportunity to become involved in their communities in a meaningful way and to help those in need.

42

United Way is a federated network of 71 local United Way Centraide offices serving more than 5,000 communities across 
Canada,  each  registered  as  its  own  non-profit  organization.  In  2021,  Celestica’s  annual  United  Way  fundraising  campaign 
raised C$240,000 plus a match of C$120,000 for a total of C$360,000, which brings Celestica’s lifetime fundraising amount to 
C$12.3 million.

Ethical Labor Practices

We  maintain  a  Business  Conduct  Governance  (BCG)  Policy,  which  outlines  the  ethics  and  practices  we  consider 
necessary for a positive working environment, as well as the high legal and ethical standards to which our employees are held 
accountable. 100% of our employees have completed BCG Policy training, and we conduct annual re-certifications. Our BCG 
Policy is available on our website: www.celestica.com (information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this 
Annual Report).

In addition, we have well-established policies regarding fair labor practices and guidelines intended to create a respectful, 

safe and healthy work environment for our employees globally.

We are a founding (and remain a) member of the RBA, a non-profit coalition of electronics companies that, among other 
things,  establishes  standards  for  its  members  in  responsible  and  ethical  practices  in  the  areas  of  labor,  environmental 
compliance, employee health and safety, ethics and social responsibility. The RBA Code of Conduct outlines industry standards 
intended  to  ensure  that  working  conditions  in  the  supply  chain  are  safe,  workers  are  treated  with  respect  and  dignity,  and 
manufacturing  processes  are  environmentally  responsible.  We  continually  work  to  implement,  manage  and  audit  our 
compliance with the RBA Code of Conduct.

We  are  committed  to  the  development  and  fair  treatment  of  our  global  workforce,  including  promotion  of  a  diverse 
workforce, an inclusive work environment, equal employment opportunity hiring practices and policies, and anti-harassment, 
workforce safety and anti-reprisal policies.

Financial Information Regarding Geographic Areas

Details  of  our  financial  information  regarding  geographic  areas  are  disclosed  in  note  25  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements in Item 18, in Item 4(B) "Information on the Company — Business Overview — Geographies," and in Item 4(D) 
"Information on the Company — Property, Plants and Equipment." Risks associated with our foreign operations are disclosed 
in Item 3(D), Key Information — Risk Factors, including "Our ability to successfully manage unexpected changes or risks 
inherent in our global operations and supply chain may adversely impact our financial performance."

C.    Organizational Structure

Onex,  an  Ontario  corporation,  is  the  Corporation's  controlling  shareholder  with  an  81.5%  voting  interest  in  Celestica 
(via  its  direct  and  indirect  beneficial  ownership  of  approximately  18.6  million  (100%)  of  the  Corporation's  MVS,  and 
approximately 0.4 million of the Corporation's SVS). Gerald W. Schwartz is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
Officer of Onex, and indirectly owns multiple voting shares of Onex representing the majority of the voting rights of the shares 
of Onex (also see footnotes 2 and 3 to the Major Shareholders Table in Item 7(A) below).

Celestica  conducts  its  business  through  subsidiaries  operating  on  a  worldwide  basis.  The  following  companies  are 

considered significant subsidiaries of Celestica, and each of them is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Celestica: 

Celestica Cayman Holdings 1 Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation;

Celestica Hong Kong Limited, a Hong Kong corporation;

Celestica LLC, a Delaware, U.S. limited liability company;

Celestica (Thailand) Limited, a Thailand corporation;

Celestica (USA) Inc., a Delaware, U.S. corporation;

2480333 Ontario Inc., an Ontario, Canada corporation; and

Celestica Electronics (M.) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysia corporation. 

43

 
D.    Property, Plants and Equipment 

The following table summarizes our principal owned and leased properties as of February 22, 2022. These sites are used 
to  provide  manufacturing  services  and  solutions,  including  the  manufacture  of  PCBs,  assembly  and  configuration  of  final 
systems, complex mechanical assembly, precision machining, as well as other related services and customer support activities, 
including  design  and  development,  warehousing,  distribution,  fulfillment  and  after-market  services,  with  a  total  of 
approximately 7.0 million square feet of productive capacity. 

Major locations

Square Footage(1)

Segment

Owned/Leased 

Lease Expiration Dates

    .................................

      ....................................

    ........................................

      ...............................
   ......................................

Canada (3)(5)
Arizona    .......................................
California(3)
    .................................
China(3)(4)
India      ............................................
Indonesia(3)(4)
Ireland(3)
Japan(3)
Laos   .............................................
Malaysia(2)(3)(4)
    ............................
Massachusetts(2)
Minnesota(3)
Mexico(3)
Oregon(3)
Romania   ......................................
Singapore(3)(4)
   ..............................
South Korea(3)
Spain     ...........................................
Texas(6)
Thailand(3)(4)

  ........................................
    ................................

      ..........................
       ................................

   ......................................

    .....................................

     .............................

341

111

179

979

5

204

82

594

121

ATS/CCS

ATS

ATS/CCS

ATS/CCS

CCS

ATS

ATS/CCS

ATS/CCS

CCS

Leased

Leased

Leased

between 2025 and 2028

2027
between 2022 and 2026

Owned/Leased

between 2023 and 2056

Leased

2024

Owned/Leased

between 2022 and 2028

Leased

between 2024 and 2030

Owned/Leased

between 2022 and 2023

Leased

between 2022 and 2023

1,451

ATS/CCS

Owned/Leased

between 2022 and 2060

60

244

498

240

260

171

207

109

191

982

ATS

ATS/CCS

ATS/CCS

ATS

ATS/CCS

ATS/CCS

ATS

ATS

CCS

Owned

Leased

Leased

Leased

Owned

Owned/Leased

Owned/Leased

Owned

Leased

N/A

between 2022 and 2032

between 2022 and 2027

2026

N/A

between 2022 and 2053

2026

N/A

2032

ATS/CCS

Owned/Leased

between 2022 and 2048

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

(6)

Represents estimated square footage (in thousands) being used.
Owned real properties are pledged as security under our credit facility. 
Represents multiple locations. 
With respect to these locations, the land is leased, and the buildings are either owned or leased by us.
As  part  of  our  2019  Toronto  real  property  sale,  we  entered  into  a  10-year  lease  in  March  2019  with  the  purchaser  of  such  property  for  our  new 
corporate headquarters (to be built by such purchaser on the site of our former location). The commencement date of this lease is currently targeted to 
be  May  2023,  with  occupancy  to  commence  in  November  2023.  In  connection  therewith,  we  completed  a  temporary  relocation  of  our  corporate 
headquarters in the second quarter of 2019. Although we expect to incur certain capitalized and transition costs once the move into our new corporate 
headquarters  commences,  such  costs  cannot  be  estimated  at  this  time,  but  are  expected  to  be  funded  from  cash  on  hand.  See  Item  5,  "Operating 
and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects  —  MD&A  —  Liquidity  —  Toronto  Real  Property  and  Related  Transactions  and  Cash  Requirements  — 
Contractual Obligations."
In connection with an outsourcing arrangement and 10-year lease agreement with FNC, we will occupy additional space at this site starting April 2022.  
See Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — Liquidity — Cash Requirements — Contractual Obligations."

We consider each of the properties in the table above to be adequate for its purpose and suitably utilized according to the 
individual nature and requirements of the relevant operations. We currently expect to be able to extend the terms of expiring 
leases or to find replacement sites on commercially acceptable terms. Also see "Environmental Matters" in Item 4(B) above. 
Our principal executive office is located at 5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2N 6L7. Our material 
tangible  fixed  assets  (of  which  approximately  one-third  is  pledged  as  security  under  our  credit  agreement)  are  described  in 
note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18. 

Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

44

Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

CELESTICA INC. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (MD&A) 
should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  2021  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  (2021  AFS),  which  we  prepared  in 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards 
Board (IASB). Unless otherwise noted, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States (U.S.) dollars. The information in this 
discussion is provided as of February 22, 2022 unless we indicate otherwise. 

Certain statements contained in this MD&A constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A 
of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (U.S. 
Exchange  Act),  and  contain  forward-looking  information  within  the  meaning  of  Canadian  securities  laws.  Such  forward-
looking information includes, without limitation, statements related to: anticipated and potential adverse impacts resulting from 
coronavirus disease 2019 and related mutations (COVID-19); our priorities, intended areas of focus, targets, objectives, and 
goals; trends in the electronics manufacturing services (EMS) industry and our segments (and/or their constituent businesses) 
and  their  anticipated  impact;  the  anticipated  impact  of  current  market  conditions  on  each  of  our  segments  (and/or  their 
constituent businesses) and near term expectations (positive and negative); anticipated restructuring and potential divestiture 
actions; our anticipated financial and/or operating results and outlook; our strategies; our credit risk; the anticipated impact 
of acquisitions (including the acquisition of PCI Private Limited (PCI)) and program wins, transfers, losses or disengagements; 
materials,  component  and  supply  chain  constraints;  shipping  delays;  anticipated  expenses,  capital  expenditures  and  other 
working  capital  requirements  and  contractual  obligations;  the  impact  of  our  price  reductions;  our  intended  repatriation  of 
certain undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries (and amounts we do not intend to repatriate in the foreseeable future); 
the potential impact of tax and litigation outcomes; our ability to use certain tax losses; intended investments in our business; 
the potential impact of the pace of technological changes, customer outsourcing, program transfers, and the global economic 
environment; the intended method of funding subordinate voting share (SVS) repurchases and our restructuring provision; the 
lease for our temporary and new corporate headquarters; Toronto transition costs; the impact of our outstanding indebtedness; 
liquidity and the sufficiency of our capital resources; our intention (when in our discretion) to settle outstanding equity awards 
with  SVS;  our  financial  statement  estimates  and  assumptions;  recently-issued  accounting  pronouncements  and  amendments; 
our  compliance  with  covenants  under  our  credit  facility;  interest  rates  and  expense;  interest  rate  swap  agreements;  the 
potential adverse impacts of events outside of our control, including, among others: U.S. policies or legislation, U.S. and global 
tax reform, product/component tariffs on items imported into the U.S. and related countermeasures, and/or the impact of, in 
addition to COVID-19, other widespread illness or disease (External Events); mandatory prepayments under our credit facility; 
income tax incentives; COVID-19-related governmental relief measures; accounts payable cash flow levels; expectations with 
respect to cash deposits; and accounts receivable sales. Such forward-looking statements may, without limitation, be preceded 
by, followed by, or include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “continues,” 
“project,”“target,”“potential,”  “possible,”  “contemplate,”  “seek,”  or  similar  expressions,  or  may  employ  such  future  or 
conditional  verbs  as  “may,”  “might,”  “will,”  “could,”  “should,”  or  “would,”  or  may  otherwise  be  indicated  as  forward-
looking statements by grammatical construction, phrasing or context. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe 
harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and applicable 
Canadian securities laws.

Forward-looking statements are provided to assist readers in understanding management’s current expectations and 
plans relating to the future. Readers are cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward-
looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks that could cause actual results to differ 
materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  such  forward-looking  statements,  including,  among  others,  risks  related  to: 
customer  and  segment  concentration;  price,  margin  pressures,  and  other  competitive  factors  and  adverse  market  conditions 
affecting, and the highly competitive nature of, the EMS industry in general and our segments in particular (including the risk 
that anticipated market improvements do not materialize); delays in the delivery and availability of components, services and/
or materials, as well as their costs and quality; challenges of replacing revenue from completed, lost or non-renewed programs 
or customer disengagements; our customers' ability to compete and succeed using our products and services; changes in our 
mix of customers and/or the types of products or services we provide, including negative impacts of higher concentrations of 

45

lower margin programs; managing changes in customer demand; rapidly evolving and changing technologies, and changes in 
our  customers'  business  or  outsourcing  strategies;  the  cyclical  and  volatile  nature  of  our  semiconductor  business;  the 
expansion  or  consolidation  of  our  operations;  the  inability  to  maintain  adequate  utilization  of  our  workforce;  defects  or 
deficiencies in our products, services or designs; volatility in the commercial aerospace industry; integrating and achieving the 
anticipated  benefits  from  acquisitions  (including  our  acquisition  of  PCI)  and  "operate-in-place"  arrangements;  compliance 
with  customer-driven  policies  and  standards,  and  third-party  certification  requirements;  challenges  associated  with  new 
customers  or  programs,  or  the  provision  of  new  services;  the  impact  of  our  restructuring  actions,  and/or  productivity 
initiatives, including a failure to achieve anticipated benefits therefrom; negative impacts on our business resulting from newly-
increased third-party indebtedness; the incurrence of future restructuring charges, impairment charges, other write-downs of 
assets  or  operating  losses;  managing  our  business  during  uncertain  market,  political  and  economic  conditions,  including 
among  others,  geopolitical  and  other  risks  associated  with  our  international  operations,  including  military  actions, 
protectionism  and  reactive  countermeasures,  economic  or  other  sanctions  or  trade  barriers,  including  in  relation  to  the 
evolving  Ukraine/Russia  conflict;  disruptions  to  our  operations,  or  those  of  our  customers,  component  suppliers  and/or 
logistics  partners,  including  as  a  result  of  External  Events;  the  scope,  duration  and  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic; 
changes to our operating model; changing commodity, materials and component costs as well as labor costs and conditions; 
execution  and/or  quality  issues  (including  our  ability  to  successfully  resolve  these  challenges);  non-performance  by 
counterparties; maintaining sufficient financial resources to fund currently anticipated financial actions and obligations and to 
pursue desirable business opportunities; negative impacts on our business resulting from any significant uses of cash (including 
for the acquisition of PCI), securities issuances, and/or additional increases in third-party indebtedness (including as a result 
of  an  inability  to  sell  desired  amounts  under  our  uncommitted  accounts  receivable  sales  program);  operational  impacts  that 
may affect PCI’s ability to achieve anticipated financial results; foreign currency volatility; our global operations and supply 
chain;  competitive  bid  selection  processes;  customer  relationships  with  emerging  companies;  recruiting  or  retaining  skilled 
talent;  our  dependence  on  industries  affected  by  rapid  technological  change;  our  ability  to  adequately  protect  intellectual 
property and confidential information; increasing taxes, tax audits, and challenges of defending our tax positions; obtaining, 
renewing or meeting the conditions of tax incentives and credits; the management of our information technology systems, and 
the  fact  that  while  we  have  not  been  materially  impacted  by  computer  viruses,  malware,  ransomware,  hacking  attempts  or 
outages, we have been (and may continue to be) the target of such events; the inability to prevent or detect all errors or fraud; 
the variability of revenue and operating results; unanticipated disruptions to our cash flows; compliance with applicable laws 
and regulations; our pension and other benefit plan obligations; changes in accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions; 
our ability to maintain compliance with applicable credit facility covenants; interest rate fluctuations and the discontinuation of 
LIBOR; our ability to refinance our indebtedness from time to time; deterioration in financial markets or the macro-economic 
environment; our credit rating; the interest of our controlling shareholder; current or future litigation, governmental actions, 
and/or  changes  in  legislation  or  accounting  standards;  negative  publicity;  that  we  will  not  be  permitted  to,  or  do  not, 
repurchase  SVS  under  any  normal  course  issuer  bid  (NCIB);  the  impact  of  climate  change;  and  our  ability  to  achieve  our 
environmental,  social  and  governance  (ESG)  initiative  goals,  including  with  respect  to  diversity  and  inclusion  and  climate 
change.  The  foregoing  and  other  material  risks  and  uncertainties  are  discussed  in  our  public  filings  at  www.sedar.com  and 
www.sec.gov,  including  in  this  MD&A,  our  most  recent  Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  filed  with,  and  subsequent  reports  on 
Form  6-K  furnished  to,  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC),  and  as  applicable,  the  Canadian  Securities 
Administrators. 

Our forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions, many of which involve factors that are beyond our 
control. Our material assumptions include those related to the following: the scope and duration of materials constraints and 
the COVID-19 pandemic, and their impact on our sites, customers and our suppliers; fluctuation of production schedules from 
our customers in terms of volume and mix of products or services; the timing and execution of, and investments associated with, 
ramping new business; the success of our customers’ products; our ability to retain programs and customers; the stability of 
general economic and market conditions, and currency exchange rates; supplier performance and quality, pricing and terms; 
compliance  by  third  parties  with  their  contractual  obligations;  the  costs  and  availability  of  components,  materials,  services, 
equipment,  labor,  energy  and  transportation;  that  our  customers  will  retain  liability  for  product/component  tariffs  and 
countermeasures; global tax legislation changes; our ability to keep pace with rapidly changing technological developments; 
the timing, execution and effect of restructuring actions; the successful resolution of quality issues that arise from time to time; 
the components of our leverage ratio (as defined in our credit facility); our ability to successfully diversify our customer base 
and  develop  new  capabilities;  the  availability  of  cash  resources  for,  and  the  permissibility  under  our  credit  facility  of, 
repurchases  of  outstanding  SVS  under  NCIBs,  and  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  pertaining  to  NCIBs; 
compliance  with  applicable  credit  facility  covenants;  anticipated  demand  strength  in  certain  of  our  businesses;  anticipated 
demand  weakness  in,  and/or  the  impact  of  anticipated  adverse  market  conditions  on,  certain  of  our  businesses;  and  that: 
anticipated  financial  results  by  PCI  will  be  achieved;  we  are  able  to  successfully  integrate  PCI,  further  develop  our  ATS 
segment  business,  and  achieve  the  other  expected  synergies  and  benefits  from  the  acquisition;  all  financial  information 
provided by PCI is accurate and complete, and all forecasts of PCI’s operating results are reasonable and were provided to 

46

Celestica  in  good  faith;  and  we  will  continue  to  have  sufficient  financial  resources  to  fund  currently  anticipated  financial 
actions and obligations and to pursue desirable business opportunities. Although management believes its assumptions to be 
reasonable  under  the  current  circumstances,  they  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  which  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially (and adversely) from those that would have been achieved had such assumptions been accurate. Forward-looking 
statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise 
any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or  otherwise,  except  as  required  by 
applicable law. 

All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

Overview

Celestica's business: 

We  deliver  innovative  supply  chain  solutions  globally  to  customers  in  two  operating  and  reportable  segments: 
Advanced Technology Solutions (ATS) and Connectivity & Cloud Solutions (CCS). Our ATS segment consists of our ATS end 
market,  and  is  comprised  of  our  Aerospace  and  Defense  (A&D),  Industrial,  Energy,  HealthTech,  and  Capital  Equipment 
businesses.  Our  Capital  Equipment  business  is  comprised  of  our  semiconductor,  display,  and  power  &  signal  distribution 
equipment  businesses.  Our  CCS  segment  consists  of  our  Communications  and  Enterprise  end  markets.  Our  Enterprise  end 
market  is  comprised  of  our  servers  and  storage  businesses.  Additional  information  regarding  our  reportable  segments  is 
included in note 25 to the 2021 AFS. 

Our customers include original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), cloud-based and other service providers, including 
hyperscalers,  and  other  companies  in  a  wide  range  of  industries.  Our  global  headquarters  is  located  in  Toronto,  Ontario, 
Canada. We operate a network of sites and centers of excellence strategically located in North America, Europe and Asia, with 
specialized end-to-end supply chain capabilities tailored to meet specific market and customer product lifecycle requirements. 

We offer a comprehensive range of product manufacturing and related supply chain services to customers in both of 
our  segments,  including  design  and  development,  new  product  introduction,  engineering  services,  component  sourcing, 
electronics  manufacturing  and  assembly,  testing,  complex  mechanical  assembly,  systems  integration,  precision  machining, 
order  fulfillment,  logistics,  asset  management,  product  licensing,  and  after-market  repair  and  return  services.  Our  Hardware 
Platform Solutions (HPS) offering (within our CCS segment) includes the development of hardware platforms, design solutions 
and software services, that can be used as-is, or customized for specific applications in collaboration with our customers, and 
management of program design and aspects of the supply chain, manufacturing, and after-market support.

Products and services in our ATS segment are extensive and are often more regulated than in our CCS segment, and 
can include the following: government-certified and highly-specialized manufacturing, electronic and enclosure-related services 
for A&D customers; high-precision semiconductor and display equipment and integrated subsystems; a wide range of industrial 
automation, controls, test and measurement devices; engineering-focused engagements, including full product development in 
the areas of telematics, human machine interface (HMI), Internet-of-Things (IoT) and embedded systems; advanced solutions 
for surgical instruments, diagnostic imaging and patient monitoring; and efficiency products to help manage and monitor the 
energy and power industries. Our ATS segment businesses typically have higher margin profiles and margin volatility, higher 
working capital requirements, and longer product life cycles than the businesses in our CCS segment. 

Products  and  services  in  our  CCS  segment  consist  predominantly  of  enterprise-level  data  communications  and 
information processing infrastructure products and systems, and can include routers, switches, data center interconnects, edge 
solutions,  and  servers  and  storage-related  products  used  by  a  wide  range  of  businesses  and  cloud-based  and  other  service 
providers  to  manage  digital  connectivity,  commerce  and  social  media  applications.  Our  CCS  segment  is  subject  to  negative 
pricing pressures driven by the highly competitive nature of this market and is experiencing technology-driven demand shifts, 
which  are  not  expected  to  abate.  Our  CCS  segment  businesses  typically  have  lower  margin  profiles,  lower  working  capital 
requirements,  and  higher  volumes  than  the  businesses  in  our  ATS  segment.  Within  our  CCS  segment,  however,  our  HPS 
business  (which  includes  firmware/software  enablement  across  all  primary  IT  infrastructure  data  center  technologies  and 
aftermarket  services)  typically  has  a  higher  margin  profile  than  our  traditional  CCS  businesses,  but  also  requires  specific 
investments, including research and development (R&D), and higher working capital. Our CCS segment generally experiences 
a high degree of volatility in terms of revenue and product/service mix, and as a result, our CCS segment margin can fluctuate 
from period to period. In recent periods, we have experienced an increasing shift in the mix of our programs towards cloud-

47

 
based and other service providers, which are cyclically different from our traditional OEM customers, creating more volatility 
and unpredictability in our revenue patterns, and additional challenges with respect to the management of our supply chain and 
working capital requirements. 

Overview of business environment:

The EMS industry is highly competitive. Demand can be volatile from period to period, and aggressive pricing is a 
common  business  dynamic.  Customers  may  shift  production  between  EMS  providers  for  a  number  of  reasons,  including 
changes in demand for their products, pricing concessions, more favorable terms and conditions, execution or quality issues, 
their preference or need to modify or consolidate their supply chain capacity or change their supply chain partners, tax benefits, 
new trade policies or legislation, or consolidation among customers. Customers may also change the amount of business they 
outsource, or the concentration or location of their EMS suppliers. As a result, customer and segment revenue and mix, as well 
as overall profitability, are difficult to forecast. The loss of one or more major customers could have a material adverse effect on 
our operating results, financial position and cash flows. 

Managing our operations is complex, and our financial results often fluctuate, in each case as a result of, among other 
factors,  product  lifecycles  in  the  markets  we  serve,  production  lead  times  required  by  our  customers,  our  ability  to  secure 
materials and components, our ability to manage staffing and talent dynamics, rapid shifts in technology, model obsolescence, 
commoditization of certain products, the emergence of new business models, shifting patterns of demand, the proliferation of 
software-defined  technologies  enabling  the  disaggregation  of  software  and  hardware,  product  oversupply,  changing  supply 
chains and customer supply chain requirements, and the build-up by customers of inventory buffers. For example, the shift from 
traditional network infrastructures to highly virtualized and cloud-based environments, and declines in end-market demand for 
proprietary systems in favor of open systems with standardized technologies in recent periods, have adversely impacted some of 
our  traditional  CCS  segment  customers,  and  favorably  impacted  our  service  provider  customers  and  our  HPS  business.  We 
continue to experience operational challenges as a result of global supply chain constraints, and to a lesser extent, from periodic 
COVID-19-related regional lockdowns and workforce constraints. In addition, notwithstanding recent increases in travel, our 
A&D business continues to experience reduced demand resulting from the prolonged impact of COVID-19, particularly in the 
commercial aerospace market (see "Recent Developments — Segment Environment" below). 

Capacity utilization, customer mix and the types of products and services we provide are important factors affecting 
our financial performance. The number of sites, the location of qualified personnel, the manufacturing and engineering capacity 
and network, and the mix of business through that capacity are vital considerations for EMS and original design manufacturing 
(ODM)  providers  in  terms  of  supporting  their  customers  and  generating  appropriate  returns.  Because  the  EMS  industry  is 
working  capital  intensive,  we  believe  that  non-IFRS  adjusted  return  on  invested  capital  (adjusted  ROIC),  which  is  primarily 
based on non-IFRS operating earnings (each discussed in "Non-IFRS Financial Measures" below) and investments in working 
capital and equipment, is an important metric for measuring an EMS provider’s financial performance.

See "Recent Developments" and "External Factors that May Impact our Business" below for a discussion of certain 
factors, including COVID-19 and the impact of global supply chain constraints, that have (and/or may in the future), adversely 
impact our business.

Recent Developments 

Segment Environment:

ATS Segment 

ATS  segment  revenue  for  2021  increased  11%  ($0.2  billion)  to  $2.3  billion  compared  to  $2.1  billion  in  2020, 
exceeding  our  long-term  10%  annual  revenue  growth  target.  The  increase  was  driven  by  strong  revenue  growth  in  our 
HealthTech  and  Capital  Equipment  businesses,  returning  growth  in  our  base  Industrial  business,  and  the  addition  of  PCI  in 
November  2021.  See  "Operating  Results"  below.  These  increases  more  than  offset  adverse  demand  and  revenue  impacts 
resulting  primarily  from  supply  chain  constraints  (which  impacted  each  such  year).  See  "Operational  Impacts"  below.  ATS 
segment  margin  increased  to  4.5%  for  2021  compared  to  3.3%  for  2020,  primarily  due  to  profitable  growth  in  our  Capital 
Equipment  business,  partially  offset  by  headwinds  in  our  A&D  business.  Our  ATS  segment  margin  for  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2021  (Q4  2021)  was  5.6%,  and  was  within  our  target  range  of  5%  to  6%.  This  marked  the  seventh  consecutive  quarter  of 
sequential ATS segment margin expansion. 

48

 
  
Revenue from our Capital Equipment business for 2021 was approximately $750 million, representing growth of more 
than  30%  compared  to  2020,  driven  by  continued  strong  end  market  demand  from  our  semiconductor  capital  equipment 
customers, in combination with new program wins and market share gains. We expect the strong demand backdrop to continue 
into 2022.

While  we  continued  to  experience  soft  demand  in  our  commercial  aerospace  business  in  2021  as  a  result  of 
COVID-19, our A&D business is stabilizing. Although we do not expect our commercial aerospace business to return to pre-
COVID-19 levels in the near term, we expect modest sequential and year-over-year quarterly growth in 2022, supported by new 
program wins.

Revenue in our Industrial business increased in 2021 compared to 2020, as a result of growth in our base Industrial 
business, and the addition of PCI. We expect quarterly year-over-year growth to continue throughout 2022 on an organic basis, 
supported by new program wins and a general recovery in demand, as well as growth from PCI.

Our  HealthTech  business  benefited  from  program  ramps  in  2021  compared  to  2020,  attributable  in  part  to  new 
program wins to support the fight against COVID-19. However, certain COVID-19-related programs have ramped down in the 
latter half of 2021. For 2022, we expect revenue growth in our HealthTech business to moderate as new program ramps are 
expected to be largely offset by a reduction in COVID-19-related programs from the prior year.

In general, we continue to pursue new customers and invest in our ATS segment to expand our market share, to

diversify our end market mix, and to enhance and add new technologies and capabilities to our offerings.

CCS Segment 

CCS  segment  revenue  for  2021  decreased  9%  ($0.3  billion)  to  $3.3  billion  compared  to  2020,  primarily  due  to  the 
impact of our disengagement from programs with Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco) (Cisco Disengagement), completed in the fourth 
quarter of 2020 (Q4 2020). We also had adverse revenue impacts in each of 2020 and 2021 resulting from materials constraints. 
See  "Operational  Impacts"  below.  These  revenue  declines  were  partially  offset  by  strong  demand  from  service  provider 
customers,  including  in  our  HPS  business.  HPS  revenue  for  2021  increased  34%  to  $1.15  billion  compared  to  2020,  and 
accounted for 20% of our total 2021 revenue. Although CCS segment revenue decreased in 2021 from 2020, Q4 2021 marked 
the  first  quarter  of  year-over-year  revenue  growth  for  the  segment  since  the  completion  of  the  Cisco  Disengagement.  CCS 
segment margin increased to 3.9% for 2021 (4.4% in Q4 2021) compared to 3.5% for 2020, primarily due to more favorable 
mix,  driven  by  an  increased  concentration  of  revenue  from  our  HPS  business.  Q4  2021  represents  our  seventh  consecutive 
quarter with CCS segment margin above our 2% to 3% target range.

Operational Impacts

Global  supply  chain  constraints  (including  as  a  result  of  COVID-19)  continued  to  impact  both  of  our  segments  in 
2021, resulting in extended lead times for certain components, and impacting the availability of materials required to support 
customer  programs.  Our  advanced  planning  processes,  supply  chain  management,  and  collaboration  with  our  customers  and 
suppliers  has  helped  to  partially  mitigate  the  impact  of  these  constraints  on  our  revenue.  We  expect  this  pressure  to  persist 
throughout  2022.  While  we  have  incorporated  these  dynamics  into  our  2022  annual  outlook  to  the  best  of  our  ability,  their 
adverse impact (in terms of duration and severity) cannot be estimated with certainty, and may be materially in excess of our 
expectations. We recognize that some sub-tier suppliers providing raw materials such as palladium, neon gas and high-grade 
aluminum  are  partially  dependent  on  supply  from  Russia/Ukraine.  We  will  closely  monitor  the  supply  availability  and  price 
fluctuations of these raw materials. 

As a result of supply chain constraints that prevented us from fulfilling customer orders, we estimated the following 
adverse revenue impacts for 2021: Q4 2021 — approximately $55 million; third quarter of 2021 (Q3 2021) — approximately 
$30 million; second quarter of 2021 (Q2 2021) — approximately $30 million; first quarter of 2021 (Q1 2021) — approximately 
$12 million. As a result of such supply chain constraints, as well as Workforce Constraints (defined below), we estimated the 
following  adverse  revenue  impacts  for  2020:  Q4  2020  —  approximately  $9  million;  third  quarter  of  2020  (Q3  2020)  — 
approximately $16 million; and second quarter of 2020 (Q2 2020) — approximately $56 million. See "Operating Results — 
Revenue" below for the estimated adverse revenue impact of such matters on each of our segments for each of the foregoing 
periods.

49

As  a  result  of  resurgences  of  COVID-19  outbreaks,  governments  of  various  jurisdictions  have  mandated  periodic 
lockdowns or workforce constraints (collectively, Workforce Constraints). However, because Celestica’s operations have been 
considered  an  essential  service  by  relevant  local  government  authorities  to  date,  our  manufacturing  sites  have  generally 
continued  to  operate  in  impacted  countries  at  reduced  capacities  (due  to  reduced  attendance,  shift  reductions  or  temporary 
shutdowns).  Although  these  Workforce  Constraints  present  a  challenge  to  our  business  performance  when  in  force,  due  to 
effective resource management and planning, we have been able to largely mitigate the impact of these actions to date on our 
manufacturing capacity and our revenues. But see "Future Uncertainties" below.

As  a  result  of  supply  chain  constraints  and  Workforce  Constraints,  we  were  negatively  impacted  in  2021  by 
approximately  $32  million  (2020  —  approximately  $37  million)  in  estimated  COVID-19  Costs1
.  COVID-19  Costs  were 
partially offset in 2021 by the recognition of $11 million (2020 — $34 million) of COVID-19-related government subsidies, 
grants  and/or  credits  (COVID  Subsidies,  described  in  note  23  to  the  2021  AFS)  and  $1  million  (2020  —  $3  million)  of 
COVID-19-related customer recoveries (Customer Recoveries) (collectively with COVID Subsidies, COVID Recoveries). The 
most  significant  of  the  COVID  Subsidies  we  recognized  were  provided  under  the  Canadian  Emergency  Wage  Subsidy 
(CEWS). Due to changes in legislation, however, we have not applied for further COVID Subsidies under the CEWS since June 
2021.

In  late  December  2021,  we  experienced  a  brief  IT  outage  that  temporarily  impacted  our  operations.  Based  on  the 
nature  of  the  incident,  and  our  timely  response,  it  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  results  for  Q4  2021.  Our 
operations are functioning at normal capacity and we do not expect any material impact on our financial results for 2022 from 
this brief outage. 

Future Uncertainties:

The global supply chain constraints and the pandemic have impacted our operations and created (and may continue to 
create) unpredictable reductions or increases in demand for our services. In addition, the ability of our employees to work may 
be significantly impacted by individuals contracting or being exposed to COVID-19. While we are following the requirements 
of  governmental  authorities  and  taking  preventative  and  protective  measures  (including  organizing  vaccine  clinics  in  regions 
where  vaccines  were  not  readily  available,  including  Malaysia  and  Thailand)  to  prioritize  the  safety  of  our  employees,  these 
measures  may  not  be  successful,  and  we  may  be  required  to  temporarily  close  facilities  or  take  other  measures.  If  factory 
closures or significant reductions in capacity utilization occur, we would incur additional inefficiencies and direct costs, as well 
as a loss of revenue. If our suppliers experience additional closures or reductions in their capacity utilization levels (as a result 
of  COVID-19  or  otherwise),  we  may  have  further  difficulty  sourcing  materials  necessary  to  fulfill  production  requirements, 
especially in an already constrained materials environment. A material adverse effect on our employees, customers, suppliers 
and/or logistics providers could have a material adverse effect on us. 

The ultimate magnitude of the impact of global supply chain constraints and COVID-19 on our business will depend 
on future developments which cannot currently be predicted, including the speed at which our suppliers and logistics providers 
can  return  to  and/or  maintain  full  production,  the  impact  of  supplier  prioritization  of  backlog,  infection  resurgences, 
government responses, and the status of labor shortages. While we expect that our financial results for 2022 (and potentially 
beyond) will continue to be adversely affected by global materials constraints and COVID-19 (albeit to a lesser extent than in 
2021), we cannot currently estimate the overall severity or duration of the impact, which may be material. While we have been 
successful in largely mitigating the impact of supply constraints and COVID-19 on our productivity, and are currently operating 
near pre-COVID-19 production capacity, the continued spread, resurgence and mutation of the virus may make our mitigation 
efforts  more  challenging.  Even  after  these  issues  have  subsided,  we  may  experience  significant  adverse  impacts  to  our 
businesses  as  a  result  of  their  global  economic  impact,  including  any  related  recession,  as  well  as  lingering  impacts  on  our 
suppliers, third-party service providers and/or customers (including movement of production in-country, particularly in North 
America, to decrease global exposures). Also see Item 3(D), Key Information — Risk Factors, "The effect of COVID-19 on 
our operations and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers has had, and may continue to have, a 
material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations" and "We are dependent on third-parties to 
supply certain materials, and our results can be negatively affected by the quality, availability and cost of such materials" of 
our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2021 Annual Report), of which this MD&A is a part. 

1    COVID-19  Costs  consists  of  both  direct  and  indirect  costs,  including  manufacturing  inefficiencies  related  to  lost  revenue  due  to  our  inability  to  secure 
materials,  idled  labor  costs,  and  incremental  costs  for  labor,  expedite  fees  and  freight  premiums,  cleaning  supplies,  personal  protective  equipment,  and  IT-
related services to support our work-from-home arrangements.

50

PCI Acquisition:

On  November  1,  2021,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  100%  of  the  shares  of  PCI,  a  fully  integrated  design, 
engineering and manufacturing solutions provider with five manufacturing and design facilities across Asia. The purchase price 
for PCI was $314.7 million, net of $11.4 million of cash acquired, and including a preliminary net working capital adjustment. 
The purchase price was funded with a combination of cash and borrowings of $220.0 million under the revolving portion of our 
credit facility. We recorded $126.0 million of goodwill in connection with this acquisition (on a preliminary basis). We expect 
to finalize the net working capital adjustment by the end of the first quarter of 2022 (Q1 2022). 

Credit Facility Amendment:

On December 6, 2021, we amended our credit facility, inter alia: to provide a new $365 million term loan; to increase 
the commitments under our revolving facility from $450 million to $600 million and extend its maturity date to at least 2025; 
and  to  ease  certain  covenant  restrictions.  Net  proceeds  from  the  new  term  loan  were  used  to  repay  all  remaining  amounts 
outstanding under our November 2018 term loan ($145 million outstanding at the time of repayment), terminating such loan, 
and substantially all of the $220 million borrowed under our revolving facility to finance a portion of the PCI acquisition price. 
See "Liquidity — Cash provided by (used in) financing activities — Financing and Finance Costs" below.

Senior Management Changes:

Effective  January  1,  2022,  Mr.  Todd  Cooper  was  appointed  President,  ATS  and  Mr.  Yann  Etienvre  was  appointed 
Chief  Operations  Officer.  Mr.  Lawless  stepped  down  from  his  position  as  President,  ATS  effective  December  31,  2021,  but 
continues to serve as a special advisor to Mr. Mionis.

Restructuring Update: 

We recorded $10.5 million in net restructuring charges during 2021. Our restructuring activities consisted primarily of 

actions to adjust our cost base to address reduced levels of demand in certain of our businesses and geographies.

SVS Repurchases:

On  December  2,  2021,  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  accepted  our  notice  to  launch  a  new  normal  course  issuer  bid 
(NCIB).  This  NCIB  (2021  NCIB)  allows  us  to  repurchase,  at  our  discretion,  from  December  6,  2021  until  the  earlier  of 
December 5, 2022 or the completion of purchases thereunder, up to approximately 9.0 million SVS in the open market, or as 
otherwise permitted, subject to the normal terms and limitations of such bids. The maximum number of SVS we are permitted 
to repurchase for cancellation under the 2021 NCIB will be reduced by the number of SVS we purchase in the open market 
during the term of the 2021 NCIB to satisfy delivery obligations under our stock-based compensation (SBC) plans. From the 
commencement  of  the  2021  NCIB  through  February  22,  2022,  we  paid  a  total  of  approximately  $4.1  million  (including 
transaction fees) to repurchase 0.4 million SVS, at a weighted average price of $11.23 per share, for cancellation under the 2021 
NCIB and approximately $38.7 million (including transaction fees) to purchase 3.4 million SVS for delivery obligations under 
our SBC plans. 

During 2021, we paid an aggregate of $35.9 million (including transaction fees) to repurchase and cancel 4.37 million 
SVS under a previous NCIB (2020 NCIB) through its expiration on November 23, 2021, at a weighted average price of $8.21 
per share. We also paid an aggregate of $10.4 million to purchase 0.9 million SVS in the open market during the term of the 
2020 NCIB for delivery obligations under our SBC plans.

 See note 12 to our 2021 AFS for details regarding automatic share purchase plans (ASPPs) we entered into in 2021 

and 2020, and SVS purchases made thereunder. 

Operating Goals and Priorities 

Our current operating goals and priorities are set forth below. 

Evolving our Revenue Portfolio — To evolve our revenue portfolio, we intend to continue to focus on: (i) pursuing 
more  diversified  revenue,  (ii)  driving  sustainable,  profitable  revenue  growth,  (iii)  growing  our  ATS  segment  revenue 
organically  by  an  average  of  10%  per  year  over  the  long  term,  (iv)  supplementing  our  organic  growth  with  disciplined  and 
targeted  acquisitions  intended  to  expand  capabilities,  and  (v)  optimizing  our  portfolio  to  drive  more  consistent  returns  and 
profitability. 

51

 
Margins — We intend to continue to focus on improvements to our segment margins† and our non-IFRS operating 

margin*. 

The duration and impact of global supply constraints, the COVID-19 pandemic, and other industry market conditions 
are  not  within  our  control,  and  may  therefore  impact  our  ability  to  achieve  our  revenue  and  margin  goals.  See  "Recent 
Developments" above.

Balanced Approach to Capital Allocation — We are focused on maintaining a strong balance sheet, generating non-
IFRS  free  cash  flow*  and  balancing  our  debt  and  capital  levels,  while  maintaining  optimal  financial  flexibility.  In  terms  of 
capital  allocation,  our  goal  is  to:  (i)  return  approximately  50%  of  non-IFRS  free  cash  flow*  to  shareholders  annually,  on 
average and when permitted, over the long term, (ii) generally invest 1.5% to 2.0% of annual revenue in capital expenditures to 
support our organic growth, and (iii) pursue potential strategic acquisitions as part of a disciplined capital allocation framework. 

The foregoing priorities and areas of intended focus constitute our objectives and goals, and are not intended to 
be projections or forecasts of future performance. Our future performance is subject to risks, uncertainties and other 
factors that could cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially from the goals and priorities described above.

*  Operating  margin  (a  ratio  based  on  a  non-IFRS  financial  measure)  and  free  cash  flow  are  non-IFRS  financial  measures 
without standardized meanings, and may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. See "Non-IFRS 
Financial Measures" below for the definitions and uses of these non-IFRS financial measures, and a reconciliation of these non-
IFRS financial measures to the most directly-comparable financial measures determined under IFRS for specified periods. We 
do not provide reconciliations for forward-looking non-IFRS financial measures, as we are unable to provide a meaningful or 
accurate calculation or estimation of reconciling items and the information is not available without unreasonable effort. 

† Segment performance is evaluated based on segment revenue, segment income and segment margin (segment income as a 
percentage of segment revenue), each of which is defined in "Operating Results — Segment income and margin" below.

Our Strategy 

We remain committed to making the investments we believe are required to support our long-term objectives and to 
create shareholder value, while simultaneously managing our costs and resources to maximize our efficiency and productivity. 
Within both of our segments, we are focused on: increasing penetration in our end markets; diversifying our customer mix and 
product  portfolios,  including  increasing  design  and  development,  engineering,  and  after-market  services  (higher  value-added 
services); and diversifying our capabilities. The costs of investments that we deem desirable may be prohibitive, however, and 
therefore  prevent  us  from  achieving  our  diversification  objectives.  In  addition,  the  ramping  activities  associated  with 
investments that we do make may be significant and could negatively impact our margins in the short and medium term. To 
counteract  these  factors,  we  continue  to  invest  in  and  deploy  automation  and  digital  factory  solutions  and  capabilities 
throughout  our  network  to  improve  quality  and  productivity.  The  focus  and  scale  of  our  Celestica  Operating  System,  which 
standardizes best practices and processes across our network, continued to drive operational optimization and improved supply 
chain resiliency during 2021. Our recent productivity initiatives and related restructuring actions were also intended to further 
streamline our business and increase operational efficiencies. 

In support of our expansion efforts, we recently:

•

•

•

•

assumed  manufacturing,  warehousing,  and  customer  return  goods  activity  under  an  outsourcing  arrangement 
with Fujitsu Network Communications, Inc. (FNC) and signed a 10-year lease agreement for a portion of FNC's 
Richardson, Texas facility;

established a center of excellence at such facility to expand our HPS engineering network and increase our North 
America manufacturing capacity;

opened a state-of-the-art facility in Minnesota for our Atrenne Integrated Solutions, Inc. (Atrenne) business; and

acquired  PCI  in  November  2021  (in  our  ATS  segment),  expanding  our  capabilities,  product  portfolio  and 
customer base in key markets.

As  we  expand  our  business,  open  new  sites,  or  transfer  business  within  our  network  to  accommodate  growth  or 
achieve synergies and supply chain resilience, we may encounter difficulties that result in higher than expected costs associated 
with such activities. Potential difficulties related to such activities are described in Item 3(D), Key Information — Risk Factors, 
"We  may  encounter  difficulties  expanding  or  consolidating  our  operations  or  introducing  new  competencies  or  new 
offerings, which could adversely affect our operating results" of our 2021 Annual Report, of which this MD&A is a part. Any 

52

 
 
 
 
such difficulties could prevent us from realizing the anticipated benefits of growth in our business, including in new markets or 
technologies, which could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.

We may, at any time, be in discussions with respect to possible acquisitions or strategic transactions. There can be no 
assurance that any of these discussions will result in a definitive agreement and, if they do, what the terms or timing of any such 
agreement  would  be.  There  can  also  be  no  assurance  that  any  acquisition  or  other  strategic  transaction  will  be  successfully 
integrated or will generate the returns we expect. We may fund our acquisitions and other strategic transactions from cash on 
hand, third-party borrowings, the issuance of securities, or a combination thereof.

External Factors that May Impact our Business 

Uncertainty  in  the  global  economy  and  financial  markets  may  impact  current  and  future  demand  for  our  customers' 
products and services, and consequently, our operations. Inflationary pressures could adversely impact our financial results by 
increasing costs for labor and materials. Our operating costs have increased, and may continue to increase, due to the recent 
growth in inflation due to, among other things, the continuing impacts of the pandemic and uncertain economic environment. 
We may not fully offset these higher costs with increased pricing for our products and services, which could adversely impact 
our  margins.  Further,  our  customers  may  choose  to  reduce  their  business  with  us  if  we  increase  our  pricing.  We  continue  to 
monitor the dynamics and impacts of the global economic and financial environment and work to manage our priorities, costs 
and resources to anticipate and prepare for any changes we deem necessary. 

Other external factors that could adversely impact the EMS industry and our business include government regulations 
or policies, supplier or customer financial difficulties, natural disasters and related disruptions, political instability, geopolitical 
dynamics,  terrorism,  armed  conflict  (including  the  evolving  situation  in  Ukraine),  labor  or  social  unrest,  criminal  activity, 
cybersecurity  incidents,  unusually  adverse  weather  conditions,  disease  or  illness  that  affects  local,  regional,  national  or 
international  economies,  and  other  risks  present  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we,  our  customers,  our  suppliers,  and/or  our 
logistics  partners  operate.  These  events  could  lead  to  higher  costs  or  supply  shortages  and  may  disrupt  the  delivery  of 
components to us, or our ability to provide finished products or services to our customers, any of which could adversely affect 
our operating results. See "Recent Developments — "Segment Environment" above for a discussion of the impact of materials 
constraints and COVID-19 on our business during 2021. 

In addition, uncertainties resulting from government policies or legislation, and/or increased political tensions between 
countries,  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  In  general,  changes  in  social, 
political,  regulatory  and  economic  conditions  or  in  laws  and  policies  governing  foreign  trade,  taxation,  manufacturing,  clean 
energy, the healthcare industry, and/or development and investment in the jurisdictions in which we, and/or our customers or 
suppliers operate, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.  See Item 3(D), 
Key Information — Risk Factors, "Our operations have been and could continue to be adversely affected by events outside 
our control" of our 2021 Annual Report, of which this MD&A is a part, for further detail. 

Governmental  actions  related  to  increased  tariffs  and/or  international  trade  agreements  have  increased  (and  could 
further  increase)  the  cost  to  our  U.S.  customers  who  use  our  non-U.S.  manufacturing  sites  and  components,  and  vice  versa, 
which may materially and adversely impact demand for our services, our results of operations or our financial condition. We 
currently ship a significant portion of our worldwide production to customers in the U.S. from other countries. Increased tariffs 
and/or changes to international trade agreements, as well as regional supply concentrations, have and may continue to cause our 
U.S. customers to in-source programs previously outsourced to us, transfer manufacturing to (or request us to have duplicate 
capabilities  in)  locations  within  our  global  network  that  are  not  impacted  by  such  actions  (potentially  increasing  production 
costs),  and/or  shift  their  business  to  other  providers.  Additionally,  tariffs  on  imported  components  for  use  in  our  U.S. 
production could have an adverse impact on demand for such production. Retaliatory tariffs could reduce demand for our U.S.-
based production or make such production less profitable. Production from China has become less cost-competitive than other 
low-cost  countries  in  recent  periods  as  a  result  of  these  geopolitical  pressures.  In  connection  therewith,  we  have  transferred 
numerous  customer  programs,  primarily  located  in  China,  to  countries  unaffected  by  these  tariffs  (including  Thailand). 
However, as tariffs are typically borne by the customers, we anticipate continued actions from non-China-based customers to 
exit China to avoid these added costs. We review our site production strategies on an ongoing basis, including with respect to 
our  China  production.  We  have  increased  the  resilience  of  our  global  network  to  manage  this  dynamic,  including  our  recent 
expansion  efforts  in  North  America  and  Asia  (see  "Overview  —  Our  Strategy"  above).  Given  the  uncertainty  regarding  the 
scope and duration of these (or further) trade actions, whether trade tensions will escalate further, and whether our customers 
will continue to bear the cost of the tariffs and/or avoid such costs by in-sourcing or shifting business to other providers, their 

53

 
 
impact on the demand for our services, our operations and results for future periods cannot be currently quantified, but may be 
material.  We  will  continue  to  monitor  the  scope  and  duration  of  trade  actions  by  the  U.S.  and  other  governments  on  our 
business, including China's recent policy supporting its private sector businesses. 

If a key supplier (or any company within such supplier's supply chain) experiences financial or other difficulties, this 
may  affect  its  ability  to  supply  us  with  materials,  components  or  services,  which  could  halt  or  delay  the  production  of  a 
customer's products, and/or have a material adverse impact on our operations, financial results and customer relationships.  

Shipping delays and increased shipping costs have had an adverse impact on our operations. During 2020 and 2021, as 
a result of COVID-19, we experienced, among other things, shipping surcharges on ocean freight, premiums on air freight, and 
increased transit times in receiving certain raw materials, as well as additional safety requirements imposed by port authorities, 
closures of or congestion at ports, reduced availability of commercial transportation, border restrictions and capacity constraints 
for air freight. These conditions had an adverse impact on our ability to obtain materials and at times, deliver our products in a 
timely manner during 2020 and 2021, and are expected to continue until ocean and air freight capacity is no longer constrained. 
In order to help mitigate disruptions to our supply chains caused by COVID-19, including freight premiums and surcharges, as 
well as component shortages due to these supply chain disruptions, we have taken steps to enhance the resilience of our supply 
chain, including: implementation of a global risk mitigation strategy to proactively manage risk and supply chain disruptions, 
enhanced  communication  with  suppliers  through  bi-weekly  market  updates,  enhanced  forecasting  and  lead-time  management 
processes  and  systems,  strategic  purchases  of  certain  critical  commodities,  and  devotion  of  increased  resources  to  further 
develop a diverse network of suppliers that have robust mitigation plans to address these and other supply chain disruptions. 
See "Recent Developments — Segment Environment" above. 

We rely on IT networks and systems, including those of third-party service providers, to process, transmit and store 
electronic  information.  In  particular,  we  depend  on  our  IT  infrastructure  for  a  variety  of  functions,  including  product 
manufacturing,  worldwide  financial  reporting,  inventory  and  other  data  management,  procurement,  invoicing  and  email 
communications. Any of these systems are susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, 
terrorist attacks, sabotage, cybersecurity threats and incidents, and similar events. In order to mitigate certain geopolitical risks 
related  to  our  IT  systems,  we  completed  a  relocation  of  our  Hong  Kong  data  center  in  2021.  Although  we  have  not  been 
materially impacted by computer viruses, malware, ransomware, hacking attempts or outages, we have been (and may continue 
to be) the target of such events.

Insufficient  customer  liquidity  may  result  in  significant  delays  in  or  defaults  on  payments  owed  to  us.  In  addition, 
customer financial difficulties or changes in demand for our customers' products may result in order cancellations and higher 
than  expected  levels  of  inventory,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operating  results  and  working  capital 
performance. We may not be able to return or resell this inventory, or we may be required to hold the inventory for an extended 
period of time, any of which may result in our having to record additional inventory reserves. We may also be unable to recover 
all of the amounts owed to us by a customer, including amounts to cover unused inventory or capital investments we incurred to 
support that customer's business.  Our failure to collect amounts owed to us and/or the loss of one or more major customers 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operating  results,  financial  position  and  cash  flows.  See  "Capital  Resources  — 
Financial  instruments  and  financial  risks"  below  for  a  discussion  of  customer  credit  risk  reviews  we  conduct.  No  significant 
credit adjustments were recorded in 2021 or to date. 

Our inventory levels have increased in recent periods, due in part to strategic inventory purchases we have made in 
light of ongoing materials constraints. In connection therewith, we continue to work with our customers to obtain cash deposits 
to help mitigate the impact of increased inventory.

Customer decisions to shift production between EMS providers, or to change the amount of business they outsource or 
the  concentration  or  location  of  their  EMS  suppliers,  have  impacted  and  may  continue  to  impact,  among  other  items,  our 
revenue and margins, the need for future restructuring, the level of capital expenditures and our cash flows.

54

 
Summary of Key Operating Results and Financial Information

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as  issued  by  the  IASB  and 
accounting policies we adopted in accordance with IFRS. Such consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, 
in  the  opinion  of  management,  necessary  to  present  fairly  our  financial  position  as  at  December  31,  2021  and  2020  and  the 
financial performance, comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2021. On January 1, 2019, we adopted IFRS 16, Leases, and no restatement of comparative period financial information was 
required in connection therewith. We also adopted Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1 amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, 
and  IFRS  7  effective  January  1,  2020,  and  Phase  2  amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39,  IFRS  7,  IFRS  4  and  IFRS  16  effective 
January  1,  2021,  neither  of  which  had  a  significant  impact  on  our  disclosures  or  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated 
financial  statements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  or  December  31,  2021,  as  applicable.  See  "Recently  issued 
accounting  standards  and  amendments"  in  note  2  to  our  2021  AFS.  See  "Recent  Developments  —  "Segment  Environment" 
above for a discussion of materials constraints and COVID-19 impacts on our 2021 financial results. The following tables set 
forth certain key operating results and financial information for the periods indicated (in millions, except per share amounts and 
percentages): 

Year ended December 31

2019

2020

2021

% Change 
2020 v. 2019

% Change 
2021 v. 2020

Revenue   ............................................................................................ $  5,888.3 

$  5,748.1  $  5,634.7 

Gross profit     .......................................................................................

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)    ....................

Other charges (recoveries) ................................................................

Net earnings     ......................................................................................

384.7 

227.3 

(49.9) 

70.3 

437.6 

230.7 

23.5 

60.6 

487.0 

245.1 

10.3 

103.9 

Diluted earnings per share   ................................................................ $ 

0.53 

$ 

0.47  $ 

0.82 

 (2) %

 14 %

 1 %

 (147) %

 (14) %

 (11) %

 (2) %

 11 %

 6 %

 (56) %

 71 %

 74 %

Segment revenue* as a percentage of total revenue:

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

ATS revenue (% of total revenue)   .....................................................................................................

CCS revenue (% of total revenue)  .....................................................................................................

39%

61%

36%

64%

41%

59%

Segment income and segment margin*:

2019

2020

2021

Year ended December 31

ATS segment   .......................................................................... $ 

CCS segment   ..........................................................................

64.2 

93.9 

2.8%

2.6%

$ 

69.7 

129.3 

3.3%

3.5%

$ 

105.0 

128.9 

4.5%

3.9%

* Segment performance is evaluated based on segment revenue, segment income and segment margin (segment income as a percentage of segment revenue), 
each of which are defined in "Operating Results — Segment income and margin" below.

Segment 
Margin

Segment 
Margin

Segment 
Margin

Cash and cash equivalents     ........................................................................................................................... $ 
Total assets    ...................................................................................................................................................
Borrowings under term loans    .......................................................................................................................
Borrowings under revolving credit facility*     ................................................................................................

463.8  $ 

3,664.1 
470.4 
— 

394.0 
4,666.9 
660.4 
— 

* excluding ordinary course letters of credit.

December 31
2020

December 31
2021

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by operating activities 

     ............................................................................................. $ 

345.0 

$ 

239.6  $ 

226.8 

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

SVS repurchase activities:
Aggregate cost (1) of SVS repurchased for cancellation (2)
# of SVS repurchased for cancellation (in millions)(3)

  ............................................................... $ 

     ....................................................................

67.3 

$ 

0.1  $ 

8.3 

0.0062 

8.15 

$ 

7.45  $ 

9.2 

1.2 

$ 

19.1  $ 

2.9 

35.9 

4.37 

8.21 

20.6 

1.9 

    .............................................................................................................................................. $ 

Weighted average price per share for repurchases   .......................................................................... $ 
Aggregate cost (1) of SVS repurchased for delivery under stock-based compensation (SBC) 
plans(4)
# of SVS repurchased for delivery under SBC plans (in millions)(5)
(1)  
(2)  

    ..............................................

Includes transaction fees.
For 2020, excludes an accrual of $15.0 million we recorded at December 31, 2020 for the estimated contractual maximum of permitted SVS repurchases 
(Contractual  Maximum)  for  cancellation  under  an  ASPP  executed  in  December  2020.  For  2021,  excludes  a  $7.5  million  accrual  for  the  estimated 
Contractual Maximum of SVS purchases for cancellation under an ASPP executed in December 2021. See note 12 to the 2021 AFS.
Includes approximately 1.7 million ASPP purchases of SVS for cancellation in 2021 (there were no ASPP purchases in 2020 or 2019). See note 12 to the 
2021 AFS.
For 2021, excludes a $33.8 million accrual as of December 31, 2021 for the estimated Contractual Maximum of SVS purchases to settle awards under 
our SBC plans under an ASPP executed in December 2021. See note 12 to the 2021 AFS.
Includes 0.7 million ASPP purchases of SVS for SBC delivery obligations in 2021 (there were no ASPP purchases in 2020 or 2019).

(3)  

(4)  

(5)  

A discussion of the foregoing information is set forth under "Operating Results" below.

Other performance indicators:

In addition to the key operating results and financial information described above, management reviews the following 

measures:  

Cash cycle days:

1Q20

2Q20

3Q20

4Q20

1Q21

2Q21

3Q21

4Q21

Days in accounts receivable (A/R)      ........................................

Days in inventory    ..................................................................

Days in accounts payable (A/P)  ............................................

Days in cash deposits*     ..........................................................

70

77

(68)

(10)

Cash cycle days  .....................................................................

69

Inventory turns    ......................................................................

4.8x

65

75

(68)

(12)

60

4.9x

67

77

(69)

(14)

61

4.7x

73

82

(68)

(14)

73

4.4x

76

90

(69)

(15)

82

4.0x

66

83

(64)

(14)

71

4.4x

69

89

(70)

(16)

72

4.1x

73

103

(78)

(23)

75

3.5x

*          We  receive  cash  deposits  from  certain  of  our  customers  primarily  to  help  mitigate  the  impact  of  higher  inventory  levels  carried  due  to  the  current 
constrained materials environment, and to reduce risks related to excess and/or obsolete inventory. See "Customer Cash Deposits" in the table below.

March 
31

June 
30

2020
September 
30

December
31

March 
31

June 
30

2021
September 
30

December
31

A/R Sales (in millions) ......................... $ 

40.7  $ 

80.5  $ 

101.0  $ 

119.7  $ 

92.2  $ 

79.1  $ 

91.5  $ 

45.8 

Supplier Financing Programs* (in 

millions)      .......................................

146.1   

94.5   

76.9   

65.3 

84.5   

70.0   

47.6   

98.0 

Total (in millions)    ................................ $  186.8  $  175.0  $ 

177.9  $ 

185.0  $  176.7  $  149.1  $ 

139.1  $ 

143.8 

Customer Cash Deposits (in millions)   . $  134.9  $  222.2  $ 

207.2  $ 

174.7  $  190.3  $  207.3  $ 

264.7  $ 

434.0 

*     Represents A/R sold to third party banks in connection with the uncommitted supplier financing programs (SFPs) of two customers through Q3 2021, and 
of three customers in Q4 2021, including an SFP for a PCI customer.  The amounts we sell under our A/R sales program and the SFPs can vary from quarter to 
quarter depending on our working capital and other cash requirements, including by geography. See "Capital Resources" below. 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Days in A/R is defined as the average A/R for the quarter divided by the average daily revenue. Days in inventory, 
days in A/P and days in cash deposits are calculated by dividing the average balance for each item for the quarter by the average 
daily cost of sales. Cash cycle days is defined as the sum of days in A/R and days in inventory minus the days in A/P and days 
in cash deposits. Inventory turns are determined by dividing 365 by the number of days in inventory. A lower number of days in 
A/R, days in inventory, and cash cycle days, and a higher number of days in A/P, days in cash deposits, and inventory turns 
generally reflect improved cash management performance. 

Cash  cycle  days  increased  by  2  days  in  Q4  2021  compared  to  Q4  2020,  due  primarily  to  higher  days  in  inventory, 
offset in part by higher days in A/P and days in cash deposits. Days in A/R for Q4 2021 remained flat from Q4 2020 at 73 days. 
Days in inventory for Q4 2021 increased 21 days from Q4 2020 to 103 days primarily due to higher average inventory levels at 
the end of Q4 2021, offset in part by higher cost of sales for Q4 2021 compared to Q4 2020. We carried higher inventory levels 
at the end of Q4 2021 compared to Q4 2020 primarily to support the ramping of new programs and anticipated future demand, 
including for our HPS business, and to help secure supply to mitigate the impact of global supply chain constraints and longer 
lead times for certain components. In certain cases, we received cash deposits from our customers to help alleviate the impact of 
such  purchases  on  our  cash  flows.  The  acquisition  of  PCI  also  contributed  to  an  increase  in  inventory  days  in  Q4  2021 
compared to the prior year period. Days in A/P increased 10 days from Q4 2020 to 78 days in Q4 2021 mainly due to higher 
average A/P balances in Q4 2021, primarily due to the higher level of inventory purchases in Q4 2021, offset in part by the 
impact  of  higher  cost  of  sales  in  Q4  2021.  Days  in  cash  deposits  increased  9  days  from  Q4  2020  to  23  days  in  Q4  2021 
primarily due to a higher customer cash deposit balance in Q4 2021, as a result of increased inventory purchases for certain 
customers as described above. Our customer cash deposit balance fluctuates depending on the levels of inventory we have been 
asked to procure by certain customers (to secure supply for future demand), or as we utilize the inventory in production. Cash 
cycle days increased by 3 days sequentially due to higher days in A/R and days in inventory in Q4 2021 compared to Q3 2021, 
offset in part by higher days in A/P and days in cash deposits. Days in A/R for Q4 2021 increased 4 days sequentially primarily 
due to higher average A/R balances in Q4 2021 compared to Q3 2021, reflecting the timing of revenue and collections. Days in 
inventory for Q4 2021 increased 14 days sequentially primarily due to higher average inventory levels at the end of Q4 2021 
compared to Q3 2021. Days in A/P for Q4 2021 increased 8 days sequentially primarily due to higher average A/P levels at the 
end of Q4 2021 compared to Q3 2021. Days in cash deposits for Q4 2021 increased 7 days sequentially primarily due to higher 
average  cash  deposit  levels  at  the  end  of  Q4  2021  compared  to  Q3  2021.  Sequentially,  the  acquisition  of  PCI  also  impacted 
each of the cash cycle day components for Q4 2021. 

We believe that cash cycle days (and the components thereof) and inventory turns are useful measures in providing 
investors  with  information  regarding  our  cash  management  performance  and  are  accepted  measures  of  working  capital 
management efficiency in our industry. 

Critical Accounting Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and 
expenses,  and  related  disclosures  with  respect  to  contingent  assets  and  liabilities.  We  base  our  judgments,  estimates  and 
assumptions  on  current  facts  (including,  in  recent  periods,  the  prolonged  impact  of  COVID-19  and  materials  constraints), 
historical  experience  and  various  other  factors  that  we  believe  are  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  The  economic 
environment could also impact certain estimates and discount rates necessary to prepare our consolidated financial statements. 
Our assessment of these factors forms the basis for our judgments on the carrying values of our assets and liabilities, and the 
accrual of our costs and expenses. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates and assumptions. We review our 
estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  make  revisions  as  determined  necessary  by  management. 
Revisions are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and may also impact future periods. 

Our review of the estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements for 2021 
included those relating to, among others: our determination of the timing of revenue recognition, the determination of whether 
indicators of impairment existed for our assets and cash generating units (CGUs2), our measurement of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities, our estimated inventory provisions and expected credit losses, customer creditworthiness, and the determination of 
the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with a business combination. Any revisions to estimates, 
judgments  or  assumptions  may  result  in,  among  other  things,  write-downs  or  impairments  to  our  assets  or  CGUs,  and/or 
adjustments to the carrying amount of our A/R and/or inventories, or to the valuation of our deferred tax assets and/or pension 
obligations,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  performance  and  financial  condition.  While  we 

2

 CGUs are the smallest identifiable group of assets that cannot be tested individually and generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those of other 
assets or groups of assets, and can be comprised of a single site, a group of sites, or a line of business.

57

 
 
 
continue to believe the COVID-19 pandemic and materials constraints to be temporary, the situation remains dynamic and their 
impact  on  our  financial  performance  and  financial  condition,  including  their  impact  on  overall  customer  demand,  and/or  our 
ability  to  fulfill  customer  demand,  cannot  be  reasonably  estimated  at  this  time.  See  "Recent  Developments  —  Segment 
Environment" above. However, we continue to believe that our long-term estimates and assumptions are appropriate.

Significant  accounting  policies  and  methods  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are 
described in note 2 to our 2021 AFS. The following is a discussion of accounting estimates which management considers to be 
"critical,"  defined  as  accounting  estimates  made  in  accordance  with  IFRS  that  involve  a  significant  level  of  estimation 
uncertainty, and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of 
operations. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgment: We have applied significant estimates, judgments and assumptions in 
the  following  areas  which  we  believe  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  reported  results  and  financial  position:  our 
determination  of  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition;  whether  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  are  indicators  that  an 
impairment  review  of  our  assets  or  CGUs  should  be  conducted;  the  measurement  of  our  CGUs'  recoverable  amounts,  which 
includes estimating future growth, profitability, and discount and terminal growth rates; and the allocation of the purchase price 
and other valuations related to our business acquisitions.

Revenue recognition:

Where  products  are  custom-made  to  meet  a  customer's  specific  requirements,  and  such  customer  is  obligated  to 
compensate us for the work performed to date, we recognize revenue over time as production progresses to completion, or as 
services are rendered. We generally estimate revenue for our work in progress based on costs incurred to date plus a reasonable 
profit  margin  for  eligible  products  for  which  we  do  not  have  alternative  uses.  We  apply  significant  estimates,  judgment  and 
assumptions  in  interpreting  our  customer  contracts,  determining  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  and  measuring  work  in 
progress. 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and right-of-use (ROU) assets: 

We  review  the  carrying  amounts  of  goodwill,  intangible  assets,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  ROU  assets  for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of such assets, or 
the related CGU or CGUs, may not be recoverable. We determined that no triggering event had occurred in 2021 that would 
require an impairment assessment for our assets or CGUs. In addition to an assessment of triggering events during the year, we 
conduct  an  annual  impairment  assessment  of  CGUs  with  goodwill  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  year  (Annual  Impairment 
Assessment).  Judgment  is  required  in  the  determination  of  whether  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  are  indicators  that  a 
review for impairment should be conducted. 

We  recognize  an  impairment  loss  when  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset,  CGU  or  group  of  CGUs  exceeds  its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset, CGU or group of CGUs is measured as the greater of its expected 
value-in-use and its estimated fair value less costs of disposal. Determining the recoverable amount is subjective and requires 
management to exercise significant judgment in estimating future growth, profitability, discount and terminal growth rates, and 
in  projecting  future  cash  flows,  among  other  factors.  Future  events  and  changing  market  conditions  may  impact  our 
assumptions as to prices, costs or other factors that may result in changes to our estimates of future cash flows. Our expected 
value-in-use  is  determined  based  on  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.  Determining  estimated  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal 
requires  valuations  and  use  of  appraisals.  At  each  reporting  date,  we  assess  whether  triggering  events  that  could  change  our 
estimates  of  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  relevant  assets  have  occurred.  Failure  to  realize  the  assumed  revenues  at  an 
appropriate profit margin of a CGU could result in impairment losses in such CGU in future periods. 

Business combinations: 

We  use  judgment  to  determine  the  estimates  used  to  value  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities,  and  the  fair  value  of 
contingent  consideration  and  other  contingencies,  if  applicable,  at  the  acquisition  date.  We  have  engaged  third  parties  to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  certain  inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets.  We  use  estimates  to 
determine cash flow projections, including the period of expected future benefit, and future growth and discount rates, among 
other factors, to value intangible assets and contingent consideration. The fair value of acquired tangible assets are measured by 
applying  the  market,  cost  or  replacement  cost,  or  the  income  approach  (using  discounted  cash  flows  and  forecasts  by 
management), as appropriate.

58

 
 
 
Operating Results 

Our  product  and  service  volumes,  revenue  and  annual  and  quarterly  operating  results  are  affected  by,  among  other 
factors:  the  level  and  timing  of  customer  orders;  our  customer  and  business  mix  and  the  types  of  products  or  services  we 
provide;  the  rate  at  which,  the  costs  associated  with,  and  the  execution  of,  new  program  ramps;  demand  volumes  and  the 
seasonality  of  our  business;  price  competition  and  other  competitive  factors;  the  mix  of  manufacturing  or  service  value-add; 
manufacturing capacity, utilization and efficiency; the degree of automation used in the assembly process; the availability of 
components  or  labor;  the  location  of  qualified  personnel;  costs  and  inefficiencies  of  transferring  programs  between  sites; 
program  completions  or  losses,  or  customer  disengagements  and  the  timing  and  the  margin  of  follow-on  business  or  any 
replacement  business;  the  impact  of  foreign  exchange  fluctuations;  the  performance  of  third-party  providers;  our  ability  to 
manage inventory, production location and equipment effectively; our ability to manage changing labor, component, energy and 
transportation costs effectively; fluctuations in variable compensation costs; the timing of our expenditures in anticipation of 
forecasted sales levels; and the timing of any acquisitions and related integration costs. Significant period-to-period variations 
can  also  result  from  the  timing  of  new  programs  reaching  full  production  or  programs  reaching  end-of-life,  the  timing  of 
follow-on or next generation programs and/or the timing of existing programs being fully or partially transferred internally or to 
a  competitor.  See  "Overview  —  Overview  of  business  environment"  and  "Recent  Developments"  above  for  a  discussion  of 
recent market conditions, including global supply chain constraints and the COVID-19 pandemic, impacting our segments and 
our business.

Operating results expressed as a percentage of revenue: 

Revenue   ..............................................................................................................................

Cost of sales   ........................................................................................................................

Gross profit     .........................................................................................................................

SG&A      .................................................................................................................................

Research and development costs   ........................................................................................

Amortization of intangible assets     .......................................................................................

Other charges (recoveries) ..................................................................................................

Finance costs  .......................................................................................................................

Earnings before income tax   ................................................................................................

Income tax expense     ............................................................................................................

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

 100.0% 

 93.5 

 100.0% 

 100.0% 

 92.4 

 91.4 

 6.5 

 3.9 

 0.4 

 0.5 

 (0.8) 

 0.8 

 1.7 

 0.5 

 7.6 

 4.0 

 0.5 

 0.4 

 0.4 

 0.7 

 1.6 

 0.5 

 8.6 

 4.3 

 0.7 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 0.6 

 2.4 

 0.6 

Net earnings     ........................................................................................................................

 1.2% 

 1.1% 

 1.8% 

Revenue:

Revenue  of  $5.6  billion  for  2021  decreased  2%  compared  to  2020.  ATS  segment  revenue  increased  11%  in  2021 

compared to 2020, and CCS segment revenue decreased 9% in 2021 compared to 2020. 

Revenue  of  $5.7  billion  for  2020  decreased  2%  compared  to  2019.  ATS  segment  revenue  decreased  9%  in  2020 

compared to 2019, and CCS segment revenue increased 2% in 2020 compared to 2019.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth segment revenue information (in millions, except percentages) for the periods indicated:

2019

2020

2021

% of total

% of total

% of total

ATS segment revenue     .................................................. $ 

2,285.6 

CCS segment revenue    .................................................. $ 

3,602.7 

39%

61%

$ 

$ 

2,086.3 

3,661.8 

36%

64%

$ 

$ 

2,315.1 

3,319.6 

41%

59%

  Communications     .....................................................

  Enterprise  ................................................................

2,346.4

1,256.3

 40 %  

2,434.8 

 42 %  

2,259.9 

 21 %

1,227.0

 22 %  

1,059.7 

 40 %

 19 %

Total revenue      .............................................................. $ 

5,888.3 

100%

$ 

5,748.1 

100%

$ 

5,634.7 

100%

ATS segment revenue for 2021 increased $228.8 million (11%) compared to 2020, due to strong revenue growth in 
our HealthTech and Capital Equipment businesses (aggregate growth of approximately 30% compared to 2020), driven by new 
program ramps and continued demand strength in the semiconductor market, returning growth in our base Industrial business 
and  the  addition  of  PCI  in  November  2021.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  adverse  demand  impacts  related  to 
COVID-19  in  our  commercial  aerospace  business  and  the  adverse  impacts  of  materials  constraints.  We  estimated  adverse 
revenue impacts for 2021 of approximately $73 million on our ATS segment revenue (Q4 2021 — approximately $20 million; 
Q3 2021 — approximately $21 million; Q2 2021 — approximately $21 million; Q1 2021— approximately $11 million) as a 
result of supply chain constraints, and approximately $23 million in 2020 (Q4 2020 — approximately $8 million; Q3 2020 — 
approximately  $7  million;  Q2  2020  —  approximately  $8  million)  as  a  result  of  supply  chain  constraints  (due  in  part  to 
COVID-19)  and  Workforce  Constraints.  For  both  years,  these  disruptions  had  the  most  significant  adverse  impact  on  our 
Industrial and A&D revenues.

ATS  segment  revenue  for  2020  decreased  $199.3  million  (9%)  compared  to  2019,  as  revenue  growth  in  our 
HealthTech  and  Capital  Equipment  businesses  (aggregate  growth  of  approximately  30%  compared  to  2019),  driven  by  new 
program  ramps  and  continued  demand  strength  in  the  semiconductor  market,  were  more  than  offset  by  adverse  COVID-19-
related  demand  impacts  in  our  commercial  aerospace  and  Industrial  businesses,  and  in  addition  with  respect  to  our  A&D 
business, the impact of the Boeing 737 Max program halt. In addition to COVID-19-related demand reductions, we estimated 
aggregate adverse revenue impacts across our ATS segment of approximately $23 million in 2020 (described above) as a result 
of supply chain constraints (due in part to COVID-19) and Workforce Constraints. 

CCS  segment  revenue  for  2021  decreased  $342.2  million  (9%)  compared  to  2020,  primarily  due  to  the  Cisco 
Disengagement  (representing  an  approximate  $500  million  decline  in  2021  compared  to  2020)  and  the  adverse  impact  of 
materials  constraints,  partly  offset  by  strong  demand  from  service  provider  customers,  including  in  our  HPS  business.  We 
estimated adverse impacts for 2021 of approximately $54 million on our CCS segment revenue (Q4 2021 — approximately $35 
million; Q3 2021 — approximately $9 million; Q2 2021 — approximately $9 million; Q1 2021 — approximately $1 million) as 
a result of supply chain constraints and approximately $58 million in 2020 (Q4 2020 — approximately $1 million; Q3 2020 — 
approximately  $9  million;  Q2  2020  —  approximately  $48  million)  as  a  result  of  supply  chain  constraints  (due  in  part  to 
COVID-19)  and  Workforce  Constraints.  Communications  end  market  revenue  for  2021  decreased  $174.9  million  (7%) 
compared  to  2020  primarily  due  to  the  Cisco  Disengagement,  partially  offset  by  demand  increases  from  service  providers, 
including in our HPS business. Demand from service providers continues to be strong as they expand and upgrade their data 
centers  in  support  of  continued  cloud  and  on-line  requirements.  Enterprise  end  market  revenue  for  2021  decreased  $167.3 
million (14%) compared to 2020, due to program-specific demand softness from several server customers. Our HPS business 
experienced strong demand in 2021, increasing 34% compared to 2020 to $1.15 billion, and accounting for 20% of our total 
2021 revenue.

CCS segment revenue for 2020 increased $59.1 million (2%) compared to 2019. Communications end market revenue 
for 2020 increased $88.4 million (4%) compared to 2019, reflecting strength in our HPS business, including increased demand 
from service providers, which more than offset an approximate $200 million revenue decline from disengagements stemming 
from  our  CCS  portfolio  review  (CCS  Review  Disengagements).  Enterprise  end  market  revenue  for  2020  decreased  $29.3 
million (2%) compared to 2019, as demand strength in our HPS business was more than offset by an approximate $100 million 
revenue decline from CCS Review Disengagements, as well as demand softness across a number of customers. In addition, we 
estimated aggregate adverse revenue impacts across our CCS segment in 2020 of approximately $58 million (described above) 
as a result of supply chain constraints (due in part to COVID-19) and Workforce Constraints.

60

 
 
We  depend  on  a  small  number  of  customers  for  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenue.  In  the  aggregate,  our  top 

10 customers represented 66% of total revenue for 2021 (2020 — 66%; 2019 — 65%). 

 No customer individually represented 10% or more of total revenue in 2021 or 2020. Cisco (a former CCS segment 

customer) was the only customer that individually represented 10% or more of total revenue in 2019 (12% of total revenue).

We  generally  enter  into  master  supply  agreements  with  our  customers  that  provide  the  framework  for  our  overall 
relationship, although such agreements do not typically guarantee a particular level of business or fixed pricing. Instead, we bid 
on a program-by-program basis and receive customer purchase orders for specific quantities and timing of products. We cannot 
assure  that  our  current  customers  will  continue  to  award  us  with  follow-on  or  new  business.  Customers  may  also  cancel 
contracts, and volume levels can be changed or delayed, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our results of 
operations, working capital performance (including requiring us to carry higher than expected levels of inventory, particularly 
in a supply-constrained environment, to enable us to meet demand requirements), and result in lower asset utilization and lower 
margins. We cannot assure the replacement of completed, delayed, cancelled or reduced orders, or that our current customers 
will continue to utilize our services, or renew their long-term manufacturing or services contracts with us on acceptable terms or 
at all. In addition, in any given quarter, we can experience quality and process variances related to materials, testing or other 
manufacturing or supply chain activities. Although we are successful in resolving the majority of these issues, the existence of 
these  variances  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  demand  for  our  services  in  future  periods  from  any  affected 
customers. Further, some of our customer agreements require us to provide specific price reductions to our customers over the 
term  of  the  contracts,  which  has  significantly  impacted  revenue  and  our  margins.  Continuing  market  shifts  to  disaggregated 
solutions and open hardware platforms are adversely impacting demand from our traditional OEM Communications customers, 
but favorably impacting our service provider customers and our HPS business. There can be no assurance that revenue from any 
of  our  major  customers  will  continue  at  historical  levels  or  will  not  decrease  in  absolute  terms  or  as  a  percentage  of  total 
revenue. A significant revenue decrease or pricing pressures from these or other customers, or a loss of a major customer or 
program,  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  our  operating  results  and  our  financial  position.  The  CCS 
Review Disengagements (which began in the second half of 2018) had an estimated annualized revenue decline of $1.25 billion 
once completed. 

Materials  constraints  can  also  cause  delays  in  production  and  could  have  a  material  and  adverse  impact  on  our 
operations. As noted above, materials constraints adversely impacted our revenues and inventory levels over recent years, and 
we  anticipate  that  materials  constraints  (and  longer  lead-times  for  high-demand  components  and  materials)  will  continue 
throughout 2022, adversely impacting our revenue and working capital performance. 

Gross profit:

The following table shows gross profit and gross margin (gross profit as a percentage of total revenue) for the periods 

indicated: 

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

Gross profit (in millions)     ................................................................................................................... $ 
Gross margin    .....................................................................................................................................

384.7 

$ 

437.6 

$ 

487.0 

 6.5 %

 7.6 %

 8.6 %

Gross  profit  for  2021  increased  $49.4  million  (11%),  compared  to  2020,  primarily  due  to  a  higher  concentration  of 
HPS  business,  growth  in  our  ATS  segment,  and  lower  variable  spend,  which  more  than  offset  the  reduced  profits  in  A&D. 
Gross  profit  for  2021  also  includes  a  $12.1  million  reduction  in  net  inventory  provisions  compared  to  2020  (2021—  $4.9 
million; 2020 — $17.0 million, described below). Gross profit in 2021 was adversely impacted by approximately $31 million of 
estimated COVID-19 Costs recorded in cost of sales (2020 — $33 million). However, we also recognized an aggregate of $9 
million of COVID Recoveries in cost of sales in 2021 (2020 — $30 million), mitigating such adverse impacts. Approximately 
70% and 60% of both the COVID-19 Costs and COVID Recoveries recorded in 2021 and 2020, respectively, pertained to our 
ATS segment. Gross margin increased to 8.6% in 2021 from 7.6% in 2020 primarily driven by growth in our ATS segment, and 
improved CCS performance, including higher HPS revenue concentration.

61

 
 
 
Gross profit for 2020 increased $52.9 million (14%), compared to 2019, primarily due to improvements in our CCS 
segment, despite a $12.9 million increase in net inventory provisions recorded in 2020 compared to 2019. Our 2020 inventory 
provisions of $17.0 million were due in part to reduced demand, including as a result of the deterioration of the commercial 
aerospace market due to COVID-19, to certain aged inventory in our CCS segment, and to specific disengaging customers in 
both of our segments. We recorded $33 million of COVID-19 Costs in cost of sales in 2020. We also recognized an aggregate 
of $30 million of COVID Recoveries in cost of sales in 2020, mitigating such adverse impact. Approximately 60% of both the 
COVID-19 Costs and COVID Recoveries recorded in 2020 pertained to our ATS segment. Despite overall lower revenue, the 
increase in gross margin to 7.6% in 2020 compared to 6.5% in 2019 was primarily driven by improved mix, productivity and 
volume leverage across several of our businesses.

Certain of our customer agreements require us to provide specific price reductions over the contract term, which has 
significantly impacted revenue and margins. This adverse impact is expected to continue. In general, multiple factors can cause 
gross margin to fluctuate from period to period including, among others: volume and mix of products or services; higher/lower 
revenue  concentration  in  lower  gross  margin  products  and  businesses;  pricing  pressures;  contract  terms  and  conditions; 
production management; utilization of manufacturing capacity; changing material and labor costs, including variable labor costs 
associated with direct manufacturing employees; manufacturing and transportation costs; start-up and ramp-up activities; new 
product introductions; disruption in production at individual sites, including as a result of program transfers; cost structures at 
individual sites; foreign exchange volatility; and the availability of components and materials. Order cancellations and delays 
could  also  lower  our  asset  utilization,  resulting  in  lower  margins.  Significant  period-to-period  changes  in  margins  can  also 
occur  if  new  program  wins  or  follow-on  business  are  more  competitively  priced  than  past  programs.  In  addition,  customers 
from time to time shift programs to us from other service providers, including some for lower complexity, light touch programs 
that  are  aggressively  priced,  which  can  adversely  impact  future  operating  results.  Our  gross  profit  and  SG&A  expenses 
(discussed below) are also impacted by the level of variable compensation expense (including awards under our incentive and 
SBC plans) we record in each period. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A):

SG&A for 2021 of $245.1 million (4.3% of total revenue) increased $14.4 million compared to $230.7 million (4.0% 
of total revenue) for 2020, primarily due to higher variable compensation, lower COVID Subsidies recorded in SG&A (2021 — 
$3 million; 2020 — $7 million), and approximately $2 million in SG&A attributable to the PCI acquisition.

SG&A for 2020 of $230.7 million (4.0% of total revenue) increased $3.4 million compared to $227.3 million (3.9% of 
total  revenue)  for  2019,  primarily  due  to  higher  variable  compensation  and  variable  spend  (including  IT-related  COVID-19 
Costs), offset in part by the recognition of approximately $7 million of COVID Subsidies in SG&A, and $2.2 million in lower 
foreign exchange losses in 2020.

Segment income and margin:

Segment performance is evaluated based on segment revenue (set forth above), segment income and segment margin 
(segment  income  as  a  percentage  of  segment  revenue).  Revenue  is  attributed  to  the  segment  in  which  the  product  is 
manufactured or the service is performed. Segment income is defined as a segment’s net revenue less its cost of sales and its 
allocable portion of selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses (collectively, Segment 
Costs).  Identifiable  Segment  Costs  are  allocated  directly  to  the  applicable  segment  while  other  Segment  Costs,  including 
indirect costs and certain corporate charges, are allocated to our segments based on an analysis of the relative usage or benefit 
derived  by  each  segment  from  such  costs.  Segment  income  excludes  Finance  Costs  (defined  under  "Finance  Costs"  below), 
employee  SBC  expense,  amortization  of  intangible  assets  (excluding  computer  software),  and  Other  Charges  (recoveries) 
(described under "Other charges (recoveries)" below), as these costs and charges/recoveries are managed and reviewed by our 
Chief Executive Officer at the company level. See the reconciliation of segment income to our earnings before income taxes for 
2019 — 2021 in note 25 to the 2021 AFS. Our segments do not record inter-segment revenue. Although segment income and 
segment margin are used to evaluate the performance of our segments, we may incur operating costs in one segment that may 
also benefit the other segment. Our accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as those applied to the Company as a 
whole.

62

 
 
 
ATS segment income for 2021 increased $35.3 million (51%) compared to 2020. ATS segment margin increased from 
3.3%  in  2020  to  4.5%  in  2021.  The  increase  in  ATS  segment  income  for  2021  as  compared  to  2020  was  primarily  due  to 
revenue increases noted above, which more than offset the reduced profit contribution from our A&D business. The increase in 
ATS segment margin for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to profitable growth in our Capital Equipment business. 
See "Recent Developments" above. 

ATS segment income for 2020 increased $5.5 million (9%) compared to 2019. ATS segment margin increased from 
2.8% in 2019 to 3.3% in 2020, despite the lower revenue. The increase in ATS segment income for 2020 as compared to 2019 
was due primarily to the Capital Equipment revenue increases discussed above and improved productivity across a number of 
our  ATS  segment  businesses.  The  increase  in  ATS  segment  margin  for  2020  compared  to  2019  was  primarily  due  to 
improvements in our Capital Equipment business, driven by improved productivity, the beneficial impact of our cost reduction 
initiatives, and volume leverage, partly offset by reduced profit contribution from our A&D business.

CCS segment income for 2021 decreased $0.4 million (0.3%) compared to 2020 as a result of the lower revenue levels 
described  above,  driven  primarily  by  the  Cisco  Disengagement.  Despite  the  lower  revenue  levels,  CCS  segment  margin 
increased from 3.5% in 2020 to 3.9% in 2021, primarily due to more favorable mix, driven by our portfolio reshaping activities, 
and a higher concentration of revenue from our HPS business. 

CCS segment income for 2020 increased $35.4 million (38%) compared to 2019. CCS segment margin increased from 
2.6% in 2019 to 3.5% in 2020. These increases were primarily due to favorable mix, including increased HPS programs, and 
the positive impact of our productivity initiatives.  

SBC expense:

Our  SBC  expense  may  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  to  account  for,  among  other  things,  new  grants,  forfeitures 
resulting from employee terminations or resignations, and the recognition of accelerated SBC expense for employees eligible 
for retirement (generally in the first quarter of the year associated with our annual grants).  The portion of our employee SBC 
expense  that  relates  to  performance-based  compensation  is  subject  to  adjustment  in  any  period  to  reflect  changes  in  the 
estimated level of achievement of pre-determined performance goals and financial targets. 

The  following  table  shows  employee  SBC  expense  (with  respect  to  restricted  share  units  (RSUs)  and  performance 
share  units  (PSUs)  granted  to  employees)  and  director  SBC  expense  (with  respect  to  deferred  share  units  (DSUs)  and  RSUs 
issued to directors as compensation) for the periods indicated (in millions):

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

Employee SBC expense in cost of sales   ..................................................................................... $ 

14.6  $ 

11.1  $ 

Employee SBC expense in SG&A     .............................................................................................

19.5 

14.7 

Total    ............................................................................................................................................ $ 

34.1  $ 

25.8  $ 

Director SBC expense in SG&A (1)

    ............................................................................................ $ 

2.4  $ 

2.0  $ 

(1)  

Expense consists of director compensation to be settled with SVS, or SVS and cash, as elected by each director. 

13.0 

20.4 

33.4 

2.1 

The  increase  in  employee  SBC  expense  for  2021  as  compared  to  2020  was  primarily  the  result  of  an  $8.4  million 
expense reversal recorded in 2020 to reflect a reduction in the estimated number of PSUs expected to vest at the end of January 
2021 (SBC Reversal). The decrease in employee SBC expense for 2020 as compared to 2019 was due primarily to the 2020 
SBC Reversal. Unless a grantee has been authorized, and elects, to settle these awards in cash, Celestica intends to settle all 
outstanding  RSUs  and  PSUs  with  SVS  purchased  in  the  open  market  by  a  broker,  or  issued  from  treasury.  Accordingly,  we 
account for these share unit awards as equity-settled awards. See "Cash requirements" below. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other charges (recoveries):

(i)  

Restructuring charges:

We recorded the following restructuring charges for the periods indicated (in millions):

Year ended December 31

2019

2020

2021

Restructuring charges     .........................................................................................................

$ 

37.9  $ 

25.8  $ 

10.5 

We  perform  ongoing  evaluations  of  our  business,  operational  efficiency  and  cost  structure,  and  implement 
restructuring actions as we deem necessary. Our restructuring activities in 2021 consisted primarily of actions to adjust our cost 
base to address reduced levels of demand in certain of our businesses and geographies, due in part to the impact of COVID-19, 
including actions in the first half of 2021 to right-size our commercial aerospace facilities. Our 2020 restructuring actions were 
associated primarily with the Cisco Disengagement, as well as other actions intended to adjust our cost base similar to (and for 
the same reasons as) those taken in 2021.

  We  recorded  net  restructuring  charges  of  $10.5  million  in  2021,  consisting  of  cash  restructuring  charges  of  $9.8 
million,  primarily  for  employee  termination  costs,  and  net  non-cash  charges  of  $0.7  million  (consisting  of  non-cash 
restructuring  charges  of  $1.5  million  and  non-cash  restructuring  recoveries  of  $0.8  million).  The  non-cash  restructuring 
recoveries  in  2021  primarily  reflect  gains  on  the  sale  of  surplus  equipment.  The  non-cash  restructuring  charges  recorded  in 
2021 consisted primarily of the write-down of equipment related to disengaged programs. Approximately one half of our 2021 
restructuring  charges  were  associated  with  our  ATS  segment,  and  included  actions  related  to  our  A&D  business.  Our 
restructuring provision at December 31, 2021 was $6.1 million (December 31, 2020 — $4.7 million; December 31, 2019 — 
$11.2 million). All cash outlays have been, and the balance is expected to be, funded with cash on hand. 

We recorded restructuring charges of $25.8 million in 2020, consisting of cash charges of $23.3 million, primarily for 
employee  termination  costs,  and  non-cash  charges  of  $2.5  million.  The  non-cash  restructuring  charges  recorded  in  2020 
represented  the  write-down  of  certain  equipment  related  to  disengaged  programs,  and  the  write  down  of  ROU  assets  ($1.1 
million) in connection with vacated properties, resulting in part from certain sublet recoveries that were lower than the carrying 
value  of  the  related  leases  (Sublet  Losses),  offset  in  part  by  $0.3  million  in  gains  on  the  disposition  of  surplus  equipment. 
Approximately two-thirds of our 2020 restructuring charges were associated with our CCS segment.

At the end of 2019, we completed our cost efficiency initiative (CEI), which commenced in the fourth quarter of 2017, 
and consisted of restructuring actions related to our CCS segment portfolio review and our Capital Equipment business. The 
CEI resulted in reductions to our workforce, as well as consolidation of certain sites to better align capacity and infrastructure 
with  then-anticipated  customer  demand,  related  transfers  of  customer  programs  and  production,  re-alignment  of  business 
processes, management reorganizations, and other associated activities. We recorded restructuring charges of $37.9 million in 
2019, all in connection with our CEI, consisting of cash charges of $28.1 million, primarily for employee termination costs, and 
non-cash charges of $9.8 million. The non-cash restructuring charges recorded in 2019 represented the write-down of certain 
equipment, primarily related to our Capital Equipment business (ATS segment) and disengaged programs, and the write-down 
of ROU assets ($1.0 million) pertaining to vacated properties, resulting in part from Sublet Losses. Approximately two-thirds of 
our 2019 restructuring charges were associated with our CCS segment.

We may also implement additional future restructuring actions or divestitures as a result of changes in our business, 
the  marketplace  and/or  our  exit  from  less  profitable,  under-performing,  non-core  or  non-strategic  operations.  In  addition,  an 
increase in the frequency of customers transferring business to our competitors, changes in the volumes they outsource, pricing 
pressures, or requests to transfer their programs among our sites or to lower-cost locations, may also result in our taking future 
restructuring actions. We may incur higher operating expenses during periods of transitioning programs within our network or 
to our competitors. Any such restructuring activities, if undertaken at all, could adversely impact our operating and financial 
results, and may require us to further adjust our operations.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)  

Asset impairment:  

 We review the carrying amounts of goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and ROU assets for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of such assets, or 
the related CGU(s), may not be recoverable. In addition to an assessment of triggering events during the year, we conduct an 
annual impairment assessment of CGUs with goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year (Annual Impairment Assessment). See 
"Critical Accounting Estimates" above and note 2(j) to our 2021 AFS. We did not identify any triggering events during 2019, 
2020 or 2021 indicating that the carrying amount of our assets or CGUs may not be recoverable. However, we recorded non-
cash restructuring charges to write-down equipment and ROU assets during such periods in connection with our restructuring 
activities. See paragraph (i) above and footnote (ii) in note 7 to the 2021 AFS. As a result of our 2019, 2020 and 2021 Annual 
Impairment Assessment for CGUs with goodwill, we determined that there was no impairment, as the recoverable amount of 
our CGUs exceeded their respective carrying values.

See  notes  2(j)  and  8  to  our  2021  AFS  for  a  discussion  of  when  impairment  losses  for  our  assets  and  CGUs  are 
recognized,  and  how  we  determine  our  cash  flow  projections  for  our  impairment  assessments,  as  well  as  the  cash  flow 
projection periods, growth rates, and discount rates used in our Annual Impairment Assessments of CGUs with goodwill for 
each of 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Our goodwill balance is allocated to the following CGUs (in millions): 

  ...................................................................................................................... $ 

Capital Equipment (1)
A&D (2)
Atrenne (3)
PCI (4)

  ...........................................................................................................................................
    .......................................................................................................................................

  ..............................................................................................................................................

December 31

2019

2020

2021

132.0  $ 

132.3  $ 

131.9 

3.7   
62.6   

—   

3.7   
62.6   

—   

$ 

198.3  $ 

198.6  $ 

3.7 
62.6 

126.0 

324.2 

(1) 

(2)

(3)  
(4)  

Consists of goodwill attributable to our 2018 acquisition of Impakt Holdings, LLC (Impakt), as well as prior acquisitions.

Consists of goodwill attributable to our 2016 acquisition of Lorenz, Inc. and Suntek Manufacturing Technologies, SA de CV, collectively known as 
Karel Manufacturing.

Consists of goodwill attributable to our 2018 acquisition of Atrenne. 

Consists of our preliminary allocation of goodwill attributable to our 2021 acquisition of PCI. The purchase price adjustment and allocation for PCI 
has not yet been finalized.

As part of our Annual Impairment Assessment of CGUs with goodwill, we also performed a sensitivity analysis for the 
relevant CGUs in order to identify the impact of changes in key assumptions, including projected growth rates, profitability, 
discount and terminal growth rates. We did not identify any key assumptions where a reasonable possible change would have 
resulted in material impairments to the above goodwill balances in 2019, 2020 or 2021. Future growth in revenue and margins 
for these CGUs is supported by new business awarded recently, customer forecasts, assumptions for additional future program 
wins  based  on  our  current  revenue  pipeline,  margin  improvements  based  on  recent  restructuring  actions,  growth  due  to  our 
acquisitions  and  external  industry  outlooks.  Assumptions  for  our  Capital  Equipment  CGU  for  our  2021  Annual  Impairment 
Assessment reflect the continued recovery of, and demand strength (including from new programs and market share gains) in 
our semiconductor business in 2021 (which is expected to continue). We have also assumed margin expansion for this CGU 
during the forecast period based on anticipated increased productivity driven by expected additional volumes. Assumptions for 
our  Atrenne  CGU  for  our  2021  Annual  Impairment  Assessment  reflect  an  expected  broad-based  market  recovery  from  the 
impact  of  COVID-19,  as  well  as  anticipated  accelerated  growth  over  the  5-year  forecast  period  primarily  in  our  defense 
business, resulting from expected new program wins following the investment in, and expansion of, a facility (opened in 2021) 
to  accommodate  additional  capacity  for  our  defense  customers  and  our  licensing  business.  Although  our  A&D  CGU  was 
adversely affected by COVID-19 in 2021, particularly our commercial aerospace business, our assumptions for this CGU for 
our  2021  Annual  Impairment  Assessment  reflect  industry  expectations  for  a  recovery  of  demand  within  the  5-year  forecast 
period. The discount rate for our PCI CGU reflects the risks inherent in the PCI business. Impairment assessments inherently 
involve  judgment  as  to  assumptions  about  expected  future  cash  flows  and  the  impact  of  market  conditions  on  those 
assumptions. See "Critical Accounting Estimates" above. 

65

 
 
 
 
   
 
(iii)  

Losses on post-employment benefit plan (Post-employment Benefit Plan Losses):

During the fourth quarter of 2019 (Q4 2019), we recorded non-cash charges of $4.1 million, representing additional 
obligations under our Thailand post-employment benefit plan as a result of changes in labor protection laws in Thailand that 
increased the severance benefits for specified employees upon termination.

(iv)  

Transition Costs (Recoveries):

Transition Costs consist of Toronto Transition Costs and Internal Relocation Costs, each of which are defined under 
the caption "Non-IFRS Financial Measures" below. We incurred no Toronto Transition Costs during 2021 or 2020 (2019 — 
$3.8 million). We do not expect to incur further Toronto Transition Costs until the move into our new corporate headquarters 
commences.  We  recorded  $1.2  million  of  Internal  Relocation  Costs  in  2021  (2020  —  de  minimus;  2019  —  $2.4  million). 
Transition Recoveries consist of the $102.0 million gain (Property Gain) we recorded on the sale of our Toronto real property in 
the first quarter of 2019 (Q1 2019). See "Liquidity — Toronto Real Property and Related Transactions" below for a discussion 
of the sale of our Toronto real property and related relocations.

(v)    

Credit facility-related charges:

Credit  facility-related  charges  for  2021  consist  primarily  of  a  $2.6  million  charge  to  accelerate  the  amortization  of 
unamortized  deferred  financing  costs  upon  the  termination  of  a  prior  term  loan  in  connection  with  our  December  2021 
amendment  to  our  credit  agreement.  See  "Liquidity  —  Cash  provided  by  (used  in)  financing  activities  —  Financing  and 
Finance  Costs"  for  a  discussion  of  such  amendment  and  "Finance  Costs"  below  for  related  debt-issuance  costs.  During  Q4 
2019,  we  incurred  $2.0  million  in  fees  in  connection  with  obtaining  waivers  in  October  2019  related  to  our  non-compliance 
with certain restrictive covenants under our credit facility (Waiver Fees). See "Capital Resources" below. 

(vi)  

Acquisition Costs and Other:

We incur consulting, transaction and integration costs relating to potential and completed acquisitions. We also incur 
charges or releases related to the subsequent re-measurement of indemnification assets or the release of indemnification or other 
liabilities recorded in connection with acquisitions. Collectively, these costs, charges and releases are referred to as Acquisition 
Costs (Recoveries). During 2021, we recorded $7.3 million of net Acquisition Costs related to acquisition activities, including 
$4.8 million in connection with the acquisition of PCI, offset in part by a $1.2 million release in Q1 2021 of certain indirect tax 
liabilities  previously  recorded  in  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  Impakt.  During  2020,  we  recorded  $0.2  million  of 
Acquisition Costs related to potential acquisitions (2019 — $3.9 million, including $2.2 million of such remeasurement charges 
related to our Impakt acquisition). See note 3 to our 2021 AFS.

Other  consists  of  legal  recoveries  in  connection  with  the  settlement  of  class  action  lawsuits  in  which  we  were  a 

plaintiff (2021 — $10.5 million; 2020 — $2.5 million; 2019 — $2.0 million). 

Losses on pension annuity purchases:

To mitigate the actuarial and investment risks of our defined benefit pension plans, we purchase annuities from time to 
time  (using  existing  plan  assets)  from  third  party  insurance  companies  for  certain,  or  all,  plan  participants.  The  purchase  of 
annuities by the pension plan substantially hedges the financial risks associated with the related pension obligations. In August 
2020,  the  trustees  of  our  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  employees  in  the  United  Kingdom  (U.K.)  purchased  annuities  to 
hedge the pension benefits payable to newly-retired members of such plan. The 2020 annuity purchase resulted in a non-cash 
loss of $0.2 million in 2020, which we recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (OCI) and simultaneously re-classified to 
deficit. We completed the wind-up of a former supplementary pension plan for our U.K. employees in 2019.  

Finance Costs:

Finance  Costs  consist  of  interest  expense  and  fees  related  to  our  credit  facility  (including  debt  issuance  and  related 
amortization costs), our interest rate swap agreements, our A/R sales program, customer SFPs, and interest expense on our lease 
obligations, net of interest income earned. During 2021, we paid Finance Costs of $26.0 million (2020 — $29.5 million; 2019 
— $44.5 million), including $3.6 million in debt issuance costs paid in 2021 (2020 — $0.6 million; 2019 — $2.9 million). The 
decrease in Finance Costs paid from 2021 to 2020 was primarily due to lower amounts outstanding under our credit facility for 
most of the year (until Q4 2021 when borrowings increased to fund a portion of the PCI acquisition), a reduction in interest 

66

 
 
 
 
rates compared to 2020, and lower amounts of swap interest due to the cancellation of a portion of the notional amount of our 
interest  rate  swaps  in  December  2020  and  September  2021.  The  decrease  in  Finance  Costs  paid  from  2020  to  2019  was 
primarily due to lower borrowings under our credit facility, and a reduction in interest rates compared to 2019. We also paid 
$2.0 million in Waiver Fees in Q4 2019, which we recorded in other charges.

Income taxes: 

For 2021, we had a net income tax expense of $32.1 million on earnings before tax of $136.0 million, compared to a 
net  income  tax  expense  of  $29.6  million  on  earnings  before  tax  of  $90.2  million  for  2020,  and  a  net  income  tax  expense  of 
$29.5 million on earnings before tax of $99.8 million for 2019. Our 2019 earnings before tax included the Property Gain, which 
had no net tax impact, as such gain was offset by previously unrecognized tax losses. 

Our net income tax expense of $32.1 million for 2021 was favorably impacted by a $7.6 million deferred tax recovery 
recorded in connection with the revaluation of certain temporary differences using the future effective tax rate of our Thailand 
subsidiary in connection with the upcoming transition from a 100% income tax exemption to a 50% exemption in 2022 under 
an applicable tax incentive (Revaluation Impact), largely offset by a $6.0 million tax expense arising from taxable temporary 
differences associated with the anticipated repatriation of undistributed earnings from certain of our Chinese subsidiaries. We 
currently expect to repatriate cash from certain of our Chinese subsidiaries in the near future and have recorded a $15.3 million 
deferred  tax  liability  in  connection  therewith.  Upon  such  repatriation,  we  will  reverse  this  deferred  tax  liability  and  record  a 
current  income  tax  expense  for  withholding  taxes.  Our  functional  and  reporting  currency  is  the  U.S.  dollar;  however,  our 
income  tax  expense  is  based  primarily  on  taxable  income  determined  in  the  currency  of  the  country  of  origin.  As  a  result, 
foreign  currency  translation  differences  impact  our  income  tax  expense  from  period  to  period.  Taxable  foreign  exchange 
impacts were not significant in 2021.

Our net income tax expense of $29.6 million for 2020 included $18.3 million of tax expenses relating to current and 
future  withholding  taxes  associated  with  repatriations  of  undistributed  earnings  from  certain  of  our  Chinese  and  Thai 
subsidiaries  that  occurred  in  2020  or  were  then-anticipated  to  occur  in  the  foreseeable  future,  offset  in  large  part  by  the 
following favorable impacts: (i) $4.1 million in tax benefits related to return-to-provision adjustments for changes in estimates 
related  to  prior  years  based  on  changes  in  facts  or  circumstances  (RTP  Adjustments),  (ii)  the  recognition  of  $2.6  million  of 
previously unrecognized deferred tax assets of our Japanese subsidiary, (iii) $5.1 million in favorable foreign exchange impacts 
(Currency Impacts) arising primarily from the strengthening of the Chinese renminbi relative to the U.S. dollar, and (iv) a $5.7 
million reversal of tax uncertainties in certain of our Asian subsidiaries in Q1 2020.

Our net income tax expense for 2019 of $29.5 million was favorably impacted by $6.4 million in tax benefits arising 
from  RTP  Adjustments,  and  an  aggregate  of  $4.5  million  in  reversals  of  certain  previously-recorded  tax  liabilities  and 
uncertainties,  offset  in  part  by  $6.0  million  in  withholding  taxes  associated  with  the  then-anticipated  repatriations  of 
undistributed  earnings  with  respect  to  certain  of  our  Chinese  and  Thai  subsidiaries.  Upon  repatriating  the  cash  in  2020,  we 
reversed  the  related  deferred  tax  liability  previously  recorded  in  2019  and  recorded  a  current  income  tax  expense  for 
withholding taxes in 2020. Overall net Currency Impacts for 2019 were not significant.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, certain jurisdictions in which we operate have implemented certain tax relief 
measures, including deferral of value-added tax payments (such as VAT or GST) and additional tax deductions. However, these 
tax relief measures have not provided us with significant tax benefits to date. We do not currently expect that these tax relief 
measures will have a significant impact on our global tax rate. However, see "Recent Developments — Segment Environment 
— Operational Impacts" above and note 23 to the 2021 AFS for a discussion of COVID Subsidies recorded in 2021 and 2020 
that subsidized or offset qualifying expenses, including payroll costs/taxes and social insurance program contributions.

We conduct business operations in a number of countries, including countries where tax incentives have been extended 
to encourage foreign investment or where income tax rates are low. Our effective tax rate can vary significantly from period to 
period  for  various  reasons,  including  as  a  result  of  the  mix  and  volume  of  business  in  various  tax  jurisdictions,  and  in 
jurisdictions with tax holidays, and tax incentives that have been negotiated with the respective tax authorities (see discussion 
below). Our effective tax rate can also vary due to the impact of restructuring charges, foreign exchange fluctuations, operating 
losses,  cash  repatriations,  certain  tax  exposures,  the  time  period  in  which  losses  may  be  used  under  tax  laws  and  whether 
management  believes  it  is  probable  that  future  taxable  profit  will  be  available  to  allow  us  to  recognize  deferred  income 
tax assets.

67

 
 
Certain countries in which we do business grant tax incentives to attract and retain our business. Our tax expense could 
increase significantly if certain tax incentives from which we benefit are retracted. A retraction could occur if we fail to satisfy 
the conditions on which these tax incentives are based, or if they are not renewed or replaced upon expiration. Our tax expense 
could also increase if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions are otherwise increased, or due to changes in legislation or 
administrative  practices.  Changes  in  our  outlook  in  any  particular  country  could  impact  our  ability  to  meet  the  required 
conditions.

The  U.S.  Biden  administration  has  proposed  tax  legislative  changes.  Although  such  proposals,  if  adopted  as  currently 
contemplated, would not have a significant tax impact on our operations, we cannot predict the likelihood, timing or substance 
of U.S. tax reform. If the recent global minimum tax agreement is implemented in the jurisdictions in which we do business, it 
could, among other things, increase cash taxes, increase audit risk, and increase our worldwide corporate effective tax rate. In 
addition, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development continues to issue guidelines and proposals related to 
Base Erosion and Profit Shifting which may result in legislative changes that could reshape international tax rules in numerous 
countries and negatively impact our effective tax rate. We cannot predict the outcome of any specific legislative proposals or 
initiatives,  and  we  cannot  provide  assurance  that  any  such  legislation  or  initiative  will  not  apply  to  us.  Legislation  or  other 
changes  in  U.S.  and/or  international  tax  laws  could  increase  our  tax  liability  or  adversely  affect  our  overall  profitability  and 
results of operations. We will continue to monitor the progress of U.S. tax reform, as well as other global tax reform agreements 
and initiatives. 

Our tax incentives currently consist of tax exemptions for the profits of, and for dividend withholding taxes for, our 
Thailand and Laos subsidiaries. We have two income tax incentives in Thailand. One of these incentives initially allowed for a 
100% income tax exemption (including distribution taxes), but transitioned to a 50% income tax exemption in January 2022 for 
the  next  five  years  (excluding  distribution  taxes)  until  its  expiration  in  2027.  The  impact  of  this  transition  on  our  2021  net 
income  tax  expense  is  discussed  above  (see  Revaluation  Impact).  The  second  incentive  allows  for  a  100%  income  tax 
exemption (including distribution taxes) for eight years, and expires in 2028. Upon full expiry of each of the incentives, taxable 
profits associated with such incentives become fully taxable. During 2020 and 2021, we successfully transitioned a portion of 
our  Thailand  business  under  recently  expired  incentives  to  our  remaining  two  incentives,  and  we  are  monitoring  for  further 
optimization on a continuous basis. Our tax incentive in Laos allows for a 100% income tax exemption (including distribution 
taxes) until 2025, and a reduced income tax rate of 8% thereafter. Our tax expense could increase significantly if certain tax 
incentives  from  which  we  benefit  are  retracted.  The  aggregate  tax  benefit  arising  from  all  of  our  tax  incentives  was 
approximately $15 million for 2021 (2020 — $10 million; 2019 — $1.5 million). 

We  received  an  approval  from  the  Malaysian  authorities  in  Q4  2020  for  an  income  tax  incentive  for  one  of  our 
Malaysian  subsidiaries,  which  provides  for  a  50%  income  tax  exemption  for  a  period  of  five  years  for  certain  product  sets 
manufactured  by  such  subsidiary.  The  commencement  date  of  this  incentive  has  yet  to  be  determined  by  the  Malaysian 
authorities. Although a significant portion of this incentive may be retroactively applicable to past periods, we cannot assure 
that this will be the case. Due to uncertainty of the period for which this incentive applies, we cannot currently quantify the 
applicable benefit.

In certain jurisdictions, primarily in the Americas and Europe, we currently have significant net operating losses and 
other deductible temporary differences, some of which we expect will be used to reduce taxable income in these jurisdictions in 
future periods, although not all are currently recognized as deferred tax assets. In addition, the tax benefits we are able to record 
related  to  restructuring  charges  and  SBC  expenses  may  be  limited,  as  a  significant  portion  of  such  amounts  are  incurred  in 
jurisdictions with unrecognized loss carryforwards. Tax benefits we are able to record related to the accounting amortization of 
intangible assets are also limited based on the structure of our acquisitions. We review our deferred income tax assets at each 
reporting date and reduce them to the extent we believe it is no longer probable that we will realize the related tax benefits.

We develop our tax filing positions based upon the anticipated nature and structure of our business and the tax laws, 
administrative  practices  and  judicial  decisions  currently  in  effect  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  have  assets  or  conduct 
business, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. We are subject to tax 
audits in various jurisdictions which could result in additional tax expense in future periods relating to prior results. Reviews by 
tax authorities generally focus on, but are not limited to, the validity of our inter-company transactions, including financing and 
transfer pricing policies which generally involve subjective areas of taxation and significant judgment. Any such increase in our 
income  tax  expense  and  related  interest  and/or  penalties  could  have  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our  future  earnings  and 
future cash flows.

68

 
In 2017, the Brazilian Ministry of Science, Technology, Innovation and Communications (MCTIC) issued assessments 
seeking to disqualify certain of our R&D expenses for the years 2006 to 2009, which entitled our Brazilian subsidiary (which 
ceased operations in 2009) to charge reduced sales tax levies to its customers. We received lower re-assessments for 2007 and 
2008  during  Q1  2020  in  response  to  our  initial  appeal,  and  in  Q4  2021,  the  MCTIC  accepted  our  appeal  in  respect  of  2006 
resulting in no adjustment to our original filing position for such year. We intend to continue to appeal the original assessments 
for 2009 and the re-assessments for 2007 and 2008. As of December 31, 2021, the assessments and re-assessments, including 
interest and penalties, total approximately 12 million Brazilian real (approximately $2 million at year-end exchange rates) for 
all such years, reduced from original assessments totaling approximately 39 million Brazilian real (approximately $7 million at 
year-end exchange rates). 

In Q3 2021, the Romanian tax authorities issued a final tax assessment in the aggregate amount of approximately 31 
million Romanian leu (approximately $7 million at year-end exchange rates), for additional income and value-added taxes for 
one of our Romanian subsidiaries for the 2014 to 2018 tax years. In order to advance our case to the appeals phase and reduce 
or eliminate potential interest and penalties, we paid the Romanian tax authorities the full amount assessed in 2021 (without 
agreement to all or any portion of such assessment). We believe that our originally-filed tax return positions are in compliance 
with applicable Romanian tax laws and regulations, and intend to vigorously defend our position through all necessary appeals 
or other judicial processes. 

The successful pursuit of assertions made by any government authority, including tax authorities, could result in our 
owing significant amounts of tax or other reimbursements, interest and possibly penalties. We believe we adequately accrue for 
any  probable  potential  adverse  ruling.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the  final  resolution  of  any  claims  and  any 
resulting  proceedings.  If  any  claims  and  any  ensuing  proceedings  are  determined  adversely  to  us,  the  amounts  we  may  be 
required to pay could be material, and in excess of amounts accrued. 

Net earnings:

Net earnings for 2021 increased $43.3 million compared to 2020. The increase was primarily due to $49.4 million in 
higher gross profit and an aggregate of $19.2 million in lower other charges (recoveries) and Finance Costs, offset in part by 
$14.4  million  in  higher  SG&A  expense  and  $8.5  million  in  higher  R&D  costs  (in  support  of  our  HPS  business)  in  2021  as 
compared to 2020.

Net earnings for 2020 decreased $9.7 million compared to 2019. The decrease was primarily due to the $102.0 million 
Property Gain recorded in Q1 2019, offset in part by $52.9 million in higher gross profit, $12.1 million in lower restructuring 
charges, and $11.8 million in lower Finance Costs in 2020 as compared to 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity 

The following tables set forth key liquidity metrics for the periods indicated (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents   .......................................................................................................... $ 
Borrowings under credit facility*    ...............................................................................................

 * excluding ordinary course letters of credit.

December 31

2019

2020

2021

479.5  $ 

463.8  $ 

592.3 

470.4 

394.0 

660.4 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by operating activities   ......................................................................................... $ 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities     ...........................................................................

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities     ..........................................................................

Changes in non-cash working capital items (included in operating activities above):
A/R............................................................................................................................................... $ 
Inventories    ...................................................................................................................................

Other current assets   .....................................................................................................................

A/P, accrued and other current liabilities and provisions     ............................................................

Year ended December 31

2019

2020

2021

345.0  $ 

239.6  $ 

226.8 

38.7 

(326.2) 

(51.0) 

(204.3) 

(364.3) 

67.7 

153.7  $ 

(40.7)  $ 

(102.4) 

97.7 

16.5 

(158.8) 

(99.3) 

(0.5) 

117.0 

(521.9) 

(11.5) 

556.9 

Working capital changes      ............................................................................................................. $ 

109.1  $ 

(23.5)  $ 

(78.9) 

Cash provided by operating activities:

In 2021, we generated $226.8 million of cash from operating activities compared to $239.6 million in 2020. The $12.8 
million decrease in cash from operating activities in 2021 as compared to 2020 was primarily due to $55.4 million in higher 
working capital requirements, offset in significant part by $43.3 million higher net earnings in 2021 compared to 2020. Higher 
working capital requirements for 2021 as compared to 2020 primarily reflect a $61.7 million reduction in A/R cash flows and a 
$422.6 million reduction in inventory cash flows, which more than offset a $439.9 million improvement in A/P cash flows. The 
reduction  in  A/R  cash  flows  was  due  to  the  timing  of  collections,  as  well  as  higher  A/R  levels  carried  at  the  end  of  2021 
compared  to  the  end  of  2020,  resulting  from  higher  revenue  earned  in  Q4  2021  compared  to  Q4  2020.  The  reduction  in 
inventory cash flows was due to higher inventory levels carried at the end of 2021 compared to the end of 2020. We carried 
higher inventory levels at the end of 2021 primarily to support the ramping of new programs and anticipated future demand, 
including for our HPS business, to help secure supply to mitigate the impact of global supply chain constraints and longer lead 
times for certain components, and as a result of the PCI acquisition. However, a significant portion of our inventory purchases 
were covered by cash deposits received from our customers, which helped to alleviate the impact of such purchases on our cash 
flows.  Improvement  in  A/P  cash  flows  was  due  to  an  increase  in  these  cash  deposits,  as  well  as  timing  of  payments  (see 
"Summary of Key Operating Results and Financial Information" above). Our A/P cash flow levels may decrease in subsequent 
periods as payments are made, and as cash deposit balances change.

In  2020,  we  generated  $239.6  million  of  cash  from  operating  activities  compared  to  $345.0  million  in  2019.  The 
$105.4 million decrease in cash from operating activities in 2020 as compared to 2019 was primarily due to $132.6 million in 
higher  working  capital  requirements.  Higher  working  capital  requirements  for  2020  as  compared  to  2019  reflect  a  $197.0 
million reduction in inventory cash flows, a $194.4 million reduction in A/R cash flows, and a $17.0 million reduction in other 
current  assets  cash  flows,  which  more  than  offset  a  $223.0  million  improvement  in  A/P  cash  flows  (reflecting  the  timing  of 
purchases and payments) and $52.8 million in higher customer cash deposits at the end of 2020 compared to the end of 2019 
(described below). The decrease in inventory cash flows for 2020 as compared to 2019 primarily reflects the higher inventory 
levels carried in 2020 to support new program ramps and anticipated future demand, including for our HPS business. In certain 
cases, we received cash deposits from our customers to help alleviate the impact of such purchases on our cash flows ($174.7 
million as at December 31, 2020, compared to $121.9 million as at December 31, 2019). The reduction in A/R cash flows was 
the result of higher outstanding A/R balances at the beginning of 2019 compared to the beginning of 2020, as well as lower 
2020 revenue levels and the timing of collections.

From time to time, we extend payment terms applicable to certain customers, and/or provide longer payment terms to 
new customers. To substantially offset the effect of extended payment terms for particular customers on our working capital, we 
participate in three customer supplier financing programs (SFPs), pursuant to which we sell A/R from such customers to third-
party banks on an uncommitted basis to receive earlier payment. One SFP is for a CCS segment customer, and the other two are 
for ATS segment customers, including an SFP for a PCI customer. At December 31, 2021, we sold $98.0 million of A/R under 
the three SFPs, including $21.5 million of A/R under the PCI customer's SFP (December 31, 2020 — $65.3 million under two 
SFPs).  The  A/R  are  sold  net  of  discount  charges,  which  are  recorded  as  Finance  Costs  in  our  consolidated  statement  of 
operations.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Free cash flow (non-IFRS):

Free cash flow is a non-IFRS financial measure without a standardized meaning and may not be comparable to similar 
measures presented by other companies. We define non-IFRS free cash flow as cash provided by or used in operations after the 
purchase of property, plant and equipment (net of proceeds from the sale of certain surplus equipment and property, including 
our Toronto real property in 2019), lease payments, and Finance Costs paid (excluding debt issuance costs and when applicable, 
Waiver Fees paid). As we do not consider debt issuance costs paid ($3.6 million in 2021; $0.6 million in 2020; $2.9 million in 
2019); or Waiver Fees paid ($2.0 million in 2019, recorded in other charges) to be part of our ongoing financing expenses, these 
costs are excluded from total Finance Costs paid in our determination of non-IFRS free cash flow. Note, however, that non-
IFRS free cash flow does not represent residual cash flow available to Celestica for discretionary expenditures. Management 
uses non-IFRS free cash flow as a measure, in addition to IFRS cash provided by or used in operations (described above), to 
assess our operational cash flow performance. We believe non-IFRS free cash flow provides another level of transparency to 
our liquidity. A reconciliation of this measure to cash provided by operating activities measured under IFRS is set forth below 
(in millions):

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

IFRS cash provided by operations    .............................................................................................. $ 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, net of sales proceeds      ..........................................
Lease payments  ........................................................................................................................
Finance Costs paid (excluding debt issuance costs and Waiver Fees paid)    .............................  
Non-IFRS free cash flow    ............................................................................................................ $ 

345.0  $ 
36.0 
(38.2) 
(41.6) 
301.2  $ 

239.6  $ 
(51.0) 
(33.7) 
(28.9) 
126.0  $ 

226.8 
(49.6) 
(40.0) 
(22.4) 
114.8 

Our non-IFRS free cash flow of $114.8 million for 2021 decreased $11.2 million compared to 2020, due primarily to 
$12.8  million  in  lower  cash  generated  from  operating  activities  in  2021  (as  described  above).  In  addition,  the  higher  lease 
payments in 2021 compared to 2020 were offset by lower Financing Costs, each as set forth above. 

Our non-IFRS free cash flow of $126.0 million for 2020 decreased $175.2 million compared to 2019, primarily due to 
the $113.0 million in proceeds (Toronto Proceeds) we received in Q1 2019 for the sale of our Toronto real property (included in 
"purchase  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  net  of  sales  proceeds"  in  the  table  above),  and  $105.4  million  of  lower  cash 
generated from operating activities in 2020, offset in part by $27.7 million of lower capital expenditures in 2020 as compared to 
2019. 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities:

Our  capital  expenditures  for  2021  were  $52.2  million  (2020  —  $52.8  million;  2019  —  $80.5  million),  primarily  to 
enhance  our  manufacturing  capabilities  in  various  geographies  and  to  support  new  customer  programs  (split  approximately 
evenly  between  our  segments  in  each  such  year).  Our  capital  expenditures  for  2021  included  the  expansion  of  an  Atrenne 
facility  in  the  U.S.  (Minnesota)  to  accommodate  additional  capacity  for  our  A&D  customers  and  customers  in  other  highly-
regulated  markets,  and  to  support  CCS  segment  growth,  particularly  our  HPS  business  (including  additional  manufacturing 
lines at our former Cisco facility). Overall capital expenditures in 2021 and 2020 were lower than originally anticipated, as a 
result of delays or the shifting of programs or spending to future periods. See footnote (iii) to the "Additional Commitments" 
table below for information with respect to commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2021. 

In 2019, we incurred capital expenditures in connection with relocations related to the sale of our Toronto real property 
as follows: $5.0 million related to our temporary corporate headquarters, and $1.2 million in building improvements and new 
machinery  at  our  new  Toronto  manufacturing  site.  We  fund  our  capital  expenditures  from  cash  on  hand  and  through  the 
financing arrangements described under "Capital Resources" below. From time-to-time, we receive cash proceeds from the sale 
of surplus equipment and property (2021 — $2.6 million; 2020 — $1.8 million; 2019 — $116.5 million). The Toronto Proceeds 
were recorded as cash provided by investing activities in 2019. 

On November 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of PCI. The purchase price for PCI was $314.7 million, net of 
$11.4 million of cash acquired, and including a preliminary net working capital adjustment, which is subject to finalization in 
Q1 2022. 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities:

SVS repurchases:

See "Summary of Key Operating Results and Financial Information" above for a table detailing repurchases of SVS 

during each of 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Financing and Finance Costs:

We are party to a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party 
thereto, which prior to the amendment described below, provided a term loan in the original principal amount of $350.0 million 
(Initial Term Loan) and a term loan in the original principal amount of $250.0 million (First Incremental Term Loan), each of 
which was scheduled to mature in June 2025, and a $450.0 million revolving credit facility (Revolver) that was scheduled to 
mature in June 2023. On December 6, 2021, the credit agreement was amended (as so amended, the Credit Facility) primarily: 
(i) to provide a new term loan (Second Incremental Term Loan) in the original principal amount of $365.0 million (all of which 
was  drawn  on  the  amendment  date,  and  used  as  described  below);  (ii)  to  increase  the  commitments  under  the  Revolver  to 
$600.0 million and extend its maturity date (see below), (iii) to ease certain covenant restrictions; and (iv) to include specified 
LIBOR successor provisions. The Initial Term Loan and the Second Incremental Term Loan are collectively referred to as the 
Term Loans.

The  Initial  Term  Loan  was  unchanged  by  the  December  2021  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility,  and  continues  to 
mature in June 2025. The Second Incremental Term Loan and the Revolver each mature on March 28, 2025, unless either (i) 
the  Initial  Term  Loan  has  been  prepaid  or  refinanced  or  (ii)  commitments  under  the  Revolver  are  available  and  have  been 
reserved to repay the Initial Term Loan in full, in which case such obligations mature on December 6, 2026.

The  Second  Incremental  Term  Loan  requires  quarterly  principal  repayments  (commencing  March  31,  2022)  of 
$4.5625  million,  and  each  of  the  Term  Loans  requires  a  lump  sum  repayment  of  the  remainder  outstanding  at  maturity.  The 
Initial  Term  Loan  required  quarterly  principal  repayments  of  $0.875  million,  and  the  First  Incremental  Term  Loan  required 
quarterly principal repayments of $0.625 million, all of which (in each case) were paid by the end of the first half of 2020. We 
are  also  required  to  make  annual  prepayments  of  outstanding  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility  (applied  first  to  the  Term 
Loans,  then  to  the  Revolver,  in  the  manner  set  forth  in  the  Credit  Facility)  ranging  from  0%  —  50%  (based  on  a  defined 
leverage ratio) of specified excess cash flow (ECF) for the prior fiscal year. A mandatory prepayment of $107.0 million (ECF 
Amount) was required and paid during the first half of 2020 based on this provision. No prepayments based on 2020 ECF were 
required in 2021, or will be required in 2022 based on 2021 ECF. In addition, prepayments of outstanding obligations under the 
Credit Facility (applied as described above) may also be required in the amount of specified net cash proceeds received above a 
specified annual threshold (including proceeds from the disposal of certain assets). No Credit Facility prepayments based on 
2020 net cash proceeds were required in 2021, or will be required in 2022 based on 2021 net cash proceeds. Any outstanding 
amounts  under  the  Revolver  are  due  at  maturity.  Interest  rates  applicable  to  borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility  as  of 
December 31, 2021, are described under "Capital Resources" below.

In Q1 2021, we repaid an aggregate of $30.0 million under the First Incremental Term Loan. On October 27, 2021, we 
borrowed $220.0 million under the Revolver to fund a portion of the purchase price for our November 2021 acquisition of PCI. 
On December 6, 2021, upon receipt of the net proceeds from the $365.0 million Second Incremental Term Loan, we repaid all 
remaining amounts outstanding under the First Incremental Term Loan ($145.0 million outstanding at the time of repayment), 
terminating such loan, and repaid $215.0 million of the $220.0 million borrowed under the Revolver. On December 29, 2021, 
we repaid the remaining $5.0 million outstanding under the Revolver with available cash.

During the first quarter of 2020 (Q1 2020), we made the scheduled quarterly principal repayment of $0.875 million 
under the Initial Term Loan, and also prepaid an aggregate of $60.0 million under the First Incremental Term Loan. On April 
27,  2020,  we  prepaid  $47.0  million  under  the  Initial  Term  Loan.  These  two  prepayments  were  first  applied  to  all  remaining 
scheduled  quarterly  principal  repayments  of  the  Initial  Term  Loan  and  First  Incremental  Term  Loan  prior  to  maturity,  as 
applicable,  and  thereafter  to  remaining  applicable  principal  amounts  outstanding  thereunder.  These  prepayments  also 
represented payment in full of the ECF Amount. In June 2020, we prepaid an additional $1.5 million under the Initial Term 
Loan  and  $12.5  million  under  the  First  Incremental  Term  Loan.  No  further  prepayments  were  required  or  made  thereafter 
during 2020.

During  2019,  we  borrowed  $48.0  million  under  the  Revolver,  primarily  to  fund  share  repurchases  in  Q1  2019  and 
repaid an aggregate of $207.0 million of the amount then-outstanding under the Revolver (including by use of $110.0 million of 

72

 
 
the Toronto Proceeds). We made scheduled principal repayments of $1.5 million in each quarter of 2019 under the Initial Term 
Loan and the First Incremental Term Loan.

Activity under our Credit Facility for the periods indicated is set forth below (in millions):

Revolver

Term loans

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2018      .......................................................................... $ 

159.0 

$ 

598.3 

Amount borrowed in Q1 2019     .....................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q1 2019  ..........................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q2 2019  ..........................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q3 2019  ..........................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q4 2019  ..........................................................................................................

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2019      .......................................................................... $ 

Amount repaid in Q1 2020  ..........................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q2 2020  ..........................................................................................................

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2020      .......................................................................... $ 

Amount repaid in Q1 2021  ..........................................................................................................

Amount borrowed in Q4 2021     .....................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q4 2021  ..........................................................................................................
Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2021      .......................................................................... $ 

48.0 

(110.0) 

(44.0) 

(53.0) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

220.0 

(220.0) 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

592.3 

(60.9) 

(61.0) 

470.4 

(30.0) 

365.0 

(145.0) 
660.4 

Interest expense under the Credit Facility, including the impact of our interest rate swap agreements (described below), 
was $20.7 million in 2021 (2020 — $26.0 million; 2019 — $36.8 million). Any increase in prevailing interest rates, margins, or 
amounts  outstanding,  would  cause  this  amount  to  increase  (see  discussion  below).  Commitment  fees  (see  footnote  (i)  to  the 
"Contractual Obligations" table below) paid during 2021 were $1.8 million (2020 — $1.9 million; 2019 — $1.3 million). We 
incurred  debt  issuance  costs  of  approximately  $4  million  in  connection  with  the  December  2021  amendment  to  the  Credit 
Facility. Debt issuance costs are deferred on our consolidated balance sheet and amortized to Finance Costs. In December 2021, 
we  accelerated  the  amortization  of  $2.6  million  of  unamortized  deferred  financing  costs  upon  termination  of  the  First 
Incremental Term Loan, which we recorded in other charges. During Q4 2019, we incurred $2.0 million in Waiver Fees which 
we recorded in other charges. See "Operating Results — Finance Costs" above for a description of Finance Costs paid in 2021, 
2020 and 2019.

Our  Credit  Facility,  including  outstanding  balances  thereunder  and  interest  rates  as  of  December  31,  2021,  are 

described under "Capital Resources" below. 

Lease payments:

During  2021,  we  paid  $40.0  million  (2020  —  $33.7  million;  2019  —  $38.2  million)  in  lease  payments.  Lease 
payments  in  2020  were  lower  compared  to  2019  and  2021  primarily  as  a  result  of  tenant  improvement  allowances  of  $4.2 
million received in 2020 with respect to a new building lease for one of our Atrenne sites. Lease payments reduce our non-IFRS 
free cash flow. See "Non-IFRS free cash flow" above.  

Cash requirements: 

Our  working  capital  requirements  can  vary  significantly  from  month-to-month  due  to  a  range  of  business  factors, 
including the ramping of new programs, expansion of our services and business operations, timing of purchases, higher levels 
of  inventory  for  new  programs  and  anticipated  customer  demand,  timing  of  payments  and  A/R  collections,  and  customer 
forecasting  variations.  The  international  scope  of  our  operations  may  also  create  working  capital  requirements  in  certain 
countries while other countries generate cash in excess of working capital needs. Moving cash between countries on a short-
term  basis  to  fund  working  capital  is  not  always  expedient  due  to  local  currency  regulations,  tax  considerations,  and  other 
factors. To meet our working capital requirements and to provide short-term liquidity, we may draw on the Revolver, and/or 
sell  A/R  through  our  A/R  sales  program  or  participate  in  customer  SFPs,  when  permitted.  The  timing  and  the  amounts  we 
borrow  or  repay  under  these  facilities  can  vary  significantly  from  month-to-month  depending  upon  our  cash  requirements. 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based on our current cash flow budgets and forecasts of our short-term and long-term liquidity needs, we continue to believe 
that our current and projected sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our anticipated liquidity needs for 2022 and beyond. 
Specifically, we continue to believe that cash flow from operating activities, together with cash on hand, availability under the 
Revolver  ($579.0  million  at  December  31,  2021),  potential  availability  under  uncommitted  intraday  and  overnight  bank 
overdraft  facilities,  and  cash  from  accepted  sales  of  A/R,  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  our  anticipated  working  capital  needs, 
planned capital spending (including the contractual commitments described below and other commitments described elsewhere 
herein),  and  other  cash  requirements  (including  any  required  SBC  share  repurchases,  debt  repayments  and  interest  expense). 
See  "Capital  Resources"  below.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  although  we  anticipate  that  we  will  be  able  to  repay  or 
refinance  outstanding  obligations  under  our  Credit  Facility  when  they  mature  (our  primary  current  long-term  cash  liquidity 
requirement), there can be no assurance we will be able to do so, or that the terms of any such refinancing will be favorable. In 
addition,  we  may  require  additional  capital  in  the  future  to  fund  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions  (including  contingent 
consideration  payments),  strategic  transactions  or  other  investments.  We  will  continue  to  assess  our  liquidity  position  and 
potential  sources  of  supplemental  liquidity  in  view  of  our  objectives,  operating  performance,  economic  and  capital  market 
conditions and other relevant circumstances. Our operating performance may also be affected by matters discussed under the 
Risk Factors section of our 2021 Annual Report, of which this MD&A is a part. These risks and uncertainties may adversely 
affect our long-term liquidity.

Contractual Obligations: 

As at December 31, 2021, we had known contractual obligations that require future payments as follows (in millions): 

    .......................

     ...............................................

Borrowings under Credit Facility(i)
Lease obligations(ii)
Pension plan contributions(iii)
Non-pension post-employment plan payments  .....
Binding purchase order obligations (iv)
Purchase obligations under IT support 
   agreements     .........................................................
Total(v)

     ...................................................................

   ................................

      .................

Total

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

$ 

660.4  $ 

18.25  $  18.25  $  18.25  $  313.65  $  292.0  $ 

225.5 

14.5 

51.7 

43.0 

14.5 

4.5 

37.3 

— 

3.8 

2,693.5 

2,244.6 

379.0 

126.7 

27.3 

23.5 

26.5 

— 

4.1 

69.8 

20.9 

21.5 

18.2 

— 

4.4 

0.1 

— 

4.6 

— 

16.8 

13.3 

$  3,772.3  $  2,352.15  $  461.85  $  139.55  $  356.45  $  328.1  $ 

— 

79.0 

— 

30.3 

— 

24.9 

134.2 

(i)  

(ii) 

Represents annual amortization of the Second Incremental Term Loan, as well as principal repayment obligations at maturity (June 2025 for our 
borrowings under the Initial Term Loan and an assumed maturity date of December 2026 for the Second Incremental Term Loan , based on amounts 
outstanding as of December 31, 2021, but excludes related interest and fees. The Second Incremental Term Loan matures in March 2025, unless 
either (i) the Initial Term Loan has been prepaid or refinanced or (ii) commitments under the Revolver are available and have been reserved to repay 
the  Initial  Term  Loan  in  full,  in  which  case  such  obligations  mature  on  December  6,  2026  (we  have  assumed  that  the  conditions  required  for  a 
December 2026 maturity date will have been satisfied). Under the Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of 
the Revolver, which is calculated based on our consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) and the daily balance outstanding (2021 
— $1.8 million; 2020 — $1.9 million, 2019 — $1.3 million). Any borrowings under the Revolver are due upon maturity (March 2025, or under 
specified  circumstances  described  above,  December  2026).  See  "Financing  Arrangements"  below  for  a  description  of  mandatory  prepayments 
required under the Credit Facility. No mandatory principal prepayments of the Term Loans based on specified excess cash flow or net cash proceeds 
will be required for 2022, but we are currently unable to determine whether any such prepayments will be required thereafter. The Initial Term Loan 
currently bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.125%. The Second Incremental Term Loan currently bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.0%. Annual interest 
expense and fees under the Credit Facility were approximately $21 million for 2021. Any increase in prevailing interest rates, margins, or amounts 
outstanding would cause this amount to increase. Payment defaults under the Credit Facility will incur interest on unpaid amounts at an annual rate 
equal to the sum of (i) 2%, plus (ii) the rate per annum otherwise applicable to such unpaid amounts, or if no rate is specified or available, the rate 
per annum applicable to Base Rate revolving loans.  If an event of default occurs and is continuing (and is not waived), the administrative agent may 
declare all amounts under the Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable, and may cancel the lenders' commitments to make further advances 
thereunder.  See  "Capital  Resources"  below  and  note 11  to  our  2021  AFS  for  a  description  of  the  Credit  Facility,  including  amounts  outstanding 
thereunder, repayment dates and applicable interest rates and margins. 

Includes real property lease commitments in effect as of December 31, 2021, but unrecognized as liabilities in our financial statements because the 
relevant leases had not yet commenced. Specifically, in September 2021, in connection with our outsourcing arrangement with FNC, we agreed to 
lease a portion of their Richardson, Texas facility for a 10-year period. The commencement dates for certain portions of the lease do not begin until 
April 2022 and April 2027. However, we have included the following minimum lease obligations for such portions in the above table (an aggregate 
of $45.5 million): $2.6 million in 2022; $3.5 million in 2023; $3.6 million in 2024; $3.7 million in 2025, $3.8 million in 2026 and $28.3 million 
thereafter.  In  addition,  in  connection  with  the  2019  sale  of  our  Toronto  real  property,  we  entered  into  a  10-year  lease  for  our  new  corporate 
headquarters, targeted to commence in May 2023. Upon such commencement, our estimated annual basic rent will be approximately $2.1 million 
Canadian dollars for each of the first five years, and approximately $2.2 million Canadian dollars for each of the remaining five years (also included 
in the table above). See "Toronto Real Property and Related Transactions" below and note 24 to our 2021 AFS.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

Based on our latest actuarial valuations, we estimate our funding requirement for 2022 to be $14.5 million (2021 — funding requirement of $15.4 
million; 2020 — funding requirement of $13.1 million). See note 18 to our 2021 AFS. A significant deterioration in the asset values or asset returns 
could  lead  to  higher  than  expected  future  contributions.  Adjustments  to  actuarial  valuation  measurements  may  also  result  in  higher  future  cash 
contributions. We fund our pension contributions from cash on hand. Although we have defined benefit plans that are currently in a net unfunded 
position, we do not expect our pension obligations will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.

Represents  outstanding  purchase  orders  with  suppliers  primarily  to  acquire  inventory.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  our  purchase  order  obligations 
have  significantly  increased  compared  to  just  under  $1  billion  as  at  December  31,  2020,  primarily  as  a  result  of  supply  chain  constraints,  new 
business,  and  the  addition  of  PCI.  Although  previously,  purchase  orders  were  generally  short-term  in  nature  (less  than  a  year),  we  are  currently 
placing many orders with lead times in excess of one year, in order to secure the materials needed for production. In addition, purchase obligations 
at  December  31,  2020  were  lower  than  usual  as  a  result  of  the  Cisco  Disengagement,  and  have  since  increased  as  a  result  of  the  addition  of 
replacement business. A substantial portion of these purchase orders are for standard inventory items which we have procured for specific customers 
based on their purchase orders or forecasts, under which such customers have contractually assumed liability for such material, if not consumed. In 
some cases, we have cash deposits from customers to help mitigate our exposures to these increased inventory levels. 

This  table  excludes  $60.2  million  of  long-term  deferred  income  tax  liabilities  and  $39.8  million  of  provisions  and  other  non-current  liabilities 
primarily pertaining to warranties and asset retirement obligations, as we are unable to reliably estimate the timing of any future payments related 
thereto.  However,  long-term  liabilities  included  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  include  these  items.  In  addition,  at  December  31,  2021,  our 
interest rate swap agreements require us to pay a fixed rate of interest with respect to an aggregate of $200.0 million outstanding under the Term 
Loans. These payments, however, are partially offset by related interest we receive, based on the variable interest rates swapped. As the offsets are 
not determinable and vary from quarter to quarter, this table also excludes the interest payments on our interest rate swap agreements. See "Capital 
Resources" below for a description of additional interest rate swap agreements we entered into in February 2022.

Additional Commitments: 

As at December 31, 2021, we had additional commitments that expire as follows (in millions):

Total

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Foreign currency contracts and swaps(i)
Letters of credit, letters of guarantee and 
  surety bonds(ii)
Capital expenditures(iii)

    ........................................................

     .............................................

   ...................

$  539.5  $  539.5  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $ 

48.1 

10.1 

20.5 

10.1 

1.9 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

21.0 

— 

Total      .........................................................................

$  597.7  $  570.1  $ 

1.9  $  —  $ 

0.1  $ 

21.0  $ 

— 

4.6 

— 

4.6 

(i)   

Represents the aggregate notional amounts of our forward currency contracts and swaps.

(ii)   

(iii) 

Includes $21.0 million in letters of credit issued under our Revolver, with an assumed maturity of December 2026. The Revolver matures in March 
2025, unless either (i) the Initial Term Loan has been prepaid or refinanced or (ii) commitments under the Revolver are available and have been 
reserved to repay the Initial Term Loan in full, in which case such obligations mature in December, 2026. We have assumed that the conditions 
required for a December 2026 maturity date will have been satisfied.  

As at December 31, 2021, management had approved $45.9 million for capital expenditures, primarily for machinery and equipment to support new 
customer  programs  (approximately  40%  of  which  is  committed  for  the  Americas,  approximately  45%  of  which  is  committed  for  Asia,  and  the 
remainder of which is committed for Europe). Of such approved amount, $10.1 million in purchase orders had been issued to third-party vendors as 
of December 31, 2021. Our capital spending varies each period based on, among other things, the timing of new business wins and forecasted sales 
levels. Based on our current plans, we anticipate capital spending for 2022 to be approximately 1.5% to 2.0% of revenue, and expect to fund these 
expenditures  from  cash  on  hand  and  through  the  financing  agreements  described  below  under  "Capital  Resources."  Our  intended  2022  capital 
spending includes expenditures to support growth in our HPS business and our ATS segment.

Cash outlays for our contractual obligations and commitments identified in the tables above are expected to be funded 

from cash on hand and through the financing agreements described below under "Capital Resources." 

Financing Arrangements:

The  Second  Incremental  Term  Loan  requires  quarterly  principal  repayments  (commencing  March  31,  2022)  of 
$4.5625  million,  and  each  of  the  Term  Loans  requires  a  lump  sum  repayment  of  the  remainder  outstanding  at  maturity.  As 
described above, we are also required to make annual prepayments of outstanding obligations under the Credit Facility based on 
specified  ECF  and  net  cash  proceeds.  Although  no  such  prepayments  will  be  required  in  2022,  mandatory  Credit  Facility 
prepayments  based  on  ECF  and/or  net  cash  proceeds  may  be  required  in  future  years.  Any  outstanding  amounts  under  the 
Revolver are due at maturity. Annual interest expense and fees under the Credit Facility, including the impact of our interest 
rate swap agreements, based on amounts and swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2021, are approximately $21 
million. Interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Credit Facility are described under "Capital Resources" below.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We do not believe that the aggregate amounts outstanding under our Credit Facility as at December 31, 2021 ($660.4 
million under the Term Loans, and $21.0 million in ordinary course letters of credit), had or will have a material adverse impact 
on  our  liquidity,  our  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition  (unless  our  debt  obligations  mature  without  refinancing).  In 
addition, although our cash balance decreased by approximately $110 million in connection with our acquisition of PCI, our 
availability under the Revolver increased by $150.0 million as part of our December 2021 amendment to the Credit Facility. 
See  "Capital  Resources"  below  for  a  description  of  our  available  sources  of  liquidity.  We  believe  that  our  current  level  of 
leverage is acceptable for a company of our size.

However,  our  current  outstanding  indebtedness,  and  the  mandatory  prepayment  provisions  of  the  Credit  Facility 
(described above), require us to use a portion of our cash flow to service such debt, and may reduce our ability to fund future 
acquisitions  and/or  to  respond  to  unexpected  capital  requirements;  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  future 
investments, working capital, or other corporate purposes; limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to 
us or at all; limit our flexibility to plan for and adjust to changing business and market conditions; increase our vulnerability to 
general  adverse  economic  and  industry  conditions;  and/or  reduce  our  debt  agency  ratings.  Existing  or  increased  third-party 
indebtedness could have a variety of other adverse effects, including: (i) default and foreclosure on our assets if refinancing is 
unavailable on acceptable terms and we have insufficient funds to repay the debt obligations when due; and (ii) acceleration of 
such indebtedness or cross-defaults if we breach applicable financial or other covenants and such breaches are not waived.

In  addition,  the  Credit  Facility  contains  restrictive  covenants  that  limit  our  ability  to  engage  in  specified  types  of 
transactions and prohibit share repurchases for cancellation if our leverage ratio (as defined in such facility) exceeds a specified 
amount, as well as specified financial covenants (described in "Capital Resources" below). We expect to remain in compliance 
with  restrictive  and  financial  covenants  under  the  Credit  Facility.  However,  our  ability  to  maintain  compliance  with  such 
financial  covenants  will  depend  on  our  ongoing  financial  and  operating  performance,  which,  in  turn,  may  be  impacted  by 
economic conditions and financial, market, and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our control. A breach of any 
such covenants could result in a default under the instruments governing our indebtedness. See "Capital Resources" below for a 
discussion of certain covenant waivers obtained in Q4 2019.

At December 31, 2021, $45.8 million of A/R were sold under our current A/R sales program (December 31, 2020 — 
$119.7 million; December 31, 2019 — $90.6 million). We currently use, and may in future periods increase the amounts we 
offer to sell under, our A/R sales program as a cost-effective alternative to drawing additional amounts on our Revolver to meet 
our ordinary course cash requirements. In order to offset the impact of extended payment terms for particular customers on our 
working  capital,  we  also  participate  in  three  customer  SFPs  (including  an  SFP  for  a  PCI  customer  as  of  the  PCI  acquisition 
date),  pursuant  to  which  we  sell  A/R  from  such  customers  to  third-party  banks  on  an  uncommitted  basis  to  receive  earlier 
payment. At December 31, 2021, an aggregate of $98.0 million of A/R were sold under the three SFPs, including $21.5 million 
sold under the SFP for the PCI customer (December 31, 2020 — $65.3 million sold under two SFPs; December 31, 2019 — 
$50.4 million sold under two SFPs). See "Capital Resources" below for a description of our A/R sales program and SFPs. 

Repatriations:

As  at  December  31,  2021,  a  significant  portion  of  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  was  held  by  foreign  subsidiaries 
outside of Canada, a large part of which may be subject to withholding taxes upon repatriation under current tax laws. Cash and 
cash  equivalents  held  by  subsidiaries,  which  we  do  not  intend  to  repatriate  in  the  foreseeable  future,  are  not  subject  to  these 
withholding  taxes.  We  repatriated  approximately  $90  million  of  cash  in  2021  from  various  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries,  and 
remitted  related  previously-accrued  withholding  taxes  (approximately  $7  million).  We  currently  expect  to  repatriate  an 
aggregate of approximately $200 million of cash in the foreseeable future from various foreign subsidiaries, and have recorded 
anticipated  related  withholding  taxes  as  deferred  income  tax  liabilities  (approximately  $15  million).  While  some  of  our 
subsidiaries are subject to local governmental restrictions on the flow of capital into and out of their jurisdictions (including in 
the form of cash dividends, loans or advances to us), which is required or desirable from time to time to meet our international 
working  capital  needs  and  other  business  objectives  (as  described  above),  these  restrictions  have  not  had  (and  are  not 
reasonably  likely  to  have)  a  material  impact  on  our  ability  to  meet  our  cash  obligations.  At  December  31,  2021,  we  had 
approximately  $250  million  (December  31,  2020  —  $320  million)  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  by  foreign  subsidiaries 
outside of Canada that we do not intend to repatriate in the foreseeable future. 

76

 
 
Capital Expenditures:

Our capital spending varies each period based on, among other things, the timing of new business wins and forecasted 
sales levels. See footnote (iii) to the "Additional Commitments" table above for a description of approved capital expenditure 
amounts as of December 31, 2021, and anticipated capital expenditures for 2022. We expect to fund these expenditures from 
cash on hand and through the financing agreements described below under "Capital Resources."

SVS Repurchases: 

We have funded and intend to continue to fund our SVS repurchases under our NCIBs, from cash on hand, borrowings 
under  the  Revolver,  or  a  combination  thereof.  We  have  funded,  and  expect  to  continue  to  fund,  SVS  repurchases  to  satisfy 
delivery obligations under SBC plan awards from cash on hand. The timing of, and the amounts paid for, these repurchases can 
vary from period to period. See "Cash provided by (used in) financing activities" above. Also see "Recent Developments" and 
note 12 to our 2021 AFS.

Restructuring Provision:

Our  restructuring  provision  as  of  February  22,  2022  is  approximately  $6  million.  We  expect  to  incur  incremental 

restructuring charges in 2022. We have funded and intend to continue to fund our restructuring provisions from cash on hand. 

Lease Obligations:

At  December  31,  2021,  we  had  a  total  of  $138.6  million  in  lease  obligations  outstanding  (December  31,  2020  — 

$122.7 million; December 31, 2019 — $116.1 million). Also see footnote (ii) to the "Contractual Obligations" table above.

Toronto Real Property and Related Transactions:

On  March  7,  2019,  we  completed  the  sale  of  our  Toronto  real  property  (which  included  the  site  of  our  corporate 
headquarters  and  our  Toronto  manufacturing  operations)  and  received  the  $113.0  million  in  Toronto  Proceeds.  The  $102.0 
million  Property  Gain  was  recorded  in  other  charges  (recoveries)  in  Q1  2019.  Also  see  "Related  Party  Transactions"  below. 
Related  relocations,  and  capitalized  costs  and  transition  costs  incurred  in  connection  therewith  (including  a  total  of  $10.0 
million  of  such  costs  in  2019),  are  described  under  the  caption  "Cash  requirements  —  Toronto  Real  Property  and  Related 
Transactions" of Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects, of our 2020 Annual Report on Form 20-F. As part of 
the  property  sale,  we  entered  into  a  10-year  lease  in  March  2019  with  the  purchaser  of  the  property  for  our  new  corporate 
headquarters. The commencement date of this lease will be determined by such purchaser based on completion of construction 
of the new building, and is currently targeted for May 2023, with occupancy in November 2023. Our estimated annual basic 
rent  will  be  approximately  $2.1  million  Canadian  dollars  for  each  of  the  first  five  years,  and  approximately  $2.2  million 
Canadian dollars for each of the remaining five years. We may, at our option, extend this lease for two further consecutive five-
year periods. Our temporary headquarters lease expires in January 2023, but can be extended for an additional one-year period. 
We intend to exercise this extension option.  

COVID-19 Costs: 

Although  we  expect  to  continue  to  incur  COVID-19  Costs  in  2022,  particularly  related  to  manufacturing  inefficiencies 
resulting  from  continuing  global  supply  constraints,  we  cannot  quantify  anticipated  amounts.  Adverse  COVID-19-related 
impacts were in part mitigated by COVID Recoveries recorded in 2020 and 2021, however, we do not anticipate that such relief 
will be available to us in 2022.

Litigation and contingencies (including indemnities):

In  the  normal  course  of  our  operations,  we  may  be  subject  to  lawsuits,  investigations  and  other  claims,  including 
environmental, labor, product, customer disputes, and other matters. Management believes that adequate provisions have been 
recorded  where  required.  Although  it  is  not  always  possible  to  estimate  the  extent  of  potential  costs,  if  any,  management 
believes  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  such  pending  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial 
performance, financial position or liquidity. See "Operating Results — Income Taxes" above for a description of a Brazilian 
sales tax matter and a Romanian income and value-added tax matter. 

77

 
 
We  provide  routine  indemnifications,  the  terms  of  which  range  in  duration  and  scope,  and  often  are  not  explicitly 
defined,  including  for  third-party  intellectual  property  infringement,  certain  negligence  claims,  and  for  our  directors  and 
officers. We have also provided indemnifications in connection with the sale of certain assets. The maximum potential liability 
from these indemnifications cannot be reasonably estimated. In some cases, we have recourse against other parties or insurance 
to mitigate our risk of loss from these indemnifications. Historically, we have not made significant payments relating to these 
types of indemnifications.

Also see note 24 to the 2021 AFS.

Capital Resources

Our capital resources consist of cash provided by operating activities, access to the Revolver, uncommitted intraday 
and overnight bank overdraft facilities, an uncommitted A/R sales program, three uncommitted SFPs, and our ability to issue 
debt  or  equity  securities.  We  regularly  review  our  borrowing  capacity  and  make  adjustments,  as  permitted,  for  changes  in 
economic conditions and changes in our requirements. We centrally manage our funding and treasury activities in accordance 
with  corporate  policies,  and  our  main  objectives  are  to  ensure  appropriate  levels  of  liquidity,  to  have  funds  available  for 
working  capital  or  other  investments  we  determine  are  required  to  grow  our  business,  to  comply  with  debt  covenants,  to 
maintain adequate levels of insurance, and to balance our exposures to market risks.

At December 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $394.0 million (December 31, 2020 — $463.8 million), 
the majority of which was denominated in U.S. dollars. We also held cash and cash equivalents in the following currencies: 
British pound sterling, Brazilian real, Canadian dollar, Chinese renminbi, Czech koruna, Euro, Hong Kong dollar, Indian rupee, 
Indonesian  rupiah,  Japanese  yen,  Korean  won,  Lao  kip,  Malaysian  ringgit,  Mexican  peso,  Philippines  peso,  Romanian  leu, 
Singapore  dollar,  Taiwan  dollar,  and  Thai  baht.  Our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  subject  to  intra-quarter  swings,  generally 
related to the timing of A/R collections, inventory purchases and payments, and other capital uses.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  an  aggregate  of  $660.4  million  was  outstanding  under  the  Term  Loans,  and  other  than 
ordinary course letters of credit, no amounts were outstanding under the Revolver (December 31, 2020 — $470.4 million was 
outstanding under the Initial Term Loan and the First Incremental Term Loan, and other than ordinary course letters of credit, 
no  amounts  were  outstanding  under  the  Revolver).  See  "Liquidity  —  Cash  provided  by  (used  in)  financing  activities  — 
Financing and Finance Costs" above for a discussion of amounts borrowed and repaid under our Credit Facility during 2019, 
2020 and 2021. Except under specified circumstances, and subject to the payment of breakage costs (if any), we are generally 
permitted to make voluntary prepayments of outstanding amounts under the Revolver and the Term Loans without any other 
premium or penalty. Repaid amounts on the Term Loans may not be re-borrowed. Repaid amounts on the Revolver may be re-
borrowed. At December 31, 2021, we had $579.0 million available under the Revolver for future borrowings, after reflecting 
outstanding letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility (December 31, 2020 — $428.7 million of availability).

The  Credit  Facility  has  an  accordion  feature  that  allows  us  to  increase  the  term  loans  and/or  revolving  loan 
commitments  thereunder  by  $150.0  million,  plus  an  unlimited  amount  to  the  extent  that  a  specified  leverage  ratio  on  a  pro 
forma basis does not exceed specified limits, in each case on an uncommitted basis and subject to the satisfaction of certain 
terms  and  conditions.  The  Revolver  also  includes  a  $50.0  million  sub-limit  for  swing  line  loans,  providing  for  short-term 
borrowings up to a maximum of ten business days, as well as a $150.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit, in each case subject 
to  the  overall  Revolver  credit  limit.  The  Revolver  permits  us  and  certain  designated  subsidiaries  to  borrow  funds  (subject  to 
specified  conditions)  for  general  corporate  purposes,  including  for  capital  expenditures,  certain  acquisitions,  and  working 
capital needs. 

Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest, depending on the currency of the borrowing and our election for such 
currency, at LIBOR, Base Rate, Canadian Prime, an Alternative Currency Daily Rate, or an Alternative Currency Term Rate  
(each as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a specified margin. The margin for borrowings under the Revolver and the Second 
Incremental Term Loan ranges from 1.50% to 2.25% for LIBOR borrowings and Alternative Currency borrowings, and from 
0.50%  to  1.25%  for  Base  Rate  and  Canadian  Prime  borrowings,  in  each  case  depending  on  the  rate  we  select  and  our 
consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility). Commitment fees range from 0.30% to 0.45% depending on our 
consolidated  leverage  ratio.  The  Initial  Term  Loan  currently  bears  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  2.125%.  The  Second  Incremental 
Term  Loan  currently  bears  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  2.0%.  See  "Financial  instruments  and  financial  risks"  below  for  a 
description  of  the  LIBOR  successor  provisions  under  the  Credit  Facility.  Prior  to  the  December  2021  Credit  Facility 

78

 
 
amendment, the margin for borrowings under the Revolver ranged from 0.75% to 2.5%, commitment fees ranged from 0.35% 
to 0.50%, in each case depending on the rate we selected and our consolidated leverage ratio, the Initial Term Loan bore interest 
at LIBOR plus 2.125%, and the First Incremental Term Loan bore interest at LIBOR plus 2.5%. 

As  part  of  our  risk  management  program,  we  attempt  to  mitigate  interest  rate  risk  through  interest  rate  swaps.  At 
December 31, 2021, we had: (i) interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 million of our Initial 
Term Loan borrowings that expire in August 2023 (Initial Swaps), and additional interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate 
risk  associated  with  $100.0  million  of  our  Initial  Term  Loan  borrowings,  for  which  the  cash  flows  commence  upon  the 
expiration  of  the  Initial  Swaps  and  continue  through  June  2024  (First  Extended  Initial  Swaps)  and  (ii)  interest  rate  swaps 
hedging  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  $100.0  million  of  our  Second  Incremental  Loan  borrowings,  which  expire  in 
December 2023 (Incremental Swaps). Prior to repayment in full of the First Incremental Term Loan on December 6, 2021, we 
had  interest  rate  swaps  hedging  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  $100.0  million  of  outstanding  borrowings  thereunder, 
which were scheduled to expire in December 2023. As the First Incremental Term Loan and the Second Incremental Term Loan 
have the same interest rate risk, these interest rate swaps continued, and now cover $100.0 million of outstanding borrowings 
under the Second Incremental Term Loan. At December 31, 2021, the interest rate risk related to $460.4 million of borrowings 
under the Credit Facility was unhedged (December 31, 2020 — $195.4 million unhedged). In February 2022, we entered into 
the following additional interest rate swaps with various third-party banks: (i) interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk 
associated with $100.0 million of our Initial Term Loan borrowings (and any subsequent term loans replacing the Initial Term 
Loan), for which the cash flows commence upon expiration of the First Extended Initial Swaps and continue through December 
2025 (Second Extended Initial Swaps), (ii) interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 million of 
our Second Incremental Term Loan borrowings, for which the cash flows commence upon expiration of the Incremental Swaps 
and continue through December 2025 (First Extended Incremental Swaps), and (iii) interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate 
risk associated with another $130.0 million of our Second Incremental Term Loan borrowings (Additional Incremental Swaps) 
effective from February 2022 through December 2025. We have an option to cancel up to $50.0 of the notional amount of the 
Additional Incremental Swaps from January 2024 through October 2025. A one-percentage point increase in applicable interest 
rates would increase interest expense, based on the outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and swap agreements at 
December  31,  2021,  by  $4.6  million  annually,  and  by  $6.6  million  annually,  without  accounting  for  such  swap  agreements. 
Upon execution of the Additional Incremental Swaps, our unhedged obligations under the Credit Facility were reduced from 
$460.4 million to $330.4 million. A one-percentage point increase in applicable interest rates would increase interest expense, 
based  on  the  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  and  swap  agreements  at  February  22,  2022,  by  $3.3  million 
annually. See note 20(b) to our 2021 AFS for further information regarding our interest rate swap agreements.

We are required to comply with certain restrictive covenants under the Credit Facility, including those relating to the 
incurrence of certain indebtedness, the existence of certain liens, the sale of certain assets, specified investments and payments, 
sale and leaseback transactions, and certain financial covenants relating to a defined interest coverage ratio and leverage ratio 
that are tested on a quarterly basis. Our Credit Facility also prohibits share repurchases for cancellation if our leverage ratio (as 
defined in such facility) exceeds a specified amount (Repurchase Restriction). At December 31, 2021, we were in compliance 
with all restrictive and financial covenants under the Credit Facility. As previously disclosed, we were not in compliance with 
certain restrictive covenants related to the Repurchase Restriction with respect to approximately $17.0 million in excess share 
purchases made in May 2019 under our then-current NCIB. These defaults, as well as related cross defaults, were waived in 
October  2019.  The  Repurchase  Restriction  is  not  currently  in  effect,  nor  was  it  in  effect  during  2020  or  2021  (or  at 
December 31, 2021). The obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by us and certain specified subsidiaries. Subject 
to specified exemptions and limitations, all assets of the guarantors are pledged as security for the obligations under the Credit 
Facility. The Credit Facility contains customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing (and is not 
waived),  the  administrative  agent  may  declare  all  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Facility  to  be  immediately  due  and 
payable  and  may  cancel  the  lenders’  commitments  to  make  further  advances  thereunder.  In  the  event  of  a  payment  or  other 
specified defaults, outstanding obligations accrue interest at a specified default rate.

At December 31, 2021, we had $21.0 million outstanding in letters of credit under the Revolver (December 31, 2020 
— $21.3 million). We also arrange letters of credit and surety bonds outside of the Revolver. At December 31, 2021, we had 
$27.1 million of such letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding (December 31, 2020 — $20.2 million).

At  December  31,  2021,  we  also  had  a  total  of  $198.5  million  in  uncommitted  bank  overdraft  facilities  available  for 
intraday  and  overnight  operating  requirements  (December  31,  2020  —  $162.7  million).  There  were  no  amounts  outstanding 
under these overdraft facilities at December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.

Although our leverage increased with the additional borrowings to finance the PCI acquisition, our priority continues 

to be to improve our leverage and reduce our future interest costs.

79

 
 
 
 
We  entered  into  an  agreement  in  March  2020  with  a  third-party  bank  to  sell  up  to  $300.0  million  in  A/R  on  an 
uncommitted basis, subject to pre-determined limits by customer. This one-year agreement provides for automatic annual one-
year extensions, and was so extended in each of March 2021 and March 2022. This agreement may be terminated at any time 
by  the  bank  or  by  us  upon  3  months'  prior  notice,  or  by  the  bank  upon  specified  defaults.  We  also  participate  in  three  SFPs 
(including an SFP for a PCI customer as a result of our acquisition in November 2021), pursuant to which we sell A/R from the 
relevant customer to third-party banks on an uncommitted basis to receive earlier payment (substantially offsetting the effect of 
such customer's extended payment terms on our working capital for the period). The SFPs have indefinite terms and may be 
terminated  at  any  time  by  the  customer  or  by  us  upon  specified  prior  notice.  A/R  are  sold  under  these  arrangements  net  of 
discount charges. As our A/R sales program and the SFPs are on an uncommitted basis, there can be no assurance that any of 
the banks will purchase any of the A/R we intend to sell to them thereunder. However, as the A/R that we offer to sell under 
these programs are largely from customers we deem to be creditworthy, we believe that such offers will continue to be accepted 
notwithstanding the current environment. See "Cash Requirements — Financing Arrangements" above for a description of A/R 
amounts sold under these arrangements during 2019 through 2021.

The timing and the amounts we borrow and repay under our Revolver and overdraft facilities, or sell under the SFPs or 
our  A/R  sales  program,  can  vary  significantly  from  month-to-month  depending  on  our  working  capital  and  other  cash 
requirements. We may increase the amounts we offer to sell under our A/R sales program in future periods as a cost-effective 
alternative to drawing amounts on our Revolver to meet our ordinary course cash requirements. 

Our strategy on capital risk management has not changed significantly since the end of 2020. Other than the restrictive 
and  financial  covenants  associated  with  our  Credit  Facility  noted  above,  we  are  not  subject  to  any  contractual  or  regulatory 
capital requirements. While some of our international operations are subject to government restrictions on the flow of capital 
into and out of their jurisdictions, these restrictions have not had a material impact on our operations or cash flows.

Financial instruments and financial risks:

We are exposed to a variety of risks associated with financial instruments and otherwise.

Currency  risk:  Due  to  the  global  nature  of  our  operations,  we  are  exposed  to  exchange  rate  fluctuations  on  our 
financial instruments denominated in various currencies. Although the majority of our cash balances, pricing to customers, and 
materials costs are denominated in U.S. dollars, a significant portion of our non-materials costs (including payroll, pensions, 
site costs, costs of locally sourced supplies and inventory, and income taxes) are denominated in various other currencies. As a 
result,  we  may  experience  foreign  exchange  gains  or  losses  on  translation  or  transactions  due  to  currency  fluctuations.  The 
majority  of  our  currency  risk  is  driven  by  such  costs,  incurred  in  local  currencies  by  our  subsidiaries.  As  part  of  our  risk 
management program, we attempt to mitigate currency risk through a hedging program using forecasts of our anticipated future 
cash  flows  and  monetary  assets  and  monetary  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  We  enter  into  foreign  currency 
forward  contracts  to  hedge  our  cash  flow  exposures  and  swaps  to  hedge  our  exposures  of  monetary  assets  and  monetary 
liabilities  (Economic  Hedges),  generally  for  periods  of  up  to  12  months,  to  lock  in  the  exchange  rates  for  future  foreign 
currency transactions, which is intended to reduce the foreign currency risk related to our operating costs and future cash flows 
denominated  in  local  currencies.  Economic  Hedges  are  based  on  our  forecasts  of  the  future  position  of  anticipated  monetary 
assets  and  monetary  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  and  therefore  may  not  mitigate  the  full  impact  of  any 
translation  impacts  in  the  future.  As  for  our  cash  flow  hedges,  while  these  contracts  are  intended  to  reduce  the  effects  of 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on our operating costs and cash flows, our hedging strategy does not mitigate 
the longer-term impacts of changes to foreign exchange rates. Although our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, currency risk 
on our income tax expense arises as we are generally required to file our tax returns in the local currency for each particular 
country in which we have operations. While our hedging program is designed to mitigate currency risk vis-à-vis the U.S. dollar, 
we  remain  subject  to  taxable  foreign  exchange  impacts  in  our  translated  local  currency  financial  results  relevant  for  tax 
reporting purposes. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.  

See note 20 to our 2021 AFS for a listing of our foreign currency forwards and swaps to trade U.S. dollars in exchange 
for  specified  currencies  at  December  31,  2021.  The  fair  value  of  the  outstanding  contracts  at  December  31,  2021  was  a  net 
unrealized  gain  of  $1.2  million  (December  31,  2020  —  net  unrealized  gain  of  $23.3  million),  resulting  from  fluctuations  in 
foreign  exchange  rates  between  the  contract  execution  and  the  period-end  date.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  hedging 
transactions will be successful in mitigating our foreign exchange risk. 

80

 
 
 
  
 
We cannot predict changes in currency exchange rates, the impact of exchange rate changes on our operating results, 
nor the degree to which we will be able to manage the impact of currency exchange rate changes. Such changes could have a 
material effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Interest  rate  risk:  Borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  bear  interest  at  specified  rates,  plus  specified  margins 
(described above). We have entered into agreements to swap the variable interest rates with fixed rates of interest with respect 
to  a  portion  of  the  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Term  Loans  (described  above).  Unhedged  borrowings  ($460.4  million  at 
December  31,  2021)  expose  us  to  interest  rate  risk  due  to  the  potential  variability  in  market  interest  rates.  A  one-percentage 
point increase in applicable interest rates would increase interest expense, based on outstanding borrowings under the Credit 
Facility  and  interest  rate  swap  agreements  at  December  31,  2021,  by  $4.6  million  annually,  and  by  $6.6  million  annually, 
without accounting for such swap agreements. At December 31, 2021, the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements was a 
net unrealized loss of $6.9 million (December 31, 2020 — aggregate unrealized loss of $16.5 million, which we record on our 
consolidated balance sheet. The change in the fair value of the swaps is partly a result of the recent increases in the forward 
interest rates compared to our fixed rates. An increase in forward interest rates would cause a further reduction in the amount of 
the loss. 

Global reform of major interest rate benchmarks is currently underway, including the anticipated replacement of some 
Interbank  Offered  Rates  (including  LIBOR)  with  alternative  nearly  risk-free  rates.  We  have  obligations  under  our  Credit 
Facility,  and  certain  lease  arrangements  and  derivative  instruments,  that  are  indexed  to  LIBOR  (LIBOR  Agreements).  The 
interest rates under these agreements are subject to change when relevant LIBOR benchmark rates cease to exist. There remains 
uncertainty over the timing and methods of transition to such alternate rates. 

Our Credit Facility provides that when the administrative agent, the majority of lenders or we determine that LIBOR 
(or the corresponding rate for any Alternative Currency, as defined in the Credit Facility), is unavailable or being replaced (or, 
in  the  case  of  LIBOR  borrowings  under  the  Revolver  and  the  Second  Incremental  Term  Loan,  at  our  joint  election  with  the 
administrative agent), then we and the administrative agent may amend the underlying credit agreement to reflect a successor 
rate as specified therein. Once LIBOR becomes unavailable, if no successor rate has been established, applicable loans under 
the Credit Facility accruing interest at LIBOR will convert to Base Rate loans. The Credit Facility has not yet been amended to 
reflect a successor rate for LIBOR. Certain of our lease arrangements that include progress payments provide that a successor 
rate  will  be  determined  by  the  lessor  when  LIBOR  ceases  to  be  available  or  is  no  longer  representative,  or  if  earlier,  by 
mutually-agreed  amendments  to  the  lease  agreement  to  adopt  a  replacement  benchmark.  It  remains  uncertain  when  the 
benchmark transitions will be complete or what replacement rates will be used. 

Our  variable  rate  Term  Loans  are  partially  hedged  with  interest  rate  swap  agreements.  Hedge  ineffectiveness  could 
result  due  to  the  cessation  of  LIBOR,  if  such  agreements  transition  using  a  different  benchmark  or  spread  adjustment  as 
compared to the underlying hedged debt. The Second Extended Initial Swaps, the First Extended Incremental Swaps and the 
Additional Incremental Swaps mirror the LIBOR successor provisions under the Credit Facility. As of February 22, 2022, we 
are  in  the  process  of  negotiating  a  successor  rate  to  LIBOR  with  one  of  the  two  counterparty  banks  under  the  Incremental 
Swaps (with a notional amount of $50.0 million), to ensure that such agreements mirror the LIBOR successor provisions under 
the Credit Facility. However, we cannot assure the outcome of these negotiations, or what the LIBOR successor provisions will 
be. We have not begun the process to amend relevant LIBOR provisions with the other counterparty bank, or the counterparty 
banks  under  the  Initial  Swaps  or  the  First  Extended  Initial  Swaps.  As  a  result,  we  cannot  assure  that  benchmark  transitions 
under all of our interest rate swap agreements will be successful, or if so, what replacement rates will be used. 

In  addition  to  the  LIBOR  Agreements  described  above,  our  A/R  sales  program  and  three  customers  SFPs  have 
transitioned to alternative benchmark rates with predetermined spreads, with no significant impact on our consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. 

While we expect that reasonable alternatives to LIBOR benchmarks will be implemented in advance of their cessation 
dates, we cannot assure that this will be the case. If LIBOR is no longer available and the alternative reference rate is higher, 
interest rates under the affected LIBOR Agreements would increase, which would adversely impact our interest expense, our 
financial performance and cash flows. We will continue to monitor developments with respect to the cessation of LIBOR, and 
will evaluate potential impacts on our LIBOR Agreements, processes, systems, risk management methodology and valuations, 
financial  reporting,  taxes,  and  financial  results.  We  are  currently  unable  to  predict  what  the  future  replacement  rates  or 
consequences on our operations or financial results will be. 

81

 
 
Credit risk: Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty may default on its contractual obligations resulting in a 
financial  loss  to  us.  We  believe  our  credit  risk  of  counterparty  non-performance  continues  to  be  relatively  low.  We  are  in 
regular contact with our customers, suppliers and logistics providers, and have not experienced significant counterparty credit-
related  non-performance  during  2021  or  to  date.  However,  if  a  key  supplier  (or  any  company  within  such  supplier's  supply 
chain) or customer fails to comply with their contractual obligations, this could result in a significant financial loss to us. We 
would also suffer a significant financial loss if an institution from which we purchased foreign currency exchange contracts or 
swaps,  interest  rate  swaps,  or  annuities  for  our  pension  plans  defaults  on  their  contractual  obligations.  With  respect  to  our 
financial market activities, we have adopted a policy of dealing only with credit-worthy counterparties to help mitigate the risk 
of  financial  loss  from  defaults.  We  monitor  the  credit  risk  of  the  counterparties  with  whom  we  conduct  business,  through  a 
combined process of credit rating reviews and portfolio reviews. 

We  also  provide  unsecured  credit  to  our  customers  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Customer  exposures  that 
potentially  subject  us  to  credit  risk  include  our  A/R,  inventory  on  hand,  and  non-cancellable  purchase  orders  in  support  of 
customer  demand.  From  time  to  time,  we  extend  the  payment  terms  applicable  to  certain  customers,  and/or  provide  longer 
payment  terms  when  deemed  commercially  reasonable.  Longer  payment  terms  could  adversely  impact  our  working  capital 
requirements, and increase our financial exposure and credit risk. We attempt to mitigate customer credit risk by monitoring our 
customers’ financial condition and performing ongoing credit evaluations as appropriate. In certain instances, we obtain letters 
of credit or other forms of security from our customers. We may also purchase credit insurance from a financial institution to 
reduce our credit exposure to certain customers. We consider credit risk in determining our allowance for doubtful accounts, 
and we believe that such allowance, as adjusted from time to time, is adequate. In light of COVID-19, we assessed the financial 
stability and liquidity of our customers in Q1 2020 to identify customers we believe to be at greatest risk of default. We also 
enhanced  the  monitoring  of,  and/or  developed  plans  intended  to  mitigate,  the  limited  number  of  identified  exposures  in  Q1 
2020,  which  enhancements  and  plans  remain  in  effect.  No  significant  adjustments  were  made  to  our  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts during 2021 in connection with our on-going assessments and monitoring initiatives. At December 31, 2021, less than 
2%  of  our  gross  A/R  were  over  90  days  past  due  (December  31,  2020  —  1%).  A/R  are  net  of  an  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts of $5.7 million at December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 — $5.0 million).

Liquidity risk: Liquidity risk is the risk that we may not have cash available to satisfy our financial obligations as they 
come  due.  The  majority  of  our  financial  liabilities  recorded  in  accounts  payable,  accrued  and  other  current  liabilities  and 
provisions  are  due  within  90  days.  We  manage  liquidity  risk  by  maintaining  a  portfolio  of  liquid  funds  and  investments  and 
having access to a revolving credit facility, uncommitted intraday and overnight bank overdraft facilities, an A/R sales program 
and three customer SFPs. Since our A/R sales program and customer SFPs are each uncommitted, there can be no assurance 
that any participant bank will purchase any of the A/R that we wish to sell. We believe, however, that cash flow from operating 
activities,  together  with  cash  on  hand,  cash  from  accepted  sales  of  A/R,  and  borrowings  available  under  the  Revolver  and 
potentially  available  under  uncommitted  intraday  and  overnight  bank  overdraft  facilities  are  sufficient  to  fund  our  currently 
anticipated financial obligations, and will remain available in the current environment. See "Cash Requirements" above.

Commodity price risk: We are exposed to market risk with respect to commodity price fluctuations for components 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  our  products.  These  components  are  impacted  by  global  pricing  pressures,  general  economic 
conditions,  market  conditions,  geopolitical  issues,  weather,  changes  in  tariff  rates,  and  other  factors  which  are  neither 
predictable nor within our control. While generally we have been able to offset inflation and other changes in the costs of key 
operating resources through price increases, productivity improvements, greater economies of scale, supplier negotiations and 
global sourcing initiatives, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future. We do not engage in 
hedging  activities  for  commodity  price  risk.  Competitive  conditions  may  limit  our  pricing  flexibility,  and  macroeconomic 
conditions  may  make  additional  price  increases  imprudent.  Increases  in  commodity  prices  that  we  cannot  recover  from  our 
customers would adversely impact our operating results. We are also exposed to fluctuations in transportation costs, which have 
recently increased based on freight carrier capacity and fuel prices. We manage transportation costs by optimizing logistics and 
supply chain planning. We continue to invest in supply chain initiatives to address industry-wide capacity challenges.

See note 20 to the 2021 AFS for further detail.

82

Related Party Transactions

Onex Corporation (Onex) beneficially owns, controls, or directs, directly or indirectly, all of our outstanding multiple 
voting  shares  (MVS).  Accordingly,  Onex  has  the  ability  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  our  business  and  affairs  and 
generally has the power to determine all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders where the SVS and MVS vote together 
as a single class. Mr. Gerald Schwartz, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Onex, indirectly owns shares 
representing the majority of the voting rights of the shares of Onex.

Onex has entered into an agreement with Celestica and with Computershare Trust Company of Canada (as successor to 
the Montreal Trust Company of Canada), as trustee for the benefit of the holders of the SVS, to ensure that such holders will 
not be deprived of any rights under applicable take-over bid legislation to which they would be otherwise entitled in the event 
of a take-over bid (as defined in such legislation) if MVS and SVS were of a single class of shares. Subject to certain permitted 
forms of sale, such as identical or better offers to all holders of SVS, Onex has agreed that it, and any of its affiliates that may 
hold MVS from time to time, will not sell any MVS, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a take-over bid (as that term is defined 
under applicable securities legislation) under circumstances in which any applicable securities legislation would have required 
the  same  offer  or  a  follow-up  offer  to  be  made  to  holders  of  SVS  if  the  sale  had  been  a  sale  of  SVS  rather  than  MVS,  but 
otherwise on the same terms.

We  are  party  to  a  Services  Agreement  with  Onex  for  the  services  of  Mr.  Tawfiq  Popatia,  an  officer  of  Onex,  as  a 
director  of  Celestica,  pursuant  to  which  Onex  receives  an  annual  fee  of  $235,000,  payable  in  DSUs  in  equal  quarterly 
installments in arrears, as compensation for such services. The Services Agreement automatically renews for successive one-
year terms unless either party provides a notice of intent not to renew. The Services Agreement terminates automatically and 
the rights of Onex to receive compensation (other than accrued and unpaid compensation) will terminate (a) 30 days after the 
first day on which Onex ceases to hold at least one MVS of Celestica or any successor company or (b) the date Mr. Popatia 
ceases to be a director of Celestica for any reason.

A consortium of four real estate partnerships, approximately 27% of the interests of which are held by a privately-held 
partnership  in  which  Mr.  Schwartz  has  a  material  interest;  and  approximately  25%  of  the  interests  of  which  are  held  by  a 
partnership  in  which  Mr.  Schwartz  has  a  non-voting  interest,  holds  a  5%  non-voting  interest  in  the  purchaser  of  our  former 
Toronto real property.

Outstanding Share Data 

As of February 22, 2022, we had 105,891,214 outstanding SVS and 18,600,193 outstanding MVS. As of such date, we 
also  had  404,353  outstanding  stock  options,  4,665,123  outstanding  RSUs,  5,519,307  outstanding  PSUs  assuming  vesting  of 
100% of the target amount granted (PSUs that will vest range from 0% to 200% of the target amount granted), and 2,215,089 
outstanding DSUs; each vested option or unit entitling the holder thereof to receive one SVS (or in certain cases, cash) pursuant 
to the terms thereof, subject to certain time or performance-based vesting conditions.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures:

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  a  system  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures 
(as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the U.S. Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information we are required 
to disclose in the reports that we file or submit under the U.S. Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported 
within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and 
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by 
an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the U.S. Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's 
management,  including  its  principal  executive  officer  or  officers  and  principal  financial  officer  or  officers,  or  persons 
performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

83

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management,  under  the  supervision  of  and  with  the  participation  of  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal 
financial  officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of 
December  31,  2021.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  have  concluded 
that, as of December 31, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to meet the requirements of Rules 13a-15(e) 
and 15d-15(e) under the U.S. Exchange Act.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
that  its  objectives  are  met.  Due  to  inherent  limitations  in  all  such  systems,  no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide  absolute 
assurance that all control issues within a company have been detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures are 
designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of our disclosure control system are met.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting:

We  did  not  identify  any  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  connection  with  our  evaluation 
thereof that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

On  November  1,  2021,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  PCI,  and  are  in  the  process  of  assessing  its  processes  and 
internal  controls.  Although  this  assessment  may  result  in  changes  to  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  do  not 
currently anticipate that the integration of PCI will result in changes that would materially affect, or would be reasonably likely 
to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting:

Reference is made to our Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting on page F-1 of our 2021 
Annual Report, of which this MD&A is a part. Our auditors, KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, 
have issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, which appears on page F-2 
of such 2021 Annual Report.

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Highlights (in millions, except percentages and per share amounts):

First
Quarter
Revenue    ...................................................... $ 1,318.6 
Gross margin    ..............................................
Net earnings (loss)     ...................................... $ 
Weighted average # of basic shares     ...........

  129.0 

 6.9 %

2020

2021

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

$ 1,492.4 

$ 1,550.5 

$ 1,386.6 

$ 1,234.9 

$ 1,420.3 

$ 1,467.4 

$ 1,512.1 

 7.3 %

 8.0 %

 8.2 %

 8.2 %

 8.3 %

 8.5 %

 9.4 %

(3.2)  $  13.3 

$  30.4 

$  20.1 

$  10.5 

$  26.3 

$  35.2 

$  31.9 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  128.9 

  127.6 

  125.4 

  124.8 

Weighted average # of diluted shares    ........

# of shares outstanding     ...............................

IFRS earnings (loss) per share:

  129.0 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  129.0 

  127.6 

  125.5 

  124.8 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  129.1 

  128.4 

  126.8 

  124.7 

  124.7 

basic   ......................................................... $  (0.02)  $  0.10 
diluted   ...................................................... $  (0.02)  $  0.10 

$  0.24 

$  0.16 

$  0.08 

$  0.21 

$  0.28 

$  0.26 

$  0.24 

$  0.16 

$  0.08 

$  0.21 

$  0.28 

$  0.26 

All quarters in the table above have been impacted by restructuring charges, the amounts of which vary from quarter to 

quarter. 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
Q4 2021 compared to Q4 2020:

Revenue of $1.51 billion for Q4 2021 increased $125.5 million, or 9% compared to Q4 2020, primarily due to revenue 
increases in our ATS segment. ATS segment revenue increased $119.6 million (23%) in Q4 2021 compared to Q4 2020, driven 
by  continued  strength  in  our  Capital  Equipment  business,  organic  growth  in  our  base  Industrial  business  and  two  months  of 
contribution from the PCI acquisition. Compared to Q4 2020, CCS segment revenue in Q4 2021 increased $5.9 million (1%), 
primarily due to strong demand from service provider customers, including in our HPS business, which was largely offset by 
the Cisco Disengagement and the impact of materials constraints. HPS revenue for Q4 2021 was approximately $350 million, 
and increased 66% from Q4 2020. Demand from service providers continues to be strong as they expand and upgrade their data 
centers  in  support  of  continued  cloud  and  on-line  requirements.  Our  Communications  end  market  revenue  increased  $4.9 
million  (1%)  in  Q4  2021  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period,  and  Enterprise  end  market  revenue  was  flat  in  Q4  2021 
compared to the prior year period. Gross profit increased $28.3 million in Q4 2021 compared to Q4 2020, and gross margin for 
Q4 2021 increased to 9.4% compared to 8.2% for Q4 2020. The increases in gross profit and gross margin were primarily due 
to a higher concentration of HPS business, strong contribution from our Capital Equipment business, and lower variable spend. 
CCS segment income for Q4 2021 increased to $38.9 million from $30.0 million in Q4 2020. CCS segment margin for Q4 2021 
increased to 4.4% of segment revenue, compared to 3.4% for Q4 2020. These increases were primarily due to more favorable 
mix, driven by an increased concentration of revenue from our HPS business. ATS segment income for Q4 2021 increased to 
$35.4 million from $20.0 million in Q4 2020, and ATS segment margin increased from 3.9% of segment revenue for Q4 2020 
to 5.6% for Q4 2021, primarily due to profitable growth in our Capital Equipment business and the addition of PCI, partially 
offset by headwinds in our A&D business. Net earnings increased to $31.9 million for Q4 2021 compared to net earnings of 
$20.1 million in Q4 2020, due primarily to the $28.3 million of higher gross profit in Q4 2021, offset in part by $6.1 million in 
higher SG&A expense and $2.9 million in higher other charges, for 2021 as compared to the prior year period.

Q4 2021 compared to Q3 2021:

Revenue  for  Q4  2021  increased  $44.7  million,  or  3%  compared  to  Q3  2021,  as  a  result  of  revenue  increases  in  our 
ATS  segment.  ATS  segment  revenue  increased  $44.4  million  (8%)  sequentially,  driven  by  continued  strength  in  our  Capital 
Equipment business and two months of contribution from the PCI acquisition. Compared to the previous quarter, CCS segment 
revenue was flat. Sequentially, our Communications end market revenue increased $20.7 million (4%), and our Enterprise end 
market  revenue  decreased  $20.4  million  (7%).  Gross  profit  increased  $16.7  million  in  Q4  2021  as  compared  to  Q3  2021, 
primarily as a result of higher revenue in Q4 2021. Gross margin increased to 9.4% in Q4 2021 compared to 8.5% in Q3 2021, 
due  to  higher  volumes  and  favorable  mix  across  several  businesses.  CCS  segment  income  increased  sequentially  by  $2.7 
million to $38.9 million for Q4 2021, and CCS segment margin for Q4 2021 increased to 4.4% of segment revenue compared to 
4.1% for Q3 2021, primarily due to improved mix and demand strength in HPS. ATS segment income increased sequentially by 
$10.3 million to $35.4 million in Q4 2021, and ATS segment margin increased from 4.3% in Q3 2021 to 5.6% for Q4 2021, 
primarily due to profitable growth in our base Industrial business and the addition of PCI. Net earnings of $31.9 million for Q4 
2021 decreased from Q3 2021 net earnings of $35.2 million, primarily due to  $14.8 million in higher other charges and SGA in 
Q4  2021,  offset  in  part  by  higher  gross  profit.  Other  charges  (recoveries)  for  Q3  2021  benefited  from  $9.2  million  in  legal 
recoveries (none in Q4 2021), which was offset in part by $4.7 million in higher acquisition costs, primarily related to PCI.

Selected Q4 2021 IFRS results (in millions, except percentages and per share amount, or as otherwise noted): 

IFRS revenue (in billions)     ..........................................................................................................................................................

IFRS earnings before income taxes      ............................................................................................................................................

IFRS earnings before income taxes as a % of revenue   ...............................................................................................................

IFRS SG&A     ...............................................................................................................................................................................

IFRS net earnings     .......................................................................................................................................................................

IFRS earnings per share (EPS)* (diluted)      ..................................................................................................................................

Actual

$1.51

$41.6

2.8%

$65.5

$31.9

$0.26

* IFRS EPS for Q4 2021 included an aggregate charge of $0.16 (pre-tax) per share for employee SBC expense, amortization of 
intangible  assets  (excluding  computer  software),  and  restructuring  charges.  This  aggregate  charge  was  within  our  Q4  2021 
guidance range of between $0.11 to $0.17 per share for these items.

85

 
Q4  2021  actual  compared  to  Q4  2021  guidance  (in  millions,  except  percentages  and  per  share  amounts,  or  as  otherwise 
noted):

IFRS revenue (in billions)     ........................................................................................................

Non-IFRS operating margin*      ..........................................................................

Q4 2021

Guidance

$1.425 to $1.575
4.5% at the mid-point of 
our revenue and non-IFRS 
adjusted EPS guidance 
ranges

Non-IFRS adjusted SG&A*   .....................................................................................................

Non-IFRS adjusted net earnings*    .............................................................................................

Non-IFRS adjusted EPS* (diluted)  .................................................................................

$62 to $64

N/A

$0.35 to $0.41

*  See above for the most directly-comparable IFRS financial measures.

Actual

$1.51

4.9% 

$59.9

$55.2

$0.44

For Q4 2021, our revenue was in-line with the mid-point of our guidance range and reflected anticipated growth from 
our ATS segment and contributions from our PCI acquisition. Non-IFRS adjusted EPS exceeded the high end of our guidance 
range, and our non-IFRS operating margin exceeded the mid-point of our revenue and non-IFRS adjusted EPS guidance ranges, 
each  of  which  benefited  from  strong  performance  in  both  of  our  segments,  despite  adverse  revenue  impacts  attributable  to 
materials shortages. Our non-IFRS adjusted SG&A was slightly below our guidance range. Our IFRS effective tax rate for Q4 
2021  was  23%.  Our  non-IFRS  adjusted  effective  tax  rate  for  Q4  2021  was  16%,  lower  than  our  anticipated  estimate  of 
approximately 19%, primarily due to favorable jurisdictional profit mix. 

Select 2021 results compared to 2020 (in millions, except percentages and per share amounts, or as otherwise noted): 

IFRS revenue (in billions)    ...................................................................................................................

IFRS earnings before income taxes  .....................................................................................................
IFRS earnings before income taxes as a % of revenue    .......................................................................
Non-IFRS operating earnings* ............................................................................................................
Non-IFRS operating margin*    ..............................................................................................................
IFRS income tax expense   ....................................................................................................................
IFRS effective tax rate (income tax expense as a percentage of IFRS earnings before income 
taxes)    ...................................................................................................................................................
Non-IFRS adjusted tax expense*   ........................................................................................................
Non-IFRS adjusted effective tax rate (non-IFRS adjusted tax expense as a percentage of non-
IFRS adjusted net earnings before income taxes)*   .............................................................................
IFRS net earnings   ................................................................................................................................
IFRS EPS (diluted)    ..............................................................................................................................
Non-IFRS adjusted net earnings*   .......................................................................................................
Non-IFRS adjusted EPS (diluted)*      ....................................................................................................
IFRS cash provided by operations      ......................................................................................................
Non-IFRS free cash flow*  ...................................................................................................................

2021

$5.63
$136.0
2.4%
$233.9
4.2%
$32.1

24%
$37.9

19%
$103.9
$0.82
$164.3
$1.30
$226.8
$114.8

2020

$5.75
$90.2
1.6%
$199.0
3.5%
$29.6

33%
$34.7

22%
$60.6
$0.47
$126.6
$0.98
$239.6
$126.0

As anticipated, 2021 revenue declined relative to 2020, reflecting the completion of the Cisco Disengagement in Q4 
2020, offset in part by higher than expected growth in our HPS business and ATS segment revenue. 2021 non-IFRS operating 
margin and non-IFRS adjusted EPS* increased relative to 2020, due in part to the achievement of ATS segment margin within 
our  target  range  of  5%  to  6%  during  Q4  2021,  and  the  high  end  of  our  target  CCS  segment  margin  range  of  2%  to  3% 
throughout 2021. Our IFRS effective tax rate for 2021 was 24%. Our 2021 non-IFRS adjusted effective tax rate of 19%, was 
lower than the mid-twenty-percent range previously anticipated, mainly due to favorable jurisdictional profit mix and tax items 
described in "Operating Results — Income Taxes" above. We generated $114.8 million of non-IFRS free cash flow*, delivering 
on our target of at least $100 million in non-IFRS free cash flow* for 2021. 

*    These  are  non-IFRS  financial  measures  without  standardized  meanings  and  may  not  be  comparable  to  similar  measures 
presented by other companies. A discussion of non-IFRS financial measures included herein, and a reconciliation of historical 
non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly-comparable IFRS financial measures, is set forth below.

86

 
 
 
Non-IFRS Financial Measures:

Management uses adjusted net earnings and the other non-IFRS financial measures (including ratios where applicable) 
described  herein  (i)  to  assess  operating  performance  and  the  effective  use  and  allocation  of  resources,  (ii)  to  provide  more 
meaningful  period-to-period  comparisons  of  operating  results,  (iii)  to  enhance  investors'  understanding  of  the  core  operating 
results of our business, and (iv) to set management incentive targets. We believe the non-IFRS financial measures we present 
herein are useful to investors, as they enable investors to evaluate and compare our results from operations in a more consistent 
manner (by excluding specific items that we do not consider to be reflective of our core operations), to evaluate cash resources 
that we generate from our business each period, and to provide an analysis of operating results using the same measures our 
chief  operating  decision  makers  use  to  measure  performance.  In  addition,  management  believes  that  the  use  of  a  non-IFRS 
adjusted  tax  expense  and  a  non-IFRS  adjusted  effective  tax  rate  provide  improved  insight  into  the  tax  effects  of  our  core 
operations, and are useful to management and investors for historical comparisons and forecasting. These non-IFRS financial 
measures result largely from management's determination that the facts and circumstances surrounding the excluded charges or 
recoveries are not indicative of our core operations.

We believe investors use both IFRS and non-IFRS financial measures to assess management's past, current and future 
decisions  associated  with  our  priorities  and  our  allocation  of  capital,  as  well  as  to  analyze  how  our  business  operates  in,  or 
responds to, swings in economic cycles or to other events that impact our core operations.

Non-IFRS  financial  measures  do  not  have  any  standardized  meaning  prescribed  by  IFRS  and  therefore  may  not  be 
comparable to similar measures presented by other companies that report under IFRS, or who report under U.S. GAAP and use 
non-GAAP  financial  measures  to  describe  similar  financial  metrics.  Non-IFRS  financial  measures  are  not  measures  of 
performance under IFRS and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any IFRS financial measure. The most 
significant limitation to management's use of non-IFRS financial measures is that the charges or credits excluded from the non-
IFRS  financial  measures  are  nonetheless  recognized  under  IFRS  and  have  an  economic  impact  on  us.  Management 
compensates  for  these  limitations  primarily  by  issuing  IFRS  results  to  show  a  complete  picture  of  our  performance,  and 
reconciling non-IFRS financial measures back to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures. 

The following non-IFRS financial measures are included in this MD&A: adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross margin 
(adjusted  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenue),  adjusted  SG&A,  adjusted  SG&A  as  a  percentage  of  revenue,  operating 
earnings (or adjusted EBIAT), operating margin (operating earnings or adjusted EBIAT as a percentage of revenue), adjusted 
net  earnings,  adjusted  EPS,  adjusted  ROIC,  free  cash  flow,  adjusted  tax  expense  and  adjusted  effective  tax  rate.  Adjusted 
EBIAT, adjusted ROIC, free cash flow, adjusted tax expense and adjusted effective tax rate are further described in the tables 
below. In calculating these non-IFRS financial measures, management excludes the following items where indicated in the table 
below:  employee  SBC  expense,  amortization  of  intangible  assets  (excluding  computer  software),  Other  Charges,  net  of 
recoveries  (defined  below),  Finance  Costs  (defined  below)  and  acquisition  inventory  fair  value  adjustments,  all  net  of  the 
associated tax adjustments (quantified in the table below), and non-core tax impacts (tax adjustments related to acquisitions, and 
certain other tax costs or recoveries related to restructuring actions or restructured sites).

The economic substance of these exclusions (where applicable to the periods presented) and management's rationale 

for excluding them from non-IFRS financial measures is provided below:

Employee  SBC  expense,  which  represents  the  estimated  fair  value  of  stock  options,  RSUs  and  PSUs  granted  to 
employees,  is  excluded  because  grant  activities  vary  significantly  from  quarter-to-quarter  in  both  quantity  and  fair  value.  In 
addition,  excluding  this  expense  allows  us  to  better  compare  core  operating  results  with  those  of  our  competitors  who  also 
generally exclude employee SBC expense in assessing operating performance, who may have different granting patterns and 
types of equity awards, and who may use different valuation assumptions than we do.

Amortization  charges  (excluding  computer  software)  consist  of  non-cash  charges  against  intangible  assets  that  are 
impacted by the timing and magnitude of acquired businesses. Amortization of intangible assets varies among our competitors, 
and we believe that excluding these charges permits a better comparison of core operating results with those of our competitors 
who also generally exclude amortization charges in assessing operating performance.

Other  Charges,  net  of  recoveries,  consist  of,  when  applicable:  Restructuring  Charges,  net  of  recoveries  (defined 
below);  Transition  Costs  (defined  below);  net  Impairment  charges  (defined  below);  Acquisition  Costs  (Recoveries);  legal 
settlements  (recoveries);  specified  credit  facility-related  charges  (consisting  primarily  of  the  accelerated  amortization  of 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
unamortized deferred financing costs, and credit agreement-related waiver fees); and post-employment benefit plan losses. We 
exclude these charges, net of recoveries, because we believe that they are not directly related to ongoing operating results and 
do not reflect expected future operating expenses after completion of these activities or incurrence of the relevant costs. Our 
competitors may record similar charges at different times, and we believe these exclusions permit a better comparison of our 
core  operating  results  with  those  of  our  competitors  who  also  generally  exclude  these  types  of  charges,  net  of  recoveries,  in 
assessing operating performance.

Restructuring  Charges,  net  of  recoveries,  consist  of  costs  relating  to:  employee  severance,  lease  terminations,  site 
closings and consolidations, write-downs of owned property and equipment which are no longer used and are available for sale, 
and reductions in infrastructure.

Transition  Costs  consist  of:  (i)  costs  recorded  in  connection  with  the  relocation  of  our  Toronto  manufacturing 
operations, and the move of our corporate headquarters into and out of a temporary location during, and upon completion, of 
the construction of space in a new office building at our former location (all in connection with the 2019 sale of our Toronto 
real property) (collectively, Toronto Transition Costs) and (ii) costs recorded in connection with the transfer of manufacturing 
lines from closed sites to other sites within our global network (Internal Relocation Costs). Transition Costs consist of direct 
relocation and duplicate costs (such as rent expense, utility costs, depreciation charges, and personnel costs) incurred during the 
transition periods, as well as cease-use costs incurred in connection with idle or vacated portions of the relevant premises that 
we  would  not  have  incurred  but  for  these  relocations  and  transfers.  We  believe  that  excluding  these  costs  permits  a  better 
comparison of our core operating results from period-to-period, as these costs will not reflect our ongoing operations once these 
relocations and manufacturing line transfers are complete.

Impairment  charges,  which  consist  of  non-cash  charges  against  goodwill,  intangible  assets,  property,  plant  and 

equipment, and ROU assets, result primarily when the carrying value of these assets exceeds their recoverable amount. 

Finance Costs consist of interest expense and fees related to our Credit Facility (including debt issuance and related 
amortization costs), our interest rate swap agreements, our A/R sales program and customers' SFPs, and interest expense on our 
lease obligations, net of interest income earned. We believe that excluding these costs provides useful insight for assessing the 
performance of our core operations.

Acquisition  inventory  fair  value  adjustments  relate  to  the  write-up  of  the  inventory  acquired  in  connection  with  our 
acquisitions,  representing  the  difference  between  the  cost  and  fair  value  of  such  inventory.  We  exclude  the  impact  of  the 
recognition  of  these  adjustments,  when  incurred,  because  we  believe  such  exclusion  permits  a  better  comparison  of  our  core 
operating results from period-to-period, as their impact is not indicative of our ongoing operating performance. 

Non-core  tax  impacts  are  excluded,  as  we  believe  that  these  costs  or  recoveries  do  not  reflect  core  operating 
performance  and  vary  significantly  among  those  of  our  competitors  who  also  generally  exclude  these  costs  or  recoveries  in 
assessing operating performance.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the various non-IFRS financial measures discussed above, and 
a reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures (in millions, except 
percentages and per share amounts): 

88

 
Three months ended December 31

Year ended December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

% of 
revenue

% of 
revenue

% of 
revenue

% of 
revenue

IFRS revenue   ................................................................ $ 1,386.6 

$ 1,512.1 

$ 5,748.1 

$ 5,634.7 

IFRS gross profit     ......................................................... $  113.8 

 8.2%  $  142.1 

 9.4%  $  437.6 

 7.6%  $  487.0 

 8.6% 

Employee SBC expense   .............................................

2.2 

3.6 

11.1 

13.0 

Non-IFRS adjusted gross profit/adjusted gross 
margin     .................................................. $  116.0 

 8.4%  $  145.7 

 9.6%  $  448.7 

 7.8 % $  500.0 

IFRS SG&A  .................................................................. $ 

59.4 

 4.3%  $ 

65.5 

 4.3%  $  230.7 

 4.0%  $  245.1 

Employee SBC expense   .............................................

(2.9) 

(5.6) 

(14.7) 

(20.4) 

Non-IFRS adjusted SG&A  .......................................... $ 

56.5 

 4.1%  $ 

59.9 

 4.0%  $  216.0 

 3.8 % $  224.7 

IFRS earnings before income taxes   ............................ $ 

26.4 

 1.9%  $ 

41.6 

 2.8%  $ 

Finance costs  ..............................................................

Employee SBC expense   .............................................

Amortization of intangible assets (excluding 
computer software)  .....................................................
Other Charges  .............................................................

9.1 

5.1 

4.9 
4.5 

8.3 

9.2 

7.8 
7.4 

90.2 

37.7 

25.8 

21.8 
23.5 

 1.6%  $  136.0 

31.7 

33.4 

22.5 
10.3 

Non-IFRS operating earnings (adjusted EBIAT)/
operating margin (1)

    ........................................... $ 

50.0 

 3.6 % $ 

74.3 

 4.9%  $  199.0 

 3.5%  $  233.9 

IFRS net earnings   ........................................................ $ 

20.1 

 1.4 % $ 

31.9 

 2.1 % $ 

 8.9% 

 4.3% 

 4.0% 

 2.4% 

 4.2% 

 1.8% 

Employee SBC expense   .............................................

Amortization of intangible assets (excluding 
computer software)  .....................................................

Other Charges   ............................................................
Adjustments for taxes (2)

     .............................................

5.1 

4.9 

4.5 

(1.3) 

Non-IFRS adjusted net earnings    ................................ $ 

33.3 

Diluted EPS    ..................................................................

Weighted average # of shares (in millions)   ...............

129.1 

IFRS earnings per share     ............................................ $ 

Non-IFRS adjusted earnings per share     ....................... $ 

0.16 

0.26 

# of shares outstanding at period end (in millions) ....

129.1 

IFRS cash provided by operations    ............................. $ 

49.7 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment, net of 
sales proceeds     ............................................................
Lease payments (3)
Finance Costs paid (excluding debt issuance costs  
paid) (3)

      ........................................................................

    ......................................................

Non-IFRS free cash flow (3)

  ......................................... $ 

IFRS ROIC % (4)

Non-IFRS adjusted ROIC % (4) 

  ..........................................................
    ......................

(18.8) 

(5.8) 

(6.6) 

18.5 

 6.6% 

 12.4% 

9.2 

7.8 

7.4 

(1.1) 

$ 

55.2 

$ 

$ 

124.8 

0.26 

0.44 

124.7 

$ 

65.8 

(14.3) 

(10.0) 

(5.9) 

$ 

35.6 

 9.3% 

 16.6% 

60.6 

25.8 

21.8 

23.5 

(5.1) 

 1.1 % $  103.9 

33.4 

22.5 

10.3 

(5.8) 

$  126.6 

$  164.3 

$ 

$ 

129.1 

0.47 

0.98 

129.1 

$  239.6 

(51.0) 

(33.7) 

(28.9) 

$  126.0 

 5.6% 

 12.4% 

$ 

$ 

126.7 

0.82 

1.30 

124.7 

$  226.8 

(49.6) 

(40.0) 

(22.4) 

$  114.8 

 8.1% 

 13.9% 

(1)    Management uses non-IFRS operating earnings (adjusted EBIAT) as a measure to assess performance related to our core operations. Non-IFRS adjusted 
EBIAT  is  defined  as  earnings  (loss)  before  income  taxes,  Finance  Costs  (defined  above),  employee  SBC  expense,  amortization  of  intangible  assets 
(excluding computer software), Other Charges (recoveries) (defined above), and in applicable periods, acquisition inventory fair value adjustments.  See 
"Operating Results — Other charges (recoveries)" for separate quantification and discussion of the components of Other Charges (recoveries).

(2)    The adjustments for taxes, as applicable, represent the tax effects of our non-IFRS adjustments and non-core tax impacts (see below). 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our IFRS tax expense and IFRS effective tax rate to our non-IFRS adjusted tax expense and our non-
IFRS adjusted effective tax rate for the periods indicated, in each case determined by excluding the tax benefits or costs associated with the listed items 
(in millions, except percentages) from our IFRS tax expense for such periods:

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended

December 31

Year ended

December 31

2020

Effective 
tax rate

2021

Effective 
tax rate

2020

Effective 
tax rate

2021

Effective 
tax rate

IFRS tax expense and IFRS effective tax rate   ....................... $ 

6.3 

 24%  $ 

9.7 

 23%  $  29.6 

 33%  $  32.1 

 24% 

Tax costs (benefits) of the following items excluded from 
IFRS tax expense:   ..................................................................

Employee SBC expense    .........................................................
Amortization of intangible assets (excluding computer 
software)       .............................................................................

Other Charges       .......................................................................

0.5 

  — 
0.2 

Non-core tax impacts related to tax uncertainties*    ................

(1.1) 

Non-core tax impact related to prior acquisition**     ...............

Non-core tax impact related to restructured sites***       ............

Non-IFRS adjusted tax expense and non-IFRS adjusted 
effective tax rate   ..................................................................... $ 

1.7 

— 

7.6 

(0.1) 

0.5 

0.7 

— 

— 

— 

1.7 

— 

2.4 

(0.7) 

1.7 

— 

2.8 

0.5 

1.4 

— 

— 

1.1 

 19%  $  10.8 

 16%  $  34.7 

 22%  $  37.9 

 19% 

  *    Consists of the reversal of certain tax uncertainties related to a prior acquisition that became statute-barred in such periods and related settlements.

 **   Consists of deferred tax adjustments attributable to our acquisition of Impakt .

***  Consists of the reversals of tax uncertainties related to one of our Asian subsidiaries that completed its liquidation and dissolution during Q1 2021.

(3)    Management uses non-IFRS free cash flow as a measure, in addition to IFRS cash provided by (used in) operations, to assess our operational cash flow 
performance. We believe non-IFRS free cash flow provides another level of transparency to our liquidity. Non-IFRS free cash flow is defined as cash 
provided  by  (used  in)  operations  after  the  purchase  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  (net  of  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  certain  surplus  equipment  and 
property), lease payments and Finance Costs paid (excluding any debt issuance costs and when applicable, Waiver Fees paid).  We do not consider debt 
issuance costs ($3.6 million paid in Q4 2021 and the full year 2021; nil and $0.6 million paid in Q4 2020 and the full year 2020, respectively) or such 
Waiver Fees (when applicable) to be part of our ongoing financing expenses. As a result, these costs are excluded from total Finance Costs paid in our 
determination of non-IFRS free cash flow. Note, however, that non-IFRS free cash flow does not represent residual cash flow available to Celestica for 
discretionary expenditures.

(4)    Management uses non-IFRS adjusted ROIC as a measure to assess the effectiveness of the invested capital we use to build products or provide services to 
our  customers,  by  quantifying  how  well  we  generate  earnings  relative  to  the  capital  we  have  invested  in  our  business.  Non-IFRS  adjusted  ROIC  is 
calculated  by  dividing  non-IFRS  adjusted  EBIAT  by  average  net  invested  capital.  Net  invested  capital  (calculated  in  the  table  below)  is  derived  from 
IFRS measures, and is defined as total assets less: cash, ROU assets, accounts payable, accrued and other current liabilities, provisions, and income taxes 
payable. We use a two-point average to calculate average net invested capital for the quarter and a five-point average to calculate average net invested 
capital for the year. For example, the average net invested capital for Q4 2021 is calculated using the average of the net invested capital as at September 
30,  2021  and  December  31,  2021.  A  comparable  measure  under  IFRS  would  be  determined  by  dividing  IFRS  earnings  (loss)  before  income  taxes  by 
average net invested capital. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  our  calculation  of  IFRS  ROIC  %  and  non-IFRS  adjusted 

ROIC % (in millions, except IFRS ROIC % and non-IFRS adjusted ROIC %). 

IFRS earnings before income taxes  ............................................

Multiplier to annualize earnings  .................................................

Annualized IFRS earnings before income taxes    ........................

Average net invested capital for the period   ...............................

IFRS ROIC % (1)

       ........................................................................

Non-IFRS operating earnings (adjusted EBIAT)  .......................

Multiplier to annualize earnings  .................................................

Annualized non-IFRS adjusted EBIAT   ......................................

Average net invested capital for the period  ................................

Three months ended

December 31

Year ended

December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

26.4 

4 

105.6 

1,610.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

41.6 

4 

166.4 

1,794.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

90.2 

1 

90.2 

1,600.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

136.0 

1 

136.0 

1,682.2 

 6.6% 

 9.3% 

 5.6% 

 8.1% 

Three months ended

December 31

Year ended

December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

50.0 

4 

200.0 

1,610.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

74.3 

4 

297.2 

1,794.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

199.0 

1 

199.0 

1,600.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

233.9 

1 

233.9 

1,682.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Non-IFRS adjusted ROIC % (1)

    ..................................................

 12.4% 

 16.6% 

 12.4% 

 13.9% 

December 31
2020

March 31
2021

June 30
2021

September 30
2021

December 31
2021

Net invested capital consists of:

Total assets    .................................................... $ 

3,664.1  $ 

3,553.4 

$ 

3,745.4 

$ 

4,026.1 

$ 

4,666.9 

Less: cash     ......................................................

Less: ROU assets    ..........................................

Less: accounts payable, accrued and other 
current liabilities, provisions and 
income taxes payable   ............................

463.8 

101.0 

449.4 
98.4 

467.2 

100.5 

477.2 

115.4 

1,478.4 

1,407.0 

1,575.8 

1,800.8 

Net invested capital at period end (1)

  ............. $ 

1,620.9  $ 

1,598.6 

$ 

1,601.9 

$ 

1,632.7 

$ 

394.0 

113.8 

2,202.0 

1,957.1 

December 31
2019

March 31
2020

June 30
2020

September 30
2020

December 31
2020

Net invested capital consists of:

Total assets    .................................................... $ 

3,560.7  $ 

3,537.8 

$ 

3,788.1 

$ 

3,789.3 

$ 

3,664.1 

Less: cash     ......................................................

Less: ROU assets    ..........................................

Less: accounts payable, accrued and other 
current liabilities, provisions and 
income taxes payable   ............................

479.5 

104.1 

472.1 

96.9 

435.9 

94.4 

451.4 

101.2 

1,341.7 

1,397.5 

1,684.1 

1,637.6 

Net invested capital at period end (1)

  ............. $ 

1,635.4  $ 

1,571.3 

$ 

1,573.7 

$ 

1,599.1 

$ 

463.8 

101.0 

1,478.4 

1,620.9 

(1)       

See footnote 4 on the previous page.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently issued accounting pronouncements:

See note 2 to the 2021 AFS for a discussion of the following: our adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, effective as of January 1, 
2019, our adoption of Interest Rate Benchmark (IBOR) Reform (Phase 1 amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, and IFRS 7) effective 
January 1, 2020, and our adoption of IBOR Reform (Phase 2 amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4, and IFRS 16) 
effective  January  1,  2021.  Upon  initial  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  we  recognized  ROU  assets  of  $111.5  million  and  related  lease 
obligations  of  $112.0  million,  and  reduced  our  accrued  liabilities  by  $0.5  million  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of 
January 1, 2019. The Phase 1 IBOR Reform amendments did not have a significant impact on our disclosures or the amounts 
reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  The  Phase  2  IBOR  Reform 
amendments  did  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  disclosures  or  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. We will continue to monitor relevant developments, and will evaluate the 
impact of the Phase 2 amendments on our consolidated financial statements as IBOR reform progresses. We do not believe that 
there  are  any  recently  issued  accounting  pronouncements  that  are  not  yet  effective  that  will  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  set  forth  above  in  Item  4(B)  "Information  on  the  Company  —  Business 

Overview — Research and Technology Development."

Trend Information

The information required by this item is set forth above in "Overview," "Operating Results," and "Liquidity and Capital 
Resources,"  in  Item  3(D),  Key  Information  —  Risk  Factors,  and  in  Item  4(B),  Information  on  the  Company  —  Business 
Overview. 

Critical Accounting Estimates

See "Critical Accounting Estimates" above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Not applicable.

92

Residence
Alberta, Canada

Florida, U.S.

Ontario, Canada

Georgia, U.S.

Florida, U.S.

California, U.S.

Ontario, Canada

Ontario, Canada

Ontario, Canada

Item 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.    Directors and Senior Management 

Each  director  of  Celestica  is  elected  by  the  shareholders  to  serve  until  the  close  of  the  next  annual  meeting  of 
shareholders  or  until  a  successor  is  elected  or  appointed,  unless  such  office  is  earlier  vacated  in  accordance  with  the 
Corporation's by-laws. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the current directors and executive officers 
of Celestica as of February 22, 2022. 

Name
Michael M. Wilson(1)

      ............................................

Director
Since
2011

Age
70

Position with Celestica

Chair of the Board

Robert A. Cascella     ................................................

Deepak Chopra   ......................................................

Daniel P. DiMaggio       ..............................................

Laurette T. Koellner     ..............................................
Luis A. Müller(2) 

    ...................................................

Carol S. Perry     ........................................................

Tawfiq Popatia   ......................................................
Eamon J. Ryan(3)

     ...................................................

Robert A. Mionis   ...................................................

67

58

71

67

52

71

47

76

59

2019

2018

2010

2009

2021

2013

2017

2008

2015

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director, President and Chief 
Executive Officer

New Hampshire, U.S.

Name

Executive
Officer
Since

Age

Position with Celestica

Residence

Mandeep Chawla    ................................................... 45

2017

Chief Financial Officer

Ontario, Canada

Yann Etienvre(4)
Todd C. Cooper(4)

  ..................................................... 48

   .................................................. 52

2022

2018

Chief Operations Officer

Massachusetts, U.S.

President, ATS

Connecticut, U.S.

Jason Phillips      ......................................................... 47

2019

President, CCS

North Carolina, U.S.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Mr. Wilson was appointed Chair of the Board effective January 29, 2020.

Appointed as a director effective August 31, 2021.

Mr. Ryan is not standing for re-election to the Board of Directors at the Corporation’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

Effective January 1, 2022, Mr. Cooper was appointed President, ATS and Mr. Etienvre was appointed Chief Operations Officer. Mr. Lawless 
stepped down from his position as President, ATS effective December 31, 2021, but continues to serve as a special advisor to Mr. Mionis. 

The following is a brief biography of each of Celestica's directors, director nominees and executive officers: 

Michael M. Wilson. Mr. Wilson is Chair of the Board. He has served on the Board since 2011, and has been a corporate 
director since 2013. Until his retirement in December 2013, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director, of 
Agrium  Inc.  (a  public  agricultural  crop  inputs  company  that  subsequently  merged  with  Potash  Corporation  of  Saskatchewan 
Inc.  to  form  Nutrien  Ltd.).  He  has  over  30  years  of  international  and  executive  management  experience.  Prior  to  joining 
Agrium Inc., Mr. Wilson served as President of Methanex Corporation (a public company), and held various senior positions in 
North America and Asia during his 18 years with The Dow Chemical Company (a public company). Mr. Wilson also currently 
serves  (since  2014)  on  the  board  of  directors  of  Air  Canada  and  Suncor  Energy  Inc.,  and  previously  served  on  the  board  of 
directors  of  Finning  International  Inc.  (each  a  public  company),  and  was  also  the  past  Chair  of  the  Calgary  Prostate  Cancer 
Centre. He holds a degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Waterloo.

93

Robert A. Cascella. Mr. Cascella retired from Royal Philips, a public Dutch multinational healthcare company, in 2021, 
where he most recently served as Special Advisor and Strategic Business Development Leader. From 2015 to 2020, he served 
as  Executive  Vice  President  of  Royal  Philips  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Philips’  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  businesses, 
including businesses serving Radiology, Cardiology and Oncology, as well as Enterprise Diagnostic Informatics. Mr. Cascella 
has also served on Philips’ Executive Committee from 2016 to 2021. Since 2021, he has served on the board of directors of 
Neuronetics,  Inc.,  a  Nasdaq-listed  medical  device  company,  Mirion  Technologies,  a  NYSE-listed  provider  of  nuclear  and 
radiation  measurement  and  detection  systems,  and  Metabolon  Inc.,  a  private  company  using  metabolomics  to  assist  in  the 
discovery of biomarkers. Mr. Cascella served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Hologic, Inc., a public medical 
device and diagnostics company, from 2003 to 2013. He has also held senior leadership positions at CFG Capital, NeoVision 
Corporation and Fischer Imaging Corporation. Mr. Cascella served on Hologic, Inc.’s board of directors from 2008 to 2013. He 
also previously served on the board of Tegra Medical and acted as chair of the boards of Dysis Medical and Mirada Medical. 
He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Fairfield University.

Deepak Chopra. Mr. Chopra most recently served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Canada Post Corporation 
from  February  2011  to  March  2018.  He  has  more  than  30  years  of  global  experience  in  the  financial  services,  technology, 
logistics and supply-chain industries. Mr. Chopra worked for Pitney Bowes Inc., an NYSE-traded technology company known 
for postage meters, mail automation and location intelligence services, for more than 20 years. He served as President of Pitney 
Bowes Canada and Latin America from 2006 to 2010. He held a number of increasingly senior executive roles internationally, 
including  President  of  its  new  Asia  Pacific  and  Middle  East  region  from  2001  to  2006  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  for  the 
Europe, Africa and Middle East (EAME) region from 1998 to 2001. He has previously served on the boards of Canada Post 
Corporation, Purolator Inc., SCI Group, the Canada Post Community Foundation, the Toronto Region Board of Trade and the 
Conference  Board  of  Canada.  He  currently  sits  on  the  board  of  The  North  West  Company  Inc.,  a  Toronto  Stock  Exchange 
(TSX)-traded retailer (since 2018), The Descartes Systems Group Inc. a TSX and Nasdaq-listed logistics company (since 2020), 
and Sun Life Financial Inc., a TSX and NYSE-listed international financial services organization (since 2021). Mr. Chopra is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and has a Bachelor’s degree in Commerce (Honours) 
and a Master’s Degree in Business Management (PGDBM).

Daniel P. DiMaggio. Mr. DiMaggio is a corporate director. Prior to retiring in 2006, he spent 35 years with United Parcel 
Services (UPS) (a public company), most recently as Chief Executive Officer of the UPS Worldwide Logistics Group. Prior to 
leading  UPS'  Worldwide  Logistics  Group,  Mr.  DiMaggio  held  a  number  of  positions  at  UPS  with  increasing  responsibility, 
including  leadership  roles  for  the  UPS  International  Marketing  Group,  as  well  as  the  Industrial  Engineering  function.  In 
addition to his senior leadership roles at UPS, Mr. DiMaggio was a member of the board of directors of Greatwide Logistics 
Services, Inc. and CEVA Logistics (a public company). He holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the Lowell Technological 
Institute (now the University of Massachusetts Lowell).

Laurette  T.  Koellner.  Ms.  Koellner  is  a  corporate  director.  She  most  recently  served  as  Executive  Chairman  of 
International Lease Finance Corporation, an aircraft leasing subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (AIG) from 2012 
until its sale in 2014. Ms. Koellner retired as President of Boeing International, a division of The Boeing Company, in 2008. 
While  at  Boeing,  she  was  a  member  of  the  Office  of  the  Chairman  and  served  as  the  Executive  Vice  President,  Internal 
Services,  Chief  Human  Resources  and  Administrative  Officer,  President  of  Shared  Services,  and  Corporate  Controller. 
Ms. Koellner currently serves on the board of directors of Papa John's International, Inc. (since 2014), The Goodyear Tire & 
Rubber Company (since 2015), and Nucor Corporation (since 2015), all public companies. Ms. Koellner previously served on 
the board of directors and was the Chair of the Audit Committee of Hillshire Brands Company (a public company, formerly 
Sara Lee Corporation and now merged with Tyson Foods, Inc.), and on the board of directors of AIG (a public company). She 
holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management from the University of Central Florida and a Master of Business 
Administration from Stetson University, as well as a Certified Professional Contracts Manager designation from the National 
Contracts Management Association.

Luis A. Müller. Dr. Müller has 25 years of business and technical leadership in the semiconductor industry. In 2014, he 
assumed his current role as Chief Executive Officer and board member of Cohu, Inc. a Nasdaq-listed global leader in back-end 
semiconductor equipment and services. Prior to joining Cohu, Dr. Müller cofounded Kinetrix, Inc. and later joined Teradyne, a 
Nasdaq-listed  advanced  test  solutions  company,  when  it  acquired  Kinetrix.  Dr.  Müller  has  a  PhD  in  mechanical  engineering 
from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a BS and MS in mechanical engineering from Universidade Federal Santa 
Catarina.

94

Carol S. Perry. Ms. Perry is a corporate director. She most recently served on the Independent Review Committees of 
mutual funds managed by 1832 Asset Management L.P., a mutual fund manager and wholly-owned affiliate of The Bank of 
Nova  Scotia  (2011-2020),  and  of  investment  funds  managed  by  Jarislowsky  Fraser  Limited  and  MD  Financial  Management 
Inc.,  which  are  subsidiaries  of  The  Bank  of  Nova  Scotia  (2018-2020).  Previously,  she  was  a  Commissioner  of  the  Ontario 
Securities  Commission,  and  has  served  on  adjudicative  panels  and  acted  as  a  director  and  Chair  of  its  Governance  and 
Nominating Committee. With over 20 years of experience in the investment industry as an investment banker, Ms. Perry held 
senior positions with leading financial services companies including RBC Capital Markets, Richardson Greenshields of Canada 
Limited  and  CIBC  World  Markets  and  later  founded  MaxxCap  Corporate  Finance  Inc.,  a  financial  advisory  firm.  She  is  a 
former  director  of  Softchoice  Corporation,  Atomic  Energy  of  Canada  Limited  and  DALSA  Corporation.  Ms.  Perry  has  a 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Science  (Electrical)  degree  from  the  University  of  Western  Ontario  and  a  Master  of  Business 
Administration degree from the University of Toronto. She also holds the professional designation ICD.D from the Institute of 
Corporate Directors.

Tawfiq  Popatia.  Mr.  Popatia  has  been  a  Senior  Managing  Director  of  Onex*  since  2020  and  leads  its  efforts  in 
automation, aerospace and defense, and other transportation-focused industries. He joined Onex in 2007, and has led several of 
Onex Partners' investments in these sectors. He previously served as a Managing Director of Onex from 2014 to 2020. Prior to 
joining  Onex,  Mr.  Popatia  worked  at  the  private  equity  firm  of  Hellman  &  Friedman  LLC  and  in  the  Investment  Banking 
Division  of  Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.  Mr.  Popatia  currently  serves  on  the  boards  of  WestJet,  a  Canadian  airline,  Advanced 
Integration Technology, an aerospace automation company, and BBAM, a provider of commercial jet aircraft leasing, financing 
and  management.  He  previously  served  on  the  board  of  Spirit  AeroSystems  (a  public  company),  and  is  a  former  Employer 
Trustee of the International Association of Machinists National Pension Fund. Mr. Popatia holds a Bachelor of Science degree 
in Microbiology and a Bachelor of Commerce degree in Finance from the University of British Columbia.

*

Onex holds an 81.5% voting interest in Celestica. See "Controlling Shareholder Interest" under Item 4(B) above.

Eamon J. Ryan. Mr. Ryan is a corporate director. He is the former Vice President and General Manager, Europe, Middle 
East  and  Africa  for  Lexmark  International  Inc.  (a  public  company).  Prior  to  that,  he  was  the  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager,  Printing  Services  and  Solutions  Manager,  Europe,  Middle  East  and  Africa.  Mr.  Ryan  joined  Lexmark 
International Inc. in 1991 as the President of Lexmark Canada. Prior to that, he spent 22 years at IBM Canada, where he held a 
number of sales and marketing roles in its Office Products and Large Systems divisions. Mr. Ryan's last role at IBM Canada 
was Director of Operations for its Public Sector, a role he held from 1986 to 1990. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the 
University of Western Ontario.

Robert  A.  Mionis.  Mr.  Mionis  has  been  President  and  CEO  of  the  Corporation  since  August  1,  2015.  Mr.  Mionis  is 
responsible for the Corporation's overall leadership, strategy and vision. In conjunction with the Board of Directors, he develops 
the  Corporation's  overall  strategic  plan,  including  the  corporate  goals  and  objectives  as  well  as  our  approach  to  risk 
management.  He  is  focused  on  positioning  the  Corporation  for  long-term  profitable  growth  and  ensuring  the  success  of 
Celestica's customers around the world. From July 2013 until August 2015, he was an Operating Partner at Pamplona Capital 
Management  (Pamplona),  a  global  private  equity  firm,  where  he  supported  several  companies  across  a  broad  range  of 
industries,  including  the  industrial,  aerospace,  healthcare  and  automotive  industries.  Before  joining  Pamplona,  Mr.  Mionis 
served as President and CEO of StandardAero, leading the company through a period of significant revenue and profitability 
growth.  Over  the  course  of  his  career,  he  has  held  a  number  of  operational  and  service  roles  at  companies  in  the  aerospace, 
industrial  and  semiconductor  markets,  including  General  Electric  and  Axcelis  Technologies  (each  a  public  company), 
AlliedSignal,  and  Honeywell.  Mr.  Mionis  served  on  the  board  of  directors  of  Shawcor  Ltd.,  a  TSX-listed  energy  services 
company,  from  2018  through  2021.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering  from  the  University  of 
Massachusetts.

Mandeep  Chawla.  Mr.  Chawla  has  been  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO)  of  the  Corporation  since  October  2017.  Mr. 
Chawla is responsible for the planning and management of short and long-term financial performance and reporting activities. 
He  assists  the  CEO  in  setting  the  strategic  direction  and  financial  goals  of  the  Corporation,  and  manages  overall  capital 
allocation  activities  in  order  to  maximize  shareholder  value.  He  provides  oversight  on  risk  management  and  governance 
matters,  and  leads  the  communication  and  relationship  management  activities  with  key  financial  stakeholders.  Since  joining 
Celestica in 2010, Mr. Chawla has held progressively senior roles in the Corporation before assuming the role of CFO in 2017. 
Prior to joining Celestica, he held senior financial management roles with MDS Inc., Tyco International, and General Electric. 
Mr.  Chawla  was  appointed  to  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Sleep  Country  Canada  Holdings  Inc.,  a  TSX-listed  mattress  and 
bedding  retailer,  effective  August  20,  2020.  Mr.  Chawla  holds  a  Master  of  Finance  degree  from  Queen's  University  and  a 
Bachelor of Commerce degree from McMaster University. He is a CPA, CMA.

95

Todd C. Cooper. Mr. Cooper joined Celestica as Chief Operations Officer in 2018, and held that role until January 1, 
2022, when he was appointed President, ATS. As Chief Operations Officer, Mr. Cooper was responsible for driving operational 
and supply chain excellence, quality and technology innovation throughout the Corporation, as well as for the enablement of 
processes that drive value creation. He also led the Corporation's operations, supply chain, quality, global business services and 
information  technology  teams.  As  President,  ATS,  Mr.  Cooper  is  responsible  for  strategy  development,  deployment  and 
execution  of  Celestica's  A&D,  Capital  Equipment,  HealthTech,  Industrial  and  Energy  businesses,  as  well  as  for  PCI.  Mr. 
Cooper  has  over  25  years  of  experience  in  operations  leadership  and  advisory  roles,  including  considerable  experience  in 
developing and implementing operational strategies to drive large-scale improvements for global organizations. Prior to joining 
Celestica,  Mr.  Cooper  led  supply  chain,  procurement,  logistics,  and  sustainability  value  creation  efforts  at  KKR,  a  global 
investment  firm,  from  2008  to  2018.  Prior  to  that,  he  was  the  Vice  President  of  Global  Sourcing  in  Honeywell's  Aerospace 
Division. He previously held various management roles at Storage Technology Corporation, McKinsey & Company, and served 
as a Captain in the U.S. Army. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point, a 
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an MBA from the MIT Sloan 
School of Management.

Yann  Etienvre.  Mr.  Etienvre  was  appointed  as  Chief  Operations  Officer  effective  January  1,  2022  after  serving  as  a 
special  advisor  upon  joining  Celestica  on  November  27,  2021.  As  Chief  Operations  Officer,  he  is  responsible  for  driving 
operational  and  supply  chain  excellence,  quality  and  technology  innovation  throughout  the  Corporation,  as  well  as  for  the 
enablement  of  processes  that  drive  value  creation.  As  part  of  his  role,  he  leads  the  operations,  supply  chain,  quality,  global 
business services and information technology teams. Prior to joining Celestica, he held various leadership roles with Sensata 
Technologies, an NYSE-listed global technology company, from 2013 to 2021. Most recently from 2019 to 2021, he served as 
Executive Vice-President where he was responsible for global operations, sourcing, logistics and compliance. Mr. Etienvre has 
held  commercial  and  operational  leadership  roles  throughout  Asia,  Europe  and  the  Americas,  and  has  worked  in  various 
business  sectors,  such  as  automotive,  healthcare,  industrial  equipment  and  electrical  controls.  He  holds  an  EMBA  from 
Marquette University and Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the National Institute of Applied Sciences in 
Lyon, France. 

Jason Phillips. Mr. Phillips was appointed President, CCS, effective January 1, 2019. In this role, he is responsible for 
strategy and technology development, deployment and execution for Celestica's enterprise and communications businesses. His 
responsibilities include the strategic development of our HPS business (which includes firmware/software enablement across all 
primary IT infrastructure data center technologies and aftermarket services) and our new center of excellence in Richardson, 
Texas,  which  expands  our  HPS  engineering  network  and  increases  our  North  America  manufacturing  capacity.  Mr.  Phillips 
joined  Celestica  in  2008  and  held  progressively  senior  roles  within  the  Corporation’s  CCS  business,  most  recently  as  Senior 
Vice  President,  Enterprise  and  Cloud  Solutions.  Prior  to  joining  Celestica,  he  held  the  role  of  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager, Personal Communications at Elcoteq, and spent five years at Solectron in senior roles spanning sales, global account 
management,  business  unit  leadership,  and  operations.  Mr.  Phillips  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

There are no family relationships among any of the foregoing persons, and there are no arrangements or understandings 

with any person pursuant to which any of our directors or executive officers were selected. 

None  of  the  directors  of  the  Corporation  during  2021,  current  directors  or  2022  Meeting  nominees  serve  together  as 

directors of other corporations. 

96

The following table identifies the functional competencies, expertise and qualifications of the Corporation's 2022 Meeting 
nominees pursuant to a skills matrix developed by the NCGC to identify functional competencies, expertise and qualifications 
that our Board would ideally possess: 

97

 
B.  Compensation  

Director Compensation

Director  compensation  is  set  by  the  Board  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Human  Resources  and  Compensation 
Committee (HRCC) and in accordance with director compensation guidelines and principles established by the NCGC. Under 
these guidelines and principles, the Board seeks to maintain director compensation at a level that is competitive with director 
compensation at comparable companies, and requires a substantial portion of such compensation to be taken in the form of 
DSUs (or, at a director’s election, RSUs, if the Director Share Ownership Guidelines described below have been met). The 
director fee structure for 2021 is set forth in Table 1 below.

Table 1: Directors’ Fees(1)

Element
Annual Board Retainer(3)

Travel Fees(4)
Annual Retainer for the Audit Committee Chair
Annual Retainer for the HRCC Chair
Annual Retainer for the NCGC Chair(5)

Director Fee Structure for 2021(2)
$360,000 — Board Chair
$235,000 — Directors

$2,500
$20,000
$15,000
—

(1)  Does not include Mr. Mionis, President and CEO of the Corporation, whose compensation is set out in Table 16. Does not include fees payable to 

Onex for the service of Mr. Popatia as a director, which are described in footnote 9 to Table 2.

(2)  Directors may also receive further retainers and meeting fees for participation on ad hoc committees. No incremental fees were paid to directors for 
their  participation  on  the  Director  Search  Committee  during  2021.  The  Board  has  the  discretion  to  grant  supplemental  equity  awards  to  individual 
directors as deemed appropriate (no such discretion was exercised in 2021).  

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Paid on a quarterly basis.

Payable only to directors who travel outside of their home state or province to attend a Board or Committee meeting. Travel fees were suspended as of 
March  2020  as  Board/Committees  meetings  had  been  held  virtually  due  to  COVID-19.  However,  travel  fees  were  paid  to  directors  who  traveled 
outside of their home state or province to attend in person the October 2021 Board meetings, which were held as hybrid virtual and in-person meetings.

The Chair of the Board also served as the Chair of the NCGC in 2021, for which no additional fee was paid.

DSU/RSU Election

Each director must elect to receive 0%, 25% or 50% of their annual board fees, committee chair retainer fees and 
travel fees (collectively, Annual Fees) in cash, with the balance in DSUs, until such director has satisfied the requirements of 
the Director Share Ownership Guidelines described (and defined) under Director Share Ownership Guidelines below. Once a 
director has satisfied such requirements, the director may then elect to receive 0%, 25% or 50% of their Annual Fees in cash, 
with the balance either in DSUs or RSUs. If a director does not make an election, 100% of such director’s Annual Fees will 
be paid in DSUs.

Annual Fee Election

Prior to Satisfaction of Director
Share Ownership Guidelines

After Satisfaction of Director
Share Ownership Guidelines

Option 1

Option 2

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

100% DSUs

(i) 25% Cash +
75% DSUs
or
(ii) 50% Cash +
50% DSUs

(i) 100% DSUs
or
(ii) 100% RSUs

(i) 25% Cash +
75% DSUs
or
(ii) 50% Cash +
50% DSUs

(i) 25% Cash +
75% RSUs
or
(ii) 50% Cash +
50% RSUs

98

 
 
Subject to the terms of the Directors’ Share Compensation Plan, each DSU represents the right to receive one SVS 
or an equivalent value in cash (at the Corporation’s discretion) when the director (a) ceases to be a director of the Corporation 
and (b) is not an employee of the Corporation or a director or employee of any corporation that does not deal at arm’s-length 
with the Corporation (collectively, Retires). RSUs granted to directors are governed by the terms of the Corporation’s Long-
Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). Each quarterly grant of RSUs will vest in installments of one-third per year on the first, second 
and third anniversary dates of the grant. Each vested RSU entitles the holder thereof to one SVS; however, if permitted by the 
Corporation under the terms of the grant, a director may elect to receive a payment of cash in lieu of SVS. Unvested RSUs 
will vest immediately on the date that the director Retires. DSUs that vest on retirement will be settled on the date that is 
45 days following the date on which the director Retires, or the following business day if the 45th day is not a business day 
(Valuation Date), or as soon as practicable thereafter. The amount used to cash-settle DSUs (if applicable) will be based on 
the  closing  price  of  the  SVS  on  the  Valuation  Date.  DSUs  will  in  all  cases  be  redeemed  and  payable  on  or  prior  to  the 
90th day following the date on which the director Retires.

Grants  of  DSUs  and  RSUs  to  directors  are  credited  quarterly  in  arrears.  The  number  of  DSUs  and  RSUs,  as 
applicable, granted is calculated by multiplying the amount of such director’s Annual Fees for the quarter by the percentage 
of the Annual Fees that the director elected to receive in the form of DSUs or RSUs, as applicable, and dividing the product 
by the closing price of the SVS on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on the last business day of the quarter for DSUs 
and the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on the trading day preceding the date of grant for RSUs.

Directors’ Fees Earned in 2021

All compensation paid in 2021 by the Corporation to its directors is set out in Table 2, except for the compensation 
of Mr. Mionis, President and CEO of the Corporation, which is set out in Table 16. The Board earned $1,888,587 in Total 
Annual Fees in respect of 2021, including total grants of $897,707 in DSUs and $482,473 in RSUs (excluding fees paid to 
Mr. Mionis, whose compensation is set out in Table 16, and fees payable to Onex for the service of Mr. Popatia as a director, 
which are described in footnote 9 to Table 2). 

Table 2: Director Fees Earned in Respect of 2021

Annual Fees Earned

Allocation of Annual Fees(1)(2)

Annual
Board
Retainer

$235,000
$235,000
$235,000
$235,000
$78,546
$235,000
—
$235,000
$360,000

Annual
Committee
Chair
Retainer
$10,096 (5)
—
—
$20,000 (7)
—
—
—
$4,945(5)
—

Travel
Fees

$2,500(6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$2,500(6)

Total Fees

DSUs(3)

RSUs(3)

Cash(4)

$247,596
$235,000
$235,000
$255,000
$78,546
$235,000
—
$239,945
$362,500

$123,798
$176,250
$176,250
$127,500
$58,909
$235,000
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$119,973(10)
$362,500

$123,798
$58,750
$58,750
$127,500
$19,637
—
—
$119,972
—

Name
Robert A. Cascella
Deepak Chopra
Daniel P. DiMaggio
Laurette T. Koellner
Luis A. Müller(8)
Carol S. Perry
Tawfiq Popatia(9)
Eamon J. Ryan
Michael M. Wilson

(1)  Directors who had not satisfied the requirements of the Director Share Ownership Guidelines described below were required to elect to receive 0%, 
25% or 50% of their 2021 Annual Fees (set forth in the “Total Fees” column above) in cash, with the balance in DSUs. Directors who had satisfied 
such requirements were required to elect to receive 0%, 25% or 50% of their 2021 Annual Fees in cash, with the balance either in DSUs or RSUs. The 
Annual  Fees  received  by  directors  in  DSUs  for  2021  were  credited  quarterly,  and  the  number  of  DSUs  granted  in  respect  of  the  amounts  credited 
quarterly was determined using the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on the last business day of each quarter, which was $8.37 on March 31, 
2021, $7.85 on June 30, 2021, $8.88 on September 30, 2021 and $11.13 on December 31, 2021. The Annual Fees received by directors in RSUs for 
2021 were credited quarterly, and the number of RSUs granted in respect of the amounts credited quarterly was determined using the closing price of 
the SVS on the NYSE on the last business day of each quarter for the first two quarters, which was $8.37 on March 31, 2021 and $7.85 on June 30, 
2021, and was determined using the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on the trading day preceding the day of the grant for the last two quarters, 
which was $9.00 on September 29, 2021 and $11.03 on December 30, 2021.

99

 
 
 
(2) 

For 2021, the directors elected to receive their Annual Fees as follows:

Director
Robert A. Cascella
Deepak Chopra
Daniel P. DiMaggio

Laurette T. Koellner

Luis A. Müller
Carol S. Perry
Eamon J. Ryan
Michael M. Wilson

Cash
50%
25%
25%

50%

25%
—
50%
—

DSUs
50%
75%
75%

50%

75%
100%
—
—

RSUs
—
—
—

—

—
—
50%
100%

(3)  Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of the units issued in respect of 2021 Annual Fees which is the same as their accounting 

value.

(4)  Amounts in this column represent the portion of 2021 Annual Fees paid in cash.

(5)  Represents the annual retainer for the Chair of the HRCC. Mr. Ryan served as Chair of the HRCC from January 1 to April 29, 2021 and received a 
prorated  annual  Chair  retainer  as  appropriate.  Mr.  Cascella  was  appointed  Chair  of  the  HRCC  effective  as  of  the  close  of  the  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders held on April 29, 2021, and received a prorated annual Chair retainer as appropriate.  

(6) 

Travel fees were suspended in March 2020 as Board/Committee meetings have been held virtually due to COVID-19; however, travel fees were paid to 
directors who traveled outside of their home state or province to attend in person the October 2021 Board meetings, which were held as hybrid virtual 
and in-person meetings.

(7)  Represents the annual retainer for the Chair of the Audit Committee.

(8)  Dr. Müller was appointed to the Board of Directors effective August  31, 2021. For August 31, 2021 to September 30, 2021, Dr. Müller  received a 

prorated quarterly annual Board retainer.

(9)  Mr.  Popatia  is  an  officer  of  Onex  and  did  not  receive  any  compensation  in  his  capacity  as  a  director  of  the  Corporation  in  2021;  however,  Onex 
received compensation for providing the services of Mr. Popatia as a director in 2021 pursuant to a Services Agreement between the Corporation and 
Onex,  entered  into  on  January  1,  2009  (as  amended  January  1,  2017,  the  Services  Agreement).  The  Services  Agreement  automatically  renews  for 
successive one-year terms unless the Corporation or Onex provide notice of intent not to renew. The Services Agreement terminates automatically and 
the rights of Onex to receive compensation (other than accrued and unpaid compensation) will terminate (a) 30 days after the first day on which Onex 
ceases to hold at least one MVS of Celestica or any successor company or (b) the date Mr. Popatia ceases to be a director of Celestica, for any reason. 
Onex receives compensation under the Services Agreement in an amount equal to $235,000 per year (consistent with current annual Board retainer 
fees) payable in DSUs in equal quarterly installments in arrears. The number of DSUs is determined using the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE 
on the last day of the fiscal quarter in respect of which the instalment is to be credited.

(10) 

In 2021, 12,770 of the RSUs previously issued to Mr. Ryan vested and were settled in SVS (on a one-for-one basis) at his election.

Directors’ Ownership of Securities

Outstanding Share-Based Awards

Information  concerning  all  outstanding  share-based  awards  as  of  December  31,  2021  made  by  the  Corporation  to 
each director (other than Mr. Mionis, whose information is set out in Table 17), including awards granted prior to 2021, is set 
out in Table 3. Such awards consist of DSUs and RSUs. DSUs granted to the individuals set forth below may only be settled 
in SVS purchased in the open market or an equivalent value in cash (at the discretion of the Corporation). RSUs granted to 
directors  are  governed  by  the  terms  of  the  LTIP.  Each  vested  RSU  entitles  the  holder  thereof  to  one  SVS;  however,  if 
permitted by the Corporation under the terms of the grant, a director may elect to receive a payment of cash in lieu of SVS. 
No  options  to  acquire  SVS  may  currently  be  granted  to  directors  under  the  LTIP,  and  no  options  previously  granted  to 
directors (or former directors) under the LTIP remain outstanding.

100

 
Table 3: Outstanding Share-Based Awards

Name
Robert A. Cascella
Deepak Chopra
Daniel P. DiMaggio
Laurette T. Koellner
Luis A. Müller(2)
Carol S. Perry
Tawfiq Popatia(3)
Eamon J. Ryan
Michael M. Wilson

Number of
Outstanding Securities

Market Value of
Outstanding Securities(1)
($)

DSUs
(#)
50,883
68,612
262,270
267,099
5,629
222,127
—
262,768
283,131

RSUs
(#)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
33,549
40,602

DSUs
($)
$566,328
$763,651
$2,919,065
$2,972,812
$62,651
$2,472,274
—
$2,924,608
$3,151,248

RSUs
($)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$373,400
$451,900

(1) 

The market value of DSUs and unvested RSUs was determined using a share price of $11.13, which was the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on 
December 31, 2021.

(2)  Dr. Müller was appointed to the Board of Directors effective August 31, 2021. 

(3)  No  share-based  awards  have  been  made  to  Mr.  Popatia;  however  317,564  DSUs  have  been  issued  to  Onex  (and  are  outstanding)  pursuant  to  the 
Services Agreement since its inception, including 26,396 DSUs issued to Onex for the services of Mr. Popatia as a director of the Corporation in 2021. 
For further information see footnote 9 to Table 2. 

Director Share Ownership Guidelines

All directors must meet our Director Share Ownership Guidelines within five years of joining the Board (unless they 
are employees or officers of the Corporation or Onex). The Director Share Ownership Guidelines require that a director hold 
SVS, DSUs and/or unvested RSUs with an aggregate value equal to 150% of the annual retainer and that the Chair of the 
Board hold SVS, DSUs and/or unvested RSUs with an aggregate value equal to 187.5% of the annual retainer of the Chair of 
the Board. 

Each  director’s  holdings  of  securities  are  reviewed  annually  as  of  December  31.  The  following  table  sets  out 
whether each director standing for election at the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders was in compliance with the Director 
Share Ownership Guidelines as of December 31, 2021.

Table 4: Shareholding Requirements

Shareholding Requirements

Target Value as of
December 31, 2021
$352,500

Value as of
December 31, 2021(2)
$566,328

Met Target as of
December 31, 2021
Yes

$352,500

$352,500

$352,500

$352,500

$352,500

$675,000

$763,651
$2,919,065

$2,972,812

$62,651

$2,472,274

$3,825,748

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

Yes

Yes

Director(1)
Robert A. Cascella

Deepak Chopra

Daniel P. DiMaggio

Laurette T. Koellner
Luis A. Müller(3)
Carol S. Perry

Michael M. Wilson

(1)  As President and CEO of the Corporation, Mr. Mionis is subject to the Executive Share Ownership Guidelines – see Executive Share Ownership. As an 
officer of Onex, Mr. Popatia is not subject to the Director Share Ownership Guidelines. Directors have five years from their appointment to comply 
with  the  Director  Share  Ownership  Guidelines.  Although  applicable  directors  will  not  be  deemed  to  have  breached  such  Guidelines  by  reason  of  a 
decrease in the market value of the Corporation’s securities, such directors are required to purchase further securities within a reasonable period of time 
after such occurrence to comply with the Director Share Ownership Guidelines.

(2) 

The value of the aggregate number of SVS, DSUs and/or unvested RSUs held by each director is determined using a share price of $11.13, which was 
the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on December 31, 2021.

(3)  Dr.  Müller  was  appointed  to  the  Board  of  Directors  effective  August  31,  2021  and  he  is  required  to  comply  with  the  Director  Share  Ownership 

Guidelines within five years of his appointment.

101

 
 
Director Attendance

Directors are expected to be prepared for and attend all Board and respective committee meetings. The following 
table sets forth the attendance of directors at Board meetings and at meetings of those standing committees of which they are 
members,  from  January  1,  2021  to  February  22,  2022.  All  then-members  of  the  Board  attended  the  Corporation’s  2021 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Table 5: Directors’ Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings

Director

Robert A. Cascella
Deepak Chopra
Daniel P. DiMaggio
Laurette T. Koellner
Robert A. Mionis
Luis A. Müller(1)
Carol S. Perry
Tawfiq Popatia
Eamon J. Ryan

Michael M. Wilson

Board

13 of 13
12 of 13
13 of 13
13 of 13
13 of 13
4 of 4
12 of 13
13 of 13
13 of 13
13 of 13

Audit 
Committee

HRCC

NCGC

6 of 6
6 of 6
6 of 6
6 of 6
—
2 of 2
6 of 6
—
6 of 6
6 of 6

6 of 6
6 of 6
6 of 6
6 of 6
—
3 of 3
6 of 6
—
6 of 6
6 of 6

5 of 5
5 of 5
5 of 5
5 of 5
—
2 of 2
5 of 5
—
5 of 5
5 of 5

Meetings Attended %

Board
100%
92%
100%
100%
100%
100%
92%
100%
100%
100%

Committee
100%
100%
100%
100%
—
100%
100%
—
100%
100%

(1) 

Dr. Müller was appointed to the Board of Directors effective August 31, 2021.

In  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  all  Board  and  Committee  meetings  noted  in  the  above  table  were  held 
virtually  by  electronic  means  other  than  the  October  2021  meetings  which  were  held  as  hybrid  in-person  and  virtual 
meetings. 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis sets out the policies of the Corporation for determining compensation 
paid to the Corporation’s CEO, its CFO, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, Named 
Executive Officers or NEOs). The NEOs who are the subject of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis are: 

Robert A. Mionis — President and Chief Executive Officer

Mr.  Mionis  is  responsible  for  Celestica’s  overall  leadership,  strategy  and  vision.  In 
conjunction with the Board of Directors, he develops the Corporation’s overall strategic plan, 
including the corporate goals and objectives as well as our approach to risk management. He 
is  focused  on  positioning  the  Corporation  for  long-term  profitable  growth  and  ensuring  the 
success of Celestica’s customers around the world. 

Prior  to  joining  Celestica,  Mr.  Mionis  was  an  Operating  Partner  at  Pamplona,  a  global  private  equity  firm  where  he 
supported  several  companies  across  a  broad  range  of  industries,  including  the  industrial,  aerospace,  healthcare  and 
automotive industries. Before joining Pamplona, Mr. Mionis served as President and CEO of StandardAero, leading the 
company  through  a  period  of  significant  revenue  and  profitability  growth.  Over  the  course  of  his  career  he  has  held  a 
number of operational and service roles at companies in the aerospace, industrial and semiconductor markets, including 
General Electric, Axcelis Technologies, AlliedSignal and Honeywell. From 2018 to 2021, Mr. Mionis served on the board 
of Shawcor Ltd., a Canadian oilfield services company listed on the TSX.

Mr.  Mionis  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering  from  the 
University of Massachusetts.

102

 
 
 
Mandeep Chawla — Chief Financial Officer

Mr.  Chawla  is  responsible  for  the  planning  and  management  of  short  and  long-term 
financial performance and reporting activities. He assists the CEO in setting the strategic 
direction  and  financial  goals  of  the  Corporation,  and  manages  overall  capital  allocation 
activities  in  order  to  maximize  shareholder  value.  He  provides  oversight  on  risk 
management  and  governance  matters,  and  leads  the  communication  and  relationship 
management activities with key financial stakeholders. 

Mr. Chawla joined Celestica in 2010 and held progressively senior roles in the Corporation before assuming the role of 
CFO in 2017. Prior to joining Celestica, he held senior financial management roles with MDS Inc., Tyco International, and 
General  Electric. Mr. Chawla was appointed to  the Board of Directors of Sleep Country Canada Holdings Inc., a TSX-
listed mattress and bedding retailer, effective August 20, 2020.

Mr.  Chawla  holds  a  Master  of  Finance  degree  from  Queen’s  University  and  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  from 
McMaster University. He is a CPA, CMA.

Jason Phillips — President, CCS

Mr.  Phillips  was  appointed  President,  CCS,  effective  January  1,  2019.  In  this  role,  he  is 
responsible for strategy and technology development, deployment and execution for Celestica's 
enterprise and communications businesses. His responsibilities include the strategic development 
of  our  HPS  business  (which  includes  firmware/software  enablement  across  all  primary  IT 
infrastructure  data  center  technologies  and  aftermarket  services)  and  our  new  center  of 
excellence in Richardson, Texas, which expands our HPS engineering network and increases our 
North America manufacturing capacity.

Mr.  Phillips  joined  Celestica  in  2008  and  held  progressively  senior  roles  within  the  Corporation’s  CCS  business,  most 
recently  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Enterprise  and  Cloud  Solutions.  Prior  to  joining  Celestica,  he  held  the  role  of  Vice 
President  and  General  Manager,  Personal  Communications  at  Elcoteq,  and  spent  five  years  at  Solectron  in  senior  roles 
spanning sales, global account management, business unit leadership, and operations.

Mr. Phillips holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

John “Jack” J. Lawless — Former President, ATS

Mr.  Lawless  was  responsible  for  strategy  development,  deployment  and  execution  of 
Celestica’s  A&D,  Industrial,  HealthTech,  Energy  and  Capital  Equipment  businesses.  Mr. 
Lawless stepped down from his position as President, ATS effective December 31, 2021 but 
continues to serve as a special advisor to Mr. Mionis.

Prior to joining Celestica, Mr. Lawless was the CEO of Associated Air Center, a subsidiary of 
StandardAero,  where  he  was  responsible  for  strategy,  sales,  marketing,  human  resources, 
information technology and operations. At the same time, he held the role of Chief Operating 

Officer of StandardAero. Prior to StandardAero, Mr. Lawless held a number of Vice President-level roles with Honeywell. 
Before  joining  Honeywell,  he  held  progressively  senior  positions  with  companies  in  the  aerospace,  industrial  and 
semiconductor markets, including Axcelis Technologies, General Cable and AlliedSignal.

103

Todd C. Cooper — Former Chief Operations Officer; current President, ATS

During 2021, Mr. Cooper served as Chief Operations Officer and was responsible for driving 
operational  and  supply  chain  excellence,  quality  and  technology  innovation  throughout  the 
Corporation, as well as for the enablement of processes that drive value creation. As part of his 
role, he also led the operations, supply chain, quality, global business services and information 
technology  teams.  Effective  January  1,  2022,  Mr.  Cooper  was  appointed  President,  ATS.  As 
President, ATS, Mr. Cooper is responsible for strategy development, deployment and execution 
of Celestica’s A&D, Capital Equipment, HealthTech, Industrial and Energy businesses, as well 
as for PCI.

Mr. Cooper has over 25 years’ experience in operations leadership and advisory roles, including considerable experience 
in developing and implementing operational strategies to drive large-scale improvements for global organizations. Prior to 
joining Celestica, Mr. Cooper led supply chain, procurement, logistics, and sustainability value creation efforts at KKR, a 
global investment firm. Prior to that, he was the Vice President of Global Sourcing in Honeywell’s Aerospace Division. 
He previously held various management roles at Storage Technology Corporation, McKinsey & Company, and served as a 
Captain in the U.S. Army. 

He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  from  the  U.S.  Military  Academy  at  West  Point,  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Mechanical  Engineering  from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  and  an  MBA  from  the  MIT  Sloan  School 
of Management.

Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis contains references to operating margin and adjusted return on invested 
capital (ROIC), each of which is a non-IFRS financial measure (i.e., a ratio based on a non-IFRS financial measure). With 
respect to all references to these measures (wherever used herein), please note the following:

•  Non-IFRS  operating  margin  is  defined  as  non-IFRS  operating  earnings  divided  by  revenue.  Non-IFRS  operating 
earnings  is  defined  as  earnings  (loss)  before  income  taxes,  Finance  Costs  (defined  below),  employee  stock-based 
compensation  expense,  amortization  of  intangible  assets  (excluding  computer  software)  and  Other  Charges 
(recoveries) (as defined below).

•  Non-IFRS  adjusted  ROIC  is  determined  by  dividing  non-IFRS  operating  earnings  by  average  net  invested  capital, 
which is derived from IFRS financial measures and is defined as total assets less: cash, right-of-use assets, accounts 
payable, accrued and other current liabilities and provisions, and income taxes payable, using a five-point average to 
calculate average net invested capital for the year. 

•  Finance  Costs  consist  of  interest  expense  and  fees  related  to  our  credit  facility  (including  debt  issuance  and  related 
amortization costs), our interest rate swap agreements, our accounts receivable sales program and customer supplier 
financing programs, and interest expense on our lease obligations, net of interest income earned.

•  Other Charges (recoveries) consist of restructuring charges, net of recoveries, transition costs (costs related to, when 
applicable: the relocation of our Toronto manufacturing operations and the move of our corporate headquarters into 
and  out  of  a  temporary  location;  and  manufacturing  line  transfers  from  closed  sites);  net  impairment  charges; 
Acquisition Costs (as defined below); legal settlements (recoveries); and specified credit facility-related charges.

•  Acquisition Costs consist of acquisition-related consulting, transaction and integration costs, and charges or releases 
related to the remeasurement of indemnification assets or the release of indemnification or other liabilities recorded in 
connection with acquisitions.

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” in Item 5 of this Annual Report for, among other things, a discussion of the 
exclusions  used  to  determine  these  non-IFRS  financial  measures,  how  these  non-IFRS  financial  measures  are  used,  and  a 
reconciliation of historical non-IFRS operating margin and non-IFRS adjusted ROIC to the most directly comparable IFRS 
financial  measures,  which  reconciliations  are  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  These  non-IFRS  financial  measures  do  not 
have any standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by 
other companies.

104

 
A description and explanation of the significant elements of compensation awarded to the foregoing NEOs during 

2021 is set forth below under 2021 Compensation Decisions.

Compensation Objectives

The  Corporation’s  executive  compensation  philosophy  is  to  attract,  motivate  and  retain  the  leaders  who  drive  the 
success of the Corporation. In light of this philosophy, we have designed our executive compensation programs and practices 
to pay for performance, adhere to the Corporation’s risk profile, align the interests of executives and shareholders, incentivize 
executives  to  work  as  a  team  to  achieve  our  strategic  objectives,  ensure  direct  accountability  for  annual  and  long-term 
operating  results,  and  to  reflect  both  business  strategy  and  market  norms.  The  HRCC  reviews  compensation  policies  and 
practices  regularly,  considers  related  risks,  and  makes  any  adjustments  it  deems  necessary  to  ensure  our  compensation 
policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

A substantial portion of the compensation of our executives is linked to the Corporation’s performance. The HRCC 
establishes total target compensation and certain elements of compensation (base salary, short-term incentives and long-term 
incentives) for the NEOs with reference to the median compensation of the Comparator Group, and other factors including 
experience, internal pay equity, work location, tenure, and role. Rather than setting pay formulaically to match the median 
exactly,  the  Comparator  Group  is  primarily  used  for  setting  an  anchor  point  by  which  to  test  the  reasonableness  of 
compensation. NEOs have the opportunity for higher compensation for performance that exceeds target performance goals, 
and will receive lower compensation for performance that is below target performance goals. 

What We Do

Pay for performance

Focus on long-term compensation using a 
balanced mix of compensation elements

Ensure the mix of executive compensation balances 
long-term success, annual performance, and adequate 
fixed compensation

Consider market norms and competitive pay 
practices

What We Don’t Do

No repricing of options

No hedging or pledging by executives of 
Celestica securities

No steep payout cliffs at certain performance 
levels that may encourage short-term business 
decisions to meet payout thresholds

No multi-year guarantees

Mitigate undue risk in compensation programs

No uncapped incentive plans

X

X

X

X

X

Retain an independent advisor to the HRCC

Stress-test compensation plan designs

Apply stringent share ownership policies and post-
employment hold period for the CEO’s
shares

Clawback incentive-based compensation under specified 
circumstances

Maintain equity plans that provide for change of control 
treatment for outstanding equity based on a 
“double trigger” requirement

Set minimum corporate profitability 
requirement for CTI payments

Establish caps on PSU payout factors

Provide annual shareholder “say-on-pay” advisory vote

105

 
 
 
The 2021 compensation package was designed to:

•  ensure executives are compensated fairly and in a way that does not result in the Corporation incurring undue risk or 

encouraging executives to take inappropriate risks;

•  provide competitive fixed compensation (i.e., base salary and benefits), as well as a substantial amount of at-risk pay 

through our annual and equity-based incentive plans;

•  reward executives for: achieving short-term operational and financial results through annual cash incentives based on 
the  Corporation’s  Annual  Operating  Plan  (AOP);  achieving  long-term  operational  and  financial  results  as  well  as 
superior  share  price  performance  relative  to  a  group  of  technology  hardware  and  equipment  companies  (through 
PSUs); and sustained, long-term leadership (through RSUs);

•  align the interests of executives and shareholders through long-term equity-based compensation;

•  recognize  tenure  and  utilize  a  multi-year  approach  for  setting  and  transitioning  target  compensation  for  executives 

who are new in their role;

•  reflect  internal  equity,  recognize  fair  and  appropriate  compensation  levels  relative  to  differing  roles  and 

responsibilities, and encourage executives to work as a team to achieve corporate results; and

•  ensure  direct  accountability  for  the  annual  operating  results  and  the  long-term  financial  performance  of  the 

Corporation.

Independent Advice

The HRCC, which has the sole authority to retain and terminate an executive compensation consultant to the HRCC, 
has  engaged  Willis  Towers  Watson  (Compensation  Consultant)  since  2006  as  its  independent  compensation  consultant  to 
assist in identifying appropriate comparator companies against which to evaluate the Corporation’s compensation levels, to 
provide data about those companies, and to provide observations and advice with respect to the Corporation’s compensation 
practices versus those of chosen comparator companies and the market in general.

The  Compensation  Consultant  also  provides  advice  (upon  request)  to  the  HRCC  on  the  policy  recommendations 
prepared  by  management  and  keeps  the  HRCC  apprised  of  market  trends  in  executive  compensation.  The  Compensation 
Consultant attended portions of all HRCC meetings held in 2021, in person, by telephone or virtually, as requested by the 
Chair of the HRCC. At each of its meetings, the HRCC held an in camera session with the Compensation Consultant without 
any member of management being present. Decisions made by the HRCC, however, are the responsibility of the HRCC and 
may  reflect  factors  and  considerations  supplementary  to  the  information  and  advice  provided  by  the  Compensation 
Consultant.

Each year, the HRCC reviews the scope of activities of the Compensation Consultant and, if it deems appropriate, 
approves the corresponding budget. During such review, the HRCC also considers the independence factors required to be 
considered by the NYSE prior to the selection or receipt of advice from a compensation consultant. After consideration of 
such  independence  factors  and  prior  to  engaging  the  Compensation  Consultant  in  2021,  the  HRCC  determined  that  the 
Compensation  Consultant  was  independent.  The  Compensation  Consultant  meets  with  the  Chair  of  the  HRCC  and 
management at least annually to identify any initiatives requiring external support and agenda items for each HRCC meeting 
throughout  the  year.  The  Compensation  Consultant  reports  directly  to  the  Chair  of  the  HRCC  and  is  not  engaged  by 
management.  The  Compensation  Consultant  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  HRCC,  assist  management  in  reviewing  and, 
where  appropriate,  developing  and  recommending  compensation  programs  to  align  the  Corporation’s  practices  with 
competitive practices. Any such service in excess of $25,000 provided by the Compensation Consultant relating to executive 
compensation  must  be  pre-approved  by  the  Chair  of  the  HRCC.  In  addition,  any  non-executive  compensation  consulting 
service  in  excess  of  $25,000  must  be  submitted  by  management  to  the  HRCC  for  pre-approval,  and  any  services  that  will 
cause total non-executive compensation consulting fees to exceed $25,000 in aggregate in a calendar year must also be pre-
approved by the HRCC.

106

 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  out  the  fees  paid  by  the  Corporation  to  the  Compensation  Consultant  in  each  of  the  past 

two years:

Table 6: Fees of the Compensation Consultant

Executive Compensation-Related Fees(1)
All Other Fees(2)

Year Ended
December 31

2021
C$272,238
C$14,980

2020
C$299,264
C$11,626

(1) 

Services  for  2021  and  2020  included  support  on  executive  compensation  matters  that  are  part  of  the  HRCCs  annual  agenda  (e.g.,  executive 
compensation  competitive  market  analysis,  review  of  trends  in  executive  compensation,  peer  group  review,  pay  for  performance  analysis  and 
assistance with executive compensation-related disclosure, annual valuation of PSUs for accounting purposes, attendance at all HRCC meetings, and 
support  with ad-hoc executive compensation issues that arose  throughout the year). Services for 2020 also included the comprehensive  Comparator 
Group review, market benchmark data for certain executives, and PSU valuation and estimated fair values. 

(2)  Other  fees  for  2021  included  a  competitive  market  analysis  for  certain  of  our  businesses.  Other  fees  for  2020  included  an  abridged  director 

compensation review.

Compensation Process

Executive  compensation  is  determined  as  part  of  an  annual  process  followed  by  the  HRCC,  supported  by  the 
Compensation Consultant. The HRCC reviews and approves compensation for the CEO and the other NEOs, including base 
salaries,  target  annual  incentive  awards  under  the  CTI  and  equity-based  incentive  grants.  The  HRCC  evaluates  the 
performance of the CEO relative to financial and business goals and objectives approved by the Board from time to time for 
such purpose. The HRCC reviews data for the Comparator Group and other competitive market data, and consults with the 
Compensation  Consultant  before  exercising  its  independent  judgment  to  determine  appropriate  compensation  levels.  The 
CEO reviews the performance evaluations of the other NEOs with the HRCC and provides compensation recommendations. 
The  HRCC  considers  these  recommendations,  reviews  market  compensation  information,  consults  with  the  Compensation 
Consultant, and then exercises its independent judgment to determine if any adjustments are required prior to approval of the 
compensation of such other NEOs. The CEO and the other NEOs are not present at the HRCC meetings when their respective 
compensation is discussed.

The HRCC generally meets five times a year, in January, April, July, October and December. The annual executive 

compensation process typically follows the calendar outlined below:

107

 
 
 
January

• Determine  achievement  of  the  corporate  performance  factor  (based  on  the  Corporation’s  year  end  results  as 
approved by the Audit Committee) and the individual performance factors for CTI payments for the previous year
• Determine  achievement  of  performance  for  the  PSUs  that  vest  in  the  current  year  based  on  the  applicable 

performance period

• Approve corporate performance objectives for the CTI for the current year 
• Approve performance goals for PSUs granted in the current year
• Review  individual  target  compensation  levels  and  approve  base  salary,  target  under  the  CTI  and  long-term 

incentives for the current year

• Conduct risk assessment of compensation programs
• Review scope of activity of Compensation Consultant and approve fees for the current year
• Review executive compensation disclosure
• Review the corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation and evaluate CEO performance in light of 

the financial and business goals and objectives approved by the Board for the previous year

• Review and approve total compensation package for CEO for the current year, including stress-test of performance-

April

July

October

December

based compensation

• Annual compensation policy review and pension plan review
• Assess performance of Compensation Consultant
• Diversity and inclusion update

• Review and consider shareholder feedback from say-on-pay vote
• Review trends and “hot topics” in compensation governance
• Review and approve Comparator Group for the following year (based on the recommendation of the Compensation 

Consultant)

• Review talent management strategy and succession plans
• Conduct pay for performance alignment review
• Review market benchmark reports for the CEO and other NEOs
• Review and evaluate interim performance relative to corporate goals and objectives for the current year
• Conduct risk assessment of compensation programs

• Review and evaluate updated interim performance relative to corporate goals and objectives for the current year
• Review  preliminary  compensation  recommendations  and  performance  objectives  for  the  following  year,  including 
base  salary  recommendations  and 
incentives  (NEO  compensation 
recommendations  are  developed  by  the  CEO.  The  CEO’s  compensation  recommendations  are  determined  by  the 
HRCC in consultation with the Compensation Consultant and the CHRO). 

the  value  and  mix  of  equity-based 

• By reviewing the compensation proposals in advance, the HRCC is afforded sufficient time to discuss and provide 
input regarding proposed compensation changes prior to the January meeting at which time the HRCC approves the 
compensation proposals, revised as they deem appropriate, based on input provided at the December meeting.
Preliminary evaluation of individual performance relative to objectives

•

HRCC Discretion

The  HRCC  may  exercise  its  discretion  to  either  award  compensation  absent  attainment  of  a  relevant  performance 
goal or similar condition, or to reduce or increase the size of any award or payout to any NEO. The HRCC did not exercise 
such discretion for 2021 compensation with respect to any NEO.

Compensation Risk Assessment and Governance Analysis

The HRCC, in performing its duties and exercising its powers under its mandate, considers the implications of the 
risks associated with the Corporation’s compensation policies and practices. This includes: identifying any such policies or 
practices  that  encourage  executive  officers  to  take  inappropriate  or  excessive  risks;  identifying  risks  arising  from  such 
policies and practices that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation; and considering the risk 
implications of the Corporation’s compensation policies and practices and any proposed changes to them.

The Corporation’s compensation programs are designed with a balanced approach aligned with its business strategy 
and risk profile. A number of compensation practices have been implemented to mitigate potential compensation policy risk. 
It is the HRCC’s view that the Corporation’s 2021 compensation policies and practices did not promote excessive risk-taking 
that  would  be  reasonably  likely  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation,  and  that  appropriate  risk  mitigation 

108

 
 
 
features are in place within the Corporation’s compensation program. In reaching its opinion, the HRCC reviewed key risk-
mitigating  features  in  the  Corporation’s  compensation  governance  processes  and  compensation  structure  including 
the following: 

Governance

Corporate Strategy 
Alignment

•

Our executive compensation program is designed to link executive compensation outcomes with 
the execution of business strategy and align with shareholder interests.

Compensation Decision-
Making Process

• We have formalized compensation objectives to help guide compensation decisions and incentive 

design and to effectively support our pay for performance policy (see Compensation Objectives).

Shareholder Engagement 

Non-binding Shareholder 
Advisory Vote on Executive 
Compensation

Annual Review of Incentive 
Programs

External Independent 
Compensation Advisor

Overlapping Committee 
Membership

Compensation Program Design

Review of Incentive 
Programs

Fixed versus Variable 
Compensation

“One-company” Annual 
Incentive Plan

Balance of Financial 
Performance Metrics as well 
as Absolute and Relative 
Performance Metrics

Minimum Performance 
Requirements and 
Maximum Payout Caps

• We  have  a  shareholder  outreach  program  through  which  we  solicit  feedback  on  our  corporate 

governance, executive compensation program, and other matters.

• We annually hold an advisory vote on executive compensation, allowing shareholders to express 

approval or disapproval of our approach to executive compensation.

•

Each year, we review and set performance measures and targets for the CTI and for PSU grants  
under the long-term incentive plans that are aligned with the business plan and our risk profile to 
ensure continued relevance and applicability.

• When  new  compensation  programs  are  considered,  they  are  stress-tested  to  ensure  potential 
payouts would be reasonable within the context of the full range of performance outcomes. CEO 
compensation  is  stress-tested  annually  in  addition  to  any  stress-tests  for  new  compensation 
programs.
On an ongoing basis, the HRCC retains the services of an independent compensation advisor to 
provide  an  external  perspective  as  to  marketplace  changes  and  best  practices  related  to 
compensation design, governance and compensation risk management.

•

•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

•
•

•

All  of  our  independent  directors  sit  on  the  HRCC  to  provide  continuity  and  to  facilitate 
coordination between the Committee’s and the Board’s respective oversight responsibilities.

At  appropriate  intervals,  we  conduct  a  review  of  our  compensation  strategy,  including  pay 
philosophy  and  program  design,  in  light  of  business  requirements,  shareholder  views,  market 
practice and governance considerations.

For  the  NEOs,  a  significant  portion  of  target  total  direct  compensation  is  delivered  through 
variable compensation (CTI and long-term, equity-based incentive plans).
The majority of the value of target variable compensation is delivered through grants under long-
term,  equity-based  incentive  plans  which  are  subject  to  time  and/or  performance  vesting 
requirements.
The mix of variable compensation provides a strong pay for performance relationship.
The  NEO  compensation  package  provides  a  competitive  base  level  of  compensation  through 
salary, and mitigates the risk of encouraging the achievement of short-term goals at the expense 
of  creating  and  sustaining  long-term  shareholder  value,  as  NEOs  benefit  if  shareholder  value 
increases over the long-term.

Celestica’s  “one-company”  annual  incentive  plan  (CTI)  helps  to  mitigate  risk-taking  by 
tempering the results of any one business unit on Celestica’s overall corporate performance, and 
aligning executives and employees in the various business units and regions with corporate goals.

is  assessed  based  on  business 

The CTI ensures a balanced assessment of performance with ultimate payout tied to measurable 
corporate financial metrics.
Individual  performance 
teamwork  and  key 
accomplishments,  and  market  performance  is  captured  through  RSUs  as  well  as  PSUs  (which 
vest based on performance relative to both absolute and relative financial targets).
 A corporate profitability requirement must be met for any payout to occur under the CTI.
Additionally,  target  performance  on  a  second  performance  measure  must  be  achieved  for 
payment above target on any other performance measure.
Each of the CTI and PSU payouts have a maximum payout of two times target.

results, 

109

Share Ownership 
Requirement

Anti-hedging and Anti-
pledging Policy

Clawback Policy and 
Provisions

“Double Trigger”

Severance Protection

Pay For Performance 
Analysis

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Our share ownership guidelines require executives to hold a significant amount of our securities 
to help align their interests with those of shareholders’ and our long-term performance.
This practice also mitigates against executives taking inappropriate or excessive risks to improve 
short-term performance at the expense of longer-term objectives.
In  the  event  of  the  cessation  of  Mr.  Mionis’  employment  with  us  for  any  reason,  he  will  be 
required to retain the share ownership level set out in the Executive Share Ownership Guidelines 
on his termination date for the 12 month period immediately following his termination date as set 
out  in  Mr.  Mionis’  amended  CEO  employment  agreement  effective  August  1,  2016  (CEO 
Employment Agreement).
Executives  and  directors  are  prohibited  from:  entering  into  speculative  transactions  and 
transactions  designed  to  hedge  or  offset  a  decrease  in  the  market  value  of  our  securities; 
purchasing our securities on margin; borrowing against our securities held in a margin account; 
and pledging our securities as collateral for a loan.
The Clawback Policy provides for recoupment of incentive compensation from the NEOs if the 
Corporation is required to restate financial statements due to, directly or indirectly, one or more 
NEOs  having  engaged  in  fraud,  intentional  misconduct  or  gross  negligence  or  committed  a 
material breach of the BCG Policy. Additionally, incentive compensation is subject to clawback 
if  an  executive  has  committed  a  material  breach  of  certain  post-employment  provisions.  See 
Clawback Policy and Provisions below.
The  LTIP  and  Celestica  Share  Unit  Plan  (CSUP)  provide  for  change-of-control  treatment  for 
outstanding equity based on a “double trigger” requirement.
NEOs’  entitlements  on  termination  without  cause  are  in  part  contingent  on  complying  with 
confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-competition obligations.
Periodic scenario-testing of the executive compensation programs is conducted, including a pay 
for performance analysis.

110

Comparator Group

Global Presence

While  the  Corporation  is  incorporated  and  headquartered  in  Canada,  we  have  a  global  business  strategy  and  we 
compete  for  executive  talent  worldwide.  We  operate  a  network  of  sites  and  centers  of  excellence  strategically  located  in 
North America, Europe and Asia, with specialized end-to-end supply chain capabilities tailored to meet specific market and 
customer product lifecycle requirements.

The  EMS  industry  is  highly  competitive,  and  certain  of  our  businesses  are  extensively  technical  and  highly 

specialized requiring a highly skilled leadership team.

Broadly diversified footprint operating globally across 40+ sites

2021 Comparator Group

Celestica’s approach to executive pay benchmarking has evolved over time and reflects the changes in Corporation’s 
strategic  direction.  The  evolution  of  our  business  model,  as  well  as  external  market  conditions,  led  us  to  reconsider  the 
companies comprising the Comparator Group. Specifically, it is important to Celestica that the Comparator Group reflect the 
global scale of executive talent required to drive our strategic vision. We therefore undertook a comprehensive review during 
2020 of our approach to the companies comprising our Comparator Group to ensure that it properly reflected our market for 
executive  talent  and  the  financial  characteristics  and  highly  specialized  and  diversified  operations  of  the  Corporation  as  it 
progressed from a transformative phase to an anticipated growth phase. 

A  majority  of  our  current  executive  officers  were  not  recruited  from  the  Canadian  market.  Our  three  most  recent 
CEOs (including Mr. Mionis) and three of the four other NEOs have come from the U.S. We have no EMS competitors in 
Canada, and non-EMS companies of similar size, that are based exclusively within Canada do not provide the desired EMS 
business and operational knowledge required for the complexity of our business.  

The  Compensation  Consultant  prepared  an  in-depth  review  of  potential  changes  to  the  Comparator  Group,  which 

was presented to the HRCC, with consideration for the following criteria:

111

 
 
 
 
 
revenue is the driver of relative scope/complexity and is the financial measure that is 
most strongly correlated with executive pay
the  range  of  revenue  of  the  Comparator  Group  is  provided  below;  Celestica’s  2020 
revenue was above the median:

Financial performance

•

•

•

•

Company size and complexity •

Industry

•

Peers of peers
Input from management

other  financial  indicators  were  used  in  addition  to  revenue,  such  as  market 
capitalization,  earnings  before  interest  and  taxes  (EBIT)  margin  and  other  financial 
indicators which align with our strategic direction 
these financial attributes ensure the alignment of executive pay with that of companies 
with similar financial characteristics as well as affordability of incentive plans
companies  with  similar  size  and  complexity  recruit  from  the  same  executive  talent 
pool 
similarly  sized  industry  comparables  were  further  refined  based  on  other  financial 
indicators
review of technology companies associated with the EMS industry

•
•      analysis of the comparator groups of certain peer companies within the EMS industry
•

perspectives of management regarding which organizations were most relevant from a 
business operations and talent competitor perspective

Based  on  these  criteria,  the  Compensation  Consultant  recommended  and  the  HRCC  approved  the  following 
Comparator  Group,  which  is  comprised  of  U.S.-based  technology  companies,  to  be  used  in  the  determination  of  2021 
executive compensation: 

 Table 7: Comparator Group

Benchmark Electronics Inc.
Ciena Corp.
CommScope Holdings Company, Inc.
Curtiss-Wright Corporation
Diebold Nixdorff, Incorporated
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Keysight Technologies Inc.
NCR Corporation

NetApp, Inc.
ON Semiconductor Corporation
Plexus Inc.
Sanmina Corporation
ScanSource Inc.
Seagate Technology PLC
Trimble Inc.
Xerox Holdings Corporation

During 2021, the HRCC reviewed the Comparator Group for 2022 executive compensation, and no changes were 

made.

Additionally,  broader  market  compensation  survey  data  for  other  similarly-sized  organizations  as  well  as  U.S. 
technology  companies  and  Canadian  general  industry  companies  with  global  operations  provided  by  the  Compensation 
Consultant is analyzed in accordance with a process approved by the HRCC. The HRCC also considered proxy disclosure for 
companies in the Comparator Group, as well as survey data, among other factors, in making compensation decisions for the 
CEO and the other NEOs.

112

                                  
    
 
 
 
Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging Policy

Our Insider Trading Policy prohibits executives from, among other things, entering into speculative transactions and 
transactions  designed  to  hedge  or  offset  a  decrease  in  the  market  value  of  securities  of  the  Corporation.  Accordingly, 
executive  officers  may  not  sell  short  the  Corporation’s  securities,  buy  or  sell  put  or  call  options  on  the  Corporation’s 
securities, or purchase financial instruments (including prepaid variable contracts, equity swaps, collars or units of exchange 
funds) which are designed to hedge or offset a decrease in the market value of the Corporation’s securities. Executive officers 
are  also  prohibited  from  purchasing  the  Corporation’s  securities  on  margin,  borrowing  against  the  Corporation’s  securities 
held in a margin account, or pledging the Corporation’s securities as collateral for a loan. The directors of the Corporation 
also  must  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  Insider  Trading  policy  which  prohibit  hedging  and/or  pledging  of  the 
Corporation’s securities.

Clawback Policy and Provisions

In 2021, the HRCC approved a new Clawback Policy applicable to the NEOs which provides that if the Corporation 
is  required  to  restate  financial  statements  due  to,  directly  or  indirectly,  one  or  more  NEOs  having  (a)  engaged  in  fraud, 
intentional misconduct or gross negligence or (b) committed a material breach of the BCG Policy, the following clawbacks 
will  apply:  (i)  reduction  of  the  number  or  value  of,  or  cancellation  or  termination  of,  all  or  any  portion  of  incentive 
compensation awarded or granted to the breaching NEO in the 12 months prior to date of breach; and (ii) disgorgement or 
reimbursement  of  all  or  any  portion  of  any  incentive  compensation  paid,  awarded  or  granted  to  such  executive,  as  well  as 
proceeds realized from any such award or grant in the 12 months prior to the date of breach. 

Additionally,  the  Executive  Policy  Guidelines  were  updated  in  2021  to  include  provisions  that  all  incentive 
compensation paid or awarded to executives (including the NEOs) may be subject to clawback in the event an executive has 
committed  a  material  breach  of  certain  post-employment  provisions  (non-competition,  non-solicitation  or  disclosure  of 
confidential information). The clawbacks include reduction of the number or value of, or cancellation and termination, of all 
or any portion of any incentive compensation that was awarded or granted to the executive or vested, in each case in the two-
year  period  prior  to  the  date  of  breach  and/or  disgorgement  or  reimbursement  of  all  or  any  portion  of  any  incentive 
compensation paid, awarded or granted to such executive, as well as proceeds realized from any such award or grant, in each 
case in the two year period prior to the date of breach.

For the purposes of these clawbacks and recoupment, incentive compensation means, without limitation, short-term 

cash incentives, equity-based incentives and any other incentive-based compensation. 

In addition, under the terms of all equity grants made to employees (including the NEOs) under the LTIP and the 
CSUP,  an  amount  equal  to  the  market  value  of  the  shares  (or  in  the  case  of  options,  the  intrinsic  value  realized  by  the 
executive) at the time of release, net of taxes, is required to be repaid to the Corporation if, within 12 months of the release 
date,  there  was  a  breach  of  certain  post-employment  provisions  (non-competition,  non-solicitation  or  disclosure  of 
confidential information). 

Executives who are terminated for cause also forfeit all unvested RSUs, PSUs and stock options as well as all vested 

and unexercised stock options.

Executive Share Ownership

The Corporation has executive share ownership guidelines (Executive Share Ownership Guidelines) which require 
specified  executives  to  hold  a  multiple  of  their  base  salary  in  specified  securities  of  the  Corporation  as  shown  in  Table  8. 
Executives  subject  to  the  Executive  Share  Ownership  Guidelines  are  expected  to  achieve  the  specified  ownership  within  a 
period of five years following the later of: (i) the date of hire, or (ii) the date of promotion to a level subject to the ownership 
guidelines.  Compliance  is  reviewed  annually  as  of  December  31  of  each  year.  The  HRCC  reviewed  the  Executive  Share 
Ownership Guidelines in July 2021 and no policy changes were made. The table below sets forth the compliance status of the 
applicable NEOs with the Executive Share Ownership Guidelines as of December 31, 2021: 

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 8: Executive Share Ownership Guidelines

Name
Robert A. Mionis(2)

Mandeep Chawla

Jason Phillips

Jack J. Lawless

Todd C. Cooper

Executive Share Ownership 
Guidelines
$4,750,000
(5 × salary)
$1,650,000
(3 × salary)
$1,455,000
 (3 × salary)
$1,380,000
(3 × salary)
$1,455,000
 (3× salary)

Share and Share Unit 
Ownership
(Value)(1)
$20,193,237

Share and Share Unit 
Ownership
(Multiple of Salary)
21.3x

$3,973,477

$3,217,561

$4,846,392

$5,291,491

7.2x

6.6x

10.5x

10.9x

(1)  Consists of: (i) SVS beneficially owned as of December 31, 2021, (ii) all unvested RSUs held as of December 31, 2021, and (iii) PSUs that settled on 
February 6, 2022 at 74% of target, which, on December 31, 2021, was the Corporation’s anticipated payout and at vesting was the actual payout; the 
value of which was determined using a share price of $11.13, the closing price of SVS on the NYSE on December 31, 2021.

(2) 

For additional details regarding Mr. Mionis’ share and share unit ownership, see Table 17 and Item 6.E. of this Annual Report.

The CEO Employment Agreement provides that, in the event of the cessation of Mr. Mionis’ employment with the 
Corporation for any reason, he will be required to retain the share ownership level set out in the Executive Share Ownership 
Guidelines on his termination date for the 12-month period immediately following his termination date.

Compensation Elements for the Named Executive Officers

Our executive compensation program is comprised of the following elements:

Elements

Base Salary

Annual Cash Incentives

Equity-Based Incentives

•  RSUs

•  PSUs

Benefits

Pension

Perquisites

Compensation Element Mix

Rationale

Provides  a  fixed  level  of  compensation  intended  to  reflect  the  scope  of  an  executive’s 
responsibilities and level of experience and to reward sustained performance over time, as well 
as to approximate competitive base salary levels
Aligns executive performance with the Corporation’s annual goals and objectives

Provides a strong incentive for long-term executive retention

Aligns  executives’  interests  with  shareholder  interests  and  provides  incentives  for  long-term 
performance

Designed to help ensure the health and wellness of executives

Designed to assist executives in saving for their retirement

Perquisites are provided to executives on a case-by-case basis as considered appropriate and in 
the interests of the Corporation

In order to ensure that our executive compensation program is market competitive, we annually review the program 
design and pay levels of companies in the Comparator Group and other competitive market data. We assess total target direct 
compensation  (base  salary,  annual  cash  incentive  and  equity  grants)  as  well  as  specific  elements  of  compensation  when 
reviewing  market  information  relative  to  our  executive  compensation  program.  The  HRCC  uses  the  median  of  the 
Comparator Group as a guideline when determining total target direct compensation but is not bound to any target percentile 
for any specific element of compensation. In addition to competitive market data, we also consider executive compensation in 
the context of an executive’s level of responsibility, experience, performance relative to their internal peers and succession 
planning. In determining appropriate positioning relative to the Comparator Group and internal peers, we utilize a multi-year 
approach for setting and transitioning target compensation for executives who are new in their role.

114

 
 
 
The  at-risk  portion  of  total  compensation  varies  by  role  and  executive  level,  but  has  the  highest  weighting  at  the 
most  senior  levels  of  management.  CTI  awards  and  certain  equity-based  incentive  plan  awards  are  contingent  upon  the 
Corporation’s financial and operational performance and are therefore at-risk. By making a significant portion of total target 
direct compensation variable, the Corporation intends to continue to align NEO compensation with shareholder interests. 

At-Risk Compensation

The vast majority of compensation paid to the NEOs is in the form of compensation that is variable and at-risk based 
on  performance.  A  significant  component  of  our  executive  at-risk  pay  is  equity-based  incentives,  whose  value  is  linked 
directly to the value of our SVS, ensuring alignment with the interests of shareholders. Further, CTI awards are contingent 
upon the Corporation’s financial and operational performance and are therefore also at-risk. 

Base Salary

The  objective  of  base  salary  is  to  attract,  reward  and  retain  top  talent.  Base  salaries  for  executive  positions  are 
determined with consideration given to the market median of the Comparator Group. Base salaries are reviewed annually and 
adjusted  if  appropriate,  to  reflect  individual  performance,  relevant  knowledge,  experience  and  the  executive’s  level  of 
responsibility within the Corporation.

Celestica Team Incentive Plan

The CTI is a broad-based annual incentive program for all eligible employees, including the NEOs. The objective of 
the  CTI  is  to  motivate  employees  to  achieve  our  short-term  corporate  goals,  and  to  reward  them  accordingly.  The  payout 
amount  for  each  participant  in  the  CTI  is  based  on  actual  achievement  levels  with  respect  to:  (i)  a  corporate  performance 
factor (CPF), which is based on the achievement of specified corporate goals; and (ii) an individual performance factor (IPF), 
which is based on achievement of individual performance goals. Payouts can vary from 0% to 200% of the Target Award (as 
defined below) depending on performance. 

Payments under the CTI are made in cash and are determined in accordance with the following formula: 

115

 
 
 
 
CPF

IPF

Target Incentive

At  the  beginning  of  the  performance  period,  management  sets  certain  corporate  financial  targets  in  alignment 
with  the  Board-approved  AOP.  The  HRCC  approves  such  targets  once  finalized,  and  the  Corporation’s  results 
relative to the approved targets are measured to determine the CPF at the end of the performance period. 

The CPF can vary from 0% to 200%, depending on the level of achievement of the corporate financial targets, 
subject to the following two parameters (CTI Parameters):

(1) a separate minimum corporate profitability requirement must be achieved for the CPF to exceed zero; and

(2)  target  non-IFRS  operating  margin  must  be  achieved  for  any  other  measures  under  the  CPF  to  pay  above 
target.

The CTI Parameters are set in addition to the achievement of CPF corporate financial targets in order to ensure 
challenging  goals  are  reflective  of  our  current  business  environment  and  that  CTI  aligns  with  our  pay  for 
performance philosophy.

The CPF must be greater than zero for an executive to receive any CTI payment.
Individual contribution is recognized through the IPF component of the CTI. At the beginning of the performance 
period, eligible employees, including the NEOs, set individual specific goals and objectives to be achieved in the 
year which include both quantitative and qualitative objectives. NEOs also review their goals and objectives with 
the  CEO  in  order  to  align  the  goals  and  objectives  of  the  executive  leadership  team,  and  once  finalized  are 
approved  by  the  CEO.  The  goals  and  criteria  may  include,  for  example,  individual  performance  relative  to 
segment or company business results, ESG metrics, teamwork, leadership, execution of responsibilities and key 
accomplishments. 

At  the  end  of  the  year,  an  NEO’s  IPF  is  determined  through  the  annual  performance  review  process  which  is 
based on an evaluation of the NEO’s performance measured against the NEO’s specific goals and criteria and is 
approved by the HRCC as recommended by the CEO.

The IPF can increase an NEO’s CTI award by a factor of up to 1.5x, subject to an overall CTI award cap of two 
times the Target Award, or reduce an NEO’s CTI award to zero depending on individual performance. An IPF of 
less than 1.0 will result in a reduction of the CTI award payment otherwise payable, and an IPF of zero will result 
in no CTI Payment. 
The Target Incentive is a percentage of a NEO’s base salary and is determined based on competitive market data.

Target Award

The Target Award is a NEO’s Target Incentive multiplied by their base salary.

Maximum Award

Although  the  combination  of  a  CPF  of  200%  and  an  IPF  of  1.5x  may  mathematically  result  in  an  amount  in 
excess of two times the Target Award, all CTI awards are capped at two times the Target Award.

Equity-Based Incentives

The Corporation’s equity-based incentives for the NEOs consist of RSUs, PSUs and/or stock options. The objectives 

of equity-based compensation are to:

•  align the NEOs’ interests with those of shareholders and incent appropriate behaviour for long-term performance;

•  reward the NEOs’ contributions to the Corporation’s long-term success; and

•  enable the Corporation to attract, motivate and retain qualified and experienced employees.

At the January meeting, the HRCC determines the dollar value and mix of the equity-based grants to be awarded to 
the  NEOs,  if  any.  On  the  grant  date,  the  dollar  value  is  converted  into  the  number  of  units  that  will  be  granted  using  the 
closing price of the SVS on the trading day prior to the grant date. The annual grants are made following the blackout period 
that  ends  not  less  than  48  hours  after  the  Corporation’s  year-end  results  have  been  released.  The  mix  of  equity-based 
incentives is reviewed and approved by the HRCC each year, and is based on factors including competitive grant practices, 
balance between performance incentive and retention value, and the effectiveness of each equity vehicle for motivating and 
retaining critical leaders.

Target  equity-based  incentives  are  determined  using  a  variety  of  factors,  including,  the  median  awards  of  the 
Comparator Group as well as individual performance, experience and anticipated contribution to the Corporation’s strategy. 
In establishing the grant value of the annual equity awards for each of the NEOs, we start by assessing the median total target 
direct  compensation  of  the  equivalent  position  at  companies  in  the  Comparator  Group.  This  data  is  then  compared  over  a 
number  of  years  for  additional  context  and  market  trends.  The  HRCC  also  considers  individual  performance,  the  need  to 
retain  experienced  and  talented  leaders  to  execute  the  Corporation’s  business  strategies  and  the  executive’s  potential  to 

116

 
 
 
contribute to long-term shareholder value. Also considered are the executive’s role and responsibilities, internal equity and 
the level of previous long-term incentive awards. Once all of these factors are taken into consideration, the grant value of the 
annual equity-based awards for the NEOs is set.

In  addition  to  the  annual  equity  grants,  management  may  award  equity-based  incentives  in  order  to  attract  new 
executive hires and to retain current executives in special circumstances. Such grants are reviewed in advance with the Chairs 
of the Board and HRCC, and are subject to ratification by the HRCC. No such grants were made to NEOs in 2021, with the 
exception of an additional grant to Mr. Cooper of 24,691 RSUs – see 2021 Compensation Decisions below for a description 
of this award. 

RSUs

NEOs may be granted RSUs under either the LTIP or the CSUP as part of the Corporation’s annual equity grant. 
Such awards may be subject to vesting requirements, including time-based or other conditions as may be determined by the 
HRCC in its discretion. RSUs granted by the Corporation generally vest in instalments of one-third per year, over three years, 
based on continued employment with the Corporation. The payout value of the award is based on the number of RSUs being 
released and the market price of the SVS at the time of release. The Corporation has the right under the CSUP to settle RSUs 
in either cash or SVS. Under the LTIP, the Corporation may, at the time of grant, authorize grantees to settle vested RSUs 
either in cash or in SVS (on a one-for-one basis). Absent such permitted election, grants under the LTIP will be settled in 
SVS. If the Corporation has authorized a settlement in SVS or cash, the holder can choose which of these the holder receives. 
See Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation Plans.

PSUs

NEOs  may  be  granted  PSUs  under  the  LTIP  or  the  CSUP  as  part  of  the  Corporation’s  annual  equity  grant.  The 
vesting of such awards requires the achievement of specified performance-based conditions over a specified time period, as 
determined  by  the  HRCC  in  its  discretion.  PSUs  granted  by  the  Corporation  generally  vest  at  the  end  of  a  three-year 
performance period subject to pre-determined performance criteria. The payout value of the award is based on the number of 
PSUs that vest (which ranges from 0% to 200% of the target amount granted) and the market price of the SVS at the time of 
release. The Corporation has the right under the CSUP to settle vested PSUs in either cash or SVS (on a one-for-one-basis). 
Under the LTIP, the Corporation may, at the time of grant, authorize grantees to settle PSUs either in cash or in SVS. Absent 
such permitted election, grants under the LTIP will be settled in SVS. If the Corporation has authorized a settlement in SVS 
or  cash,  the  holder  can  choose  which  of  these  the  holder  receives.  See  Executive  Compensation  —  Equity  Compensation 
Plans.

Stock Options

NEOs may be granted stock options under the LTIP (no stock options have been granted to the NEOs after 2015). 
The  exercise  price  of  a  stock  option  is  the  closing  market  price  on  the  business  day  prior  to  the  date  of  the  grant.  Stock 
options granted by the Corporation generally vest at a rate of 25% annually on each of the first four anniversaries of the date 
of grant and expire after a ten-year term. The LTIP is not an evergreen plan and no stock options have been re-priced.

Other Compensation

Benefits

NEOs  participate  in  the  Corporation’s  health,  dental,  pension,  life  insurance  and  long-term  disability  programs. 

Benefit programs are determined with consideration given to market median levels in the local geographic region.

Perquisites

Perquisites  are  provided  to  executives  on  a  case-by-case  basis  as  considered  appropriate  in  the  interests  of  the 
Corporation. NEOs are entitled to an annual comprehensive medical examination at a private health clinic. Where applicable, 
tax equalization is provided to all NEOs as an integral part of the Corporation’s Short-Term Business Travel Program and is 
designed  to  maintain  an  individual’s  tax  burden  at  approximately  the  same  level  it  would  have  otherwise  been  had  they 
remained  in  their  home  country.  Due  largely  to  variables  such  as  timing  and  tax  rate  differences  between  Canada  and  the 
U.S.,  tax  equalization  amounts  may  vary  from  year  to  year.  While  the  Corporation  is  incorporated  and  headquartered  in 
Canada, our business is global and we compete for executive talent worldwide. In addition, our executives are often required 
to travel extensively. As a result, we believe it is appropriate to make tax equalization payments in order to attract and retain 
non-Canadian executive officers with specific capabilities as well as to ensure that our executives do not incur any additional 
tax burden as a result of the business travel necessitated by the global nature of our business. Although we also cover housing 

117

 
 
 
 
 
expenses for Mr. Mionis while in Canada, we are re-evaluating his housing requirements in light of changes to business travel 
requirements. 

2021 Compensation Decisions

Each  element  of  compensation  is  considered  independently  of  the  other  elements.  However,  the  total  package  is 
reviewed  to  ensure  that  the  achievement  of  target  levels  of  corporate  and  individual  performance  will  result  in  total 
compensation that is generally comparable to the median total compensation of the Comparator Group.

Base Salary

The  base  salaries  for  the  NEOs  were  reviewed  during  2021,  taking  into  account  individual  performance  and 
experience, level of responsibility and median competitive data. The HRCC approved the increases shown in the following 
table for Messrs. Chawla, Phillips and Cooper in 2021 in order to align their respective base salaries with the median base 
salary of executives with similar roles within the Comparator Group. 

The following table sets forth the annual base salary for the NEOs for the years ended December 31, 2019 through 

December 31, 2021:

Table 9: NEO Base Salary Changes

NEO
Robert A. Mionis

Mandeep Chawla

Jason Phillips

Jack J. Lawless

Todd C. Cooper

Year
2021
2020
2019
2021
2020
2019
2021
2020
2019
2021
2020
2019
2021
2020
2019

Salary
($)
$950,000
$950,000
$950,000
$550,000
$500,000
$460,000
$485,000
$460,000
$460,000
$460,000
$460,000
$460,000
$485,000
$460,000
$460,000

% Increase
—
—
—
10%
9%
2%
5%
—
8%
—
—
—
5%
—
—

118

 
 
 
Annual Incentive Award (CTI)

2021 Company Performance Factor

The CPF component of the CTI for 2021 was based on the achievement of specified corporate financial targets for 
the year (2021 Targets). The 2021 Targets were revenue (Revenue Target) and non-IFRS operating margin (OM Target), as 
these measures were determined to be aligned with the Corporation’s continuing key objectives of driving profitable growth 
on both a “top line” and “bottom line” basis. As both measures were deemed to be equally important, the same weight was 
given to each target. The same measures and associated weight were used in 2020. 

Targets were initially considered in January 2021 in conjunction with the establishment of the 2021 AOP and in the 
context  of  the  continued  uncertainty  regarding  the  impacts  of  COVID-19  on  our  business.  As  the  year  progressed,  actions 
were taken to enhance the resiliency of our supply chain, while simultaneously sharpening its focus on investments in our 
value-added businesses to grow the business. The executive team took proactive steps to improve the organization’s focus in 
this regard. In determining the final targets, the HRCC considered the positive impact of these actions on the 2021 AOP as 
well  as  shareholder  expectations  that  were  expressed  in  our  shareholder  engagement  initiatives  with  respect  to  the  need  to 
ensure alignment of executive pay with company performance. As a result, the final 2021 Revenue Target was set higher than 
the corresponding revenue target in 2020 and actual 2020 revenue, and at a level that was determined to be both challenging, 
yet attainable. The 2021 OM Target was finalized as originally considered since it was determined to satisfactorily represent 
achievement of the expected value in 2021, and demonstrate growth from the prior year’s results. The 2021 Revenue Target 
and the 2021 OM Target were approved by the HRCC and used to determine the CPF for 2021 CTI awards.

The  CTI  Parameters  that  specifically  indicate  that  no  minimum  CTI  payments  are  guaranteed,  and  there  is  a 
maximum  CTI  payout  of  two  times  the  Target  Award  for  which  the  CTI  cannot  exceed.  Under  the  first  CTI  Parameter,  a 
minimum  corporate  profitability  requirement  must  be  achieved  in  order  for  any  CTI  award  to  be  payable  at  all.  That 
requirement was achieved in 2021 and therefore CTI awards were payable. Under the second CTI Parameter, a cap applies 
such that, in order for the revenue component of the CPF to pay above target (regardless of the actual revenue achievement 
level), target non-IFRS operating margin must be achieved, which it was. The percentage achievement for each measure was 
then determined by interpolating between the factor that corresponds to threshold, target and maximum, as applicable. Each 
achievement factor was then multiplied by its weight (50%) in order to determine the weighted achievement.

The CPF for 2021 was based on 116% based on the results in the following table:

Table 10: Company Performance Factor

Measure
Non-IFRS operating margin
IFRS revenue
CPF

Weight
50%
50%

Threshold
2.95%
$5,336M

Target
3.7%
$5,800M

Maximum
4.45%
$6,264M

Achieved
Results
4.2%
$5,635M

Weighted
Achievement
159%
73%
116%

2021 Individual Performance Factor

The IPF can increase an executive’s CTI award by a factor of up to 1.5x or reduce the CTI award to zero depending 
on  individual  performance  (an  IPF  of  less  than  1.0  will  result  in  a  reduction  of  the  CTI  award  otherwise  payable). 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, CTI payments are subject to an overall maximum cap of 200% of the Target Award. The IPF 
is determined through the annual performance review process.

At  the  beginning  of  each  year,  the  HRCC  and  the  CEO  agree  on  performance  goals  for  the  CEO  that  are  then 
approved by the Board. Goals for the other NEOs that align with the CEO’s goals are then established and agreed to between 
the  CEO  and  the  respective  NEOs.  The  performance  of  the  CEO  and  the  other  NEOs  is  measured  against  the  established 
goals and also contains qualitative elements, such that criteria for, and the amount of, the IPF remains at the discretion of the 
HRCC. However, the CPF must be greater than zero for an executive to be entitled to any CTI payment.

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2021, the HRCC approved an increase in Mr. Chawla’s Target Incentive from 80% (initially established upon his 
appointment as CFO in 2017) to 100%. As part of our multi-year approach for setting target compensation and to better align 
his target short-term incentives with those of CFOs within the Comparator Group, the HRCC approved this increase.  

CEO

In  assessing  Mr.  Mionis’  individual  performance,  the  HRCC  considers  the  Corporation’s  objectives  and  results 
achieved, personal performance objectives as determined annually, as well as other factors the Committee considers relevant 
to the role of CEO. Key results that were considered in determining Mr. Mionis’ IPF for 2021 are included below:

Objective

Meet Our 
Commitments

Return to 
Growth

Optimize 
Operations

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

2021 Performance Results
• Met or exceeded a number of financial performance goals for 2021
•

Focused on operational cost productivity and continued to drive improved and more predicable ramp 
performance 
Realized robust bookings aligned with growth aspirations in both of our ATS and CCS segments
Completed long-term strategic objective of transitioning to higher value markets 
Achieved a return to top-line year-over-year revenue growth in Q4 2021
Non-IFRS operating margin of 4.2% was up 70 basis points compared to 2020
HPS business achieved a record $1.15 billion in revenue in 2021
Celestica Operating System continued to drive optimization of operations through standardized best practices
Advanced planning processes, supply chain management, and collaboration with our customers and suppliers 
helped to partially mitigate the impact of materials constraints 

• While inventory performance fell below expectations (due to carrying higher inventory levels to mitigate the 

impact of supply chain constraints), achieved cash cycle days in line with plan
Enhanced talent practices and improved succession readiness

•
• Made significant progress on our three-year roadmap to entrench diversity and inclusion into our culture
•
•
•

Development of specific actions in response to D&I Survey and Employee Engagement survey 
Embedded ESG strategy and oversight into our management system
Created operational plans and reporting mechanisms to achieve our target of 30% reduction in GHG emissions 
by 2025
Successfully completed enterprise-enablement initiatives, including mitigating compliance risks and improving 
connectivity and data analytics platforms 
Continued to prioritize the health and safety of employees during the pandemic while meeting customer 
commitments  
As a result of operational resilience and safety measures, operated at near pre-COVID-19 production capacity 
at most of our sites during 2021 

Enable the 
Enterprise

•

•

•

Despite a number of significant challenges in 2021, including materials constraints and the ongoing impacts from 
COVID-19 in select locations, the Corporation achieved strong financial results led by year-over-year improvements in our 
ATS  segment  and  another  solid  year  in  our  CCS  segment  driven  by  strength  in  HPS  business.  Our  bookings  continued  to 
outperform  our  expectations,  our  quality  and  productivity  performance  was  further  strengthened,  and  we  expanded  our 
technology capabilities, people practices, and focus on ESG matters. In addition, the HRCC and the Board believe that the 
growth initiatives undertaken in both segments, led by the PCI acquisition in our ATS segment and HPS roadmap in our CCS 
segment, have placed the Corporation into an even better position to drive profitable growth in 2022 and beyond. As a result, 
the  HRCC  and  the  Board  determined  that  Mr.  Mionis  exceeded  expectations  for  the  year,  and  approved  an  IPF  of  1.3  for 
2021.

Other NEOs

The performance of the NEOs other than the CEO is assessed at year-end relative to objective measures that align 
with the targets for the CEO. The CEO assesses each other NEO’s contributions to the Corporation’s results, including such 
NEO’s  contributions  as  a  part  of  the  senior  leadership  team.  Based  on  the  CEO’s  assessment,  the  HRCC  considered  each 
NEO  to  have  met  or  exceeded  expectations  for  2021  based  on  each  of  their  individual  performance  and  contribution  to 
corporate goals and objectives. Factors considered in the evaluation of each NEO’s IPF included the following:

120

 
 
 
 
Mandeep Chawla •

Jason Phillips

Jack J. Lawless

Todd C. Cooper

•
•

•

•
•

•

•
•
•

•

•

Rigorously evaluated financial liquidity needs during the strategic transformation and led the enhancements to 
our current credit facility, including an expansion of our borrowing capacity with improved terms
Effectively managed the negotiation and closing of the PCI acquisition 
Partnered with the CEO and business leaders to successfully complete the Corporation’s strategic transformation 
in pursuit of profitable growth, shareholder value creation and enhanced transparency to stakeholders

Drove  record  HPS  revenue  of  $1.15  billion,  representing  growth  of  34%  compared  to  2020,  led  by  demand 
strength and new program ramps with service providers and supported by continuing data center growth
Achieved CCS segment margin of 4.4% in Q4 2021 (highest since 2015) driven by strength in HPS business  
Established a center of excellence in Richardson, Texas, expanding our HPS engineering network and increasing 
our North America manufacturing capacity 

ATS  segment  saw  strong  revenue  growth  in  2021,  driven  by  continued  strength  in  our  Capital  Equipment 
business and organic growth in our Industrial business
 Successfully contributed to our portfolio diversification efforts by supporting the PCI acquisition 
Expanded our engineering services business and grew engineering led bookings compared to 2020
Successfully led advanced planning processes, supply chain management, and collaboration with our customers 
and suppliers to mitigate the impact of global supply chain constraints on our revenue
Achieved  meaningful  progress  in  the  integration  of  the  Celestica  Operating  System  to  drive  continuous 
improvements and consistent processes across the Celestica network to increase operational efficiencies
Led Celestica’s robust COVID-19 business continuity management program to minimize disruptions during the 
pandemic and to minimize impacts to employee health and well-being across our global network

2021 CTI Awards

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  the  potential  and  actual  awards  under  the  CTI  for  the 

NEOs during 2021:

Table 11: 2021 CTI Awards

Potential
Award for
Below
Threshold
Performance
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0

Target
Incentive
%(1)
125%
100%
80%
80%
80%

Potential
Award for
Threshold
Performance(2)
$296,875
$134,589
$95,836
$92,000
$95,836

Potential
Award for
Target
Performance(2)
$1,187,500
$538,356
$383,342
$368,000
$383,342

Potential
Maximum
Award(2)
$2,375,000
$1,076,712
$766,685
$736,000
$766,685

Amount
Awarded
$1,790,750
$736,902
$569,187
$426,880
$511,379

Amount
Awarded
as a %
of Base
Salary
189%
134%
117%
93%
105%

Name
Robert A. Mionis
Mandeep Chawla
Jason Phillips
Jack J. Lawless
Todd C. Cooper

(1) 

The Target Incentive for each NEO was not changed from 2021 except for Mr. Chawla whose Target Incentive was increased from 80% to 100%.

(2)  Award amounts in these columns are calculated based on an IPF of 1.0.

NEO Equity Awards and Mix

Target  equity-based  incentives  were  determined  for  the  NEOs  with  reference  to  the  median  awards  of  the 
Comparator  Group.  Consideration  was  also  given  to  individual  performance,  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  NEOs, 
retention value and market trends. The mix of equity in respect of 2021 compensation was comprised of 40% RSUs and 60% 
PSUs  (in  accordance  with  executive  compensation  program  design  changes  implemented  in  2018).  See  Compensation 
Elements  for  the  Named  Executive  Officers  —  Equity-Based  Incentives  for  a  general  description  of  the  process  for 
determining the amounts of these awards.

In addition to the annual grant to the NEOs, Mr. Cooper received a grant of 24,691 RSUs on February 2, 2021 based 
on a share price of $8.10, which was the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on February 1, 2021. The RSUs will vest in 
their entirety on the second anniversary of the grant. This award was made to Mr. Cooper in order to recognize his leadership 
through unprecedented, prolonged conditions within our operations as a result of COVID-19.

121

 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  equity  awards  granted  to  the  NEOs  on  February  2,  2021  as  part  of  their  2021 

compensation as well as the additional RSU award granted to Mr. Cooper:

Table 12: NEO Equity Awards

Name
Robert A. Mionis
Mandeep Chawla
Jason Phillips
Jack J. Lawless
Todd C. Cooper

RSUs
(#)(1)
355,555
96,296
83,950
86,419
108,641

PSUs
(#)(2)
533,333
144,444
125,925
129,629
125,925

Stock Options
(#)
—
—
—
—
—

Value of Equity
Award(3)
$7,200,000
$1,950,000
$1,700,000
$1,750,000
$1,900,000

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Grants were based on a share price of $8.10, which was the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on February 1, 2021 (the last business day 
before the date of grant).

Assumes achievement of 100% of target level performance.

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSUs and PSUs.

The RSUs granted in 2021 vest rateably over a three-year period, commencing on the first anniversary of the date of 
grant (other than the additional award of RSUs granted to Mr. Cooper in February 2021). The value of the RSUs granted on 
February 2, 2021 was determined at the January 2021 meeting of the HRCC. The number of RSUs granted was determined 
using the closing price of the SVS on February 1, 2021 (the day prior to the date of grant) on the NYSE of $8.10.

PSUs  set  forth  in  the  table  above  vest  at  the  end  of  a  three-year  period  subject  to  pre-determined  performance 
criteria.  For  such  awards,  each  NEO  was  granted  a  target  number  of  PSUs  (Target  Grant).  The  number  of  PSUs  that  will 
actually  vest  ranges  from  0%  to  200%  of  the  Target  Grant  and  will  be  primarily  based  on  the  Corporation’s  non-IFRS 
operating  margin  in  the  final  year  of  the  three-year  performance  period  (OM  Result),  subject  to  modification  by  the 
Corporation’s average annual non-IFRS adjusted ROIC achievement over the performance period (ROIC Factor) and relative 
TSR achievement (TSR Factor) over the performance period in accordance with the following:

122

 
 
 
Formula

Description

Preliminary Vesting % based 
on OM Result

The  percentage  of  PSUs  that  will  vest  based  on  the  OM  Result  (Preliminary  Vesting  %)  can  range 
between  0%  and  200%  of  the  Target  Grant.  The  Preliminary  Vesting  %  will  be  subject  to  initial 
adjustment  based  on  the  ROIC  Factor  and  further  adjustment  based  on  the  TSR  Factor,  as  described 
below, provided that the maximum number of PSUs that may vest will not exceed 200% of the Target 
Grant.

Preliminary Vesting % subject 
to modification by a factor of 
either −25%, 0% or +25% 
based on ROIC Factor

The Corporation’s ROIC Factor will be measured relative to a pre-determined non-IFRS adjusted ROIC 
range  approved  by  the  Board.  The  Preliminary  Vesting  %  will  not  be  modified  if  the  ROIC  Factor  is 
within that pre-determined range. The Preliminary Vesting % will be increased or decreased by 25% if 
the ROIC Factor is above or below that predetermined range, respectively (as so adjusted, the Secondary 
Vesting %). The ROIC Factor cannot increase the actual number of PSUs that vest to more than 200% of 
the Target Grant.

Secondary Vesting % subject 
to modification by a factor 
ranging from −25% to +25% 
based on TSR Factor

TSR  measures  the  performance  of  a  company’s  shares  over  time.  It  combines  share  price  appreciation 
and  dividends,  if  any,  paid  over  the  relevant  period  to  determine  the  total  return  to  the  shareholder 
expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning of the performance period. With respect to 
each TSR Comparator (as defined below), TSR is calculated as the change in share price over the three-
year performance period (plus any dividends) divided by the share price at the beginning of the period, 
where the average daily closing share price for the month of December 2020 is the beginning share price 
and the average daily closing price for the month of December 2023 will be the ending share price. The 
TSR of the Corporation is calculated in the same manner in respect of the SVS (the Corporation does not 
currently pay dividends).

For  purposes  of  determining  modifications  to  the  Secondary  Vesting  %  based  on  the  TSR  Factor,  the 
HRCC determined that for PSUs granted in 2021, the Corporation’s TSR will be measured relative to the 
S&P Americas BMI Technology Hardware & Equipment Index as of January 1, 2021 (BMI Index), with 
the  addition  of  Flex  Ltd.  (the  only  EMS-peer  company  not  already  included  in  the  BMI  Index),  that 
remain  publicly  traded  on  an  established  U.S.  stock  exchange  for  the  entire  performance  period  (TSR 
Comparators). The BMI Index is comprised of technology hardware and equipment subsector companies 
with business diversification. The HRCC determined that the attributes of the BMI Index, including its 
alignment  with  both  the  U.S.  technology  peers  used  for  overall  executive  compensation  benchmarking 
and Celestica’s business models made it appropriate for PSU vesting determinations. The Corporation’s 
market capitalization is positioned around the median of the TSR Comparators.

After  calculating  the  percentile  rank  for  each  TSR  Comparator  (by  arranging  the  TSR  results  from 
highest to lowest), the Corporation’s TSR will be ranked against that of each of the TSR Comparators. 
The  Secondary  Vesting  %  will  then  be  subject  to  modification  (ranging  from  a  decrease  of  25%  to  an 
increase  of  25%)  by  interpolating  between  the  corresponding  percentages  immediately  above  and 
immediately  below  Celestica’s  percentile  position  as  set  out  in  the  table  below,  provided  that  the 
Corporation’s TSR performance cannot increase the actual number of PSUs that will vest to more than 
200% of the Target Grant.

Celestica’s TSR Positioning
90th Percentile
50th Percentile
10th Percentile 

TSR Modification Factor
25%

0%

-25%

Summary

Total PSU Vesting Percentage =
(1) Preliminary Vesting % based on OM Result;
(2) Preliminary Vesting % is subject to modification by a factor of either −25%, 0% or +25%, based on 
ROIC Factor (Secondary Vesting %); and
(3) Secondary Vesting % is subject to modification by a factor ranging from −25% to +25% based on 
TSR Factor.

Note Regarding the Use of Non-IFRS Operating Margin

Non-IFRS  operating  margin  is  utilized  as  a  performance  measure  in  both  the  CPF  of  the  CTI  and  for  PSU 
performance as we believe it closely aligns with both our short-term and long-term profitability goals and is a key metric to 
measure the value we deliver to shareholders. In the CTI, annual non-IFRS operating margin is used (together with revenue) 
to measure short-term profitable growth. For PSUs, the non-IFRS operating margin target is based on the Corporation’s long-
term strategic plan, as it is not measured until the last year of the performance period, and vesting is subject to modification 
based on other measures (including TSR). As a result, the non-IFRS operating margin target and the relevant time-period for 
achievement,  are  different  under  the  CTI  and  PSUs  (one  year  for  CTI  and  three  years  for  PSUs),  and  therefore  we  do  not 
consider the use of non-IFRS operating margin to be duplicative. 

123

Realized and Realizable Compensation

CEO Realized and Realizable Compensation

The following table is a look back at CEO compensation that compares the total target direct compensation awarded 
to  Mr.  Mionis  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  through  December  31,  2021  to  his  realized  and  realizable 
compensation for each such year. 

Table 13: CEO Realized and Realizable Compensation 

Total Target Direct Compensation(1)
Realized and Realizable Compensation(2)
Realized and Realizable Compensation as 
a % of Total Target Direct Compensation

2017

$7,582,021
$4,433,564(3)
58%

Fully Realized

2018
$9,337,500
$5,090,158(3)
55%

Not Fully Realized

2019
$9,337,500
$ 9,340,985(3)
100%

2020
$9,337,500
$12,075,427(4)
129%

2021

$9,337,500
$12,634,073(4)
135%

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

  (4) 

The total target direct compensation value represents Mr. Mionis’ salary, target CTI award and the target value of share-based awards (i.e., 100% 
for PSUs). 

The realized and realizable value for 2017 - 2019 represents actual salary paid, actual CTI award paid and share based awards at vest date value 
(and demonstrates fully-realized compensation, as the vesting or performance period for all equity grants in such years has ended). The realized 
and realizable value for 2020 and 2021 represents actual salary paid, actual CTI award paid, vest-date value for the portion of RSU grants which 
had vested by December 31, 2021, and for the portion of share-based awards which had not vested by such date, an assumed value of $11.13 per 
share (the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on December 31, 2021) and assumed vesting of PSUs at target performance of 100%, which 
may not be the ultimate amount earned.

Compensation for 2020 and 2021 has only been partially realized, such that a significant portion remains realizable and is “at-risk” as described 
in footnote 4 below.   

The following table includes the CPF for CTI awards actually paid and the vesting percentage of PSUs granted in each year: 

Year
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021

CPF under CTI
83%
80%
34%
182%
116%

PSUs as % of 
Target
40%
26%
74%

Mr.  Mionis’  2020  and  2021  compensation  has  not  been  fully  realized  and  a  significant  portion  remains  “at-risk”  as  follows  (representing  the 
December 31, 2021 value of: PSUs whose performance period does not conclude until the end of 2022 and 2023, respectively, and RSUs granted 
in each such year that remain unvested):

Year

2020
2021

Amount Still “At-Risk”

$7,812,281
$9,893,323

124

 
NEO Realized and Realizable Compensation

The following table is a look back at compensation for all NEOs that compares the total target direct compensation 

awarded to the NEOs for the years ended December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2021 to their realized and realizable 
compensation for each such year. 

Table 14: NEO Realized and Realizable Compensation

Total Target Direct Compensation(1)
Realized and Realizable Compensation(2)
Realized and Realizable Compensation as a % of  
Total Target Direct Compensation

2017
$16,088,075
$10,113,460(3)
63%

Fully Realized

2018
$19,049,426
$10,972,171(3)
58%

Not Fully Realized

2019
$19,155,708
$18,973,951(3) 
99%

2020
$19,904,386
$25,698,446(4)
129%

2021
$20,267,253
$26,865,812(4)
133%

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

The total target direct compensation value represents the NEOs’ salary, target CTI award and the target value of share-based awards (i.e., 100% 
for PSUs). 

The realized and realizable value for 2017 - 2019 represents actual salary paid, actual CTI award paid and share based awards at vest date value 
(and demonstrates fully-realized compensation, as the vesting or performance period for all equity grants in such years has ended). The realized 
and realizable value for 2020 and 2021 represents actual salary paid, actual CTI award paid, vest-date value for the portion of RSU grants which 
had vested by December 31, 2021, and for the portion of share-based awards which had not vested by such date, an assumed value of $11.13 per 
share (the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on December 31, 2021) and assumed vesting of PSUs at target performance of 100%, which 
may not be the ultimate amount earned. Compensation for 2020 and 2021 has only been partially realized, such that a significant portion remains 
realizable and is “at-risk” as described in footnote 4 below. 

The following table includes the CPF for CTI awards actually paid and the vesting percentage of PSUs granted in each year: 

Year
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021

CPF under CTI
83%
80%
34%
182%
116%

PSUs as % of 
Target
40%
26%
74%

The  NEOs’  2020  and  2021  compensation  has  not  been  fully  realized  and  a  significant  portion  remains  “at-risk”  as  follows  (representing  the 
December 31, 2021 value of: PSUs whose performance period does not conclude until the end of 2022 and 2023, respectively, and RSUs granted 
in each such year that remain unvested):

Year

2020
2021

Amount Still “At-Risk”

$15,528,303
$19,924,002

125

 
Total Shareholder Return

Table 15: TSR vs. NEO Compensation(1)

The following graph compares the five-year trend in the Corporation’s TSR to both total target direct compensation 
and the realized and realizable compensation for the NEOs for each year. This look back at compensation demonstrates the 
comparison  between  actual  pay  and  total  target  compensation  intended  at  the  time  of  grant.  The  difference  between  total 
target  direct  compensation  and  realized  and  realizable  compensation  was  driven  by  the  performance  of  the  SVS  and 
achievement relative to CTI and PSU performance measures, as well as changes in the reported NEOs in applicable years.

(1) 

NEO total target direct compensation value represents salary, target CTI award and the target value of share-based awards (i.e., 100% for PSUs) 
and option awards (if applicable) for all NEOs reported in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 20-F each year. NEO realized and realizable 
value represents actual salary paid, actual CTI award paid and share-based awards at vest date value (and for the portion of share-based awards 
that  had  not  vested  as  of  December  31,  2021,  at  an  assumed  value  of  $11.13  per  share,  the  closing  price  of  the  SVS  on  the  NYSE  on 
December 31, 2021, and assumed vesting of PSUs at target performance of 100%, which may not be the ultimate amount earned). 

A  significant  portion  of  NEO  compensation  is  at-risk  to  support  our  pay  for  performance  culture.  We  believe  the 
realized  value  of  the  long-term  incentives  granted  to  NEOs,  and  the  performance  of  the  PSUs  in  particular  (the  value  of 
which will not be realized, if at all, until the end of the relevant three-year performance period), more closely mirror the trend 
in  share  price  movement  and  serve  to  better  demonstrate  the  alignment  of  the  interests  of  management  with  those  of  our 
shareholders than total target direct compensation. 

126

 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This  section  contains  references  to  operating  margin  and  adjusted  ROIC,  which  are  non-IFRS  financial  measures 
(i.e., ratios based on non-IFRS financial measures). See Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Note Regarding Non-IFRS 
Measures  for  definitions  of  such  non-IFRS  financial  measures,  and  where  to  find  a  discussion  of  the  exclusions  used  to 
determine such measures, how they are used, as well as a reconciliation of historical non-IFRS operating margin and non-
IFRS adjusted ROIC to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures. 

Summary Compensation Table

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  compensation  of  the  NEOs  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  through 

December 31, 2021.

Table 16: Summary Compensation Table

Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

Name & Principal Position
Robert A. Mionis

Year
2021

Salary
($)
$950,000

Share-
based
Awards
($)(1)(2)
$7,200,000

Option-
based
Awards
($)(3)
—

Annual
Incentive
Plans
($)(4)
$1,790,750

Pension
Value
($)(5)
$249,200

All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
$292,382

President and Chief Executive

2020

$950,000

$7,200,000

Officer

Mandeep Chawla(7)

2019

$950,000

$7,200,000

2021

$538,356

$1,950,000

Chief Financial Officer

2020

$490,492

$1,850,000

Jason Phillips(7)

President, CCS

Jack J. Lawless(8)

President, ATS

Todd C. Cooper(9)

2019

$457,534

$1,600,000

2021

$479,178

$1,700,000

2020

$460,000

$2,000,000

2019

$438,137

$1,600,000

2021

$460,000

$1,750,000

2020

$460,000

$1,750,000

2019

$460,000

$1,750,000

2020

$479,178

$1,900,000

Chief Operations Officer

2020

$460,000

$1,600,000

2019

$460,000

$1,600,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$2,375,000

$89,735

$383,562

$131,850

$736,902

$110,942

$784,787

$118,227

$569,187

$736,000

$113,215

$426,880

$636,272

$118,864

$511,379

$736,000

$118,864

$46,876

$61,346

$80,342

$29,057

$31,828

$70,902

$29,509

$46,357

$80,342

$29,509

$52,058

$500,220

$691,354

$3,901

$4,399

$1,462

$26,925

$27,594

$58,826

$21,432

$16,512

$19,247

$48,664

$17,100

$16,800

Total
Compensation
($)
$10,482,332

$11,114,955

$9,356,766

$3,340,101

$3,176,554

$2,238,569

$2,855,632

$3,252,651

$2,242,006

$2,729,214

$2,892,293

$2,394,468

$3,019,563

$2,842,609

$2,247,722

(1)  All amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of share-based awards. Amounts in this column for 2021 represent RSU and PSU grants 
to all NEOs, and the additional RSU grant (with a grant date fair value of $200,000) to Mr. Cooper, all made on February 2, 2021, which was made to 
Mr. Cooper in order to recognize his leadership through unprecedented, prolonged conditions within our operations as a result of COVID-19. Grants 
were based on a share price of $8.10, which was the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on February 1, 2021 (the day prior to the date of the grant).  
Amounts  in  this  column  for  2020  represent  RSU  and  PSU  grants  to  all  NEOs,  and  the  additional  grant  to  Mr.  Phillips’  of  a  performance  award  of 
$400,000 in PSUs, all made on February 4, 2020. The 2020 grants were based on a share price of $8.89, which was the closing price of the SVS on the 
NYSE  on  February  3,  2020  (the  day  prior  to  the  date  of  the  grant).  Amounts  in  this  column  for  2019  represent  RSU  and  PSU  grants  made  on 
February  6,  2019  to  all  NEOs  and  an  additional  grant  of  22,124  RSUs  made  to  Mr.  Phillips  on  August  6,  2019  in  recognition  of  his  expanded 
responsibilities. The February 2019 grants were based on a share price of $8.04, which was the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on February 5, 
2019 (the day prior to the date of the grant) and the August 2019 grant to Mr. Phillips was based on a share price of $6.78, which was the closing price 
of  the  SVS  on  the  NYSE  on  August  5,  2019  (the  day  prior  to  the  date  of  the  grant).  See  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  —  Compensation 
Elements for the Named Executive Officers — Equity-Based Incentives for a description of the process followed in determining the grants for 2021, and 
see Compensation Discussion and Analysis — 2021 Compensation Decisions — Equity-Based Incentives for a description of the vesting terms of the 
RSU and PSU awards. Grants made in-year are reported for such year.

(2) 

The estimated accounting fair value of the share based awards is calculated using the market price of SVS as defined under each of the plans and in the 
case  of  PSUs,  various  fair  value  pricing  models  may  apply.  The  accounting  fair  values  for  the  PSU  portion  of  the  share  based  awards  in  Table  16 
reflect various assumptions as to estimated vesting for such awards in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The grant date fair value of the 
RSU portion of the share based awards in Table 16 is the same as their accounting fair value. The grant date fair value for the PSU portion of the share 
based awards reflects the dollar amount of the award intended for compensation purposes, based on the market value of the underlying shares on the 
grant dates based on an assumption of the vesting of 100% of the target number of PSUs granted. The accounting fair value for all share based awards 
in the table assumed a zero forfeiture rate. The number of PSUs granted in 2019 – 2021 that will actually vest will range from 0% to 200% of the target 
number  granted  and  will  be  primarily  based  on  the  Corporation’s  OM  Result  in  the  final  year  of  the  three-year  performance  period,  subject  to 

127

 
 
modification by the Corporation’s ROIC Factor and TSR Factor over the performance period, as described in detail under NEO Equity Awards and 
Mix above. 74% of the target amount of PSUs granted in 2019 settled in February 2022. For PSUs granted in 2019 – 2021, the Corporation’s TSR was 
measured  relative  to  that  of  companies  in  the  BMI  Index,  with  the  addition  of  Flex  Ltd,  that  remain  publicly  traded  on  an  established  U.S.  stock 
exchange for the entire performance period. The Corporation estimated the grant date fair value of the TSR Factor using a Monte Carlo simulation 
model. The number of awards expected to be earned was factored into the grant date Monte Carlo valuation for the award. The accounting grant date 
fair value is not subsequently adjusted regardless of the eventual number of awards that are earned based on TSR. The grant date fair value for the non-
TSR based performance measurement and modifier was based on the market value of our SVS at the time of grant and may be adjusted in subsequent 
periods to reflect a change in the estimated level of achievement related to the applicable performance condition. The accounting grant date fair value is 
not subsequently adjusted regardless of the eventual number of awards that were earned based on the market performance condition. 

(3) 

There were no stock options granted to the NEOs in 2019, 2020 or 2021.

(4)  Amounts in this column represent CTI incentive payments made to NEOs. See Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Elements for 

the Named Executive Officers — Celestica Team Incentive Plan for a description of the CTI. 

(5)  Amounts in this column represent Celestica’s contributions to defined contribution pension plans (other than 401(k) plans) on behalf of the NEOs — 
see  Pension  Plans  for  a  full  description  of  the  plans.  Contributions  for  Messrs.  Mionis,  Phillips,  Lawless  and  Cooper  are  reported  in  U.S.  dollars. 
Contributions for Mr. Chawla are reported in U.S. dollars, having been converted from Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for 2021 of $1.00 
equals C$1.2533. 

(6)  Amounts in this column for Mr. Mionis include amounts for items provided for under the CEO Employment Agreement, which for 2021 consisted of 
tax  equalization  payments  of  $189,260,  housing  expenses  of  $75,080  while  in  Canada,  group  life  insurance  premiums  of  $7,482  and  a  401(k) 
contribution of $17,400. For 2020, the amount in this column for Mr. Mionis consisted of tax equalization payments of $400,602, housing expenses of 
$72,196 while in Canada, group life insurance premiums of $7,482 and a 401(k) contribution of $17,100. For 2019, the amount in this column for Mr. 
Mionis consisted of tax equalization payments of $578,947, housing expenses of $72,569 while in Canada, group life insurance premiums of $8,105 
and a 401(k) contribution of $16,800. Amounts in this column for Mr. Chawla for 2021 include a tax equalization payment of $2,311. Amounts in this 
column  for  Mr.  Chawla  for  2020  include  a  tax  equalization  payment  of  $2,582.  Amounts  in  this  column  for  Mr.  Phillips  for  2021  include  a  tax 
equalization payment of $9,340 and a 401(k) contribution of $17,085. Amounts in this column for Mr. Phillips for 2020 consisted of a tax equalization 
payment of $10,121 and a 401(k) contribution of $16,973. For 2019, the amount in this column for Mr. Phillips include a tax equalization payment of 
$41,719 and a 401(k) contribution of $16,607. Amounts in this column for Mr. Lawless for 2021 consisted of a tax equalization payment of $4,770 and 
a  401(k)  contribution  of  $16,662.  Amounts  in  this  column  for  Mr.  Lawless  for  2020  consisted  of  a  401(k)  contribution  of  $16,512.  For  2019,  the 
amount in this column for Mr. Lawless include tax equalization payments of $3,451 and a 401(k) contribution of $15,796. Amounts in this column for 
Mr. Cooper for 2021 consisted of a tax equalization payment of $31,264 and a 401(k) contribution of $17,400. Amounts in this column for Mr. Cooper 
for 2020 consisted of a 401(k) contribution of $17,100. For 2019, the amount in this column for Mr. Cooper include a 401(k) contribution of $16,800. 
In  accordance  with  the  Corporation’s  Short-Term  Business  Travel  Program,  tax  equalization  payments  for  all  NEOs  were  made  to  maintain  each 
NEO’s tax burden at approximately the same level it would have otherwise been had they remained in their home country. Due largely to variables 
such as timing and tax rate differences between Canada and the U.S., tax equalization amounts may vary from one year to the next and the net benefit 
may be positive or negative in the year. While the Corporation is incorporated and headquartered in Canada, our business is global, and we compete for 
executive talent worldwide. As a result, we believe it is appropriate to make tax equalization payments under certain circumstances in order to attract 
and retain non-Canadian executive officers with specific capabilities and to ensure that our executives do not incur any additional tax burden as a result 
of the business travel necessitated by the global nature of our business.

(7) 

In 2021, the HRCC approved increases to the base salaries of Messrs. Chawla, Phillips and Cooper in order to align their respective base salaries with 
the median base salary of executives with similar roles within the Comparator Group. In April 2020, Mr. Chawla’s base salary was increased to better 
align  it  with  the  median  base  salary  of  CFOs  within  the  Comparator  Group,  and  to  reflect  the  expanded  scope  of  his  responsibilities  to  include 
additional functional areas. In 2019, the HRCC approved an increase in Mr. Chawla’s base salary. Mr. Phillips was appointed President, CCS effective 
January 1, 2019 and his base salary increased as a result. In August 2019, Mr. Phillips’ base salary was increased to reflect his significantly expanded 
responsibilities.

(8)  Mr. Lawless stepped down from his position as President, ATS Celestica effective December 31, 2021, but continues to serve as a special advisor to 

Mr. Mionis. 

(9)  Mr. Cooper was appointed President, ATS effective January 1, 2022. 

128

Option-Based and Share-Based Awards

The following table provides details of each stock option grant outstanding (vested and unvested) and the aggregate 

number of unvested share-based awards for each of the NEOs as of December 31, 2021. 

Table 17: Outstanding Option-Based and Share-Based Awards(1)

Option-Based Awards

Share-Based Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

Value of
Unexercised
In-the-
Money
Options
($)

Number of
Shares or
Units that
have not
Vested
(#)(2)

Name
Robert A. Mionis

Aug. 1, 2015

Feb. 6, 2019

Feb. 4, 2020

Feb. 2, 2021

Total

Mandeep Chawla

Feb. 6, 2019

Feb. 4, 2020

Feb. 2, 2021

Total

Jason Phillips

Feb. 6, 2019

Aug. 6, 2019

Feb. 4, 2020

Feb. 2, 2021

Total

Jack J. Lawless

Feb. 6, 2019

Feb. 4, 2020

Feb. 2, 2021

Total

Todd C. Cooper

Feb. 6, 2019

Feb. 4, 2020

Feb. 2, 2021

Total

298,954

C$17.52 Aug. 1, 2025

—

—

—

298,954

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Payout
Value of
Share-
Based
Awards
that
have not
Vested at
Minimum
($)(3)

—

—

$2,403,779

$3,957,327

Payout
Value of
Share-
Based
Awards
that
have not
Vested at
Target
($)(3)

—

$5,980,294

$7,812,281

$9,893,323

—

537,313

701,912

888,888

2,128,113

$6,361,106

$23,685,898

119,402

180,352

240,740

540,494

108,208

14,749

186,328

209,875

519,160

130,597

170,603

216,048

517,248

119,402

155,980

234,566

509,948

—

$624,313

$1,083,359

$1,707,672

—

$164,156

$534,173

$934,364

$1,632,693

—

$584,247

$961,843

$1,546,090

—

$534,173

$1,209,174

$1,743,347

$1,343,308

$2,029,014

$2,708,397

$6,080,719

$1,204,355

$164,156

$2,073,831

$2,335,909

$5,778,251

$1,453,545

$1,898,811

$2,404,614

$5,756,970

$1,328,944

$1,736,057

$2,610,720

$5,675,721

Payout
Value of
Share-Based
Awards that
have not
Vested at
Maximum
($)(3)

—

$11,960,587

$13,220,782

$15,829,319

$41,010,688

$2,686,616

$3,433,715

$4,333,435

$10,453,766

$2,408,710

$164,156

$3,275,715

$3,737,454

$9,586,035

$2,907,089

$3,213,376

$3,847,385

$9,967,850

$2,657,889

$2,937,942

$4,012,265

$9,608,096

Payout
Value of
Vested
Share-Based
Awards
Not Paid
Out or
Distributed
($)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

See Compensation Discussion and Analysis — 2021 Compensation Decisions — Equity-Based Incentives for a discussion of the equity-based grants.

Includes unvested RSUs, as well as PSUs assuming achievement of 100% of target level performance.

Payout  values  at  minimum  vesting  include  the  value  of  RSUs  only,  as  the  minimum  value  of  PSUs  would  be  $0.00  if  the  minimum  performance 
condition is not met. Payout value at target vesting is determined assuming vesting of 100% of the target number of PSUs granted and payout values at 
maximum vesting is determined assuming vesting of 200% of the target number of PSUs granted. Payout values for Mr. Chawla were determined using 
a share price of C$14.10, which was the closing price of the SVS on the TSX on December 31, 2021, converted to U.S. dollars at the average exchange 
rate  for  2021  of  $1.00  equals  C$1.2533.  Payout  values  for  Messrs.  Mionis,  Phillips,  Lawless  and  Cooper  were  determined  using  a  share  price  of 
$11.13, which was the closing price of the SVS on the NYSE on December 31, 2021. 

129

 
The following table provides details for each NEO of the value of option-based and share-based awards that vested 

during 2021 and the value of annual incentive awards earned in respect of 2021 performance.

Table 18: Incentive Plan Awards — Value Vested or Earned in 2021

Name
Robert A. Mionis
Mandeep Chawla
Jason Phillips
Jack J. Lawless
Todd C. Cooper

Option-based Awards — 
Value Vested During
the Year
($)
—
—
—
—

Share-based Awards — 
Value Vested During
the Year
($)(1)
$4,097,987
  $944,908
$1,457,901
  $984,218

Non-equity Incentive
Plan Compensation — 
Value Earned During
the Year
($)(2)
$1,790,750
  $736,902  
 $569,187     
$426,880

—

  $910,652

$511,379

(1)  Amounts in this column reflect: (i) share-based awards released in 2021 for Messrs. Mionis, Lawless, Phillips and Cooper based on the price of the 

SVS on the NYSE as follows:

Type of Award
PSU

RSU

RSU

RSU

PSU

RSU

Vesting Date
February 1, 2021

February 4, 2021

February 5, 2021

February 8, 2021

April 1, 2021

Price
$7.96

$8.69

$8.99

$9.14

$8.48

December 1, 2021

$10.20

and (ii) share-based awards released in 2021 for Mr. Chawla based on the price of the SVS on the TSX as follows:

Type of Award
PSU

RSU

RSU

RSU

Vesting Date
February 1, 2021

February 4, 2021

February 8, 2021

December 1, 2021

Price
C$10.23

C$11.15

C$11.60

C$13.08

Certain values in this column were converted to U.S. dollars from Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for 2021 of $1.00 equals C$1.2533. 
With respect to previously-issued PSUs that vested in 2021, the overall vesting percentage was 26% based on the Corporation’s non-IFRS operating 
margin, non-IFRS adjusted ROIC and TSR performance.

(2)  Consists of payments under the CTI made on February 18, 2022 in respect of 2021 performance. See Compensation Discussion and Analysis — 2021 
Compensation Decisions — Annual Incentive Award — Target Award. These are the same amounts as disclosed in Table 16 under the column “Non-
equity Incentive Plan Compensation — Annual Incentive Plans”.

No gains were realized by NEOs from exercising stock options in 2021.

130

 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Table 19: Equity Compensation Plans as at December 31, 2021(1)

Plan Category

Equity Compensation Plans
Approved by Securityholders

LTIP (Options)
LTIP (RSUs)
LTIP (PSUs)
Total(4)

Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(#)
417,353
74,151
—
491,504

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
($)
C$16.05
N/A
N/A
C$16.05

Securities Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans(2)
(#)
N/A(3)
N/A(3)
N/A(3)
9,519,069

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

This table sets forth information, as of December 31, 2021, with respect to SVS authorized for issuance under the LTIP, and does not include SVS 
purchased (or to be purchased) in the open market to settle equity awards under the LTIP or the Corporation’s other equity compensation plans. The 
LTIP, which was approved by the Corporation’s shareholders, is the only equity compensation plan pursuant to which the Corporation may issue new 
SVS to settle equity awards.

Excluding securities that may be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options, warrants and rights.

The LTIP provides for a maximum number of securities that may be issued from treasury, but does not provide separate maximums for each type of 
award thereunder.

The  total  number  of  securities  issuable  upon  the  exercise/settlement  of  outstanding  grants  under  all  equity  compensation  plans  approved  by 
shareholders represents 0.394% of the total number of outstanding shares at December 31, 2021 (LTIP (Options) — 0.335%; LTIP (RSUs) — 0.059%; 
and LTIP (PSUs) — 0.00%).

Equity Compensation Plans

Long-Term Incentive Plan

The LTIP (which was approved by the Corporation’s shareholders) is the only securities-based compensation plan 
providing for the issuance of securities from treasury under which grants have been made and continue to be made by the 
Corporation since it was listed on the TSX and the NYSE. Under the LTIP, the Board of Directors may in its discretion from 
time  to  time  grant  stock  options,  share  units  (in  the  form  of  RSUs  and  PSUs)  and  stock  appreciation  rights  (SARs)  to 
employees and consultants of the Corporation and affiliated entities.

Up to 29,000,000 SVS may be issued from treasury pursuant to the LTIP. The number of SVS that may be issued 
from treasury under the LTIP to directors is limited to 2,000,000; however, the Corporation decided in 2004 that stock option 
grants under the LTIP would no longer be made to directors. Under the LTIP, as of February 22, 2022, 19,231,148 SVS have 
been  issued  from  treasury,  404,353  SVS  are  issuable  under  outstanding  stock  options,  74,151  SVS  are  issuable  under 
outstanding RSUs, and no SVS are issuable under outstanding PSUs. Accordingly, as of February 22, 2022, 9,768,852 SVS 
are reserved for issuance from treasury pursuant to current and potential future grants of securities-based compensation under 
the LTIP. In addition, the Corporation may satisfy obligations under the LTIP by acquiring SVS in the open market.

As of February 22, 2022, the Corporation had a “gross overhang” of 7.3% under the LTIP. “Gross overhang” refers 
to the total number of shares reserved for issuance from treasury under equity plans at any given time relative to the total 
number  of  shares  outstanding,  including  shares  reserved  for  outstanding  equity-based  awards  under  the  LTIP.  The 
Corporation’s  “net  overhang”  (i.e.  the  total  number  of  shares  that  have  been  reserved  for  issuance  from  treasury  to  satisfy 
outstanding  equity  grants  to  employees  and  outstanding  RSU  grants  to  directors  relative  to  the  total  number  of  shares 
outstanding) was 0.4%.

As of December 31, 2021, the Corporation had an “overhang” for stock options of 8.0%, representing the number of 
shares  reserved  for  issuance  from  treasury  for  outstanding  stock  options  as  at  such  date,  together  with  shares  reserved  for 
potential future grants of stock options, relative to the total number of shares outstanding as at such date.

The Corporation had a “burn rate” for the LTIP for each of the years 2021, 2020 and 2019, of 0.1%, 0.0% and 0.0%, 
respectively.  “Burn  rate”  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  number  of  awards  granted  during  the  applicable  year  (including  the 
target amount of PSUs granted), by the weighted average number of securities outstanding for the applicable year.

131

 
 
 
 
 
The LTIP limits the number of SVS that may be (a) reserved for issuance to insiders (as defined under TSX rules for 
this  purpose),  and  (b)  issued  within  a  one-year  period  to  insiders  pursuant  to  stock  options,  rights  or  share  units  granted 
pursuant to the LTIP, together with SVS reserved for issuance under any other employee-related plan of the Corporation or 
stock options for services granted by the Corporation, in each case to 10% of the aggregate issued and outstanding SVS and 
MVS of the Corporation. The LTIP also limits the number of SVS that may be reserved for issuance to any one participant 
pursuant to stock options, SARs or share units granted pursuant to the LTIP, together with SVS reserved for issuance under 
any other employee-related equity plan of the Corporation or stock options for services granted by the Corporation, to 5% of 
the aggregate issued and outstanding SVS and MVS.

Vested stock options issued under the LTIP may be exercised during a period determined as provided in the LTIP, 
which may not exceed ten years. The LTIP also provides that, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, stock 
options will terminate within specified time periods following the termination of employment of an eligible participant with 
the Corporation or affiliated entities, including in connection with a change of control. The exercise price for stock options 
issued under the LTIP is the closing price for SVS on the last business day prior to the grant date. The TSX closing price is 
used for Canadian employees and the NYSE closing price is used for all other employees. The exercise of stock options may 
be  subject  to  vesting  conditions,  including  specific  time  schedules  for  vesting  and  performance-based  conditions  such  as 
share price and financial results. The grant of stock options to, or exercise of stock options by, an eligible participant may 
also be subject to certain share ownership requirements.

The interest of any participant under the LTIP is generally not transferable or assignable. However, the LTIP does 
provide that a participant may assign his or her rights to a spouse, or a personal holding company or family trust controlled by 
the  participant,  of  which  any  combination  of  the  participant,  the  participant’s  spouse,  minor  children  or  grandchildren  are 
shareholders or beneficiaries, as applicable.

Under the LTIP, eligible participants may be granted SARs, a right to receive a cash amount equal to the amount, if 
any, by which the market price of the SVS at the time of exercise of the SAR exceeds the market price of the SVS at the time 
of  the  grant.  The  market  price  used  for  this  purpose  is  the  weighted  average  price  for  SVS  during  the  five  trading  days 
preceding the date of determination. The TSX market price is used for Canadian employees and the NYSE market price is 
used  for  all  other  employees.  Such  amounts  may  also  be  payable  by  the  issuance  of  SVS  (at  the  discretion  of  the 
Corporation). The exercise of SARs may also be subject to conditions similar to those which may be imposed on the exercise 
of stock options. To date, the Corporation has not granted any SARs under the LTIP.

Under the LTIP, eligible participants may be allocated share units in the form of PSUs or RSUs. Each vested RSU 
and PSU entitles the holder to receive one SVS on the applicable release date (however, the number of PSUs that may vest 
range from 0% to 200% of a target amount). The issuance of such shares may be subject to vesting requirements similar to 
those described above with respect to the exercisability of stock options and SARs, including such time or performance-based 
conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion. Under the LTIP, the Corporation may authorize 
grantees to settle vested RSUs or PSUs either in cash or SVS. Absent such permitted election, RSUs and PSUs will be settled 
in SVS. The number of SVS that may be issued to any one person pursuant to the share unit program shall not exceed 1% of 
the aggregate issued and outstanding SVS and MVS. The number of SVS that may be issued under share units in the event of 
termination of employment without cause, death or long-term disability is subject to pro-ration, unless otherwise determined 
by  the  Corporation.  The  LTIP  provides  for  the  express  designation  of  share  units  as  either  RSUs,  which  have  time-based 
vesting conditions or PSUs, which have performance-based vesting conditions over a specified period. In the event a holder 
of  PSUs  retires,  unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Corporation,  the  pro-rated  vesting  of  such  PSUs  shall  be  determined 
based on the actual performance achieved during the period specified for the grant by the Corporation.

The  following  types  of  amendments  to  the  LTIP  or  the  entitlements  granted  under  it  require  the  approval  of  the 

holders of the voting securities by a majority of votes cast by shareholders present or represented by proxy at a meeting:

(a)  increasing the maximum number of SVS that may be issued under the LTIP;

(b)  reducing the exercise price of an outstanding stock option (including cancelling and, in conjunction therewith, 
regranting a stock option at a reduced exercise price);

(c)  extending the term of any outstanding stock option or SAR;

(d)  expanding the rights of participants to assign or transfer a stock option, SAR or share unit beyond that currently 
contemplated by the LTIP;

132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)  amending the LTIP to provide for other types of security-based compensation through equity issuance;

(f)  permitting a stock option to have a term of more than ten years from the grant date;

(g)  increasing or deleting the percentage limit on SVS issuable or issued to insiders under the LTIP;

(h)  increasing  or  deleting  the  percentage  limit  on  SVS  reserved  for  issuance  to  any  one  person  under  the  LTIP 
(being 5% of the Corporation’s total issued and outstanding SVS and MVS);

(i)  adding to the categories of participants who may be eligible to participate in the LTIP; and

(j)  amending the amendment provision,

subject to the application of the anti-dilution or re-organization provisions of the LTIP.

The Board may approve amendments to the LTIP or the entitlements granted under it without shareholder approval, 

other than those specified above as requiring approval of the shareholders, including, without limitation:

(a)  clerical  changes  (such  as  a  change  to  correct  an  inconsistency  or  omission  or  a  change  to  update  an 
administrative provision);

(b)  a change to the termination provisions for the LTIP or for a stock option as long as the change does not permit 
the  Corporation  to  grant  a  stock  option  with  a  termination  date  of  more  than  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant  or 
extend an outstanding stock option’s termination date beyond such date; and

(c)  a change deemed necessary or desirable to comply with applicable law or regulatory requirements.

Celestica Share Unit Plan

The CSUP provides for the issuance of RSUs and PSUs in the same manner as provided in the LTIP, except that the 
Corporation may not issue shares from treasury to satisfy its obligations under the CSUP and there is no limit on the number 
of share units that may be issued as RSUs and PSUs under the terms of the CSUP. Issuances under the CSUP may be settled 
in cash or SVS at the discretion of the Corporation. The share units may be subject to vesting requirements, including any 
time-based  conditions  established  by  the  Board  of  Directors  at  its  discretion.  The  vesting  of  PSUs  also  requires  the 
achievement of specified performance-based conditions as determined by the HRCC. There is no “burn rate” for the CSUP 
because issuances under the CSUP are not from treasury and are therefore non-dilutive.

Pension Plans

The following table provides details of the amount of Celestica’s contributions to its defined contribution pension 

plans on behalf of the NEOs, and the accumulated value thereunder as of December 31, 2021 for each NEO.

Table 20: Defined Contribution Pension Plan

Name
Robert A. Mionis(2)
Mandeep Chawla(2)
Jason Phillips
Jack J. Lawless
Todd C. Cooper 

Accumulated Value
at Start of Year
($)
$1,064,437
$410,949
$409,841
$344,590
$122,376

Compensatory
($)
$249,200
$110,942
$80,342
$70,902
$80,342

Accumulated Value
at End of Year(1)
($)
$1,530,246
$570,771
$583,149
$495,480
$224,811

(1) 

(2) 

The difference between (i) the sum of the Accumulated Value at Start of Year column plus the Compensatory column and (ii) the Accumulated Value 
at End of Year column is attributable to non-compensatory changes in the Corporation’s accrued obligations during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The difference between the Accumulated Value at Start of Year reported here and the Accumulated Value at End of Year reported in our 2020 Annual 
Report on Form 20-F for Messrs. Mionis and Chawla is attributable to different exchange rates used in our 2020 Annual Report on Form 20-F and in 
this Annual Report. The exchange rate used in our 2020 Annual Report on Form 20-F was $1.00 = C$1.3422.

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Canadian Pension Plans

Mr.  Chawla  participates  in  the  Corporation’s  registered  pension  plan  for  Canadian  employees  (Canadian  Pension 
Plan) which is a defined contribution plan. The Canadian Pension Plan allows employees to choose how the Corporation’s 
contributions  are  invested  on  their  behalf  within  a  range  of  investment  options  provided  by  third-party  fund  managers. 
Retirement  benefits  depend  upon  the  performance  of  the  investment  options  chosen.  Mr.  Chawla  also  participates  in  an 
unregistered  supplementary  pension  plan  (Canadian  Supplementary  Plan).  This  is  also  a  defined  contribution  plan  through 
which the Corporation provides an annual contribution of an amount equal to the difference between (i) the maximum annual 
contribution  limit  as  determined  in  accordance  with  the  formula  set  out  in  the  Canadian  Pension  Plan  and  with  Canada 
Revenue Agency rules and (ii) 8% of the total base salary and paid annual incentives. Notional accounts are maintained for 
each participant in the Canadian Supplementary Plan. Participants are entitled to select from among the investment options 
available  in  the  Canadian  Pension  Plan  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  return  on  their  Canadian  Supplementary  Plan 
notional accounts.

U.S. Pension Plans

Messrs. Mionis, Phillips, Lawless and Cooper participate in the Corporation’s U.S. pension plans comprised of two 
defined contribution retirement programs, one of which qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under section 401(k) of the 
U.S. Internal Revenue Code (401(k) Plan). Under the 401(k) Plan, participating employees may defer 100% of their pre-tax 
earnings subject to any statutory limitations. The Corporation may make contributions for the benefit of eligible employees. 
The  401(k)  Plan  allows  employees  to  choose  how  their  account  balances  are  invested  on  their  behalf  within  a  range  of 
investment options provided by third-party fund managers. The Corporation contributes: (i) 3% of eligible compensation for 
the participant, and (ii) up to an additional 3% of eligible compensation by matching 50% of the first 6% contributed by the 
participant. The maximum contribution of the Corporation to the 401(k) Plan, based on the Internal Revenue Code rules and 
the  401(k)  Plan  formula  for  2021  was  $19,500  (plus  an  additional  $6,500  for  an  individual  over  the  age  of  50). 
Messrs.  Mionis,  Phillips,  Lawless  and  Cooper  also  participate  in  a  supplementary  retirement  plan  that  is  also  a  defined 
contribution  plan  (U.S.  Supplementary  Plan).  Under  the  U.S.  Supplementary  Plan,  the  Corporation  contributes  to  the 
participant  an  annual  amount  equal  to  the  difference  between  8%  of  the  participant’s  salary  and  paid  incentive  and  the 
amount that Celestica would contribute to the 401(k) Plan assuming the participant contributes the amount required to receive 
the matching 50% contribution by Celestica. A notional account is maintained for Messrs. Mionis, Lawless and Cooper, and 
they are entitled to select from among the investment options available in the 401(k) Plan for the purpose of determining the 
return on their notional accounts.

Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements with
Named Executive Officers

The Corporation has entered into employment agreements with certain of its NEOs in order to provide certainty to 
the  Corporation  and  such  NEOs  with  respect  to  issues  such  as  obligations  of  confidentiality,  non-solicitation  and  non-
competition after termination of employment, the amount of severance to be paid in the event of termination of the NEO’s 
employment, and to provide a retention incentive in the event of a change in control scenario.

Mr. Mionis

The  CEO  Employment  Agreement  provides  that  Mr.  Mionis  is  entitled  to  certain  severance  benefits  if,  during  a 
change of control period or a potential change of control period at the Corporation, he is terminated without cause or resigns 
for good reason as defined in his agreement (a “double trigger” provision) where good reason includes, without limitation, a 
material adverse change in position or duties or a specified reduction(s) in total compensation (including base salary, equity 
and  CTI  award).  A  change  of  control  period  is  defined  in  his  agreement  as  the  12-month  period  following  a  change  of 
control. A potential change of control period is defined in his agreement as the period beginning upon the occurrence of a 
potential change of control and ending on the earlier of: (i) the end of the 6-month period following a potential change of 
control; and (ii) a change of control.

134

 
 
 
 
The amount of the severance payment for Mr. Mionis is equal to: (i) base salary up to and including the termination 
date; (ii) a lump sum amount equal to his target payment under the CTI prorated to the date of termination; (iii) a lump sum 
amount equal to any payments accrued under the CTI in respect of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year during which his 
termination occurs, if any; (iv) a lump sum amount equal to two times his eligible earnings (such eligible earnings calculated 
as  his  annual  base  salary  plus  the  lesser  of  (a)  his  target  payment  under  the  CTI  for  the  fiscal  year  during  which  his 
termination occurs based on target achievement of the CPF of 1.0 and an IPF of 1.0, and (b) payment received under the CTI 
for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year during which termination occurs); (v) vacation pay earned but unpaid up to and 
including  the  date  of  termination;  (vi)  a  lump  sum  cash  settlement  of  contributions  to,  or  continuation  of  his  pension  and 
retirement plans for a two-year period; and (vii) a one-time lump sum payment of $100,000 in lieu of all future benefits and 
perquisites.  In  addition,  upon  a  change  of  control  and  termination  without  cause  or  for  good  reason  (a)  the  stock  options 
granted to him vest immediately, (b) the unvested PSUs granted to him vest immediately at the target level of performance 
specified in the terms of the PSU grant, and (c) the RSUs granted to him shall vest immediately.

Outside a change in control period, upon termination without cause or resignation for good reason as defined in his 
agreement,  the  amount  of  the  severance  payment  for  Mr.  Mionis  is  equal  to:  (a)  base  salary  up  to  and  including  the 
termination date; (b) a lump sum amount equal to any payments accrued under the CTI in respect of the fiscal year preceding 
the  fiscal  year  during  which  his  termination  occurs;  (c)  a  lump  sum  amount  equal  to  two  times  his  eligible  earnings 
(as calculated in the paragraph above); (d) vacation pay earned but unpaid up to and including the date of termination; (e) a 
one-time lump sum payment of $100,000 in lieu of all future benefits and perquisites; and (f) a lump sum cash settlement of 
contributions  to,  or  continuation  of  his  pension  and  retirement  plans  for  a  two-year  period.  In  addition,  (a)  vested  stock 
options may be exercised for a period of 30 days and unvested stock options are forfeited on the termination date, (b) RSUs 
shall  vest  immediately  on  a  pro  rata  basis  based  on  the  ratio  of  (i)  the  number  of  full  years  of  employment  completed 
between  the  date  of  grant  and  termination  of  employment,  to  (ii)  the  number  of  years  between  the  date  of  grant  and  the 
vesting date, and (c) PSUs vest based on actual performance on a pro rata basis based on the ratio of (i) the number of full 
years of employment completed between the date of grant and the termination of employment, to (ii) the number of years 
between the date of grant and the vesting date.

The foregoing entitlements are conferred on Mr. Mionis in part upon his fulfillment of certain confidentiality, non-
solicitation and non-competition obligations for a period of two years following termination of employment. In the event of a 
breach  of  such  obligations,  the  Corporation  is  entitled  to  seek  appropriate  legal,  equitable  and  other  remedies,  including 
injunctive relief.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  incremental  payments  and  benefits  to  which  Mr.  Mionis  would  have  been 
entitled  upon  a  change  in  control  occurring  on  December  31,  2021,  or  if  his  employment  had  been  terminated  on 
December 31, 2021 as a result of a change in control, retirement or termination without cause (or with good reason).

Table 21: Mr. Mionis’ Benefits

Termination without Cause/with Good Reason or 

Change in Control with Termination

Cash
Portion
$4,275,000

Value of Option-Based and 
Share-Based Awards(1)
—

Other
Benefits(2)
$633,200

Total

$4,908,200

Change in Control with no Termination or Retirement

—

—

—

—

(1)  No incremental amount would be received in respect of accelerated vesting of options, RSUs and PSUs, if any, on the assumption that the discount rate 
applied to calculate the net present value of the accelerated entitlements is not greater than the rate at which the SVS would otherwise be expected to 
appreciate over the period of acceleration.

(2)  Other benefits consist of group health benefits and pension plan contributions.

135

 
 
 
 
Messrs. Chawla, Phillips, Lawless and Cooper

Messrs.  Chawla,  Phillips,  Lawless  and  Cooper  are  subject  to  the  Executive  Policy  Guidelines  which  provide 

the following:

Termination without cause

Termination without cause within two 
years following a change in control of 
the Corporation (“double trigger” 
provision)

Termination with cause

Retirement

Resignation

• eligible to receive a severance payment up to two times annual base salary and the lower of 
target  or  actual  annual  incentive  for  the  previous  year  (Eligible  Earnings),  subject  to 
adjustment  for  factors  including  length  of  service,  together  with  a  portion  of  their  annual 
incentive for the year, prorated to the date of termination
•  (a)  vested  stock  options  may  be  exercised  for  a  period  of  30  days  and  unvested  stock 
options are forfeited on the termination date, (b) RSUs shall vest immediately on a pro rata 
basis based on the ratio of (i) the number of full years of employment completed between the 
date of grant and termination of employment, to (ii) the number of years between the date of 
grant and the vesting date, and (c) PSUs vest based on actual performance on a pro rata basis 
based on the ratio of (i) the number of full years of employment completed between the date 
of grant and the termination of employment, to (ii) the number of years between the date of 
grant and the vesting date
•  eligible  to  receive  a  severance  payment  up  to  two  times  Eligible  Earnings,  subject  to 
adjustment  for  factors  including  length  of  service,  together  with  a  portion  of  their  annual 
incentive for the year, prorated to the date of termination
• (a) all unvested stock options vest on the date of change in control, (b) all unvested RSUs 
vest on the date of change in control, and (c) all unvested PSUs vest on the date of change in 
control at target level of performance unless the terms of a PSU grant provide otherwise, or 
on such other more favourable terms as the Board may in its discretion provide
• no severance benefit is payable
• all unvested equity is forfeited on the termination date
• (a) stock options continue to vest and are exercisable until the earlier of three years following 
retirement and the original expiry date, (b) RSUs will continue to vest on their vesting dates, 
and  (c)  PSUs  vest  based  on  actual  performance  on  a pro  rata  basis  based  on  the  percentage 
represented  by  the  number  of  days  between  the  date  of  grant  and  the  date  of  retirement  as 
compared to the total number of days from the date of grant to the scheduled release date for 
the issuance of shares in respect of vested PSUs
• no severance benefit is payable
• (a) vested stock options may be exercised for a period of 30 days and unvested stock options 
are forfeited on the resignation date and (b) all unvested RSUs and PSUs are forfeited on the 
resignation date

Additionally, the Executive Policy Guidelines provide that executives whose employment has been terminated will 

have their pension and benefits coverage treated according to the terms of the plans in which they participate.

The  entitlements  described  in  the  above  table  are  only  conferred  on  eligible  executives  who  fulfill  certain 
confidentiality,  non-solicitation  and  non-competition  obligations  for  a  period  of  two  years  following  termination  of  their 
employment.

The following tables summarize the incremental payments to which Messrs. Chawla, Phillips, Lawless and Cooper 
would  have  been  entitled  upon  a  change  in  control  occurring  on  December  31,  2021,  or  if  their  employment  had  been 
terminated on December 31, 2021 as a result of a change in control, retirement or termination without cause.

Table 22: Mr. Chawla’s Benefits

Termination without Cause or Change in Control with 
Termination
Change in Control with no Termination or Retirement

Cash
Portion(1)
$2,200,000

Value of Option-Based and
Share-Based Awards(2)
—

Other
Benefits
—

Total
$2,200,000

—

—

—

—

(1)  Amounts in this column assume a maximum severance payment of two times Eligible Earnings but the actual amounts payable could be less.

(2)  No incremental amount would be received in respect of accelerated vesting of options, RSUs and PSUs, if any, on the assumption that the discount rate 
applied to calculate the net present value of the accelerated entitlements is not greater than the rate at which the SVS would otherwise be expected to 
appreciate over the period of acceleration.

136

 
 
 
 
Table 23: Mr. Phillips’ Benefits

Termination without Cause or Change in Control with 
Termination
Change in Control with no Termination or Retirement

Cash
Portion(1)
$1,746,000

Value of Option-Based and
Share-Based Awards(2)
—

Other
Benefits
—

Total
$1,746,000

—

—

—

—

(1)  Amounts in this column assume a maximum severance payment of two times Eligible Earnings but the actual amounts payable could be less.
(2)  No incremental amount would be received in respect of accelerated vesting of options, RSUs and PSUs, if any, on the assumption that the discount rate 
applied to calculate the net present value of the accelerated entitlements is not greater than the rate at which the SVS would otherwise be expected to 
appreciate over the period of acceleration.

Table 24: Mr. Lawless’ Benefits

Termination without Cause or Change in Control with 
Termination
Change in Control with no Termination or Retirement

Cash
Portion(1)
$1,656,000

Value of Option-Based and
Share-Based Awards(2)
—

Other
Benefits
—

Total
$1,656,000

—

—

—

—

(1)  Amounts in this column assume a maximum severance payment of two times Eligible Earnings but the actual amounts payable could be less.
(2)  No incremental amount would be received in respect of accelerated vesting of options, RSUs and PSUs, if any, on the assumption that the discount rate 
applied to calculate the net present value of the accelerated entitlements is not greater than the rate at which the SVS would otherwise be expected to 
appreciate over the period of acceleration.

Table 25: Mr. Cooper’s Benefits

Termination without Cause or Change in Control with 
Termination
Change in Control with no Termination or Retirement

Cash
Portion(1)
$1,746,000

Value of Option-Based and
Share-Based Awards(2)
—

Other
Benefits
—

Total
$1,746,000

—

—

—

—

(1)  Amounts in this column assume a maximum severance payment of two times Eligible Earnings but the actual amounts payable could be less.
(2)  No incremental amount would be received in respect of accelerated vesting of options, RSUs and PSUs, if any, on the assumption that the discount rate 
applied to calculate the net present value of the accelerated entitlements is not greater than the rate at which the SVS would otherwise be expected to 
appreciate over the period of acceleration.

Performance Graph

The following chart compares the cumulative TSR of C$100 invested in SVS with the cumulative TSR of the S&P/

TSX Composite Total Return Index for the period from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2021.

Table 26: Performance Graph

137

 
An investment in the Corporation on December 31, 2016 would have resulted in an 11% decrease in value over the 
five-year period ended December 31, 2021 compared with a 61% increase that would have resulted from an investment in the 
S&P/TSX Composite Total Return Index over the same period. Over the same period, annual total direct compensation for 
NEOs (actual salary paid, actual CTI awards paid and the value of long-term incentive awards (at target in the case of PSUs) 
granted in the respective years) increased by 27%. 

In 2021, we met or exceeded a number of our financial performance goals, realized a 38% increase in our share price 
(from $8.07 on December 31, 2020 to $11.13 on December 31, 2021 on the NYSE), and our TSR outperformed the S&P/
TSX Composite Total Return Index by 13% and the Global Industry Classification (GICS) 4520 – Technology Hardware and 
Equipment TSR by 22%. We believe that these 2021 results validate the successful execution of our strategic transformation, 
and  that  the  Corporation  is  now  positioned  for  profitable  growth.  We  further  believe  that  the  Corporation’s  strategic 
transformation, in addition to materials constraints, and demand reductions and other adverse impacts on our business related 
to COVID-19 resulted in significant price and volume fluctuations in the market price of our SVS, and negatively impacted 
our TSR in recent years.

In the medium to long-term, compensation of the NEOs is directly impacted by the market value of the SVS, as a 
significant portion of such NEO compensation is comprised of RSUs and PSUs with realized compensation tied to the market 
value of the SVS (and in the case of PSUs, tied to other financial performance metrics of the Corporation over a three-year 
performance period). We believe the realized value of the long-term incentives granted to NEOs, and the performance of the 
PSUs in particular, serve to better demonstrate the alignment of pay for performance. In addition to share performance, the 
achievement of the Corporation’s strategic objectives and other financial measures (such as revenue and non-IFRS operating 
margin) are used to assess the alignment our executive pay with the Corporation’s performance. See Realized and Realizable 
Compensation above.

C.    Board Practices  

Members of the Board are elected until the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are 
elected or appointed (unless such position is earlier vacated in accordance with the Corporation's by-laws). Each member of 
our  senior  management  is  appointed  to  serve  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  (subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  their 
respective  employment  agreements,  if  any).  See  Item  6(A),  "Directors  and  Senior  Management"  for  details  for  the  period 
during  which  each  director  and  executive  officer  has  served  in  such  capacity.  Our  independent  directors  (as  defined  under 
Canadian  rules  and  NYSE  listing  standards)  meet  separately  in  camera  (and  without  our  CEO,  CFO  or  other  members  of 
management  present)  as  part  of  every  Board  meeting  to  consider  such  matters  as  they  deem  appropriate.  The  presiding 
director  at  these  in  camera  sessions  is  the  Chair  of  the  Board,  or  in  the  absence  of  the  Chair  of  the  Board,  another 
independent director selected by those in attendance. The independent directors can set their own agenda, maintain minutes, 
and report back to the Board as a whole. Among the items that the independent directors meet privately in camera to review 
is  the  performance  of  the  CEO.  Each  of  our  standing  Board  committees,  which  consist  solely  of  independent  directors  (as 
defined under applicable Canadian and SEC rules, and NYSE listing standards), also meet separately (without our CEO, CFO 
or other members of management present) as part of each committee meeting.  

The  Board  has  determined  that  Mr.  Cascella,  Mr.  Chopra,  Mr.  DiMaggio,  Ms.  Koellner,  Dr.  Müller,  Ms.  Perry, 
Mr.  Ryan  and  Mr.  Wilson  (constituting  a  majority  of  the  Board)  are  independent  directors  under  applicable  independence 
standards in Canada and under NYSE listing standards. 

Except  for  the  right  to  receive  deferred  compensation,  no  director  is  entitled  to  benefits  from  Celestica  under  any 

service contracts when they cease to serve as a director. See Item 6(B), "Compensation." 

Communications with the Board

Shareholders and other interested parties may confidentially communicate directly with the Chair of the Board, or all 
non-management directors (directors who are not executive officers of the Company) or independent directors individually or 
as a group, by writing to any of the foregoing c/o Investor Relations, Celestica Inc., 5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900, Toronto, 
Ontario, Canada M2N 6L7; phone 416-448-2211. Any such letters will be delivered unopened to the Chair of the Board or to 
the appropriate addressee(s) or their designees. 

138

 
 
 
Shareholders and other interested parties who have concerns or complaints relating to accounting, internal accounting 
controls or other matters may also contact the Audit Committee by writing to the address set out above or by reporting the 
matter through our Ethics Hotline toll free at 1-888-312-2689. Callers outside the U.S. or Canada can place a collect call to 
1-503-726-2457.  Alternatively,  concerns  or  complaints  can  be  reported  using  a  secure  on-line  web-based  tool  at 
www.ethics.celestica.com. 

All  communications  will  be  handled  in  a  confidential  manner,  to  the  degree  that  applicable  laws  allow. 
Communications  may  be  made  on  an  anonymous  basis;  however,  in  these  cases  the  reporting  individual  must  provide 
sufficient  details  for  the  matter  to  be  reviewed  and  resolved.  The  Corporation  will  not  tolerate  any  retaliation  against  an 
employee who makes a good faith report.

Board Committees

The  Board  has  three  standing  committees,  each  with  a  specific  mandate  (charter):  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Human 
Resources and Compensation Committee (HRCC), and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (NCGC). All 
of these committees are composed solely of independent directors (as that term is defined by applicable Canadian and SEC 
rules and in the NYSE listing standards, as applicable).

Audit Committee  

The Audit Committee in 2021 consisted of Ms. Koellner (Chair), Mr. Cascella, Mr. Chopra, Mr. DiMaggio, Dr. Müller 
(commencing upon his appointment to the committee effective August 31, 2021), Ms. Perry, Mr. Ryan and Mr. Wilson, all of 
whom the Board determined to be independent directors for audit committee purposes (as that term is defined by applicable 
Canadian and SEC rules and in the NYSE listing standards) and financially literate. All of the audit committee members have 
held  executive  positions  with  large  corporations  or  financial  services  companies.  The  Audit  Committee  has  a  well-defined 
mandate  which,  among  other  things,  sets  out  its  relationship  with,  and  expectations  of,  the  external  auditors,  including  the 
determination of the independence of the external auditors and approval of any non-audit services of the external auditor; the 
engagement, evaluation, remuneration and termination of the external auditor; its relationship with, and expectations of, the 
internal  auditor  function  and  its  oversight  of  internal  control;  and  the  disclosure  of  financial  and  related  information.  In 
addition to fulfilling the responsibilities as set forth in its mandate, the Audit Committee has established procedures to review 
the  qualifications,  expertise,  resources  and  the  overall  performance  of  the  Corporation's  external  auditor.  The  Audit 
Committee has direct communication channels with the internal and external auditors to discuss and review specific issues 
and has the authority to retain and fund such independent legal, accounting, or other advisors as it may consider appropriate. 
The Audit Committee reviews and approves the mandate and plan of the internal audit department on an annual basis. The 
Audit  Committee's  duties  include  responsibility  for  reviewing  financial  statements  with  management  and  the  auditors, 
monitoring the adequacy of Celestica's internal control procedures, and reviewing the adequacy of Celestica's processes for 
identifying and managing risk.

The  Audit  Committee  has  established  procedures  for:  (i)  receipt,  retention,  and  treatment  of  complaints  regarding 
accounting,  internal  accounting  controls,  or  auditing  matters  and  (ii)  confidential,  anonymous  submission  by  employees  of 
concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. A copy of the Audit Committee Mandate is available on our 
website at www.celestica.com.

Members of the Audit Committee do not serve on more than three audit committees of public companies, including that 
of  Celestica.  See  Item  16A  "Audit  Committee  Financial  Expert"  for  a  discussion  of  the  Corporation's  Audit  Committee 
Financial Experts.

Audit Committee Report:

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management;

The  Audit  Committee  has  discussed  with  the  independent  auditors  the  matters  required  to  be  discussed  by  the 

applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) and the SEC;

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent accountant as required 
by applicable requirements of the PCAOB regarding the independent accountant's communications with the Audit Committee 
concerning 
independent  accountant's 
the 
independence; and 

independence,  and  has  discussed  with 

independent  accountant 

the 

139

Based  on  such  review  and  discussions,  the  Audit  Committee  recommended  to  the  Board  that  the  audited  financial 

statements be included in this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2021 for filing with the SEC.

The Audit Committee:

Mr. Cascella
Mr. Chopra
Mr. DiMaggio
Ms. Koellner
Dr. Müller
Ms. Perry
Mr. Ryan
Mr. Wilson

Human Resources and Compensation Committee 

The HRCC in 2021 consisted of Mr. Cascella (Chair as of April 29, 2021), Mr. Ryan (Chair through April 29, 2021), 
Mr.  Chopra,  Mr.  DiMaggio,  Dr.  Müller  (commencing  upon  his  appointment  to  the  committee  effective  August  31,  2021), 
Ms. Koellner, Ms. Perry and Mr. Wilson, all of whom the Board determined to be independent directors for compensation 
committee  purposes  pursuant  to  the  applicable  Canadian  and  SEC  rules  and  the  NYSE  listing  standards.    It  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  HRCC  to  define  and  communicate  compensation  policies  and  principles  that  reflect  and  support  our 
strategic direction, business goals and desired culture. Pursuant to its mandate, the HRCC: reviews and approves Celestica's 
overall reward/compensation policy, including an executive compensation policy that is consistent with competitive practice 
and supports organizational objectives and shareholder interests; reviews the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the 
compensation of the CEO, as approved by the Board, evaluates the CEO's performance in light of these goals and objectives, 
and  sets  the  compensation  of  the  CEO  based  on  this  evaluation;  reviews  and  approves  the  appointment  and  terms  of 
employment (or any material changes to terms of employment) and, upon recommendation of the CEO, any changes to the 
base salary for all senior executive positions that report to the CEO and certain other senior executive positions, as well as 
any  separation  agreement  or  compensation  arrangement  for  any  such  executive  whose  employment  has  been  terminated; 
reviews,  modifies,  and  approves  the  elements  of  the  Corporation's  incentive-based  plans  and  equity-based  plans,  including 
plan design, performance targets, administration and total funds/shares reserved for payment; makes recommendations to the 
Board regarding director compensation in accordance with principles and guidelines established by the NCGC; maintains and 
reviews succession plans for the CEO, all positions that report to the CEO, and certain other executive positions; reviews and 
approves,  in  conjunction  with  management,  public  disclosure  relating  to  executive  compensation  in  accordance  with 
applicable rules and regulations and prepares any report required by any applicable securities regulatory authority or stock 
exchange requirement to be included in applicable public disclosure documents; reviews the Corporation's talent management 
strategy  and  practices;  reviews  and  approves  insider  trading  and  share  ownership  policies;  regularly  reviews  the  risks 
associated with the Corporation's compensation policies and practices; and performs any other activities consistent with the 
HRCC's mandate. See Item 6(B), "Compensation" for details regarding our processes and procedures for the consideration 
and  determination  of  executive  and  director  compensation  and  the  role  of  our  Compensation  Consultant  in  making 
recommendations to the HRCC regarding executive officer and director compensation.

A copy of the HRCC Mandate is available on our website at www.celestica.com.

Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report:

The  HRCC  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  with  management  and  based  on 
such  review  and  discussions,  the  HRCC  recommended  to  the  Board  that  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  be 
included in this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee:

Mr. Cascella
Mr. Chopra
Mr. DiMaggio
Ms. Koellner
Dr. Müller
Ms. Perry
Mr. Ryan
Mr. Wilson

140

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 

The  NCGC  in  2021  consisted  of  Mr.  Wilson  (Chair),  Mr.  Cascella,  Mr.  Chopra,  Mr.  DiMaggio,  Ms.  Koellner,  Dr. 
Müller  (commencing  upon  his  appointment  to  the  committee  effective  August  31,  2021),  Ms.  Perry,  and  Mr.  Ryan,  all  of 
whom  were  determined  by  the  Board  to  be  independent  directors  pursuant  to  applicable  Canadian  rules  and  NYSE  listing 
standards.  The  NCGC  is  responsible  for  developing  and  recommending  governance  guidelines  for  the  Corporation  (and 
recommending  changes  to  those  guidelines),  identifying  individuals  qualified  to  become  members  of  the  Board,  and 
recommending director nominees to be put before the shareholders at each annual meeting. The duties and responsibilities of 
the  NCGC  include:  reviewing  the  Corporation's  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines;  creating  a  formal,  rigorous  and 
transparent  procedure  for  the  appointment  of  new  directors  to  the  Board;  identifying  and  recommending  new  director 
nominees; annually assessing the effectiveness of the Board's Diversity Policy and its effectiveness in promoting a diverse 
Board, and monitoring compliance with disclosure and any other requirements under applicable corporate and securities laws 
and regulations, as well as any applicable stock exchange requirements, regarding diversity; developing a director orientation 
program; developing a director continuing education program; developing position descriptions for the Chair, the CEO and 
the chair of each committee; developing and overseeing annual director evaluations, including assessing the performance of 
the  Board,  the  committees,  and  individual  directors  and  through  peer  review;  reviewing  director  compensation  guidelines; 
overseeing the Corporation’s general strategy, policies and initiatives relating to ESG matters, including, among other things, 
sustainability, and reviewing the risks related to ESG matters; and annual director independence reviews.

A copy of the NCGC Mandate is available on our website at www.celestica.com.

D.    Employees  

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  employed  23,915  permanent  and  temporary  (contract)  employees  worldwide 
(December  31,  2020  —  20,550;  December  31,  2019  —  approximately  24,600).  Some  of  our  employees  in  China,  Japan, 
Mexico, Romania, Singapore and Spain are represented by unions or are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We 
believe  we  have  a  productive  and  collaborative  working  relationship  between  management  and  the  relevant  unions.  We 
believe that our employee relationships are generally positive and stable. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  our  employees  (permanent  and  temporary)  by  geographic 

location for the past three financial years:

Date

Americas

Number of Employees
Europe

Asia

December 31, 2019    ..........................................................................

December 31, 2020    ..........................................................................

December 31, 2021    ..........................................................................

5,500 

4,998 

5,243 

3,100 

2,361 

2,347 

16,000   

13,191   

16,325   

Total

24,600 

20,550 

23,915 

Given the variable nature of our project flow and the quick response time required by our customers, it is critical that 
we quickly adjust our production up or down to maximize efficiency. To achieve this, our approach has been to employ a 
skilled temporary labor force, as required. As at December 31, 2021, 5,272 temporary (contract) employees (December 31, 
2020 — 2,324; December 31, 2019 — approximately 3,100) were engaged by us worldwide. We employed, on average for 
the  year,  3,053  temporary  (contract)  employees  in  2021.  The  total  number  of  employees  (permanent  and  temporary) 
decreased  by  4,050  from  December  31,  2019  to  December  31,  2020  and  increased  by  3,365  from  December  31,  2020  to 
December 31, 2021. The increase in total number of employees (permanent and temporary) in 2021 is primarily due to our 
PCI acquisition. 

See Item 4(B), “Business Overview” under the following captions: “Diversity and Inclusion,” “COVID-19 Response,” 
“Employee  Engagement,”  “Community  Engagement,”  and  “Ethical  Labor  Practices”  for  information  on  our  approach  to 
those topics.

141

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.    Share Ownership 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the direct and beneficial ownership of shares of Celestica at 
February  22,  2022  by  each  director,  each  NEO,  each  non-NEO  executive  officer,  and  all  directors  and  executive  officers  of 
Celestica as a group as of such date. The address of each shareholder named below is Celestica's principal executive office. 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)(2)

Number of 
Shares(3)

Percentage
of Class

Percentage of
All Equity 
Shares(4)

Percentage of
Voting Power

Robert A. Cascella    ....................................................................

Deepak Chopra     .........................................................................

Daniel P. DiMaggio   ..................................................................

Laurette T. Koellner      .................................................................

Luis A. Müller      ..........................................................................

Carol S. Perry     ...........................................................................

Tawfiq Popatia    ..........................................................................

0 SVS

0 SVS

0 SVS

0 SVS

0 SVS

0 SVS

0 SVS

Eamon J. Ryan  ..........................................................................

18,240 SVS

Michael M. Wilson       ...................................................................

20,000 SVS

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

*

*

Robert A. Mionis     ...................................................................... 1,044,121 SVS

1%

Mandeep Chawla     ......................................................................

92,003 SVS

Todd C. Cooper     ........................................................................

257,853 SVS

Yann Etienvre      ...........................................................................

0 SVS

John ("Jack") J. Lawless    ...........................................................

271,900 SVS

Jason Phillips    ............................................................................

139,010 SVS

*

*

—

*

*

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

*

*

*

*

*

—

*

*

All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)  .... 1,571,227 SVS

1.5%

1.3%

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

*

*

*

*

*

—

*

*

*

*

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Less than 1%. 

As used in this table, beneficial ownership means sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of the security, or the sole or shared investment 
power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose, or direct a disposition, of a security). A person is deemed at any date to have beneficial 
ownership  of  any  security  that  such  person  has  a  right  to  acquire  within  60  days  of  such  date.  More  than  one  person  may  be  deemed  to  have 
beneficial ownership of the same securities. Information with respect to stock options held by each executive officer, including exercise price and 
expiration date, is included in footnote 3 below.  

Information as to shares beneficially owned or shares over which control or direction is exercised is not within Celestica's knowledge. Except as 
otherwise disclosed, such information has been provided by each individual.

With respect to Mr. Mionis, includes SVS subject to a total of 298,954 vested stock options issued on August 1 2015, all of which have an exercise 
price of C$17.52 and an expiration date of August 1, 2025. 

Represents the percentage beneficial ownership of the Company's SVS and MVS in the aggregate. 

MVS and SVS have different voting rights. MVS entitle the holder to 25 votes per share and SVS entitle the holder to one 
vote per share. SVS represent 18.5% of the aggregate voting rights attached to Celestica's shares. MVS represent 81.5% of the 
voting  rights  attached  to  Celestica's  shares.  See  Item  10(B),  "Additional  Information  —  Memorandum  and  Articles  of 
Incorporation."

At  February  22,  2022,  3  persons  (Mr.  Mionis,  one  retired  executive  officer,  and  one  employee)  held  stock  options  to 
acquire  an  aggregate  of  404,353  SVS.  The  options  held  by  Mr.  Mionis  are  described  in  footnote  (3)  to  the  table  above. 
Elizabeth  DelBianco,  a  former  executive  officer  of  the  Company  who  retired  as  of  December  31,  2020,  holds  10,881  vested 
stock options, which have an exercise price of C$8.29 and an expiration date of January 28, 2023. Another Celestica employee 
was  granted  94,518  stock  options  with  an  exercise  price  of  $10.58  on  November  5,  2021.  These  options  vest  ratably  over  a 
four-year period commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant and expire on November 5, 2031. All stock options 
were issued under the LTIP. No other stock options issued by the Company to employees are outstanding as of February 22, 
2022. See Item 6(B), "Compensation" and note 12(b) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for a discussion of 
the different types of equity awards, including stock options, RSUs and PSUs, issued and issuable to our employees. 

142

 
Item 7.    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.    Major Shareholders

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the  direct  and  beneficial  ownership  of  the  shares  of 
Celestica as of February 22, 2022 by each person known to Celestica to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of 
the  SVS  or  MVS.  MVS  and  SVS  have  different  voting  rights  (see  Item  6(E)  above).  SVS  represent  18.5%  of  the  aggregate 
voting  rights  attached  to  Celestica's  shares,  and  MVS  represent  81.5%  of  the  aggregate  voting  rights  attached  to  Celestica's 
shares.  See  footnotes  (2)  and  (3)  below  and  Item  4(B)  "Information  on  the  Company  —  Business  Overview  —  Controlling 
Shareholder  Interest"  above  for  additional  information  regarding  our  controlling  shareholder,  and  Item  10(B),  "Additional 
Information — Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation" for additional information regarding our share capital. 

 Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

 Onex Corporation(2)

 Gerald W. Schwartz(3)

 Letko, Brosseau & Associates Inc.(4)
Pzena Investment Management, LLC (5)

Number of
Shares
18,600,193 MVS
397,045 SVS
18,600,193 MVS
517,702 SVS
13,251,527
7,593,324 SVS

Percentage of
Class
100%
*
100%
*
12.5%
7.2%

Percentage of
All Equity Shares
14.9%
*
14.9%
*
10.6%
6.1%

Percentage of
Voting Power
81.5%
*
81.5%
*
2.3%
1.0%

 Total percentage of all equity shares and total percentage of voting power

32.0%

84.9%

*

(1)

(2)

Less than 1%.

As used in this table, beneficial ownership means sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of the security, or the sole or shared investment 
power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose, or direct a disposition, of a security). A person is deemed at any date to have beneficial 
ownership of any security that such person has a right to acquire within 60 days of such date. More than one person may be deemed to have 
beneficial ownership of the same securities.

Includes 945,010 MVS held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onex. 814,546 of the MVS beneficially owned by Onex are subject to options granted 
to certain officers of Onex pursuant to certain Onex management investment plans, which options may be exercised upon specified dispositions by 
Onex (directly or indirectly) of Celestica's securities, with respect to which Onex has the right to vote or direct the vote ("MIP Options"), including 
688,807 MIP Options granted to Mr. Schwartz (each of which MVS will, upon exercise of such options, be automatically converted into an SVS). 
The percentage ownership of SVS beneficially owned by Onex (assuming conversion of all MVS) was 14.7% as of February 19, 2020, 14.7% as of 
February 22, 2021, and 15.2% as of February 22, 2022. 

The Corporation's Restated Articles of Incorporation (Articles) provide "coat-tail" protection to the holders of the SVS by providing that the MVS 
will be converted automatically into SVS upon any transfer thereof, except (i) a transfer to Onex or any affiliate of Onex or (ii) a transfer of 100% of 
the  outstanding  MVS  to  a  purchaser  who  also  has  offered  to  purchase  all  of  the  outstanding  SVS  for  a  per  share  consideration  identical  to,  and 
otherwise on the same terms as, that offered for the MVS, and the MVS held by such purchaser thereafter shall be subject to the share provisions 
relating to conversion (including with respect to the provisions described herein) as if all references to Onex were references to such purchaser. In 
addition, if (i) any holder of any MVS ceases to be an affiliate of Onex, or (ii) Onex and its affiliates, collectively, cease to have the right, in all 
cases,  to  exercise  the  votes  attached  to,  or  to  direct  the  voting  of,  any  of  the  MVS  held  by  Onex  and  its  affiliates,  such  MVS  shall  convert 
automatically into SVS on a one-for-one basis. For these purposes, (i) Onex includes any successor corporation resulting from an amalgamation, 
merger, arrangement, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or other business combination or reorganization involving Onex, provided that such 
successor corporation beneficially owns directly or indirectly all MVS beneficially owned directly or indirectly by Onex immediately prior to such 
transaction and is controlled by the same person or persons as controlled Onex prior to the consummation of such transaction; (ii) a corporation shall 
be deemed to be a subsidiary of another corporation if, but only if, (a) it is controlled by that other, or that other and one or more corporations each 
of which is controlled by that other, or two or more corporations each of which is controlled by that other, or (b) it is a subsidiary of a corporation 
that is that other's subsidiary; (iii) "affiliate" means a subsidiary of Onex or a corporation controlled by the same person or company that controls 
Onex; and (iv) "control" means beneficial ownership of, or control or direction over, securities carrying more than 50% of the votes that may be cast 
to elect directors if those votes, if cast, could elect more than 50% of the directors. For these purposes, a person is deemed to beneficially own any 
security which is beneficially owned by a corporation controlled by such person. In addition, if at any time the number of outstanding MVS shall 
represent less than 5% of the aggregate number of the outstanding MVS and SVS, all of the outstanding MVS shall be automatically converted at 
such time into SVS on a one-for-one basis. Onex, which beneficially owns, controls or directs, directly or indirectly all of the outstanding MVS, has 
entered into an agreement with Celestica and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (as successor to the Montreal Trust Company of Canada), as 
trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the  holders  of  the  SVS,  for  the  purpose  of  ensuring  that  the  holders  of  SVS  will  not  be  deprived  of  any  rights  under 
applicable take-over bid legislation to which they would be otherwise entitled in the event of a take-over bid (as that term is defined in applicable 
securities legislation) if MVS and SVS were of a single class of shares. Subject to certain permitted forms of sale, such as identical or better offers to 
all  holders  of  SVS,  Onex  has  agreed  that  it,  and  any  of  its  affiliates  that  may  hold  MVS  from  time  to  time,  will  not  sell  any  MVS,  directly  or 
indirectly, pursuant to a take-over bid (as that term is defined under applicable securities legislation) under circumstances in which any applicable 
securities legislation would have required the same offer or a follow-up offer to be made to holders of SVS if the sale had been a sale of SVS rather 
than MVS, but otherwise on the same terms. 

143

(3)

(4)

(5)

The address of Onex is: c/o Onex Corporation, 161 Bay Street, P.O. Box 700, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2S1.

The  number  of  shares  beneficially  owned,  controlled  or  directed,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  Mr.  Schwartz  consists  of  120,657  SVS  owned  by  a 
company controlled by Mr. Schwartz, and all of the 18,600,193 MVS and 397,045 SVS beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or 
indirectly, by Onex (as described in note (2) above). Mr. Schwartz is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Onex. In addition, 
he  indirectly  owns  multiple  voting  shares  of  Onex  carrying  the  right  to  elect  a  majority  of  the  Onex  board  of  directors.  Accordingly,  under 
applicable securities laws, Mr. Schwartz is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the Celestica shares owned by Onex; Mr. Schwartz has advised 
Celestica, however, that he disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The percentage ownership of SVS beneficially owned by Mr. Schwartz 
(assuming conversion of all MVS) was 14.8% as of each of February 19, 2020, and February 22, 2021, and 15.3% as of February 22, 2022.

The address of Mr. Schwartz is: 161 Bay Street, P.O. Box 700, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2S1.

Letko, Brosseau & Associates Inc. (Letko) is the beneficial owner of 13,251,527 SVS and has sole voting and dispositive power over these shares. 
Pursuant to the Schedule 13G/A filed by Letko with the SEC on February 11, 2022, reporting beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2021: clients 
of Letko have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from sale of, the SVS reported as beneficially 
owned by Letko; and no clients of Letko beneficially own more than five percent of the SVS. The address of Letko is: 1800 McGill College Avenue, 
Suite 2510, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3A 3J6. The number of shares reported as owned by Letko in this Major Shareholders Table is based on the 
alternative monthly report it filed on SEDAR on February 8, 2022, reporting investment control as of January 31, 2022. The percentage ownership 
of SVS beneficially owned by Letko was 18.6% as of February 19, 2020, 14.8% as of February 22, 2021, and 12.5% as of February 22, 2022. 

Pzena Investment Management, LLC (Pzena) is the beneficial owner of 7,593,324, and has sole voting power over 5,848,722 of such shares and sole 
dispositive over all of such shares. Clients of the filing investment manager have the right to receive and the ultimate power to direct the receipt of 
dividends from, or the proceeds of sale of, such SVS. No interest of any one of such clients relates to more than 5% of the class. The number of 
shares reported as owned by Pzena in this Major Shareholders Table and the information in this footnote is based on the Schedule 13G/A filed by 
Pzena with the SEC on January 20, 2022, reporting beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2021. The address of Pzena is: 320 Park Avenue, 8th 
Floor, New York, NY 10022. The percentage ownership of SVS beneficially owned by Pzena was 7.0% as of February 22, 2021, and 7.2% as of 
February 22, 2022. This is the second year in the past three years that Pzena has been listed in this Major Shareholders Table.

There are no arrangements known to the Corporation, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change 

in control of the Corporation.

Holders 

As of February 22, 2022, based on information provided to us by our transfer agent, there were 1,639 holders of record of 
SVS, of which 378 holders, holding approximately 87.7% of the outstanding SVS, were resident in the U.S. and 364 holders, 
holding  approximately  12.2%  of  the  outstanding  SVS,  were  resident  in  Canada.  These  numbers  are  not  representative  of  the 
number of beneficial holders of our SVS nor are they representative of where such beneficial holders reside, since many of such 
shares  are  held  of  record  by  brokers  or  other  nominees.  The  Corporation  does  not  have  knowledge  of  the  identities  of  the 
beneficial owners of SVS registered through intermediaries. No MVS are held in the U.S.

B.    Related Party Transactions

Onex, which beneficially owns, controls or directs, directly or indirectly, all of our outstanding MVS, has entered into an 
agreement with Celestica and with Computershare Trust Company of Canada (as successor to the Montreal Trust Company of 
Canada), as trustee for the benefit of the holders of the SVS, for the purpose of ensuring that the holders of SVS will not be 
deprived of any rights under applicable take-over bid legislation to which they would be otherwise entitled in the event of a 
take-over  bid  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  applicable  securities  legislation)  if  MVS  and  SVS  were  of  a  single  class  of  shares. 
Subject to certain permitted forms of sale, such as identical or better offers to all holders of SVS, Onex has agreed that it, and 
any of its affiliates that may hold MVS from time to time, will not sell any MVS, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a take-over 
bid  (as  that  term  is  defined  under  applicable  securities  legislation)  under  circumstances  in  which  any  applicable  securities 
legislation would have required the same offer or a follow-up offer to be made to holders of SVS if the sale had been a sale of 
SVS rather than MVS, but otherwise on the same terms.

We are party to a Services Agreement with Onex for the services of Mr. Tawfiq Popatia, an officer of Onex, as a director 
of  Celestica,  pursuant  to  which  Onex  receives  compensation  for  such  services.  This  agreement  automatically  renews  for 
successive one-year terms unless either party provides a notice of intent not to renew. Under such agreement, the annual fee 
payable to Onex is $235,000, payable in DSUs in equal quarterly installments in arrears. The Services Agreement terminates 
automatically and the rights of Onex to receive compensation (other than accrued and unpaid compensation) will terminate (a) 
30 days after the first day on which Onex ceases to hold at least one MVS of Celestica or any successor company or (b) the date 
Mr. Popatia ceases to be a director of Celestica for any reason.

144

On March 7, 2019, we completed the sale of our Toronto real property and received the Toronto Proceeds. As part of the 
property  sale,  we  entered  into  a  10-year  lease  (with  two  5-year  options  to  renew)  in  March  2019  with  the  purchaser  of  the 
property  for  our  new  corporate  headquarters,  which  is  currently  targeted  to  commence  in  May  2023.  Upon  such 
commencement, our estimated annual basic rent will be approximately $2.1 million Canadian dollars for each of the first five 
years, and approximately $2.2 million Canadian dollars for each of the remaining five years. A consortium of four real estate 
partnerships,  approximately  27%  of  the  interests  of  which  are  held  by  a  partnership  in  which  Mr.  Schwartz  has  a  material 
interest; and approximately 25% of the interests of which are held by a partnership in which Mr. Schwartz has a non-voting 
interest,  holds  a  5%  non-voting  interest  in  such  purchaser.  See  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and 
Prospects — MD&A — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Toronto Real Property and Related Transactions" above. 

Compensation arrangements with our directors and executive officers are described under Item 6(B), “Directors, Senior 

Management and Employees — Compensation” above.

Indebtedness of Related Parties

As at February 22, 2022, other than inter-company loans among Celestica and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, no related 

parties (as defined in Form 20-F), were indebted to Onex, Celestica or its subsidiaries. 

C.    Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8.    Financial Information

A.    Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18, "Financial Statements."

Export Sales

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had approximately $5.4 billion of export sales (i.e., sales to customers located 
outside  of  Canada),  constituting  approximately  95%  of  our  $5.6  billion  in  total  sales  for  the  year.  For  further  information 
regarding  the  allocation  of  our  revenues  by  geographic  region  over  the  last  three  years,  see  Item  4,  "Information  on  the 
Company — Business Overview — Geographies."

Litigation

We are party to litigation from time-to-time. We are not currently (nor have we been) party to any legal or arbitration 
proceedings (including governmental proceedings pending or known to be contemplated) which management expects may have 
(or which have had in the recent past) significant effects on Celestica's financial position or profitability. There are no material 
proceedings in which any of our affiliates, directors, or members of senior management is either a party adverse to us or our 
subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to us or our subsidiaries. 

Information  concerning  the  status  of  certain  tax  matters  is  disclosed  in  Item  5,  "Operating  and  Financial  Review  and 
Prospects — MD&A — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Litigation and contingencies (including indemnities)" and note 24 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18.

Dividend Policy

We  have  not  declared  or  paid  any  dividends  to  our  shareholders.  We  intend  to  retain  earnings  for  general  corporate 
purposes to promote future growth; as such, our Board does not anticipate paying any dividends at this time. Our Board will 
review  this  policy  from  time-to-time,  having  regard  to  our  financial  condition,  financing  requirements  and  other  relevant 
factors.

B.    Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2021.

145

Item 9.    The Offer and Listing

A.    Offer and Listing Details

Market Information 

The SVS are listed on the NYSE and the TSX (in each case under the symbol "CLS"). 

B.    Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.    Markets

See Item 9A. — "Offer and Listing Details" above. 

D.    Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.    Dilution

Not applicable.

F.     Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10.    Additional Information

A.    Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.    Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation

Objects and Purposes

Celestica (Ontario Corporation No. 1201522) can engage in any legal activity permitted under the OBCA. As set forth in 
Item 6 of our Restated Articles of Incorporation (Articles), there are no restrictions on the business we may carry on or on the 
powers we may exercise.

Certain Powers of Directors

Celestica's by-laws provide that the directors shall from time to time determine by resolution the remuneration to be paid 
to the directors, which shall be in addition to the salary paid to any officer or employee of Celestica who is also a director. The 
directors may also, by resolution, award special remuneration to any director in undertaking any special services on Celestica's 
behalf other than the normal work ordinarily required of a director of Celestica. The by-laws provide that confirmation of any 
such resolution by Celestica's shareholders is not required.

The Articles provide that the Board may, without shareholder authorization, from time to time in such amounts and on 
such  terms  as  it  deems  expedient:  (i)  borrow  money  upon  the  credit  of  Celestica;  (ii)  issue,  reissue,  sell  or  pledge  debt 
obligations of Celestica; (iii) give a guarantee on behalf of Celestica to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and 
(iv) mortgage, hypothecate, charge, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any currently owned or subsequently 
acquired real and personal, movable and immovable, property of Celestica, including book debts, rights, powers, franchises and 
undertakings, to secure Celestica's obligations.

There  is  no  provision  in  our  Articles  or  by-laws  imposing  a  requirement  for  retirement  or  non-retirement  of  directors 
under an age limit requirement. However, the Board has a retirement policy which provides that, unless the Board authorizes an 
exception, a director shall not stand for re-election after his or her 75th birthday.

Section 132 of the OBCA provides, among other things, that a material contract between Celestica and one or more of 
its directors, or between Celestica and another person of which a director of Celestica is a director or officer or in which he or 
she has a material interest, is neither void nor voidable by reason only of that relationship or by reason only that the director is 

146

 
present  at  or  is  counted  to  determine  the  presence  of  a  quorum  at  a  meeting  of  directors  or  committee  of  directors  that 
authorized the contract, if the director disclosed his or her interest, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the OBCA, 
and the contract or transaction was reasonable and fair to Celestica at the time it was approved. In addition, notwithstanding the 
other conflict of interest provisions in Section 132 of the OBCA, where such director is acting honestly and in good faith, such 
contract, if it was reasonable and fair to Celestica at the time it was approved, is neither void nor voidable by reason only of the 
director's interest therein where the contract is confirmed or approved by special resolution at a meeting of shareholders and the 
nature and extent of the director's interest in the contract is disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting or the 
applicable information circular. 

Share Ownership 

The OBCA provides that unless the articles of a corporation otherwise provide, a director of a corporation is not required 
to hold shares issued by the corporation. There is no provision in the Articles imposing a requirement that a director hold any 
shares issued by Celestica. Our Board, however, has established guidelines setting out minimum shareholding requirements for 
directors  who  are  not  employees  or  officers  of  Celestica  or  Onex.  See  the  section  entitled  "Director  Share  Ownership 
Guidelines" under Item 6, "Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Compensation" for a summary of these minimum 
shareholding requirements.

Shareholder Rights and Limitations

The rights and preferences attached to our SVS and MVS, as well as additional information required by this Item 10(B), 

is included in Exhibit 2.3 attached to this Annual Report, which Exhibit is incorporated herein by reference thereto. 

C.    Material Contracts 

Information with respect to material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to 
which Celestica or its subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the publication of this Annual Report, is 
included in Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — Liquidity and Capital Resources," Item 6(B), 
"Compensation," and note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18. These contracts include equity compensation 
plans, agreements related to our credit facility, our March 2020 A/R sales program agreement, and our acquisition agreement 
with  PCI.  Material  contracts  to  be  performed  in  whole  or  in  part  at  or  after  the  filing  of  this  Annual  Report  are  included  as 
exhibits to this Annual Report. See Item 19, "Exhibits." 

D.    Exchange Controls

Canada has no system of exchange controls. We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other 
legislation in Canada that restrict the export or import of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use 
by  our  affiliated  companies,  or  that  affect  the  remittance  of  dividends,  interest,  royalties  or  similar  payments  to  non-resident 
holders  of  Celestica's  securities,  although  there  may  be  Canadian  and  other  foreign  tax  considerations.  See  Item  10(E)  — 
"Taxation." 

E.    Taxation

Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations 

The following is a summary of the material Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a person 
(a "U.S. Holder"), who acquires SVS and who, for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the "Canadian Tax Act") and the 
Canada-United  States  Income  Tax  Convention  (1980)  (as  amended,  the  "Tax  Treaty")  at  all  relevant  times  is  resident  in  the 
U.S. and is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada, is eligible for benefits under the Tax Treaty, deals at arm's 
length and is not affiliated with Celestica, holds such SVS as capital property, and does not use or hold, and is not deemed to 
use or hold, the SVS in carrying on business in Canada. Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, may apply to a 
U.S. Holder that is a financial institution (as defined in the Canadian Tax Act), or is an insurer to whom the SVS are designated 
insurance property (as defined in the Canadian Tax Act).

This summary is based on Celestica's understanding of the current provisions of the Tax Treaty, the Canadian Tax Act 
and the regulations thereunder, all specific proposals to amend the Canadian Tax Act or the regulations publicly announced by 
the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to February 22, 2022, and the current published administrative policies and assessing 
practices of the Canada Revenue Agency.

This summary does not express an exhaustive discussion of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations and, 
except as mentioned above, does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by legislative, administrative 

147

or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account the tax legislation or considerations of any province or territory of 
Canada  or  any  jurisdiction  other  than  Canada,  which  may  differ  significantly  from  the  considerations  described  in 
this summary.

        This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax 
advice to any particular holder, and no representation with respect to the Canadian federal income tax consequences to 
any particular holder is made. Consequently, U.S. Holders of SVS should consult their own tax advisors with respect to 
the income tax consequences to them having regard to their particular circumstances.

All amounts relevant in computing a U.S. Holder's liability under the Canadian Tax Act are to be computed in Canadian 

dollars.

Taxation of Dividends

By virtue of the Canadian Tax Act and the Tax Treaty, dividends (including stock dividends) on SVS paid or credited or 
deemed  to  be  paid  or  credited  to  a  U.S.  Holder  who  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  such  dividends  will  generally  be  subject  to 
Canadian non-resident withholding tax at the rate of 15% of the gross amount of such dividends. Under the Tax Treaty, the rate 
of  withholding  tax  on  dividends  is  reduced  to  5%  if  that  U.S.  Holder  is  a  company  that  beneficially  owns  (or  is  deemed  to 
beneficially  own)  at  least  10%  of  the  voting  stock  of  Celestica.  Moreover,  under  the  Tax  Treaty,  dividends  paid  to  certain 
religious, scientific, literary, educational or charitable organizations and certain pension organizations that are resident in, and 
generally exempt from tax in, the U.S., generally are exempt from Canadian non-resident withholding tax. Provided that certain 
administrative  procedures  are  observed  by  such  an  organization,  Celestica  would  not  be  required  to  withhold  such  tax  from 
dividends paid or credited to such organization. Any such organization that has suffered withholding tax should consult its own 
advisors about the possibility of seeking a refund.

Disposition of SVS

A U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act in respect of any gain realized on the disposition or 
deemed  disposition  of  SVS  unless  the  SVS  constitute  or  are  deemed  to  constitute  "taxable  Canadian  property"  other  than 
"treaty-protected  property,"  as  defined  in  the  Canadian  Tax  Act,  at  the  time  of  such  disposition.  Generally,  SVS  will  not  be 
"taxable  Canadian  property"  to  a  U.S.  Holder  at  a  particular  time,  where  the  SVS  are  listed  on  a  designated  stock  exchange 
(which  currently  includes  the  TSX  and  NYSE)  at  that  time,  unless  at  any  time  during  the  60-month  period  immediately 
preceding that time: (A) the U.S. Holder, persons with whom the U.S. Holder did not deal at arm's length, partnerships of which 
the U.S. Holder or persons not dealing at arm's length with the U.S. Holder holds a membership interest (directly or indirectly 
through  another  partnership)  or  the  U.S.  Holder  together  with  all  such  persons  or  partnerships,  owned  25%  or  more  of  the 
issued shares of any class or series of shares of the capital stock of Celestica; and (B) more than 50% of the fair market value of 
the SVS was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of (i) real or immoveable properties situated in Canada, 
(ii)  "Canadian  resource  properties",  (iii)  "timber  resource  properties"  and  (iv)  options  in  respect  of,  or  interests  in,  property 
described  in  (i)  to  (iii),  in  each  case  as  defined  in  the  Canadian  Tax  Act.  In  certain  circumstances  set  out  in  the  Canadian 
Tax Act, the SVS of a particular U.S. Holder could be deemed to be "taxable Canadian property" to that holder. Even if the 
SVS  are  "taxable  Canadian  property"  to  a  U.S.  Holder,  they  generally  will  be  "treaty-protected  property"  to  such  holder  by 
virtue  of  the  Tax  Treaty  if  the  value  of  such  shares  at  the  time  of  disposition  is  not  derived  principally  from  "real  property 
situated in Canada" as defined for these purposes under the Tax Treaty and the Canadian Tax Act. It is expected that the value 
of  the  SVS  should  not  be  considered  derived  principally  from  such  "real  property  situated  in  Canada"  at  any  relevant  time; 
accordingly, any gain realized by the U.S. Holder upon the disposition of the SVS generally should be exempt from tax under 
the Canadian Tax Act.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below). 
For  purposes  of  this  discussion,  a  U.S.  Holder  means  a  beneficial  owner  of  SVS  that  is  a  citizen  or  resident  of  the  U.S.,  a 
corporation  (or  other  entity  taxable  as  a  corporation  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  that  is  created  or  organized  in  or 
under the laws of the U.S. or of any state thereof, an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal 
income  tax  purposes  regardless  of  its  source,  or  a  trust,  if  either  (i)  a  court  within  the  U.S.  is  able  to  exercise  primary 
supervision  over  the  administration  of  the  trust  and  one  or  more  "United  States  persons"  (within  the  meaning  of  Section 
7701(a)(30) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Internal Revenue Code)) have the authority to control all 
substantial  decisions  of  the  trust,  or  (ii)  the  trust  has  made  an  election  under  applicable  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury 
regulations  (Treasury  Regulations)  to  be  treated  as  a  domestic  trust  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes.  If  a  partnership 
(or any other entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds SVS, the tax treatment of an 

148

equity owner of the partnership (or other entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) generally 
will depend upon the status of the equity owner and upon the activities of the partnership (or other entity that is treated as a 
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). If you are an equity owner of a partnership (or other entity that is treated as a 
partnership  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  holding  SVS,  we  suggest  that  you  consult  with  your  tax  advisor.  This 
summary  is  for  general  information  purposes  only.  It  does  not  purport  to  be  a  comprehensive  description  of  all  of  the  tax 
considerations that may be relevant to your decision to purchase, hold or dispose of SVS. This summary considers only U.S. 
Holders who will own SVS as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. In this context, 
the term "capital assets" means, in general, assets held for investment by a taxpayer. A "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial 
owner  of  SVS  that  is  (i)  not  a  U.S.  Holder  and  (ii)  not  a  partnership  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes.  Certain  material 
aspects of U.S. federal income tax relevant to Non-U.S. Holders are also discussed below.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, current and proposed Treasury Regulations 
promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and judicial 
decisions, all as of February 22, 2022, and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion 
does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holder based on the U.S. 
Holder's  individual  circumstances.  In  particular,  this  discussion  does  not  address  the  potential  application  of  the  alternative 
minimum tax or U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders who are subject to special treatment, including, without 
limitation, taxpayers who are broker dealers or insurance companies, taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting, 
individual  retirement  and  other  tax-deferred  accounts,  tax-exempt  organizations,  financial  institutions  or  "financial  services 
entities,"  real  estate  investment  trusts,  regulated  investment  companies,  taxpayers  subject  to  special  accounting  rules  under 
Section  451(b)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  taxpayers  who  hold  SVS  as  part  of  a  "straddle,"  "hedge"  or  "conversion 
transaction" with other investments, taxpayers owning directly, indirectly or by attribution at least 10% of the voting power or 
value of our share capital, and taxpayers whose functional currency (as defined in Section 985 of the Internal Revenue Code) is 
not the U.S. dollar.

This  discussion  does  not  address  any  aspect  of  U.S.  federal  gift  or  estate  tax  or  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  tax  laws. 
Additionally, the discussion does not consider the tax treatment of persons who hold SVS through a partnership or other pass-
through entity (such as an S corporation). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, income earned through a non-U.S. or domestic 
partnership or similar entity generally is attributed to its owners. You are advised to consult your own tax advisor with respect 
to the specific tax consequences to you of purchasing, holding or disposing of SVS.

Taxation of Dividends Paid on SVS

Subject  to  the  discussion  of  the  passive  foreign  investment  company  (PFIC)  rules  below,  in  the  event  that  we  pay  a 
dividend, a U.S. Holder will be required to include in gross income as ordinary income the amount of any distribution paid on 
SVS, including any Canadian taxes withheld from the amount paid, on the date the distribution is received, to the extent that the 
distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
In  addition,  distributions  of  the  Corporation's  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  will  be  foreign  source  "passive 
category  income"  for  U.S.  foreign  tax  credit  purposes  and  generally  will  not  qualify  for  the  dividends  received  deduction 
available to corporations. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be applied against and will reduce the U.S. 
Holder's tax basis in the SVS and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as capital gain.

Distributions of current or accumulated earnings and profits paid in Canadian dollars to a U.S. Holder will be includible in 
the income of the U.S. Holder in a dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate on the date the distribution is 
received.  A  U.S.  Holder  who  receives  a  distribution  of  Canadian  dollars  and  converts  the  Canadian  dollars  into  U.S.  dollars 
subsequent  to  receipt  will  have  foreign  exchange  gain  or  loss  based  on  any  appreciation  or  depreciation  in  the  value  of  the 
Canadian  dollar  against  the  U.S.  dollar.  Such  gain  or  loss  will  generally  be  ordinary  income  and  loss  and  will  generally  be 
U.S. source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the 
treatment of a foreign currency gain or loss.

U.S.  Holders  will  generally  have  the  option  of  claiming  the  amount  of  any  Canadian  income  taxes  withheld  either  as  a 
deduction from gross income or as a dollar-for-dollar credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to specified 
conditions and limitations. Individuals who do not claim itemized deductions, but instead utilize the standard deduction, may 
not claim a deduction for the amount of the Canadian income taxes withheld, but these individuals generally may still claim a 
credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. The amount of foreign income taxes that may be claimed as a credit in any 
year is subject to complex limitations and restrictions, which must be determined on an individual basis by each shareholder. 
The  total  amount  of  allowable  foreign  tax  credits  in  an  income  category  in  any  year  cannot  exceed  the  pre-credit  U.S.  tax 
liability for the year attributable to foreign source taxable income in such income category and further limitations may apply to 

149

individuals  under  the  alternative  minimum  tax.  A  U.S.  Holder  will  be  denied  a  foreign  tax  credit  with  respect  to  Canadian 
income tax withheld from dividends received on SVS to the extent that he or she has not held such SVS for at least 16 days of 
the 31-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date or to the extent that he or she is under an 
obligation  to  make  related  payments  with  respect  to  substantially  similar  or  related  property.  Instead,  a  deduction  may  be 
allowed. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially diminished his or her risk of loss on his or her SVS are not 
counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period.

Individuals, estates or trusts who receive "qualified dividend income" (excluding dividends from a PFIC) generally will be 
taxed at a current maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% (rather than the higher tax rates generally applicable to items 
of ordinary income) provided certain holding period requirements are met. Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, 
Celestica  believes  that  dividends  paid  by  it  with  respect  to  its  SVS  should  constitute  "qualified  dividend  income"  for  U.S. 
federal income tax purposes and that holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates) should be entitled to the 
reduced rate of tax, as applicable. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of the "qualified 
dividend  income"  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  on  their  particular  situations,  including  related  restrictions  and 
special rules.

Dividends received by certain individuals, trusts and estates with income above certain thresholds will also be subject to a 

3.8% unearned Medicare contribution tax on passive income.

Taxation of Disposition of SVS

Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of SVS, a U.S. Holder will 
recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between his or her adjusted tax basis in his or her shares and 
the amount realized on the disposition.

A  U.S.  Holder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in  SVS  will  generally  be  the  initial  cost,  but  may  be  adjusted  for  various  reasons 
including the receipt by such U.S. Holder of a distribution that was not made up wholly of earnings and profits as described 
above  under  the  heading  "Taxation  of  Dividends  Paid  on  SVS."  A  U.S.  Holder  that  uses  the  cash  method  of  accounting 
calculates the U.S. dollar value of the proceeds received on the sale as of the date that the sale settles, while a U.S. Holder who 
uses the accrual method of accounting generally calculates the U.S. dollar value of the sale proceeds as of the trade date, unless 
he or she has elected to use the settlement date to determine his or her U.S. dollar proceeds of the sale. Capital gain from the 
sale, exchange or other disposition of shares held more than one year is long-term capital gain. Long-term capital gain that is 
recognized by non-corporate taxpayers is eligible for a current maximum 20% U.S. federal income tax rate plus a 3.8% tax on 
passive income derived by certain individuals, trusts and estates with income above certain thresholds. A reduced rate does not 
apply to capital gains realized by a U.S. Holder that is a corporation. Capital losses are generally deductible only against capital 
gains and not against ordinary income. In the case of an individual, however, unused capital losses in excess of capital gains 
may offset up to $3,000 annually of ordinary income. Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale, exchange or other 
disposition of SVS generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder 
who  receives  foreign  currency  upon  disposition  of  SVS  and  converts  the  foreign  currency  into  U.S.  dollars  subsequent  to 
receipt will have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of the foreign currency 
against the U.S. dollar. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the treatment of a foreign currency gain 
or loss.

Tax Consequences if We Are a Passive Foreign Investment Company

A non-U.S. corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, if, in general, either (i) 75% or more of its 
gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any U.S. or foreign company in which it is 
considered to own 25% or more of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) 50% or more of its assets in a taxable year 
(determined based on a quarterly average), and ordinarily determined based on fair market value and including its pro rata share 
of the assets of any company in which it is considered to own 25% or more of the shares by value, are held for the production 
of, or produce, passive income. If Celestica were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds SVS and such 
U.S.  Holder  did  not  make  an  election  to  treat  the  Corporation  as  a  "qualified  electing  fund"  and  did  not  make  a  "mark-to-
market" election, each as described below, then:

•

Such U.S. Holder would be subject to special and adverse tax rules with respect to any "excess distribution" 
received from Celestica. "Excess distributions" are amounts received by a U.S. Holder with respect to SVS in 
any  taxable  year  that  exceed  125%  of  the  average  distributions  received  by  the  U.S.  Holder  from  the 
Corporation in the shorter of either the three previous years or his or her holding period for his or her shares 
before the present taxable year. Excess distributions must be allocated ratably to each day that a U.S. Holder 

150

has held SVS. A U.S. Holder must include amounts allocated to the current taxable year and to any non-PFIC 
years in his or her gross income as ordinary income for that year. A U.S. Holder must pay tax on amounts 
allocated to each prior taxable PFIC year at the highest marginal tax rate in effect for that year on ordinary 
income and the tax is subject to an interest charge at the rate applicable to deficiencies for income tax.

The entire amount of gain that is realized by a U.S. Holder upon the sale or other disposition of shares would 
also be considered an excess distribution and would be subject to tax as described above.

A U.S. Holder's tax basis in shares that were acquired from a decedent that is a United States person generally 
would not receive a step-up to fair market value as of the date of the decedent's death but instead would be 
equal to the decedent's tax basis, if lower than such value.

•

•

The special PFIC rules do not apply to a U.S. Holder if the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat the Corporation as a 
"qualified electing fund" in the first taxable year in which Celestica is a PFIC during the period that he or she owns SVS and if 
we comply with reporting requirements as described below. Instead, a shareholder of a qualified electing fund is required for 
each  taxable  year  to  include  in  income  a  pro  rata  share  of  the  ordinary  earnings  of  the  qualified  electing  fund  as  ordinary 
income and a pro rata share of the net capital gain of the qualified electing fund as long-term capital gain, subject to a separate 
election to defer payment of taxes, which deferral is subject to an interest charge. We have agreed to supply U.S. Holders with 
the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to this election in the event that we are classified as a PFIC. The 
election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A shareholder 
makes  the  election  by  attaching  a  completed  IRS  Form  8621,  reflecting  the  information  contained  in  the  PFIC  annual 
information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return. Even if an election is not made, a shareholder in a PFIC 
who is a U.S. Holder generally must file a completed IRS Form 8621 every year.

A  U.S.  Holder  who  owns  PFIC  shares  that  are  publicly  traded  could  elect  to  mark  the  shares  to  market  annually, 
recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between 
the fair market value of the PFIC shares and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the PFIC shares, provided, that, in the case 
of any loss, it can be recognized only to the extent of any net mark-to-market income recognized in prior years. On an annual 
basis, a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in SVS will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the 
amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If the mark-to-market election were made, then the rules set forth 
above would not apply for periods covered by the election. SVS would be treated as publicly traded for purposes of the mark-
to-market election and, therefore, such election could be made if Celestica were classified as a PFIC. A mark-to-market election 
is, however, subject to complex and specific rules and requirements, and U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax 
advisors concerning this election if Celestica is classified as a PFIC.

Despite the fact that we are engaged in an active business, we are unable to conclude that Celestica was not a PFIC in 2021 
or  in  prior  years,  though  we  believe,  based  on  our  internally  performed  analysis,  that  such  status  is  unlikely.  The  tests  for 
determining  PFIC  status  include  the  determination  of  the  value  of  all  assets  of  the  Corporation  which  is  highly  subjective. 
Further,  the  tests  for  determining  PFIC  status  are  applied  annually,  and  it  is  difficult  to  make  accurate  predictions  of  future 
income  and  assets,  which  are  relevant  to  the  determination  as  to  whether  we  will  be  a  PFIC  in  the  future.  Accordingly,  it  is 
possible that Celestica could be a PFIC in 2022 or in a future year. A U.S. Holder who holds SVS during a period in which we 
are a PFIC will be subject to the PFIC rules, even if we cease to be a PFIC, unless he or she has made a qualified electing fund 
election. Although we have agreed to supply U.S. Holders with the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to 
this election in the event that Celestica is classified as a PFIC, if Celestica was determined to be a PFIC with respect to a year in 
which  we  had  not  thought  that  it  would  be  so  treated,  the  information  needed  to  enable  U.S.  Holders  to  make  a  qualified 
electing fund election would not have been provided. U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors about the 
PFIC rules, including the consequences to them of making a mark-to-market or qualified electing fund elections with respect to 
SVS in the event that Celestica is treated as a PFIC.

Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of SVS

Except as described in "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" below, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to 

U.S. federal income or withholding tax on the payment of dividends on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, SVS unless:

•

the item is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the U.S. 
and,  generally,  in  the  case  of  a  resident  of  a  country  that  has  an  income  treaty  with  the  U.S.,  such  item  is 
attributable to a permanent establishment in the U.S.;

151

•

•

the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds SVS as a capital asset, is present in the U.S. for 183 days or 
more in the taxable year of the disposition and satisfies certain other requirements; or

the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. tax law applicable to U.S. expatriates 
who expatriated prior to June 17, 2008.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments  made  within  the  U.S.,  or  by  a  U.S.  payor  or  U.S.  middleman,  of  dividends  and  proceeds  arising  from  certain 
sales  or  other  taxable  dispositions  of  SVS  will  be  subject  to  information  reporting.  Backup  withholding  tax,  at  the  then 
applicable  rate,  will  apply  if  a  U.S.  Holder  (a)  fails  to  furnish  the  U.S.  Holder's  correct  U.S.  taxpayer  identification  number 
(generally on an IRS Form W-9), (b) is notified by the IRS that the U.S. Holder has previously failed to properly report items 
subject to backup withholding tax, or (c) fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that the U.S. Holder has furnished the U.S. 
Holder's correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified the U.S. Holder that the U.S. Holder is 
subject to backup withholding tax. However, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally are excluded from these information 
reporting and backup withholding tax rules. Any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding tax rules will be allowed 
as a credit against a U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or will be refunded, if the U.S. Holder follows the 
requisite  procedures  and  timely  furnishes  the  required  information  to  the  IRS.  U.S.  Holders  should  consult  their  own  tax 
advisors regarding the information reporting and backup withholding tax rules.

U.S.  individuals  and  "specified  domestic  entities"  generally  are  required  to  report  an  interest  in  any  "specified  foreign 
financial asset" if the aggregate value of such assets owned by such person exceeds $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year 
or $75,000 at any time during the taxable year (or such higher threshold as may apply to a particular taxpayer pursuant to the 
instructions  to  IRS  Form  8938).  Stock  issued  by  a  non-U.S.  corporation  is  treated  as  a  specified  foreign  financial  asset  for 
this purpose.

Non-U.S. Holders generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding with respect to dividends paid 
on  or  upon  the  disposition  of  shares,  provided,  in  some  instances,  that  the  Non-U.S.  Holder  certifies  to  his  foreign  status  or 
otherwise establishes an exemption.

F.     Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.    Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.    Documents on Display

Any  statement  in  this  Annual  Report  about  any  of  our  contracts  or  other  documents  is  not  exhaustive.  If  the  contract  or 
document is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report or is incorporated herein by reference thereto, the contract or document is 
deemed  to  modify  our  description.  You  must  review  the  exhibits  themselves  for  a  complete  description  of  the  contract 
or document.

You may access this Annual Report, including exhibits, on our website at www.celestica.com, or request a copy free of 
charge  through  our  website.  Requests  may  also  be  directed:  (i)  to  clsir@celestica.com;  (ii)  by  mail  to  Celestica  Investor 
Relations, to: 5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2N 6L7; or (iii) by telephone at 416-448-2211.

The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information 
regarding  registrants.  You  may  access  the  documents  we  file  with  or  furnish  to  the  SEC  at  that  website  (for  submissions 
commencing November 2000, the date we began to file electronically with the SEC). Our SEC filings are also available from 
commercial document retrieval services.

We also file reports, statements and other information with the Canadian Securities Administrators, or the CSA, and these 

can be accessed electronically at the CSA's System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval website (www.sedar.com).

You may access other information about Celestica on our website at www.celestica.com. Information on our website is not 

incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

152

I.     Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

Item 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Market Risk 

Market risk is the potential loss arising from changes in market rates and market prices. Our market risk exposure results 

primarily from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

We do not hold financial instruments for speculative trading purposes.

Exchange Rate Risk 

Conducting business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar subjects us to translation and transaction risks associated with 
fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates.  Although  we  conduct  the  majority  of  our  business  in  U.S.  dollars  (our  functional 
currency), our global operations subject us to foreign currency volatility. Our non-U.S. currency exposures consist of the British 
pound  sterling,  Brazilian  real,  Canadian  dollar,  Chinese  renminbi,  Czech  koruna,  Euro,  Hong  Kong  dollar,  Indian  rupee, 
Indonesian  rupiah,  Japanese  yen,  Korean  won,  Lao  kip,  Malaysian  ringgit,  Mexican  peso,  Philippines  peso,  Romanian  leu, 
Singapore dollar, Taiwan dollar, and Thai baht. 

As part of our risk management program, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts and swaps, generally for periods 
up to 12 months, intended to hedge foreign currency transaction risk and local currency denominated balance sheet exposures. 
These contracts include, to varying degrees, elements of market risk. We enter into these contracts to lock in the exchange rates 
for future foreign currency transactions and balance sheet balances, which is intended to reduce the foreign currency risk related 
to our operating costs and future cash flows denominated in local currencies. While these contracts are intended to reduce the 
effects  of  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  our  hedging  strategy  does  not  mitigate  the  longer-term  impacts  of 
changes to foreign exchange rates.

Currency risk on our income tax expense arises as we are generally required to file our tax returns in the local currency for 
each  particular  country  in  which  we  have  operations.  Exchange  rate  volatility  between  the  relevant  local  currency  and  the 
U.S.  dollar  will  affect  the  recorded  amounts  of  our  foreign  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses  in  local  currency  for 
statutory  financial  statement  purposes.  In  addition,  we  earn  revenues  and  incur  expenses  in  foreign  currencies  as  part  of  our 
global  operations.  As  a  result,  we  are  also  exposed  to  foreign  currency  exchange  transaction  risk,  such  that  fluctuations  in 
currency exchange rates may significantly impact the amount of translated U.S. dollars required for expenses incurred in other 
currencies or received from non-U.S. dollar revenues. While our hedging program is designed to mitigate currency risk vis-à-
vis  the  U.S.  dollar,  we  remain  subject  to  taxable  foreign  exchange  impacts  in  our  translated  local  currency  financial  results 
relevant for tax reporting purposes.

The  table  below  presents  the  notional  amounts  (the  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  amounts  of  the  foreign  currency  buy/sell 
contracts at hedge rates), weighted average exchange rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates, and the fair values of our 
outstanding foreign currency forward contracts and swaps at December 31, 2021. These notional amounts are used to calculate 
the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contracts. At December 31, 2021, we had foreign currency contracts and 
swaps covering various currencies in an aggregate notional amount of $539.5 million (December 31, 2020 — $562.6 million). 
These contracts had a fair value net unrealized gain of $1.2 million at December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 — $23.3 million 
net unrealized gain), resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between the contract execution and year-end date.

153

At  December  31,  2021,  we  had  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  and  swaps  to  trade  U.S.  dollars  in  exchange  for  the 

following currencies: 

Expected Maturity Date

2022

2023

2024 and 
thereafter

Total

Fair Value
Gain (Loss)
(in millions)

Currency Forward and Swap Agreements

(Contract amounts in millions)

Receive C$/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

195.5  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

195.5  $ 

0.6 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

0.79 

Receive Thai Baht/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

109.9 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

0.03 

Receive Malaysian Ringgit/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

Receive Mexican Peso/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

Receive Chinese Renminbi/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

Pay Euro/Receive U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

Receive Romanian Leu/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

Receive Singapore Dollar/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

Pay Japanese Yen/Receive U.S.$

48.8 

0.24 

23.5 

0.05 

55.2 

0.15 

20.6 

1.14 

40.6 

0.23 

27.8 

0.74 

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 
Average exchange rate     ..............................................

11.6 
0.0088

Pay Korean Won/Receive U.S.$

Contract amount   ........................................................ $ 

6.0 

Average exchange rate     ..............................................

0.0008 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—  $ 

109.9  $ 

(1.0) 

—  $ 

48.8  $ 

0.2 

—  $ 

23.5  $ 

0.2 

—  $ 

55.2  $ 

1.2 

—  $ 

20.6  $ 

0.6 

—  $ 

40.6  $ 

(1.1) 

—  $ 

27.8  $ 

— 

—  $ 

11.6  $ 

0.5 

—  $ 

6.0  $ 

— 

1.2 

Total    ............................................................................. $ 

539.5  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

539.5  $ 

Interest Rate Risk  

Borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  bear  interest  at  specified  rates,  plus  specified  margins.  See  note  11  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18. Our borrowings under this facility at December 31, 2021 totaled $660.4 million, 
comprised  of  amounts  outstanding  under  our  Term  Loans,  and  other  than  ordinary  course  letters  of  credit,  no  amounts 
outstanding  under  the  Revolver.  These  borrowings  expose  us  to  interest  rate  risk  due  to  the  potential  variability  in  market 
interest rates. Assuming our outstanding aggregate borrowings under the Credit Facility as at December 31, 2021 as described 

154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
above (December 31, 2020 — aggregate outstanding borrowings of $470.4 million), and without accounting for the interest rate 
swap  agreements  described  below,  a  one-percentage  point  increase  in  applicable  interest  rates  would  increase  our  interest 
expense by $6.6 million annually (December 31, 2020 — an increase of $4.7 million annually). Including the impact of interest 
rate  swap  agreements  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2021,  a  one-percentage  point  increase  in  relevant  interest  rates  would 
increase interest expense, based on the outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2021, by $4.6 million 
annually (December 31, 2020 — $2.0 million). The change in our exposure to interest rate risk as of December 31, 2021 as 
compared to December 31, 2020 is attributable to the general increase in borrowings from 2020.  

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  were  party  to  agreements  with  syndicates  of  third-party  banks  to  swap  the  variable 
interest rate (based on LIBOR plus a margin) with a fixed rate of interest on $100.0 million of the total borrowings outstanding 
under  the  Initial  Term  Loan  (Initial  Swaps),  which  expire  in  August  2023  (reflecting  our  exercise  of  a  partial  cancellation 
option in September 2021), additional interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 million of our 
Initial Term Loan borrowings for which cash flows commence upon the expiration of the Initial Swaps and continue through 
June 2024, and interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 million of our Second Incremental Term 
Loan borrowings, which expire in December 2023. As the First Incremental Term Loan and the Second Incremental Term Loan 
have the same interest rate risk, these interest rate swaps continued, and now cover $100.0 million of outstanding borrowings 
under the Second Incremental Term Loan. At December 31, 2021, the interest rate risk related to $460.4 million of borrowings 
under the Credit Facility was unhedged, consisting of unhedged amounts outstanding under the Term Loans and no amounts 
outstanding (other than ordinary course letters of credit) under the Revolver (December 31, 2020 — $195.4 million, consisting 
of unhedged amounts under the Term Loans and no amounts outstanding (other than ordinary course letters of credit) under the 
Revolver).  

See Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — Capital Resources — Financial instruments and 
financial risks" for a discussion of risks related to the phase-out of LIBOR, as well as note 20 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements in Item 18.

Credit and Counterparty Risk 

Management  monitors  the  institutions  that  hold  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  Management's  emphasis  is  primarily  on 
safety of principal. Management, in its discretion, has diversified our cash and cash equivalents among banking institutions to 
adjust our exposure to levels they deem acceptable with respect to any one of these entities. To date, we have experienced no 
loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we cannot assure that access to these holdings will not 
be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets, or that third party institutions will retain acceptable credit ratings or 
investment practices.

Cash  balances  held  at  banking  institutions  in  the  U.S.  with  which  we  do  business  may  exceed  the  Federal  Deposit 
Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC)  insurance  limits.  While  management  monitors  the  cash  balances  in  these  bank  accounts,  such 
cash  balances  could  be  impacted  if  the  underlying  banks  were  to  become  insolvent  or  could  be  subject  to  other  adverse 
conditions in the financial markets.

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty may default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to us. 
We  believe  our  risk  of  counterparty  non-performance  continues  to  be  relatively  low.  We  are  in  regular  contact  with  our 
customers,  suppliers  and  logistics  providers,  and  to  date  have  not  experienced  significant  counterparty  credit-related  non-
performance.  However,  if  a  key  supplier  (or  any  company  within  such  supplier's  supply  chain)  or  customer  experiences 
financial difficulties or fails to comply with their contractual obligations, this could result in a significant financial loss to us. 
We would also suffer a significant financial loss if an institution from which we purchased foreign exchange contracts or swaps, 
interest  rate  swaps,  or  annuities  for  our  pension  plans  defaults  on  their  contractual  obligations  (with  respect  to  pension 
obligations, we retain ultimate responsibility for the payment of benefits to plan participants unless and until such pension plans 
are  wound-up).  With  respect  to  our  financial  market  activities,  we  have  adopted  a  policy  of  dealing  only  with  credit-worthy 
counterparties  to  help  mitigate  the  risk  of  financial  loss  from  defaults.  We  monitor  the  credit  risk  of  the  counterparties  with 
whom  we  conduct  business,  through  a  combined  process  of  credit  rating  reviews  and  portfolio  reviews.  See  note  20  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further information. We also provide unsecured credit to our customers in the 
normal  course  of  business.  From  time  to  time,  we  extend  the  payment  terms  applicable  to  certain  customers  and/or  provide 
longer  payment  terms  when  deemed  commercially  reasonable.  Longer  payment  terms  could  adversely  impact  our  working 
capital  requirements,  and  increase  our  financial  exposure  and  credit  risk.  We  attempt  to  mitigate  customer  credit  risk  by 
monitoring our customers' financial condition and performing ongoing credit evaluations as appropriate. In certain instances, 
we  obtain  letters  of  credit  or  other  forms  of  security  from  our  customers.  We  may  also  purchase  credit  insurance  from  a 
financial institution to reduce our credit exposure to certain customers. We consider credit risk in determining our allowance for 
doubtful accounts, and we believe that such allowance, as adjusted from time to time, is adequate. In light of COVID-19, we 

155

 
assessed the financial stability and liquidity of our customers beginning in the first quarter of 2020 to identify customers we 
believe to be at greatest risk of default. We also enhanced the monitoring of, and/or developed plans intended to mitigate, the 
limited number of identified exposures, which enhancements and plans remain in effect. No significant adjustments were made 
to our allowance for doubtful accounts in 2021 in connection with our ongoing assessments and monitoring activities.

Commodity Price Risk 

We are exposed to market risk with respect to commodity price fluctuations for components used in the manufacture 
of our products. These components are impacted by global pricing pressures, general economic conditions, market conditions, 
geopolitical issues, weather, changes in tariff rates, and other factors which are neither predictable nor within our control. While 
generally we have been able to offset inflation and other changes in the costs of key operating resources through price increases, 
productivity  improvements,  greater  economies  of  scale,  supplier  negotiations  and  global  sourcing  initiatives,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future. We do not engage in hedging activities for commodity price 
risk.  Competitive  conditions  may  limit  our  pricing  flexibility,  and  macroeconomic  conditions  may  make  additional  price 
increases  imprudent.  Increases  in  commodity  prices  that  we  cannot  recover  from  our  customers  would  adversely  impact  our 
operating results. We are also exposed to fluctuations in transportation costs, which have recently increased based on freight 
carrier  capacity  and  fuel  prices.  We  manage  transportation  costs  by  optimizing  logistics  and  supply  chain  planning.  We 
continue to invest in supply chain initiatives to address industry-wide capacity challenges.

Item 12.    Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

A.    Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B.    Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C.    Other Securities

Not applicable.

D.    American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 

None.

Part II.

Item 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 15.    Controls and Procedures

The  information  required  by  this  Item  concerning  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  and  changes  in  our  internal 
control over financial reporting, is set forth in Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — MD&A — Liquidity 
and Capital Resources — Controls and Procedures."

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth on page F-1 of our Consolidated Financial 
Statements in Item 18. The Company completed the acquisition of PCI in November 2021, and as a result, management has 
excluded  PCI's  internal  controls  from  the  scope  of  its  assessment,  and  conclusion  on  the  effectiveness,  of  the  Company's 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, and from such report. PCI represented 12% of the Company's 
consolidated  assets,  and  1%  of  the  Company's  consolidated  revenue  as  of,  and  for  the  year  ended,  December  31,  2021, 
respectively.

The attestation report from our independent auditors, KPMG LLP (KPMG) is set forth on page F-2 of our Consolidated 

Financial Statements in Item 18. 

156

Item 16. [Reserved]

Item 16A.    Audit Committee Financial Expert

The  Board  has  considered  the  extensive  financial  experience  of  Ms.  Koellner,  Mr.  Chopra  and  Ms.  Perry,  and  has 
determined that each of them is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 16A(b) of Form 20-F, and each 
are independent directors, as that term is defined by the applicable Canadian and SEC rules and in the NYSE listing standards.

Item 16B.    Code of Ethics 

The Board has adopted a Finance Code of Professional Conduct for Celestica's Chief Executive Officer, our senior finance 
officers,  and  all  personnel  in  our  finance  organization  to  deter  wrongdoing  and  promote  honest  and  ethical  conduct  in  the 
practice of financial management, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and 
professional  relationships;  full,  fair,  accurate,  timely  and  understandable  disclosure  in  reports  and  documents  filed  with,  or 
submitted to, the SEC and in other public communications made by the Corporation; compliance with all applicable laws, rules 
and  regulations;  prompt  internal  reporting  of  violations  of  the  code  and  accountability  for  adherence  to  the  code.  These 
professionals  are  expected  to  abide  by  this  code  as  well  as  Celestica's  BCG  policy  and  all  of  our  other  applicable  business 
policies, standards and guidelines.

The  Finance  Code  of  Professional  Conduct  and  the  BCG  policy  can  be  accessed  electronically  at  www.celestica.com. 
Celestica will provide a copy of such policies free of charge to any person who so requests. Requests should be directed: (i) to 
clsir@celestica.com; (ii) by mail to Celestica Investor Relations to: 5140 Yonge Street, Suite 1900, Toronto, Ontario, Canada 
M2N 6L7; or (iii) by telephone at 416-448-2211. 

Item 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The  external  auditor  is  engaged  to  provide  services  pursuant  to  pre-approval  policies  and  procedures  established  by  the 
Audit  Committee  of  the  Board.  The  Audit  Committee  approves  the  external  auditor's  Audit  Plan,  the  scope  of  the  external 
auditor's  quarterly  reviews  and  all  related  fees.  The  Audit  Committee  must  approve  any  non-audit  services  provided  by  the 
auditor  and  related  fees  and  does  so  only  if  it  considers  that  these  services  are  compatible  with  the  external  auditor's 
independence.

Our auditors are KPMG. KPMG did not provide any financial information systems design or implementation services to us 
during 2020 or 2021. The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of the non-audit services by KPMG described 
below does not compromise KPMG's independence.

Audit Fees

KPMG billed $3.1 million in 2021 (2020 — $2.9 million) for audit services.

Audit-Related Fees

KPMG billed $0.2 million in 2021 for due diligence services primarily in connection with acquisitions and certain other 

specified procedures (2020 — nil).  

Tax Fees

KPMG billed $0.1 million in 2021 (2020 — $0.1 million) for tax compliance and tax advisory services.

All Other Fees

KPMG billed no other amounts in either 2021 or 2020.

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures — Percentage of Services Approved by Audit Committee

All KPMG services and fees are approved by the Audit Committee as follows. The Audit Committee has established an 
Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy to pre-approve all permissible audit and non-audit services provided by our 
independent auditors. On an annual basis, the Audit Committee reviews and provides pre-approval for certain types of services 
that  may  be  rendered  by  the  independent  auditors  and  a  budget  for  audit  services  for  the  applicable  fiscal  year.  Upon  pre-
approval  of  the  services  on  the  initial  list,  management  may  engage  the  auditor  for  specific  engagements  that  are  within  the 
definition of the pre-approved services. Any significant service engagements above a certain threshold will require separate pre-
approval. The policy contains a provision delegating pre-approval authority to the Chair of the Audit Committee in instances 

157

when pre-approval is needed prior to a scheduled Audit Committee meeting. The Chair of the Audit Committee is required to 
report on such pre-approvals at the next scheduled Audit Committee meeting. A final detailed review of all audit and non-audit 
services and fees is performed by the Audit Committee prior to the issuance of the audit opinion at year-end.

Percentage of Hours Expended on KPMG's engagement not performed by KPMG's full-time, permanent employees (if greater 
than 50%): 

Not applicable. 

Item 16D.    Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E.    Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

(a) Total 
number
of SVS
purchased
(in millions)
—

(b) Average 
price paid
per SVS
—

(c) Total number of
SVS purchased as
part of publicly
announced plans or
programs
(in millions)
—

(d) Maximum
number of
SVS that may
yet be purchased
under the plans
or programs
(in millions) 
9.0

0.3

0.3

0.4

1.2

—

1.2

0.9

—

—

1.2

0.7

6.2

$8.37

$8.33

$8.32

$8.27

—

$7.63

$8.70

—

—

$11.27

$10.66

$9.06

0.3

0.3

0.4

1.2

—

1.2

0.9

—

—

0.9

0.7

5.9

8.7

8.4

8.0

6.8

6.8

5.6

4.7

4.7

4.7

3.8

8.3

8.3

 Period
 January 1 — 31, 2021(1)
 February 1 — 28, 2021(1)
 March 1 — 31, 2021(1)(2)
 April 1 — 30, 2021(1)(3)
 May 1 — 31, 2021(1)(4)
 June 1 — 30, 2021(1)
 July 1 — 31, 2021(1)(5)
 August 1 — 31, 2021(1)
 September 1 — 30, 2021(1)
 October 1 — 31, 2021(1)
 November 1 — 30, 2021 (1)(6)
 December 1 — 31, 2021 (6)(7)(8)
 Total (7)

(1) 

(2) 

On November 19, 2020, the TSX accepted our notice to launch, and we announced, a normal course issuer bid (2020 NCIB), which allowed us to 
repurchase,  at  our  discretion,  from  November  24,  2020  until  the  earlier  of  November  23,  2021  or  the  completion  of  purchases  thereunder,  up  to 
9,021,320  of  our  SVS  in  the  open  market,  or  as  otherwise  permitted,  subject  to  the  normal  terms  and  limitations  of  such  bids.  In  2021,  we 
repurchased and canceled a total of 4.37 million SVS under the 2020 NCIB at a weighted average price of $8.21 per share. The maximum number of 
SVS we were permitted to repurchase for cancellation under the 2020 NCIB was reduced by 0.9 million SVS purchased in the open market during 
the term of the 2020 NCIB to satisfy delivery obligations under our SBC plans. See footnote (6) below. The 2020 NCIB expired on November 23, 
2021.

Includes 0.01 million SVS purchased under an Automatic Share Purchase Plan (ASPP) we entered into in March, 2021 (March 2021 ASPP). The 
March  2021  ASPP  instructed  the  broker  to  purchase,  on  our  behalf  for  cancellation  under  the  2020  NCIB,  up  to  the  NYSE  and  TSX  daily 
maximums at any time through May 3, 2021 (subject to specified conditions). 

(3)         

Includes 0.4 million SVS purchased under the March 2021 ASPP.

(4)  

(5)   

(6)  

Includes 0.1 million SVS purchased under the March 2021 ASPP.

Includes  1.2  million  SVS  purchased  under  an  ASPP  we  entered  into  in  June,  2021,  which  instructed  the  broker  to  purchase,  on  our  behalf  for 
cancellation under the 2020 NCIB, up to the NYSE and TSX daily maximums at any time through July 28, 2021 (subject to specified conditions).

From time-to-time, a broker has purchased SVS in the open market, on our behalf, to settle vested employee awards under our SBC plans. During 
2021, 1.9 million SVS were purchased on our behalf by a broker for such purpose. 0.9 million of such SVS were purchased during the term of the 
2020 NCIB, and 0.7 million of such SVS were purchased during the term of the 2021 NCIB (defined in footnote 7 below).

158

(7) 

On December 2, 2021, the TSX accepted our notice to launch, and we announced, a new normal course issuer bid (2021 NCIB). The 2021 NCIB 
allows us to repurchase, at our discretion, from December 6, 2021 until the earlier of December 5, 2022 or the completion of purchases thereunder, 
up to 8,987,310 of our SVS in the open market, or as otherwise permitted, subject to the normal terms and limitations of such bids. In December 
2021,  we  repurchased  and  canceled  a  total  of  3,550  SVS  under  the  2021  NCIB  at  a  weighted  average  price  of  $10.97  per  share.  The  maximum 
number of SVS we are permitted to repurchase for cancellation under the 2021 NCIB will be reduced by the number of SVS purchased in the open 
market during the term of the 2021 NCIB to satisfy delivery obligations under our SBC. See footnote (6) above. 

(8)  

Includes 3,550 SVS purchased under an ASPP we entered into in December, 2021. This ASPP instructed the broker to purchase, on our behalf for 
cancellation under the 2021 NCIB, up to the NYSE and TSX daily maximums at any time during specified dates (subject to specified conditions).

Item 16F.    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

Item 16G.    Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance

We are subject to a variety of corporate governance guidelines and requirements enacted by the TSX, the CSA, the NYSE 
and the SEC under its rules and those mandated by the U.S. Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and Dodd-Frank. We are listed on the 
NYSE  and,  although  we  are  not  required  to  comply  with  all  of  the  NYSE  corporate  governance  requirements  to  which  we 
would be subject if we were a U.S. corporation, our governance practices differ significantly in only one respect from those 
required  of  U.S.  domestic  issuers  by  the  NYSE,  as  described  below.  Celestica  complies  with  TSX  rules,  which  require 
shareholder  approval  of  share  compensation  arrangements  involving  new  issuances  of  shares,  and  of  certain  amendments  to 
such arrangements, but do not require such approval if the compensation arrangements involve only shares purchased by the 
Corporation  in  the  open  market.  NYSE  rules  require  shareholder  approval  of  all  equity  compensation  plans  (and  material 
revisions thereto), subject to limited exceptions, regardless of whether new issuances or treasury shares are used.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on our website at www.celestica.com.

Item 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 16I.   Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

      Not applicable.

Item 17.    Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18.    Financial Statements

Part III.

The following financial statements have been filed as part of this Annual Report: 

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG LLP, Toronto, Canada, PCAOB ID 85) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

F-1
F-2, F-3

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

159

Item 19.    Exhibits 

The following exhibits have been filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit
Number
1.1

1.2
2

2.1

2.2

2.3
4
4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

Description

Certificate and Restated Articles of 
Incorporation effective June 25, 2004
Bylaw No. 1
Instruments defining rights of holders 
of equity securities or long-term debt:
See Certificate and Restated Articles 
of Incorporation identified above
Form of Subordinate Voting Share 
Certificate
Description of Securities
Certain Contracts:
Services Agreement, dated as of 
January 1, 2009, between 
Celestica Inc. and Onex Corporation 
("Services Agreement")
Amending Agreement to Services 
Agreement made as of 
January 1, 2017
Amended and Restated Celestica Inc. 
Long-Term Incentive Plan as of 
January 29, 2014
Amended and Restated Celestica Inc. 
Long-Term Incentive Plan as of 
July 22, 2015
Amended and Restated Celestica Inc. 
Long-Term Incentive Plan as of 
October 19, 2015
Amended and Restated Celestica Inc. 
Long-Term Incentive Plan as of 
October 19, 2016
Amended and Restated Celestica 
Share Unit Plan as of 
January 29, 2014
Amended and Restated Celestica 
Share Unit Plan as of July 22, 2015
Amended and Restated Celestica 
Share Unit Plan as of 
October 19, 2015
Coattail Agreement, dated June 29, 
1998, between Onex Corporation, 
Celestica Inc. and Montreal Trust 
Company of Canada.
Directors' Share Compensation Plan 
(2008)
Directors' Share Compensation Plan, 
amended and restated as of 
July 25, 2013
Directors' Share Compensation Plan, 
amended and restated as of 
January 1, 2016

Incorporated by Reference

File No.
001-14832 March 23, 2010

Filing Date

Filed
Herewith

Exhibit
No.
1.10

001-14832 March 23, 2010

1.11

Form
20-F

20-F

F-3ASR

333-221144 October 26, 

2017

20-F

001-14832 March 16, 2020

4.1

2.3

20-F

001-14832 March 23, 2010

4.1

20-F

001-14832 March 13, 2017

4.2

6-K

001-14832

July 9, 2014

99.1

6-K

001-14832

July 29, 2015

99.1

20-F

001-14832 March 7, 2016

4.5

20-F

001-14832 March 13, 2017

4.7

6-K

001-14832

July 9, 2014

99.2

6-K

20-F

001-14832

July 29, 2015

99.2

001-14832 March 7, 2016

4.8

SC TO-I

005-55523

SC TO-I

005-55523

October 29, 
2012

October 29, 
2012

(d)(1)

(d)(3)

20-F

001-14832 March 14, 2014

4.16

20-F

001-14832 March 7, 2016

4.22

160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
4.14

4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

4.19

4.20

Description
Directors' Share Compensation Plan, 
amended and restated as of January 1, 
2019
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 
27, 2018, among Celestica Inc, and 
the subsidiaries identified therein as 
Borrowers, Celestica Inc, and 
specified subsidiaries identified 
therein as Guarantors, Bank of 
America, N.A. as Administrative 
Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C 
Issuer, and the financial institutions 
named therein as Lenders
First Incremental Facility 
Amendment, dated as of November 
14, 2018, by and among Celestica 
Inc., Celestica International LP, 
Celestica (USA) Inc., the guarantors 
party thereto, the Incremental Term 
B-2 Lender (as defined therein), and 
Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent
Second Amendment to Credit 
Agreement, dated as of December 21, 
2018, by and among Celestica Inc., 
Celestica International LP, Celestica 
(USA) Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent
Securities Purchase and Merger 
Agreement, dated as of October 9, 
2018, by and among Impakt Holdings, 
LLC, Graycliff Private Equity 
Partners III Parallel (A-1 Blocker) 
LLC, Graycliff Private Equity 
Partners III Parallel LP, Celestica 
(USA) Inc., Iron Man Acquisition 
Inc., Iron Man Merger Sub, LLC, and 
Fortis Advisors LLC, in its capacity 
as Holder Representative†
First Amendment to the Securities 
Purchase and Merger Agreement, 
dated as of November 9, 2018, by and 
among Graycliff Private Equity 
Partners III Parallel LP, Iron Man 
Acquisition Inc., and Impakt 
Holdings, LLC†
Third Amendment and Waiver, dated 
as of October 23, 2019, by and among 
Celestica Inc., Celestica International 
LP, Celestica (USA) Inc., the 
Guarantors party hereto, the Lenders 
party hereto and Bank of America, 
N.A., as Administrative Agent 

Incorporated by Reference

Form
20-F

File No.
001-14832 March 11, 2019

Filing Date

Filed
Herewith

Exhibit
No.
4.27

20-F

001-14832 March 11, 2019

4.28

20-F

001-14832 March 11, 2019

4.29

20-F

001-14832 March 11, 2019

4.30

20-F/A

001-14832

April 25, 2019

4.31

20-F/A

001-14832

April 25, 2019

4.32

20-F

001-14832

March 16, 2020

4.21

161

 
 
Incorporated by Reference

Form
20-F

File No.
001-14832

Filing Date
March 16, 2020

Filed
Herewith

Exhibit
No.
4.22

20-F

001-14832

March 15, 2021

4.22

X

X

X

Exhibit
Number
4.21

4.22

4.23

4.24

4.25

Description

Revolving Trade Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of 
March 6, 2020, among Celestica LLC, 
Celestica Holdings Pte Ltd., Celestica 
Hong Kong Ltd., Celestica (Romania) 
S.R.L., Celestica Japan KK, Celestica 
Oregon LLC, Celestica Precision 
Machining Ltd., Celestica Electronics 
(M.) Sdn. Bhd, and Celestica 
International LP, as Sellers, Celestica 
Inc., as Servicer, and Credit Agricole 
Corporate and Investment Bank, New 
York Branch and Credit Agricole 
Corporate and Investment Bank 
(Canada Branch), as Purchasers
Fourth Amendment to Credit 
Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2020 
by and among Celestica Inc., 
Celestica International LP, Celestica 
(USA) Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders party thereto and 
Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent
Fifth Amendment, dated as of 
December 6, 2021, to Credit 
Agreement dated as of June 27, 2018 
among Celestica Inc. and the 
subsidiaries identified therein as 
Borrowers, Celestica Inc. and the 
subsidiaries identified therein as 
Guarantors, Bank of America, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line 
Lender and an L/C Issuer, and the 
financial institutions named therein as 
Lenders
First Amendment to the Revolving 
Trade Receivables Purchase 
Agreement, dated as of February 4, 
2022, among Celestica LLC, Celestica 
Holdings Pte Ltd., Celestica Hong 
Kong Ltd., Celestica (Romania) 
S.R.L., Celestica Japan KK, Celestica 
Oregon LLC, Celestica Electronics 
(M.) Sdn. Bhd, Celestica Precision 
Machining Ltd., and Celestica 
International LP, as Sellers, Celestica 
Inc., as Servicer, and Credit Agricole 
Corporate and Investment Bank, New 
York Branch and Credit Agricole 
Corporate and Investment Bank 
(Canada Branch), as Purchasers
Agreement, dated September 22, 
2021, for the Sale and Purchase of the 
Entire Issued Share Capital of PCI 
Private Limited, between Pagani 
Holding III Limited,as Seller, 
2863862 Ontario Inc. as Buyer, and 
Celestica Inc. as Buyer's Guarantor† 

162

 
 
Exhibit
Number
8.1
11.1
12.1

12.2

13.1

15.1

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

104

Description

Form

File No.

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
No.

Filed
Herewith
X

Subsidiaries of Registrant
Finance Code of Professional Conduct
Principal Executive Officer 
Certification pursuant to 
Rule 13(a)-14(a)
Principal Financial Officer 
Certification pursuant to 
Rule 13(a)-14(a)
Certification required by 
Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the 
United States Code*
Consent of KPMG LLP, independent 
registered public accounting firm
XBRL Instance Document - the 
instance document does not appear in 
the Interactive data File because its 
XBRL tags are embedded within the 
Inline XBRL document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension 
Schema Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension 
Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension 
Definition Linkbase Document 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension 
Label Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension 
Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File - 
formatted as Inline XBRL and  
contained in Exhibit 101

20-F

001-14832 March 23, 2010

11.1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

____________________________________

* 

†  

Will  not  be  deemed  "filed"  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the  U.S.  Exchange  Act,  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  Section  18  of  the 
U.S. Exchange Act, and will not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the U.S. Securities Act, or the U.S. Exchange Act, except to the 
extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

 Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted because they are both: (i) not material; and (ii) of the type that the registrant treats as private or 
confidential. 

163

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and 

authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

CELESTICA INC.
By:

/s/ Robert Ellis
Robert Ellis
Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Date: March 14, 2022

164

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Celestica Inc. (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal 
control over financial reporting for the Company. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards 
Board (IASB). All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those 
systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and 
presentation.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance 
of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;  provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with  IFRS  as  issued  by  the  IASB,  and  that  our  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with 
authorizations of our management and directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection 
of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December  31,  2021  based  on  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has concluded 
that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

As discussed in note 3 to the Company's 2021 audited consolidated financial statements, the Company completed 
the  acquisition  of  PCI  Private  Limited  (PCI)  in  November  2021.  As  a  result,  management  has  excluded  PCI's  internal 
controls  from  the  scope  of  its  assessment,  and  conclusion  on  the  effectiveness,  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, and from this report. PCI represented 12% of the Company's consolidated assets 
and 1% of the Company's consolidated revenue as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2021, respectively.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021  has  been  audited  by 
KPMG LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report 
appearing on page F-2.

March 10, 2022

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Celestica Inc.:  

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Celestica Inc.'s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  related  consolidated 
statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year 
period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report 
dated March 10, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

The Company acquired PCI Private Limited (PCI) in November 2021, and management excluded from its assessment of the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, PCI's internal control over 
financial  reporting.  PCI  represented  12%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  assets,  and  1%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated 
revenue as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2021, respectively. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of PCI.

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  “Management’s 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all  material  respects.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and 
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other 
procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for 
our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Toronto, Canada                                                                        
March 10, 2022

/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants,
Licensed Public Accountants

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Celestica Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Celestica Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 
and  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  equity  and  cash  flows  for 
each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated 
financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and its financial performance and its cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission, and our report dated March 10, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws 
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond 
to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, 
or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate 
opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Valuation of goodwill for the capital equipment cash generating unit

As  discussed  in  Notes  2(j)  and  8  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  conducts  an  annual  impairment 
assessment of cash generating units (CGUs) with goodwill. In addition, the Company also reviews the CGUs for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances (triggering events) indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $324.2 million of goodwill, which included $131.9 million related to its capital 
equipment CGU. 

F-3

We identified the valuation of goodwill for the capital equipment CGU as a critical audit matter. Subjective and challenging 
auditor judgment was required to evaluate certain assumptions in the impairment model used in the Company’s estimate of 
the  recoverable  amount  of  the  capital  equipment  CGU.  Specifically,  certain  assumptions  used  to  estimate  the  recoverable 
amount were challenging to assess, as minor changes to the future revenue growth rate, profitability, and the discount rate 
assumptions could have had a significant effect on the recoverable amount. 

The  following  are  the  primary  procedures  we  performed  to  address  this  critical  audit  matter.  We  evaluated  the  design  and 
tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the critical audit matter. This included controls related 
to  the  approval  of  the  future  revenue  growth  rate,  profitability,  and  the  discount  rate  assumptions  used  in  the  impairment 
model.  We  assessed  the  Company’s  future  revenue  growth  rates  and  profitability  by  comparing  them  to  the  underlying 
forecast, evidence of future customer demand, industry reports and historical results. We compared the Company’s historical 
forecasts of the capital equipment CGU to actual results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. We involved 
valuation  professionals  with  specialized  skills  and  knowledge,  who  assisted  in  the  evaluation  of  the  discount  rate,  by 
comparing it to a discount rate range that was independently developed using publicly available market data for comparable 
entities.

Toronto, Canada                                                                                                     
March 10, 2022

/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants,
Licensed Public Accountants

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1997.

F-4

CELESTICA INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Note

December 31
2020

December 31
2021

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents    ...............................................................................................
Accounts receivable    .........................................................................................................
Inventories       .......................................................................................................................
Income taxes receivable    ..................................................................................................
Other current assets   ..........................................................................................................
Total current assets      .............................................................................................................
 Property, plant and equipment     .............................................................................................
 Right-of-use assets  ...............................................................................................................
 Goodwill   ..............................................................................................................................
 Intangible assets   ...................................................................................................................
 Deferred income taxes   .........................................................................................................
Other non-current assets    .....................................................................................................
Total assets    ..........................................................................................................................

20
4
5

6
7
8
8
19
9

$ 

$ 

Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:

Current portion of borrowings under credit facility & lease obligations   ........................
Accounts payable    ............................................................................................................
Accrued and other current liabilities      ...............................................................................
Income taxes payable    .......................................................................................................
Current portion of provisions  ...........................................................................................
Total current liabilities   ........................................................................................................
Long-term portion of borrowings under credit facility & lease obligations      .......................
 Pension and non-pension post-employment benefit obligations     .........................................
 Provisions and other non-current liabilities   .........................................................................
 Deferred income taxes   .........................................................................................................
Total liabilities    ....................................................................................................................
Equity:

Capital stock      ....................................................................................................................
Treasury stock    ..................................................................................................................
Contributed surplus    .........................................................................................................
Deficit     .............................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   ..........................................................................
Total equity       .........................................................................................................................
Total liabilities and equity     ..................................................................................................

11

$ 

19
10

11
18
10
19

12
12

13

$ 

463.8  $ 

1,093.4 
1,091.5 
6.8 
81.7 
2,737.2 
332.5 
101.0 
198.6 
229.4 
39.9 
25.5 
3,664.1  $ 

99.8  $ 
854.5 
553.1 
51.8 
19.0 
1,578.2 
486.1 
117.3 
41.2 
32.3 
2,255.1 

1,834.2 
(15.7) 
974.5 
(1,368.8) 
(15.2) 
1,409.0 
3,664.1  $ 

394.0 
1,260.3 
1,697.0 
8.6 
75.4 
3,435.3 
338.7 
113.8 
324.2 
382.0 
47.7 
25.2 
4,666.9 

51.5 
1,238.3 
884.3 
62.3 
17.1 
2,253.5 
742.9 
107.5 
39.8 
60.2 
3,203.9 

1,764.5 
(48.9) 
1,029.8 
(1,255.6) 
(26.8) 
1,463.0 
4,666.9 

Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (note 24), Subsequent events (notes 4 and 20)

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

[Signed] Michael M. Wilson, Director

                 [Signed] Laurette T. Koellner, Director

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

Year ended December 31

Note

2019

2020

2021

$ 
Revenue  ........................................................................................................
Cost of sales   ................................................................................................. 5 & 14  
Gross profit     ..................................................................................................

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)      ................................
Research and development    ..........................................................................

Amortization of intangible assets      .................................................................

Other charges (recoveries)     ............................................................................
Earnings from operations     .............................................................................

Finance costs   .................................................................................................
Earnings before income taxes   ......................................................................

Income tax expense (recovery)   .....................................................................
Current   ....................................................................................................

Deferred   ..................................................................................................

14

8

15

16

19

Net earnings    .................................................................................................

Basic earnings per share ...............................................................................

Diluted earnings per share     ...........................................................................

Shares used in computing per share amounts (in millions):

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,888.3  $ 

5,748.1  $ 

5,503.6 

5,310.5 

5,634.7 

5,147.7 

384.7 

227.3 

28.4 

29.6 

(49.9)   

149.3 

49.5 

99.8 

22.8 

6.7 

29.5 

437.6 

230.7 

29.9 

25.6 

23.5 

127.9 

37.7 

90.2 

32.9 

(3.3)   

29.6 

487.0 

245.1 

38.4 

25.5 

10.3 

167.7 

31.7 

136.0 

40.9 

(8.8) 

32.1 

70.3  $ 

60.6  $ 

103.9 

0.54  $ 

0.47  $ 

0.53  $ 

0.47  $ 

0.82 

0.82 

126.7 

126.7 

Basic    .........................................................................................................

Diluted  ......................................................................................................

22

22

131.0 

131.8 

129.1 

129.1 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Year ended December 31

Note

2019

2020

2021

Net earnings ........................................................................................................

$ 

70.3  $ 

60.6  $ 

103.9 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax...................................................

13

Items that will not be reclassified to net earnings:

    Gains (losses) on pension and non-pension post-employment benefit 

plans     ...........................................................................................................

Items that may be reclassified to net earnings:

   Currency translation differences for foreign operations   ............................

   Changes from currency forward derivative hedges  ...................................
   Changes from interest rate swap derivative hedges     ..................................

18

20

Total comprehensive income       ............................................................................

$ 

(8.7)   

(9.3)   

9.3 

(0.2)   

10.8 

(7.7)   

64.5  $ 

4.3 

8.5 

(4.4)   

(7.7) 

(13.5) 

9.6 

59.7  $ 

101.6 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Balance — December 31, 2018    ...................................................

$  1,954.1  $ 

(20.2)  $ 

906.6  $  (1,481.7)  $ 

(26.5)  $ 1,332.3 

Note

Capital 
stock

Treasury 
stock

Contributed 
surplus

Deficit

AOC 
loss (a)

Total 
equity

Capital transactions:

12

Issuance of capital stock  ....................................................

Repurchase of capital stock for cancellation   .....................

Purchase of treasury stock for stock-based plans   ..............

Equity-settled stock-based compensation (SBC)    ...............

Total comprehensive income:

     Net earnings for 2019   .........................................................

Losses on pension and non-pension post-employment 
benefit plans     ........................................................................

18

Currency translation differences for foreign operations      .....

Changes from currency forward derivative hedges   ............

Changes from interest rate swap derivative hedges     ............
Balance — December 31, 2019    ...................................................

Capital transactions:

Issuance of capital stock  ....................................................
Repurchase of capital stock for cancellation(b)
Purchase of treasury stock for stock-based compensation 
plans    ...................................................................................

     ..................

Equity-settled SBC     ............................................................

Total comprehensive income:

     Net earnings for 2020   .........................................................

Losses on pension and non-pension post-employment 
benefit plans     ........................................................................

Currency translation differences for foreign operations      .....

Changes from currency forward derivative hedges   ............

Changes from interest rate swap derivative hedges     ............

Balance — December 31, 2020    ...................................................

Capital transactions:

12

18

20

12

Issuance of capital stock  ....................................................
Repurchase of capital stock for cancellation (c)
 Purchase of treasury stock for stock-based plans(d)
Equity-settled SBC     ............................................................

     .................

      ...........

Total comprehensive income:

     Net earnings for 2021   .........................................................

Gains on pension and non-pension post-employment 
benefit plans     ........................................................................

18

Currency translation differences for foreign operations      .....

Changes from currency forward derivative hedges   ............

Changes from interest rate swap derivative hedges     ............

20

10.4 

(132.4) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$  1,832.1  $ 

2.2 

(0.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(9.2) 

14.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(14.8)  $ 

— 

— 

(19.1) 

18.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(10.4) 

65.1 

— 

21.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

70.3 

(8.7) 

— 

— 

— 

982.6  $  (1,420.1)  $ 

(2.2) 

(15.0) 

— 

9.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

60.6 

(9.3) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

10.8 

— 

(67.3) 

(9.2) 

35.9 

70.3 

(8.7) 

(0.2) 

10.8 

(7.7) 
(7.7) 
(23.6)  $ 1,356.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.3 

8.5 

(4.4) 

— 

(15.1) 

(19.1) 

27.3 

60.6 

(9.3) 

4.3 

8.5 

(4.4) 

$  1,834.2  $ 

(15.7)  $ 

974.5  $  (1,368.8)  $ 

(15.2)  $ 1,409.0 

0.3 

(70.0) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(54.4) 

21.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

41.6 

— 

13.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

103.9 

9.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(7.7) 

(13.5) 

9.6 

0.2 

(28.4) 

(54.4) 

35.0 

103.9 

9.3 

(7.7) 

(13.5) 

9.6 

Balance — December 31, 2021    ...................................................

$  1,764.5  $ 

(48.9)  $ 

1,029.8  $  (1,255.6)  $ 

(26.8)  $ 1,463.0 

(a) 

Accumulated other comprehensive (AOC) loss is net of tax. See note 13.

(b)     Includes $15.0 accrued as of December 31, 2020 for the estimated contractual maximum of permitted subordinate voting share (SVS) repurchases 

(Contractual Maximum) for cancellation under an automatic share purchase plan (ASPP) executed in December 2020. See note 12. 

(c)        We  paid  $35.9  to  repurchase  SVS  for  cancellation  in  2021.  Also  includes  $7.5  accrued  as  of  December  31,  2021  for  the  estimated  Contractual 

Maximum for cancellation under an ASPP executed in December 2021. See note 12. 

(d)        Includes  $33.8  accrued  as  of  December  31,  2021  for  the  estimated  Contractual  Maximum  to  settle  awards  under  our  SBC  plans  under  an  ASPP 

executed in December 2021. See note 12. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Cash provided by (used in):

Year ended December 31

Note

2019

2020

2021

$ 

70.3  $ 

60.6  $ 

103.9 

Operating activities:
Net earnings ........................................................................................................
Adjustments to net earnings for items not affecting cash:

Depreciation and amortization  .......................................................................
Equity-settled employee SBC  .........................................................................
Other charges (recoveries) (a)
  ..........................................................................
Finance costs    ..................................................................................................
Income tax expense    .......................................................................................

12
15

Other   ...................................................................................................................
Changes in non-cash working capital items:

Accounts receivable      .......................................................................................
Inventories    ......................................................................................................
Other current assets   ........................................................................................
Accounts payable, accrued and other current liabilities and provisions     ........

Non-cash working capital changes  .....................................................................

Net income tax paid  ............................................................................................

Net cash provided by operating activities   ..........................................................

Investing activities:
Acquisitions   ........................................................................................................
Purchase of computer software and property, plant and equipment    ..................
Proceeds from sale of assets    ...............................................................................

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  ............................................

Financing activities:
Borrowings under revolving loans      .......................................................................
Repayments under revolving loans    ......................................................................
Borrowing under term loans     ................................................................................
Repayments under term loans    ..............................................................................
Lease payments     ....................................................................................................
Issuance of capital stock      ......................................................................................

Repurchase of capital stock for cancellation    ........................................................

Purchase of treasury stock for stock-based plans    .................................................
Finance costs and waiver fees paid (b)
     .................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities    ............................................
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents    .........................................
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year   .....................................................

3

6

11
11
11
11
11
12

12

12

135.4 
34.1 
(86.1) 
49.5 

29.5 
24.2 

153.7 
97.7 
16.5 

(158.8) 

109.1 

(21.0) 
345.0 

2.7 
(80.5) 

116.5 

38.7 

— 
— 
48.0 
(213.0) 
(38.2) 
— 

(67.3) 

(9.2) 

(46.5) 
(326.2) 
57.5 

422.0 

124.7 
25.8 
2.5 
37.7 

29.6 
10.0 

(40.7) 
(99.3) 
(0.5) 

117.0 

(23.5) 

(27.8) 
239.6 

— 
(52.8) 

1.8 

(51.0) 

— 
— 
— 
(121.9) 
(33.7) 
— 

(0.1) 

(19.1) 

(29.5) 
(204.3) 
(15.7) 

479.5 

126.3 
33.4 
2.5 
31.7 

32.1 
15.2 

(102.4) 
(521.9) 
(11.5) 

556.9 

(78.9) 

(39.4) 
226.8 

(314.7) 
(52.2) 

2.6 

(364.3) 

220.0 
(220.0) 
365.0 
(175.0) 
(40.0) 
0.2 

(35.9) 

(20.6) 

(26.0) 
67.7 
(69.8) 

463.8 

394.0 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year     ...............................................................

$ 

479.5  $ 

463.8  $ 

(a)   Other charges (recoveries) in 2019 consists primarily of a $102.0 gain on the sale of our Toronto real property.
(b)  Finance costs paid include debt issuance costs paid of $3.6 in 2021 (2020 — $0.6; 2019 — $2.9). We also paid $2.0 in credit-facility-related waiver 

fees in 2019, recorded as other charges.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

1. 

REPORTING ENTITY:

Celestica  Inc.  (Celestica)  is  incorporated  in  Ontario  with  its  corporate  headquarters  located  in  Toronto,  Ontario, 
Canada.  Celestica’s  subordinate  voting  shares  (SVS)  are  listed  on  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  (TSX)  and  the  New  York 
Stock Exchange (NYSE). Celestica's operating and reportable segments consist of its Advanced Technology Solutions (ATS) 
segment  and  its  Connectivity  &  Cloud  Solutions  (CCS)  segment.  See  note  25  for  further  detail  regarding  segment 
information.

2. 

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Statement of compliance:

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The consolidated financial statements 
were authorized for issuance by our Board of Directors on March 10, 2022.

Functional and presentation currency:

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  United  States  (U.S.)  dollars,  which  is  also  Celestica's 
functional  currency.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  financial  information  is  presented  in  millions  of  U.S.  dollars  (except 
percentages and per share amounts).

Use of estimates and judgments:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue 
and expenses, and related disclosures with respect to contingent assets and liabilities. We base our judgments, estimates and 
assumptions  on  current  facts  (including,  in  recent  periods,  the  prolonged  impact  of  coronavirus  disease  2019  and  related 
mutations  (COVID-19)  and  materials  constraints),  historical  experience  and  various  other  factors  that  we  believe  are 
reasonable under the circumstances. The economic environment also impacts certain estimates and discount rates necessary 
to  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  significant  estimates  and  discount  rates  applicable  to  the 
determination of the recoverable amounts used in the impairment testing of our non-financial assets. Our assessment of these 
factors forms the basis for our judgments on the carrying values of our assets and liabilities, and the accrual of our costs and 
expenses. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates and assumptions. We review our estimates and underlying 
assumptions on an ongoing basis and make revisions as determined necessary by management. Revisions are recognized in 
the period in which the estimates are revised and may also impact future periods.

    Our  review  of  the  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  for 
2021 included those relating to, among others: our determination of the timing of revenue recognition, the determination of 
whether indicators of impairment existed for our assets and cash generating units (CGUs1), our measurement of deferred tax 
assets  and  liabilities,  our  estimated  inventory  provisions  and  expected  credit  losses,  customer  creditworthiness,  and  the 
determination  of  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  connection  with  a  business  combination.  Any 
revisions to estimates, judgments or assumptions may result in, among other things, write-downs or impairments to our assets 
or CGUs, and/or adjustments to the carrying amount of our accounts receivable (A/R) and/or inventories, or to the valuation 
of our deferred tax assets and/or pension obligations, any of which could have a material impact on our financial performance 
and financial condition.
_____________________
1 CGUs are the smallest identifiable group of assets that cannot be tested individually and generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those of other 
assets or groups of assets, and can be comprised of a single site, a group of sites, or a line of business.

Key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  and  judgment:  We  have  applied  significant  estimates,  judgments  and 
assumptions  in  the  following  areas  which  we  believe  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  reported  results  and  financial 
position: our determination of the timing of revenue recognition; whether events or changes in circumstances are indicators 
that an impairment review of our assets or CGUs should be conducted; the measurement of our CGUs' recoverable amounts, 

F-10

 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

which  includes  estimating  future  growth,  profitability,  and  discount  and  terminal  growth  rates;  and  the  allocation  of  the 
purchase price and other valuations related to our business acquisitions. 

We describe our use of judgment and estimation uncertainties in greater detail in the accounting policies described 

under “Significant Accounting Policies” below.

Recently issued accounting standards and amendments: 

Interest  Rate  Benchmark  Reform  (Amendments  to  IFRS  9  (Financial  Instruments),  IAS  39  (Financial  Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement) and IFRS 7 (Financial Instruments: Disclosures):

In  September  2019,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39,  and  IFRS  7,  effective  January  1,  2020, 
representing  phase  one  of  its  response  to  the  effects  of  the  Interbank  Offered  Rates  (IBOR)  reform  on  financial  reporting. 
These amendments allow entities to assume that the interest rate benchmark on which hedged cash flows and hedged risk are 
based, and the interest rate benchmark on which the cash flows of the hedging instrument are based, are not altered as a result 
of  IBOR  reform.  The  amendments  provide  temporary  relief  that  allows  hedge  accounting  to  continue,  and  any  hedge 
ineffectiveness to continue to be recorded in the income statement, during the period of uncertainty before the replacement of 
existing  interest  rate  benchmarks.  The  amendments  apply  to  all  hedging  relationships  that  are  directly  affected  by  IBOR 
reform, and application of the relief is mandatory. A hedging relationship is affected if the reform gives rise to uncertainties 
about the timing and/or amount of benchmark-based cash flows of the hedged item or the hedging instrument.	The relief will 
cease to apply when the uncertainty arising from IBOR reform is no longer present. On January 1, 2020, and in accordance 
with applicable transition provisions,	we adopted the amendments retrospectively to hedging relationships that existed at the 
start  of  the  reporting  period  or  were  designated  thereafter,  and  we  continue  to  apply  hedge  accounting  to  the  amount  in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  (OCI)  with  respect  to  our  interest  rate  swap  cash  flow  hedges.  The 
amendments also contain specific disclosure requirements for hedging relationships to which the relief is applied. See note 
20(b) for disclosure of interest rate risks related to IBOR reform. The amendments did not have a significant impact on our 
disclosures or the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

In August 2020, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform-Phase 2, which amends IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 4, 
Insurance  Contracts,  IFRS  7,  and  IFRS  16,  Leases.  The  amendments  complement  those  issued  in  2019  and  focus  on  the 
effects on financial statements when a company replaces a previous interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark 
rate as a result of IBOR reform. We adopted the Phase 2 amendments as of January 1, 2021. The adoption of the Phase 2 
amendments had no significant impact on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. See 
note  20  for  further  detail.  We  will  continue  to  monitor  relevant  developments  and  will  evaluate  the  impact  of  the  Phase  2 
amendments on our consolidated financial statements as IBOR reform progresses. 

Initial adoption and application of IFRS 16, Leases: 

Effective  January  1,  2019,  we  adopted  IFRS  16,  Leases,  which  brought  most  leases  on-balance  sheet  for  lessees 
under a single model, eliminating the distinction between operating and finance leases. IFRS 16 superseded IAS 17, Leases, 
and related interpretations. In connection therewith, as of such date, we recognize right-of-use (ROU) assets and related lease 
obligations as of the applicable lease commencement date. In adopting this standard, we applied the modified retrospective 
approach, permitting us to recognize the cumulative effect of such adoption as an adjustment to our opening balance sheet as 
of  January  1,  2019,  without  restatement  of  prior  period  comparative  information.  In  connection  therewith,  we  recognized 
ROU assets of $111.5 and related lease obligations of $112.0, and reduced our accrued liabilities by $0.5 on our consolidated 
balance sheet as of January 1, 2019. There was no net impact on our deficit as of January 1, 2019. We discounted our lease 
payments using a weighted-average rate of 4.7% as of January 1, 2019. In computing the initial adjustment, we elected to 
apply the practical expedients available under IFRS 16, and accordingly expense the costs of low-value and short-term leases 
in our consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The amortization of the ROU assets is 
recognized as a depreciation charge, and the interest expense on the related lease obligations is recognized as finance costs in 
our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Prior  to  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  we  recognized  operating  lease  expenses  on  a 
straight-line basis over the lease term generally in cost of sales or SG&A in our consolidated statement of operations. There 
were  no  changes  to  our  finance  leases  required  by  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  which  we  continue  to  capitalize  at  their 
commencement (included in property, plant and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet), and include the corresponding 
liability, net of finance costs, on our consolidated balance sheet (see note 11). 

F-11

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: 

The  accounting  policies  below  are  in  compliance  with  IFRS  as  issued  by  the  IASB  and  have  been  applied 

consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  

Basis of measurement:

These  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  primarily  on  the  historical  cost  basis.  Other 

measurement bases, where used, are described in the applicable notes.

(b) 

Basis of consolidation:

These consolidated financial statements include our direct and indirect subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned. 
Any  subsidiaries  that  are  formed  or  acquired  during  the  year  are  consolidated  from  their  respective  dates  of  formation  or 
acquisition. Inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

(c) 

Business combinations:

We use the acquisition method to account for any business combinations. All identifiable assets and liabilities are 
recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet as of the acquisition date. Any goodwill that arises from business 
combinations is tested annually for impairment (see note 2(j)). Potential obligations for contingent consideration and other 
contingencies  are  also  recorded  at  fair  value  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  We  record 
subsequent changes in the fair value of such potential obligations from the date of acquisition to the settlement date in our 
consolidated  statement  of  operations.  We  expense  integration  costs  (for  the  establishment  of  business  processes, 
infrastructure  and  information  systems  for  acquired  operations)  and  acquisition-related  consulting  and  transaction  costs  as 
incurred in our consolidated statement of operations. 

We  use  judgment  to  determine  the  estimates  used  to  value  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities,  and  the  fair  value  of 
potential obligations, if applicable, at the acquisition date. We may engage third parties to determine the fair value of certain 
inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets.  We  use  estimates  to  determine  cash  flow  projections, 
including the period of expected future benefit, and future growth and discount rates, among other factors, to value intangible 
assets and contingent consideration. The fair value of acquired tangible assets are measured by applying the market, cost or 
replacement cost, or the income approach (using discounted cash flows and forecasts by management), as appropriate. The 
fair value of acquired intangible assets are measured by applying the income approach using a discounted cash flow model 
and forecasts based on management's estimates and assumptions.  

(d) 

Foreign currency translation:

The majority of our subsidiaries have a U.S. dollar functional currency, which represents the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which they operate. For these subsidiaries, we translate monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in  foreign  currencies  into  U.S.  dollars  at  the  period-end  exchange  rates.  We  translate  non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at historic rates, and we translate revenue and expenses into U.S. dollars 
at  the  average  exchange  rates  prevailing  during  the  month  of  the  transaction.  Exchange  gains  and  losses  also  arise  on  the 
settlement of foreign-currency denominated transactions. We recognize foreign currency differences arising on translation in 
our consolidated statement of operations.

Upon  consolidation,  for  our  subsidiaries  with  a  non-U.S.  dollar  functional  currency,  we  translate  assets  and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars using the period-end exchange rates, and we translate revenue 
and expenses into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates prevailing during the month of the transaction. We defer gains 
and losses arising from the translation of these operations in the foreign currency translation account included in accumulated 
OCI.  For  the  purposes  of  foreign  currency  translation  of  transactions  at  our  subsidiaries  with  a  non-U.S.  dollar  functional 
currency, we translate foreign currency transactions into the relevant non-U.S. dollar functional currency using the exchange 
rate prevailing during the month of the transaction for revenues and expenses or the exchange rate as at period end for the 
translation of these foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, and such gains and losses arising from these 
translations  are  recorded  in  the  statement  of  operations  in  their  non-U.S.  dollar  functional  currency  before  translation  into 
U.S. dollar for consolidation purposes.

F-12

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

(e) 

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  account  and  short-term  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three 
months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (see 
paragraph (o) below). These instruments are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value over their terms and, as a 
result, we carry cash and cash equivalents at cost.

(f) 

Inventories:

We  procure  inventory  and  manufacture  products  based  on  specific  customer  orders  and  forecasts,  and  value  our 
inventory on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of our finished goods and work in 
progress includes direct materials, labor and overhead. We may require valuation adjustments if actual market conditions or 
demand  for  our  customers'  products  or  services  are  less  favorable  than  originally  projected.  The  determination  of  net 
realizable value involves significant management judgment and estimation. When estimating the net realizable value of our 
inventory,  we  consider  factors  such  as  shrinkage,  the  aging  of  and  future  demand  for  the  inventory,  and  contractual 
arrangements  with  customers.  We  attempt  to  utilize  excess  inventory  in  other  products  we  manufacture  or  return  such 
inventory to the relevant suppliers or customers. We use future sales volume forecasts to estimate excess inventory on-hand. 
A change to these assumptions may impact our inventory valuation and our gross margins. We adjust previous write-downs 
in our consolidated statement of operations in the period a change in estimate occurs.

(g) 

Property, plant and equipment:

We carry property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Cost consists of expenditures directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of the asset, and costs directly attributable 
to bringing the asset to the condition necessary for its intended use. We capitalize the cost of an asset when the economic 
benefits associated with that asset are probable and when the cost can be measured reliably. We capitalize the costs of major 
renovations and we write-off the carrying amount of replaced assets. We expense all other maintenance and repair costs in 
our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  as  incurred.  We  do  not  depreciate  land.  We  recognize  depreciation  expense  on  a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:

Buildings   .......................................................................................................... Up to 40 years
Building/leasehold improvements  .................................................................... Up to 40 years or if shorter, term of lease
Machinery and equipment  ................................................................................ 3 to 15 years

We estimate the useful life of property, plant and equipment based on the nature of the asset, historical experience, 
expected  changes  in  technology,  and  the  expected  duration  of  related  customer  programs.  When  major  components  of  an 
asset  have  a  significantly  different  useful  life  than  their  primary  asset,  the  components  are  accounted  for  and  depreciated 
separately. We review our estimates of residual values, useful lives and the methods of depreciation annually at year end and, 
if  required,  adjust  them  prospectively.  We  determine  gains  and  losses  on  the  disposal  or  retirement  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the asset and we recognize these gains and 
losses in our consolidated statement of operations in the period of disposal or retirement. Also see note 2(j).

(h) 

Leases:

We  are  the  lessee  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  primarily  buildings  and  machinery.  At  the  inception  of  a 
contract, we assess whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease in accordance with IFRS 16. Where we determine there is 
a  lease  under  IFRS  16,  we  recognize  an  ROU  asset  (representing  our  right  to  use  such  leased  asset)  and  a  related  lease 
obligation on the applicable lease commencement date. An ROU asset is first measured based on the initial amount of the 
related lease obligation, subject to certain adjustments, if any, and then subsequently measured at such cost less accumulated 
depreciation  and  accumulated  impairment  losses  (see  note  2(j)).  Depreciation  expense  on  an  ROU  asset  is  recorded  on  a 
straight-line basis over the lease term in cost of sales or SG&A in our consolidated statement of operations, primarily based 
on the nature and use of the asset. The lease obligation is initially measured at the present value of the unpaid lease payments 
on the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease (if readily determinable) or otherwise on 
our  incremental  borrowing  rate  (taking  country-specific  risks  into  consideration)  on  the  lease  commencement  date.  We 
generally  use  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  as  the  discount  rate.  The  interest  expense  on  the  related  lease  obligation  is 

F-13

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

recognized as finance costs in our consolidated statement of operations. The lease obligation is remeasured when there are 
adjustments to future lease payments arising from a change in applicable indices or rates, changes in the estimated amount 
expected  to  be  payable  under  a  residual  value  guarantee,  or  if  we  change  our  assessments  of  whether  we  will  exercise  an 
applicable purchase, extension or termination option. Upon any such remeasurement, a corresponding adjustment is made to 
the  carrying  amount  of  the  related  ROU  asset,  or  is  recorded  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  if  the  carrying 
amount of such ROU asset has been impaired.

We expense the costs of low-value and short-term leases in our consolidated statement of operations on a straight-

line basis over the lease term. 

(i) 

Goodwill and intangible assets:

Goodwill:

We initially record goodwill related to business acquisitions on our consolidated balance sheet in the amount of the 
excess of the fair value of the aggregate consideration paid or payable (including the estimated fair value of any contingent 
consideration)  over  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  net  assets  acquired.  In  subsequent  reporting  periods,  we  measure 
goodwill  at  cost  less  accumulated  impairment  losses,  if  any.  We  do  not  amortize  goodwill.  For  purposes  of  impairment 
testing, we allocate goodwill to the CGU, or group of CGUs, that we expect will benefit from the related acquisition. See 
note 2(j). 

Intangible assets:

We record acquired intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet at fair value on the date of acquisition. We 
capitalize acquired intangible assets when the economic benefits associated with the asset are probable and when the cost can 
be  measured  reliably.  We  estimate  the  useful  life  of  acquired  intangible  assets  based  on  the  nature  of  the  asset,  historical 
experience and the projected period of expected future economic benefits to be provided by the asset. In subsequent reporting 
periods, we measure such intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. 
We amortize these assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Intellectual property     ........................................................................................................................................... 3 to 5 years
Other intangible assets   ........................................................................................................................................ 4 to 15 years
Computer software assets    ................................................................................................................................... 1 to 10 years

Intellectual  property  assets  consist  primarily  of  certain  acquired  non-patented  intellectual  property  and  process 
technology. Other intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and contract intangibles. Computer software 
assets  consist  primarily  of  software  licenses.  We  review  our  estimates  of  residual  values,  useful  lives  and  the  methods  of 
amortization  annually  at  year  end  and,  if  required,  adjust  for  these  prospectively.  We  reflect  changes  in  useful  lives  on  a 
prospective basis.

(j)

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and ROU assets:

 We review the carrying amount of goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and ROU assets for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of such assets, 
or the related CGU or CGUs, may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists, we test the carrying amount of such assets 
or CGUs for impairment. In addition to an assessment of triggering events during the year, we conduct an annual impairment 
assessment of CGUs with goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year to correspond with our annual planning cycle (Annual 
Impairment  Assessment).  Judgment  is  required  in  the  determination  of:  (i)  our  CGUs,  which  includes  an  assessment  of 
whether  the  relevant  asset,  or  group  of  assets,  largely  generates  independent  cash  inflows,  and  an  evaluation  of  how 
management monitors the business operations pertaining to such asset, or asset group; and (ii) whether events or changes in 
circumstances during the year are indicators that a review for impairment should be conducted.

We  recognize  an  impairment  loss  when  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset,  CGU  or  group  of  CGUs  exceeds  its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset, CGU or group of CGUs is measured as the greater of its expected 
value-in-use and its estimated fair value less costs of disposal. Determining the recoverable amount is subjective and requires 

F-14

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

management to exercise significant judgment in estimating future growth, profitability, discount and terminal growth rates, 
and in projecting future cash flows, among other factors. Determination of our expected value-in-use is based on a discounted 
cash  flow  analysis  of  the  relevant  asset,  CGU  or  group  of  CGUs.  Determining  estimated  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal 
requires valuations and use of appraisals. Future events and changing market conditions may impact our assumptions as to 
prices, costs or other factors that may result in changes to our estimates of future cash flows. Where applicable, we engage 
independent brokers to obtain market prices to estimate our real property and other asset values. We recognize impairment 
losses  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  If  it  is  determined  that  an  impairment  exists,  we  first  allocate  the 
impairment losses to the relevant CGU (or group of CGUs) to reduce the carrying amount of its (or their) goodwill, if any. If 
the goodwill is reduced to nil and the impairment losses have not been fully allocated, we then reduce the carrying amount of 
other assets in such CGU (or group of CGUs), generally on a pro-rata basis, until the impairment losses have been recognized 
in full. See notes 6, 7, and 8.

We  do  not  reverse  impairment  losses  for  goodwill  in  future  periods.  We  reverse  impairment  losses  for  property, 
plant and equipment, ROU assets and intangible assets if the events or conditions that resulted in such losses in prior periods 
no longer exist or have decreased as a result of changes in circumstances. At each reporting date, we review for indicators 
that  could  change  the  estimates  we  used  to  determine  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  relevant  assets.  The  amount  of  the 
reversal will be limited to the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had we 
recognized no impairment loss in prior periods.

(k)

Provisions:

We  recognize  a  provision  for  legal  or  constructive  obligations  arising  from  past  events  when  the  amount  can  be 
reliably estimated and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle an obligation. The nature and type 
of provisions vary and management judgment is required to determine the extent of an obligation and whether the outflow of 
resources is probable. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the appropriateness of the remaining balances. We 
may be required to adjust recorded amounts to reflect actual experience or changes in estimates in future periods.

Restructuring:

We  incur  restructuring  charges  relating  to  workforce  reductions,  site  consolidations,  and  costs  associated  with 
businesses we are downsizing or exiting. Our restructuring charges include employee severance and benefit costs, consultant 
costs, gains, losses or impairments related to owned sites and equipment we no longer use and which are available for sale, 
impairment of related intangible assets, and costs or impairments related to leased sites and equipment we no longer use.

The  recognition  of  restructuring  charges  requires  management  to  make  certain  judgments  and  estimates  regarding 
the  nature,  timing  and  amounts  associated  with  our  restructuring  actions.  Our  assumptions  include  the  timing  of  employee 
terminations,  the  measurement  of  termination  costs,  any  anticipated  sublease  recoveries  from  exited  sites,  the  timing  of 
dispositions, and the estimated fair values less costs of disposal for assets we no longer use and which are available for sale. 
We develop detailed plans and record termination costs in the period that employees are informed of their termination. For 
owned sites and equipment that are no longer in use and are available for sale, we recognize an impairment loss based on 
their estimated fair value less costs of disposal, with estimated fair value based on market prices for similar assets. We may 
engage third parties to assist in the determination of the estimated fair values less costs of disposal for these assets. For leased 
sites that we intend to exit in connection with restructuring activities, we assess the recoverability of our ROU assets, and 
write down such assets (recorded as restructuring charges) if the carrying value exceeds any estimated sublease recoveries. 
To estimate future sublease recoveries, we may engage independent brokers to determine the estimated tenant rents we can 
expect  to  realize.  At  the  end  of  each  reporting  period,  we  evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  our  restructuring  charges  and 
balances.  We  may  be  required  to  adjust  recorded  amounts  to  reflect  actual  experience  or  changes  in  estimates  for  future 
periods. See note 15(a).

Legal and other contingencies:

In the normal course of our operations, we may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims, including, but 
not limited to, environmental, labor, product, customer disputes, and other matters. The filing of a suit or formal assertion of a 
claim  does  not  automatically  trigger  a  requirement  to  record  a  provision.  We  record  a  provision  for  loss  contingencies, 
including legal claims, based on management’s estimate of the probable outcome. Judgment is required when there is a range 

F-15

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

of possible outcomes. Management considers the degree of probability of the outcome and the ability to make a reasonable 
estimate of the loss. We may also use third party advisors in making our determination. The ultimate outcome, including the 
amount and timing of any payments required, may vary significantly from our original estimates. Potential material legal and 
other material contingent obligations that have not been recognized as provisions, as the outcome is remote or not probable, 
or the amount cannot be reliably estimated, are disclosed as contingent liabilities. See note 24. 

Warranty:

We offer product and service warranties to our customers. We record a provision for future warranty costs based on 
management’s estimate of probable claims under these warranties. In determining the amount of the provision, we consider 
several  factors  including  the  terms  of  the  warranty  (which  vary  by  customer,  product  or  service),  the  current  volume  of 
products  sold  or  services  rendered  during  the  warranty  period,  and  historical  warranty  information.  We  review  and  adjust 
these estimates as necessary to reflect our experience and new information. The amount and aging of our provision will vary 
depending on various factors including the length of the warranty offered, the remaining life of the warranty and the extent 
and timing of warranty claims. We classify the portion of our warranty provision for which payment is expected in the next 
12 months as current, and the remainder as non-current.

(l)

Employee benefits:

Pension and non-pension post-employment benefits:

We  classify  pension  and  non-pension  post-employment  benefits  as  either  defined  contribution  plans  or  defined 

benefit plans.

Under  defined  contribution  plans,  our  obligation  is  to  make  a  fixed  contribution  to  a  separate  entity.  The  related 
investment risk is borne by the employee. We recognize our obligations to make contributions to defined contribution plans 
as an employee benefit expense in our consolidated statement of operations in the period the employee services are rendered.

Under defined benefit plans, our obligation is to provide an agreed-upon benefit to specified plan participants. We 
remain  exposed  to  both  actuarial  and  investment  risks  with  respect  to  defined  benefit  plans.  Our  obligation  is  actuarially 
determined  using  the  projected  unit  credit  method,  based  on  service  and  management’s  estimates.  Actuarial  valuations 
require  management  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  relating  to  salary  escalation,  compensation  levels  at  the  time  of 
retirement, retirement ages, the discount rate used in measuring the net interest on the net defined benefit asset or liability, 
and  expected  healthcare  costs  (as  applicable).  These  actuarial  assumptions  could  change  from  period-to-period  and  actual 
results could differ materially from the estimates originally made by management. We evaluate our assumptions on a regular 
basis,  taking  into  consideration  current  market  conditions  and  historical  data.  Market-driven  changes  may  affect  the  actual 
rate of return on plan assets compared to our assumptions, as well as our discount rates and other variables which could cause 
actual results to differ materially from our estimates. Changes in assumptions could impact our defined benefit pension plan 
valuations and our future defined benefit pension expense and required funding. 

Our obligation for each defined benefit plan consists of the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the 
fair value of plan assets, and is presented on a net basis on our consolidated balance sheet. When the actuarial calculation 
results  in  a  benefit,  the  asset  we  recognize  is  restricted  to  the  present  value  of  economic  benefits  available  in  the  form  of 
future  refunds  from  the  plan  or  reductions  in  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  To  calculate  the  present  value  of  economic 
benefits, we also consider any minimum funding requirements that apply to the plan. An economic benefit is available if it is 
realizable during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

We recognize past service costs or credits arising from plan amendments, whether vested or unvested, immediately 
in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  We  determine  the  net  interest  expense  (income)  on  the  net  defined  benefit 
liability (asset) for each year by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of 
the year to the net defined benefit liability (asset) position, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability 
(asset) during the year as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Net interest expense and other expenses related to 
defined benefit plans are recognized in our consolidated statement of operations. The difference between the interest income 
on plan assets and the actual net return on plan assets is included in the re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability 
(asset).  We  recognize  actuarial  gains  and  losses  on  plan  assets  or  obligations,  as  well  as  any  year-over-year  change  in  the 

F-16

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

impairment of the balance sheet position in OCI and we reclassify the amounts to deficit. Curtailment gains or losses may 
arise from significant changes to a plan. We record curtailment gains or losses in our consolidated statement of operations 
when the curtailment occurs.

To mitigate the actuarial and investment risks of our defined benefit pension plans, we from time to time purchase 
annuities (using existing plan assets) from third party insurance companies for certain, or all, plan participants. The purchase 
of  annuities  by  the  pension  plan  substantially  hedges  the  financial  risks  associated  with  the  related  pension  obligations. 
Where  the  annuities  are  purchased  on  behalf  of,  and  held  by  the  pension  plan,  the  relevant  employer  retains  the  ultimate 
responsibility  for  the  payment  of  benefits  to  plan  participants,  and  we  retain  the  pension  assets  and  liabilities  on  our 
consolidated balance sheet. Our annuity purchases have resulted (and future annuity purchases may result) in losses, due to a 
reduction in the value of the plan assets relative to plan obligations as of the date of the annuity purchase. We record these 
non-cash losses in OCI on our consolidated balance sheet and simultaneously reclassify such amounts to deficit in the same 
period. Alternatively, where we purchase annuities from insurance companies on behalf of applicable plan participants with 
the intention of winding-up the relevant plan in the future (with the expectation of transferring the annuities to the individual 
plan members), the insurance company assumes responsibility for the payment of benefits to the relevant plan participants 
once the wind-up is complete. In this case, settlement accounting is applied to the purchase of the annuities and the loss (if 
any)  is  recorded  in  other  charges  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  In  addition,  both  the  pension  assets  and 
liabilities will be removed from our consolidated balance sheet once the wind-up of the plan is complete.

Stock-based compensation (SBC):

We generally grant restricted share units (RSUs) and performance share units (PSUs), and from time to time grant 
stock options, to employees under our SBC plans. Stock options and RSUs vest in installments over the vesting period. Stock 
options generally vest one-quarter per year over a four-year period, and RSUs generally vest one-third per year over a three-
year  period.  We  treat  each  installment  under  a  grant  of  stock  options  and  RSUs  as  a  separate  grant  in  determining  the 
compensation expense. PSUs vest at the end of their respective terms, generally three years from the grant date, to the extent 
that specified performance conditions have been met.

Stock options:

Stock options are exercisable for SVS. We recognize the grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees 
as compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations, with a corresponding charge to contributed surplus on 
our consolidated balance sheet, over the vesting period. We adjust compensation expense to reflect the estimated number of 
options we expect to vest at the end of the vesting period. When options are exercised, we credit the proceeds to capital stock 
on our consolidated balance sheet. We measure the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 
Measurement inputs include the price of our SVS on the grant date, the exercise price of the stock option, and our estimates 
of  the  following:  expected  price  volatility  of  our  SVS  (based  on  weighted  average  historic  volatility),  weighted  average 
expected  life  of  the  stock  option  (based  on  historical  experience  and  general  option-holder  behavior),  and  the  risk-free 
interest rate. 

RSUs:

The cost we record for RSUs is based on the market value of our SVS at the time of grant. We amortize the cost of 
RSUs  to  compensation  expense  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations,  with  a  corresponding  charge  to  contributed 
surplus on our consolidated balance sheet, over the vesting period. Unless a grantee has been authorized, and elects, to settle 
RSUs in cash, we intend to settle these awards with SVS purchased in the open market by a broker, or issued from treasury. 

PSUs:

The number of PSUs that will actually vest varies from 0% to 200% of a target amount granted, based on the level 
of  achievement  of  a  pre-determined  non-market  performance  measurement  in  the  final  year  of  the  three-year  performance 
period,  subject  to  modification  by  each  of  a  separate  pre-determined  non-market  financial  target,  and  our  relative  total 
shareholder return (TSR), a market performance condition, compared to a pre-defined group of companies over the three-year 
performance  period.  The  cost  we  record  for  PSUs  is  based  on  our  estimate  of  the  outcome  of  the  applicable  performance 
conditions. The grant date fair value of the non-TSR-based performance measurement and modifier is based on the market 

F-17

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

value of our SVS at the time of grant and is subject to adjustment in subsequent periods to reflect changes in the estimated 
level of achievement related to the applicable performance condition. The grant date fair value of the TSR modifier is based 
on a Monte Carlo simulation model. We recognize compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations on a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  and  we  reduce  this  expense  for  the  estimated  PSU  awards  that  are  not 
expected to vest because the employment conditions are not expected to be satisfied. Unless a grantee has been authorized, 
and elects, to settle PSUs in cash, we intend to settle these awards with SVS purchased in the open market by a broker or 
issued from treasury. 

Deferred Share Units (DSUs):

The  compensation  of  our  Board  of  Directors  is  comprised  of  annual  Board  and  Board  Chair  retainer  fees,  annual 
standing  Board  committee  Chair  retainer  fees  (where  applicable),  and  travel  fees  (collectively,  Annual  Fees)  payable  in 
quarterly  installments  in  arrears.*  Directors  must  elect  to  receive  0%,  25%  or  50%  of  their  Annual  Fees  in  cash,  with  the 
balance in DSUs, until such director satisfies the requirements of the Company's Director Share Ownership Guidelines. Once 
a director has satisfied such requirements, the director may then elect to receive 0%, 25% or 50% of their Annual Fees in 
cash, with the balance either in DSUs or in RSUs (if no election is made, 100% of such director's Annual Fees will be paid in 
DSUs). The number of DSUs or RSUs we grant is determined by dividing the elected percentage of the dollar value of the 
Annual Fees earned in the quarter by the closing price of our SVS on the NYSE on the last business day of such quarter (in 
the  case  of  DSUs)  or  the  trading  day  preceding  the  date  of  grant  (in  the  case  of  RSUs).  Each  DSU  represents  the  right  to 
receive one SVS or an equivalent value in cash after the individual ceases to serve as a director, and is neither an employee of 
the Company, nor a director or employee of any corporation that does not deal at arm's length with the Company (Retires). 
DSUs granted prior to January 1, 2007 may be settled with SVS issued from treasury or purchased in the open market, or 
with cash (at the discretion of the Company). DSUs granted after January 1, 2007 may only be settled with SVS purchased in 
the open market, or with cash (at the discretion of the Company). RSUs granted to directors vest ratably over a three-year 
period and are governed by the terms of our Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). Each vested RSU entitles the holder thereof 
to one SVS; however, if permitted by the Company under the terms of the grant, a director may elect to receive a payment of 
cash  in  lieu  of  SVS.  Unvested  RSUs  vest  immediately  on  the  date  the  director  Retires.  We  expense  the  cost  of  director 
compensation through SG&A in our consolidated statement of operations in the period the services are rendered.

*  Mr. Popatia is an officer of Onex Corporation (Onex) and does not receive compensation as a director of the Company; however, Onex 
receives compensation for providing his services as a director, payable in DSUs in equal quarterly installments in arrears. See note 17.

(m) 

Deferred financing costs:

Deferred financing costs consist of costs relating to the establishment or amendment of our credit facility (including 
in  connection  with  subsequent  security  arrangements).  We  defer  financing  costs  related  to  our  revolving  facility  as  other 
assets on our consolidated balance sheet, and amortize these costs in our consolidated statement of operations on a straight-
line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  revolving  facility  (or  the  remainder  of  the  term  for  amendments  or  subsequent  security 
arrangements). We record financing costs relating to the issuance of our term loans as a reduction to the cost of the related 
debt  (see  note  11),  which  we  amortize  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method 
over the term of the related debt or when the debt is retired, if earlier.

(n) 

Income taxes: 

Our income tax expense for a reporting period is comprised of current and deferred income taxes. Current income 
taxes  and  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations,  except  to  the  extent  that  they 
relate  to  items  recognized  in  OCI  or  directly  in  equity,  in  which  case  they  are  recognized  in  OCI  or  directly  in  equity, 
respectively. 

In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain until 
we  resolve  it  with  the  relevant  tax  authority,  which  may  take  many  years.  The  final  tax  outcome  of  these  matters  may  be 
different  from  the  estimates  management  originally  made  in  determining  our  tax  provision.  Management  periodically 
evaluates  the  positions  taken  in  our  tax  returns  where  applicable  tax  rules  are  subject  to  interpretation.  We  establish 
provisions related to tax uncertainties where appropriate, based on our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be paid to 
or  received  from  the  tax  authorities.  We  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  relating  to  tax  uncertainties  in  current 
income  tax  expense.  The  various  judgments  and  estimates  used  by  management  in  establishing  provisions  related  to  tax 
uncertainties can significantly affect the amounts we recognize in our consolidated financial statements.

F-18

 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

We  use  the  liability  method  of  accounting  for  deferred  income  taxes.  Under  this  method,  we  recognize  deferred 
income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  future  income  tax  consequences  attributable  to  temporary  differences  between  the 
financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, and on unused tax losses 
and  tax  credit  carryforwards.  We  measure  deferred  income  taxes  using  tax  rates  and  laws  that  have  been  enacted  or 
substantively  enacted  at  the  reporting  date  and  that  we  expect  will  apply  when  the  related  deferred  income  tax  asset  is 
realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. We recognize deferred income tax assets to the extent we believe it is 
probable,  based  on  management’s  estimates,  that  future  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  the  deductible 
temporary differences as well as unused tax losses and tax credit carryforwards can be utilized. Estimates of future taxable 
profit in different tax jurisdictions are an area of estimation uncertainty. We review our deferred income tax assets at each 
reporting date and reduce them to the extent we determine it is no longer probable that we will realize the related tax benefits. 
Unrecognized  deferred  tax  assets  are  reassessed  at  each  reporting  date  and  recognized  to  the  extent  that  it  has  become 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. We recognize the effect of a change in 
income tax rates in the period of enactment or substantive enactment.

We do not recognize deferred income taxes if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill, or for temporary 
differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and 
that  affects  neither  accounting  nor  taxable  profit  or  loss.  We  also  do  not  recognize  deferred  income  taxes  on  temporary 
differences  relating  to  investments  in  subsidiaries  to  the  extent  we  are  able  to  control  the  timing  of  the  reversal  of  the 
temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

During  each  period,  we  record  current  income  tax  expense  or  recovery  based  on  taxable  income  earned  or  loss 
incurred  in  each  tax  jurisdiction  where  we  operate,  and  for  any  adjustments  to  taxes  payable  in  respect  of  previous  years, 
using tax laws that are enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

(o) 

Financial assets and financial liabilities:

We recognize financial assets and financial liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently measure these at either 
fair  value  or  amortized  cost  based  on  their  classification  as  described  below.  Also  see  note  2(q),  “Impairment  of  financial 
assets.”

Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL):

Financial assets and any financial liabilities that we purchase or incur, respectively, with the intention of generating 
earnings in the near term, and derivatives other than cash flow hedges, are classified as FVTPL. This category includes short-
term  investments  in  money  market  funds  (if  applicable)  that  we  group  with  cash  equivalents,  and  derivative  assets  and 
derivative  liabilities  that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting.  For  investments  that  we  classify  as  FVTPL,  we  initially 
recognize  such  financial  assets  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  fair  value,  and  recognize  subsequent  changes  in  our 
consolidated statement of operations (unless they relate to effective hedging relationships for accounting purposes, in which 
case  the  subsequent  changes  are  recorded  in  OCI).  See  note  2(p).  We  expense  transaction  costs  related  to  financial 
instruments  classified  as  FVTPL  as  incurred  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  We  do  not  currently  hold  any 
liabilities designated as FVTPL. 

Amortized cost:

Financial assets that we hold with the intention of collecting the contractual cash flows (in the form of payment of 
principal  and  related  interest)  are  measured  at  amortized  cost,  and  include  our  A/R,  term  deposits  and  non-customer 
receivables.  We  initially  recognize  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  fair  value  plus 
directly  attributable  transaction  costs,  and  subsequently  measure  these  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest  rate 
method, less any impairment losses. Financial liabilities that are not classified as FVTPL include our accounts payable (A/P), 
the majority of our accrued liabilities and certain other provisions, as well as borrowings under our credit facility, including 
our term loans. We initially recognize the carrying amount of such liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet at fair value 
plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of such liabilities. These financial liabilities are measured at 
amortized cost subsequent to initial recognition.

F-19

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

(p) 

Derivatives and hedge accounting:

We  enter  into  forward  exchange  and  swap  contracts  to  hedge  the  cash  flow  risk  associated  with  firm  purchase 
commitments and forecasted transactions in foreign currencies that we consider to be highly probable, and to hedge foreign-
currency  denominated  balances.  We  use  estimates  to  forecast  future  cash  flows  and  the  future  financial  position  of  net 
monetary assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. We enter into interest rate swap agreements to mitigate the 
interest rate risk on a portion of our term loan borrowings. We apply hedge accounting to those hedge relationships that are 
considered effective. Management assesses the effectiveness of hedges by comparing actual outcomes against our estimates 
on  a  regular  basis.  Subsequent  revisions  in  estimates  of  future  cash  flow  forecasts,  if  significant,  may  result  in  the 
discontinuation of hedge accounting for that hedge. We do not enter into derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

At the inception of a hedging relationship, we formally document the relationship between our hedging instrument 
and the hedged item, as well as our risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking the various hedge transactions. 
Our process includes linking all derivatives to specific assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet or to specific 
firm commitments or forecasted transactions. We also formally assess, both at the hedge’s inception and at the end of each 
quarter, whether the derivatives used in hedged transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the 
hedged items. We record the gain or loss from these forward exchange and swap contracts in the same line item where the 
underlying exposures are recognized in our consolidated statement of operations. 

Forward exchange and swap contracts that are not effective hedges for accounting purposes are marked to market 
each period, resulting in a gain or loss in our consolidated statement of operations. We measure all derivative contracts at fair 
value on our consolidated balance sheet. The majority of our derivative assets and liabilities arise from the foreign currency 
forward and swap contracts and interest rate swaps that we designate as cash flow hedges. In a cash flow hedge, we defer the 
changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative, to the extent effective, in accumulated OCI until we recognize the hedged 
item  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Any  cash  flow  hedge  ineffectiveness  is  recognized  in  our  consolidated 
statement of operations immediately. For hedging instruments that we discontinue before the end of the original hedge term, 
we  amortize  the  unrealized  hedge  gain  or  loss  in  accumulated  OCI  to  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  over  the 
remaining term of the hedging relationship or when the hedged item is recognized in net income, if this occurs prior to the 
end of the original term of the hedging relationship. If the hedged item ceases to exist before the end of the original hedge 
term,  we  recognize  the  unrealized  hedge  gain  or  loss  in  accumulated  OCI  immediately  in  our  consolidated  statement  of 
operations. For our current foreign currency forward and swap cash flow hedges, the majority of the underlying expenses we 
hedge  are  for  inventory,  labour  and  facility  costs,  which  are  included  in  cost  of  sales  in  our  consolidated  statement 
of operations. For our interest rate swap agreements, the underlying interest expenses that we hedge are included in finance 
costs in our consolidated statement of operations.

We value our derivative assets and liabilities based on inputs that are either readily available in public markets or 
derived  from  information  available  in  public  markets.  The  inputs  we  use  include  discount  rates,  forward  exchange  rates, 
interest rate yield curves and volatility, and credit risk adjustments. Changes in these inputs can cause significant volatility in 
the fair value of our financial instruments.

(q)

Impairment of financial assets:

We review financial assets for impairment at each reporting date. Financial assets are deemed to be impaired when 
objective evidence resulting from one or more events subsequent to the initial recognition of the asset indicates the estimated 
future cash flows of the asset have decreased. We use a forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) model in determining our 
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  as  it  relates  to  trade  receivables,  contract  assets  (under  IFRS  15,  Revenue  from  Contracts 
with Customers), and other financial assets. Our allowance is based on historical experience, and includes consideration of 
the  aging  of  the  balances,  the  customer's  creditworthiness,  current  economic  conditions,  expectation  of  bankruptcies,  and 
political and economic volatility in the markets/location of our customers, among other factors. We measure an impairment 
loss  as  the  excess  of  the  carrying  amount  over  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  discounted  using  the 
financial  asset’s  original  discount  rate,  and  we  recognize  this  loss  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  A  financial 
asset is written-off or written-down to its net realizable value as soon as it is determined to be impaired. We adjust previous 
write-downs to reflect changes in estimates or actual experience.

F-20

 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

(r) 

Revenue and deferred investment costs:

We derive the majority of our revenue from the sale of electronic products we manufacture and services we provide 
to  customer  specifications.  We  recognize  revenue  from  the  sale  of  products  and  services  rendered  when  our  performance 
obligations have been satisfied or when the associated control over the products has passed to the customer and no material 
uncertainties  remain  as  to  the  collection  of  our  receivables.  Where  the  products  are  custom-made  to  meet  a  customer's 
specific requirements, and such customer is obligated to compensate us for the work performed to date, we recognize revenue 
over time as production progresses to completion, or as services are rendered. We generally estimate revenue for our work in 
progress  based  on  costs  incurred  to  date  plus  a  reasonable  profit  margin  for  eligible  products  for  which  we  do  not  have 
alternative uses. For other contracts that do not qualify for revenue recognition over time, we recognize revenue at the point 
in time where control is passed to the customer, which is generally upon shipment when no further performance obligation 
remains  except  for  our  standard  manufacturing  or  service  warranties.  We  apply  significant  estimates,  judgment  and 
assumptions  in  interpreting  our  customer  contracts,  determining  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  and  measuring  work  in 
progress.  As  our  invoices  are  typically  issued  at  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  final  products  to  the  customers,  the  earlier 
recognition of revenue on certain custom-made products has resulted in unbilled contract assets which we include in A/R on 
our consolidated balance sheet. 

We record certain investment costs, comprised of contract acquisition or fulfillment costs, to the extent we consider 
the  recoverability  of  these  costs  probable,  in  other  current  and  non-current  assets  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.  We 
subsequently amortize these investment costs over the projected period of expected future economic benefits, or as recoveries 
are realized, from the new contracts. We monitor these deferred costs for potential impairment on a regular basis.

(s) 

Government subsidies:

We  receive  governmental  subsidies,  grants  and  credits  (collectively,  Subsidies),  from  time  to  time  related  to 
operating  expenditures  or  equipment  purchases.  We  recognize  such  Subsidies  when  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  we 
qualify  for,  and  have  complied  with  the  conditions  of,  the  Subsidy,  and  that  the  Subsidy  will  be  received.  If  we  receive  a 
Subsidy but cannot reasonably assure that we have complied with its conditions, we will defer recognition of the Subsidy and 
record  a  liability  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  until  the  conditions  are  fulfilled.  For  Subsidies  that  relate  to  operating 
expenditures, we recognize the Subsidy as a reduction to the expenditure that the Subsidy was intended to offset, in the period 
the cost is incurred or when the conditions are fulfilled if they were not met when the costs were incurred. For Subsidies that 
relate to the purchase of equipment, we reduce the cost of the asset in the period the cost is incurred or when the conditions 
are fulfilled if they were not met when the costs were incurred, and we calculate amortization on the net amount. See note 23. 

3. 

ACQUISITIONS:

On November 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the shares of PCI Private Limited (PCI), a fully 
integrated  design,  engineering  and  manufacturing  solutions  provider  with  five  manufacturing  and  design  facilities  across 
Asia.  The  agreement  governing  the  acquisition  of  PCI  includes  a  customary  post-closing  net  working  capital  adjustment 
(WCA). The purchase price for PCI was $314.7, net of $11.4 of cash acquired, and including a preliminary net WCA (which 
is  subject  to  finalization  in  the  first  quarter  of  2022).  The  purchase  price  was  funded  with  a  combination  of  cash  and 
borrowings of $220.0 under the revolving portion of our credit facility (see note 11).

Details of our preliminary purchase price allocation in the year of acquisition are as follows:

F-21

CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Accounts receivable and other current assets   ..................................................................................................... $ 

Inventories    ..........................................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment   ............................................................................................................................

Customer intangible assets    .................................................................................................................................

Other non-current assets     .....................................................................................................................................

Goodwill     .............................................................................................................................................................

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities    ............................................................................................................

Other current liabilities   .......................................................................................................................................

Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities   ........................................................................................

$ 

PCI 

68.9 

83.6 

22.8 

173.4 

6.9 

126.0 

(121.3) 

(8.1) 

(37.5) 

314.7 

Acquired assets and liabilities are recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at their fair values as of the date of 
acquisition. We expect to finalize our purchase price allocation by the end of the first quarter of 2022, once the WCA has 
been finalized, and the work of third-party consultants in estimating the fair values of acquired intangible assets (customer 
intangible assets) has been completed.

Had  the  acquisition  occurred  on  January  1,  2021,  PCI  would  have  contributed  less  than  10%  to  our  consolidated 

revenue and net earnings for 2021. 

Newly-recognized customer intangible assets from the acquisition will be amortized on a straight line basis over an 
estimated  useful  life  of  10  years.  As  a  result,  our  amortization  of  intangible  assets  will  increase  by  approximately  $17 
annually. Goodwill from the acquisition arose primarily from specific knowledge and capabilities of the acquired workforce 
and expected synergies from the combination of our operations. Such goodwill is attributable to our ATS segment and is not 
tax deductible. 

We  engaged  third-party  consultants  to  provide  valuations  of  certain  inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment  and 
intangible assets in connection with our acquisition of PCI. The fair value of the acquired tangible assets was measured based 
on  their  value  in-use,  by  applying  the  market  (sales  comparison,  brokers'  quotes),  cost  or  replacement  cost,  or  the  income 
(discounted cash flow) approach, as deemed appropriate. The valuation of the intangible assets by the third-party consultants 
will be primarily based on the income approach using a discounted cash flow model and forecasts based on management's 
subjective estimates and assumptions. Various Level 2 and 3 data inputs of the fair value measurement hierarchy (defined in 
note 20) were (and will be) used in the valuation of the foregoing assets.       

We recorded Acquisition Costs (defined in note 15) of $7.3 during 2021, including $4.8 related to our acquisition of 
PCI, offset in part by a $1.2 release of certain indirect tax liabilities previously recorded in connection with our acquisition of 
Impakt Holdings, LLC (Impakt). We recorded $0.2 of Acquisition Costs in 2020 related to potential acquisitions, and $3.9 of 
Acquisition  Costs  in  2019  (consisting  of  $1.7  of  costs  related  to  potential  acquisitions  and  $2.2  of  charges  related  to  the 
subsequent re-measurement of indemnification assets recorded in connection with our Impakt acquisition). See note 15(e).

In 2019, we recorded purchase price adjustments totaling $2.7 related to acquisitions completed in 2018 (Atrenne 
Integrated Solutions, Inc. (Atrenne) and Impakt). There were no purchase price adjustments related to such acquisitions in 
2020 or 2021.

4. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

A/R sales program and supplier financing programs (SFPs):

Our  previous  agreement  (Prior  Program)  to  sell  up  to  $250.0  in  A/R  on  an  uncommitted  basis  (subject  to  pre-
determined  limits  by  customer)  to  two  third-party  banks  was  scheduled  to  expire  in  November  2019,  but  was  extended  to 
January 15, 2020 pursuant to its terms, at which time it expired. Based on a review of our then-requirements, we reduced the 
sales program limit from $250.0 to $200.0 during the extension period. 

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

To  replace  the  Prior  Program,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  in  March  2020  with  a  third-party  bank  to  sell  up  to 
$300.0 in A/R on an uncommitted basis, subject to pre-determined limits by customer. This one-year agreement provides for 
automatic annual one-year extensions, and was so extended in each of March 2021 and March 2022. This agreement may be 
terminated  at  any  time  by  the  bank  or  by  us  upon  3  months’  prior  notice,  or  by  the  bank  upon  specified  defaults.  We  are 
required to comply with covenants, including those relating to the fulfillment of payment obligations and restrictions on the 
sale, assignment or creation of liens, with respect to A/R sold under this agreement. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 
2020,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants.  Under  our  A/R  sales  programs,  we  continue  to  collect  cash  from  our 
customers and remit amounts collected to the bank weekly.

On  November  1,  2021,  upon  consummation  of  our  acquisition  of  PCI,  we  commenced  participation  in  an  SFP 
pertaining to a PCI customer. As a result, as of December 31, 2021, we participated in three SFPs (one with a CCS segment 
customer, and two with ATS segment customers), pursuant to which we sell A/R from the relevant customer to third-party 
banks on an uncommitted basis. The SFPs have indefinite terms and may be terminated at any time by the customer or by us 
upon specified prior notice. We utilize the SFPs to substantially offset the effect of extended payment terms required by these 
customers  on  our  working  capital  for  the  period.  Under  our  SFPs,  the  third-party  banks  collect  the  relevant  receivables 
directly from the customers. 

At December 31, 2021, we sold $45.8 of A/R under our current A/R sales program (December 31, 2020 — $119.7) 
and $98.0 of A/R under our three SFPs, including $21.5 of A/R under the PCI customer's SFP (December 31, 2020 — $65.3 
under two SFPs).

The A/R sold under each of these programs are de-recognized from our A/R balance, and the proceeds are reflected 
as cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated statement of cash flows.  Upon sale, we assign the rights to the  
A/R to the banks. A/R are sold net of discount charges, which are recorded as finance costs in our consolidated statement of 
operations.

Contract assets:

At  December  31,  2021,  our  A/R  balance  included  $253.5  of  contract  assets  recognized  as  revenue  in  accordance 

with our revenue recognition accounting policy (December 31, 2020 — $231.8).

5. 

INVENTORIES:

Inventories are comprised of the following:

December 31

2020

2021

Raw materials     ......................................................................................................................... $ 
Work in progress  .....................................................................................................................
Finished goods     ........................................................................................................................

956.2  $ 

1,585.8 

71.5 
63.8 

71.2 
40.0 

$ 

1,091.5  $ 

1,697.0 

We  record  inventory  provisions,  net  of  valuation  recoveries,  in  cost  of  sales.  Inventory  provisions  reflect  write-
downs in the value of our inventory to net realizable value, and valuation recoveries primarily reflect realized gains on the 
disposition of previously written-down inventory. During 2021, we recorded net inventory provisions of $4.9, consisting of 
$7.2 in inventory provisions pertaining primarily to our ATS segment, offset in part by $2.3 of valuation recoveries in our 
CCS segment. During 2020, we recorded net inventory provisions of $17.0, split approximately evenly between our CCS and 
ATS  segments.  Our  net  inventory  provisions  for  2019  of  $4.1  were  comprised  of  $9.9  in  provisions  (approximately  two-
thirds  of  which  related  to  specified  aged  inventory  in  our  ATS  segment),  which  were  partially  offset  by  $5.8  of  valuation 
recoveries  (split  relatively  equally  between  our  segments)  recorded  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019.  We  regularly  review  the 
estimates and assumptions we use to value our inventory through analysis of historical performance, current conditions and 
future expectations.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

We  receive  cash  deposits  from  certain  of  our  customers  primarily  to  cover  the  impact  of  higher  inventory  levels 
carried  due  to  the  current  constrained  materials  environment,  and  to  reduce  risks  related  to  excess  and  obsolete  inventory. 
Such deposits as of December 31, 2021 totaled $434.0 (December 31, 2020 — $174.7), and were recorded in accrued and 
other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet.

6. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Property, plant and equipment are comprised of the following:

Land   .......................................................................................................... $ 
Buildings including improvements    ..........................................................

Machinery and equipment    ........................................................................

36.2  $ 

12.0  $ 

360.6 
721.8 

210.2 
563.9 

2020

Accumulated 
Depreciation and 
Impairment

Cost

$ 

1,118.6  $ 

786.1  $ 

2021

Accumulated 
Depreciation and 
Impairment

Cost

Land     ......................................................................................................... $ 
Buildings including improvements  ..........................................................

Machinery and equipment     .......................................................................

35.2  $ 

12.0  $ 

383.5 
739.7 

228.0 
579.7 

$ 

1,158.4  $ 

819.7  $ 

Net Book 
Value

24.2 

150.4 
157.9 

332.5 

Net Book 
Value

23.2 

155.5 
160.0 

338.7 

The  following  table  details  the  changes  to  the  net  book  value  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  for  the  years 

indicated:

Balance — January 1, 2020      ...........................................................
Additions .......................................................................................

Depreciation  ..................................................................................
Write-down of assets and other disposals(i) 
Foreign exchange and other   ..........................................................

   ..................................

Balance — December 31, 2020  .....................................................
Additions .......................................................................................

Acquisitions through business combination     .................................
Depreciation  ..................................................................................
Write-down of assets and other disposals (i)
Foreign exchange and other   ..........................................................
Balance — December 31, 2021  .....................................................

   ..................................

3

Note

Land

Buildings 
including 
Improvements

Machinery 
and 
Equipment

Total

$  23.6  $ 

154.6  $ 

176.8  $ 355.0 

  — 

  — 

  — 
0.6 

24.2 
  — 
  — 

  — 

  — 

(1.0)   
$  23.2  $ 

16.9 

34.5 

  51.4 

(20.9)   

(47.9)    (68.8) 

(0.9)   
0.7 

150.4 
11.0 
17.8 

(22.0)   

(0.8)   

(0.9)   
155.5  $ 

(4.3)   
(1.2)   

(5.2) 
0.1 

157.9 
47.2 
5.0 

  332.5 
  58.2 
  22.8 

(46.8)    (68.8) 

(3.1)   

(3.9) 

(0.2)   

(2.1) 
160.0  $ 338.7 

(i) 

Includes  the  write-down  of  equipment  primarily  related  to  disengaged  programs  in  2020  and  2021  (recorded  in  each  case  as  restructuring 
charges), as described in note 15(a).

We  review  the  carrying  amount  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or the related CGU or CGUs) may not be 
recoverable. If any such indication exists, we test the carrying amount of such assets or CGUs for impairment. We did not 
identify any triggering event during the course of 2019 through 2021 indicating that the carrying amount of such assets or 
related CGUs may not be recoverable. 

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

7. 

RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS: 

The following table details the changes to the net book value of ROU assets during the periods shown: 

Land

Buildings

Other

Total

  ..........................................................................

Balance — January 1, 2020     ................................................. $ 
Additions (i)
Depreciation     ........................................................................
Write-down of assets and lease terminations(ii)
Foreign exchange and other     ................................................  
Balance — December 31, 2020     ...........................................
Additions(i)
    ..........................................................................
Additions through business combination (note 3)    ..............  
Depreciation     ........................................................................
Write-down of assets and lease terminations(ii)
Foreign exchange and other     ................................................

   ...................

   ...................

Balance — December 31, 2021     ........................................... $ 

7.0  $ 

94.7  $ 

0.7 

(0.6)   

— 
— 
7.1 

0.1 
4.3 
(0.5)   

— 

(0.3)   

10.7  $ 

26.9 

(29.2)   

(1.1)   
0.4 
91.7 

42.1 
0.8 

(31.0)   

(0.3)   

(2.3)   

2.4  $ 

0.3 

(0.5)   

— 
— 
2.2 

0.4 
— 

(0.5)   

— 

— 

104.1 

27.9 

(30.3) 

(1.1) 
0.4 
101.0 

42.6 
5.1 

(32.0) 

(0.3) 

(2.6) 

113.8 

101.0  $ 

2.1  $ 

(i) 

(ii) 

Additions represent new leases and lease renewals as result of extension of lease terms. Additions for 2021 were reduced by $0.4 (2020 —  $4.2) 
in tenant improvement allowances that we received in connection with a new building lease for one of our Atrenne sites. 

During  2021,  we  recorded  $0.3  (2020  —  $1.1)  (in  each  case  as  restructuring  charges)  to  write  down  certain  ROU  assets  in  connection  with 
restructuring actions pertaining to vacated properties, resulting in part from certain sublet recoveries that were lower than the carrying value of 
the related leases (Sublet Losses). See note 15(a). 

We  review  the  carrying  amount  of  ROU  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
(triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or the related CGU or CGUs) may not be recoverable. If 
any  such  indication  exists,  we  test  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets  or  CGUs  for  impairment.  We  did  not  identify  any 
triggering event during the course of 2019, 2020 or 2021 indicating that the carrying amount of our ROU assets or related 
CGUs  may  not  be  recoverable.  However,  we  recorded  non-cash  restructuring  charges  in  such  years  to  write-down  certain 
ROU assets related to vacated properties (resulting in part from Sublet Losses, defined in footnote (ii) above) in connection 
with our restructuring activities, as described in footnote (ii) above and note 15(a). 

8. 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following:

2020

Accumulated 
Amortization 
and Impairment

Net Book 
Value

Cost

Goodwill   ................................................................................................ $ 

254.0  $ 

55.4  $ 

198.6 

Intellectual property    .............................................................................. $ 
Other intangible assets    ..........................................................................

Computer software assets    ......................................................................

111.3  $ 

111.3  $ 

503.2 
294.4 

282.6 
285.6 

$ 

908.9  $ 

679.5  $ 

— 

220.6 
8.8 

229.4 

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

2021

Accumulated 
Amortization 
and Impairment

Cost

Net Book 
Value

Goodwill   ................................................................................................ $ 

379.6  $ 

55.4  $ 

324.2 

Intellectual property    .............................................................................. $ 
Other intangible assets    ..........................................................................

Computer software assets    ......................................................................

111.3  $ 

111.3  $ 

676.6 
298.8 

305.1 
288.3 

$ 

1,086.7  $ 

704.7  $ 

— 

371.5 
10.5 

382.0 

The  following  table  details  the  changes  to  the  net  book  value  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  for  the  years 

indicated:

Balance — January 1, 2020    .........................................
Additions      ....................................................................

Amortization   ...............................................................
Foreign exchange and other   ........................................

Balance — December 31, 2020     ...................................
Additions      ....................................................................

Acquisitions through business combination      ..............
Amortization   ...............................................................

3

Foreign exchange and other   ........................................

Note

Goodwill

Other 
Intangible 
Assets

Computer 
Software 
Assets

Total

$ 

198.3  $ 

242.3  $ 

9.0  $ 

449.6 

— 
— 
0.3 

198.6 

— 
126.0 

— 

(0.4)   

— 
(21.8)   
0.1 

220.6 

— 
173.4 

(22.5)   

— 

3.5 
(3.8)   
0.1 

8.8 

5.0 
— 

(3.0)   

(0.3)   

3.5 
(25.6) 
0.5 

428.0 

5.0 
299.4 

(25.5) 

(0.7) 

Balance — December 31, 2021     ...................................

$ 

324.2  $ 

371.5  $ 

10.5  $ 

706.2 

We review the carrying amounts of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or the related CGU or CGUs) may not be 
recoverable. If any such indication exists, we test the carrying amount of such assets or CGUs for impairment. No triggering 
events occurred during 2019 to 2021. However, see note 15(a) below for a description of write-downs of specified equipment 
and ROU assets during such period in connection with our restructuring activities. In addition to an assessment of triggering 
events during the year, we conduct an Annual Impairment Assessment of CGUs with goodwill in the fourth quarter of each 
year. We recorded no impairment charges against goodwill or intangible assets during 2019 to 2021 as a result of our 2019, 
2020 or 2021 Annual Impairment Assessments. 

For our Annual Impairment Assessments, we use cash flow projections based primarily on our plan for the following 
year,  our  three-year  strategic  plan,  and  other  financial  projections.  Our  plans,  which  are  primarily  based  on  financial 
projections  submitted  by  our  subsidiaries  along  with  input  from  our  customer  teams,  are  reviewed  by  various  levels  of 
management as part of our annual planning cycle. Our three-year strategic plan and other financial projections were presented 
to  our  Board  of  Directors  in  July  2021.  Our  plan  for  2022  was  approved  by  management  and  presented  to  our  Board  of 
Directors in December 2021. 

Determining  the  recoverable  amount  of  a  CGU  is  subjective  and  requires  management  to  exercise  significant 
judgment  in  estimating,  among  other  things,  future  growth,  profitability,  and  discount  and  terminal  growth  rates.  The 
assumptions  used  in  our  2021  Annual  Impairment  Assessment  were  determined  based  on  past  experiences  adjusted  for 
expected  changes  in  future  conditions.  Where  applicable,  we  also  engaged  independent  brokers  to  obtain  market  prices  to 
estimate  our  real  property  and  other  asset  values.  For  our  2021  Annual  Impairment  Assessment,  we  used  cash  flow 
projections over a 5-year period, and applied a perpetuity growth rate of 2% thereafter (consistent with long-term inflation 
guidance).

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Our  goodwill  balance  at  December  31,  2021  was  $324.2  (December  31,  2020  —  $198.6;  December  31,  2019  — 
$198.3). At December 31, 2021, our Capital Equipment CGU consisted of $112.4 of goodwill attributable to our November 
2018  acquisition  of  Impakt  and  $19.5  attributable  to  prior  acquisitions;  our  A&D  CGU  consisted  of  goodwill  of  $3.7 
attributable  to  our  November  2016  acquisition  of  Lorenz,  Inc.  and  Suntek  Manufacturing  Technologies,  SA  de  CV  (Karel 
Manufacturing); our Atrenne CGU consisted of goodwill of $62.6 attributable to our April 2018 acquisition of Atrenne; and 
our  PCI  CGU  consisted  of  goodwill  of  $126.0  attributable  to  our  November  2021  acquisition  of  PCI  (based  on  our 
preliminary assessment, described in note 3).

We used the following assumptions for purposes of our Annual Impairment Assessments of goodwill for the periods 

shown: 

Assumption

Capital Equipment CGU

A&D CGU

Atrenne CGU

PCI CGU

Annual revenue 
growth rate    .........

2021 — 10% over 5 year 
period;    
2020 — 13% over 5 year 
period;         
2019 — 13% over 5 year 
period

2021 — 11% over 5 year period; 
2020 — 8% over 5 year period;  
2019 — modest growth over 5 
year period 

2021 — 19% over 5 year 
period; 
2020 — 9% over 5 year 
period; 
2019 — 4% over 5 year 
period

2021 — 9% over 5 
year period; 
2020 — N/A;
2019 — N/A

Average annual 
CGU margins 
over the 5-year 
period    ................

2021 — above total company 
margin(i);   
2020 — above total company 
margin(i);                                          
2019 — above total company 
margin(i)

2021 — slightly above total 
company margin(i);
2020 — slightly above total 
company margin(i);                
2019 — slightly above total 
company margin(i)

2021 — above total 
company margin(i);
2020 — above total 
company margin(i);
2019 — above total 
company margin(i)

2021 — above total 
company margin(i);
2020 — N/A;
2019 — N/A

Discount rate (ii)

     ..

2021 — 11%;
2020 — 12%;
2019 — 13%

2021 — 11%;
2020 — 11%;                                                
2019 — 10%

2021 — 10%;
2020 — 10%;                           
2019 — 10%

2021 — 15%;
2020 — N/A;
2019 — N/A

(i)      Total company margin is defined as total segment income as a percentage of total revenue. See note 25.

(ii)     For 2021, the pre-tax discount rate by CGU is as follows: Capital Equipment CGU — 14%; A&D CGU — 13%; Atrenne CGU — 13%; and PCI CGU 

— 18%.

Future  growth  in  revenue  and  margins  for  these  CGUs  is  supported  by  new  business  awarded  recently,  customer 
forecasts, assumptions for additional future program wins based on our current revenue pipeline, margin improvements based 
on  restructuring  actions  implemented,  growth  due  to  acquisitions  (if  included  in  a  CGU),  and  external  industry  outlooks. 
Assumptions for our Capital Equipment CGU for our 2021 Annual Impairment Assessment reflect the continued recovery of, 
and demand strength (including from new programs and market share gains) in our semiconductor business in 2021 (which is 
expected to continue). We have also assumed margin expansion for this CGU during the forecast period based on anticipated 
increased  productivity  driven  by  expected  additional  volumes.  Assumptions  for  our  Atrenne  CGU  for  our  2021  Annual 
Impairment  Assessment  reflect  an  expected  broad-based  market  recovery  from  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  as  well  as 
anticipated accelerated growth over the 5-year forecast period primarily in our defense business, resulting from expected new 
program wins following the investment in, and expansion of, a facility (opened in 2021) to accommodate additional capacity 
for  our  defense  customers  and  our  licensing  business.  Although  our  A&D  CGU  was  adversely  affected  by  COVID-19  in 
2021,  particularly  our  commercial  aerospace  business,  our  assumptions  for  this  CGU  for  our  2021  Annual  Impairment 
Assessment reflect industry expectations for a recovery of demand within the 5-year forecast period. The discount rate for our 
PCI CGU reflects the risks inherent in the PCI business.

Future events and changing market conditions may impact our assumptions as to prices, costs or other factors that 
may result in changes to our estimates of future cash flows. Failure to realize the assumed revenues at an appropriate profit 
margin of a CGU could result in impairment losses in such CGU in future periods.

F-27

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

9. 

OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

 Net pension assets    .......................................................................................................
Land rights      .................................................................................................................

Deferred investment costs     ..........................................................................................
Deferred financing costs  .............................................................................................
Other   ...........................................................................................................................

December 31

Note

2020

2021

18

$ 

5.6  $ 

9.3 
1.8 
1.5 
7.3 

5.1 

8.9 
2.4 
2.3 
6.5 

$ 

25.5  $ 

25.2 

10. 

PROVISIONS:

Our  provisions  include  restructuring,  warranty,  legal  and  other  provisions  (described  in  note  2(k)).  We  include 
details  of  our  restructuring  provision  in  note  15(a).  The  following  chart  details  the  changes  in  our  provisions  for  the  year 
indicated:

Restructuring Warranty

Legal (i)

Other(ii)

Total

Balance — December 31, 2020    .............................. $ 
Provisions    ..............................................................
Reversal of prior year provisions(iii) 
   ......................
Payments/usage  ......................................................

Accretion, foreign exchange and other     ..................

Current    ................................................................... $ 
Non-current(iv)    .....................................................
December 31, 2021   ................................................. $ 

4.7  $ 

28.8  $ 

0.8  $ 

8.9  $ 

10.3 

(0.5)   

(8.4)   

— 

11.9 

(7.0)   

(4.8)   

0.1 

6.1  $ 

10.2  $ 

— 

18.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.8  $ 

0.8  $ 

— 

0.7 

— 

(0.2)   

(0.2)   

9.2  $ 

—  $ 

9.2 

6.1  $ 

29.0  $ 

0.8  $ 

9.2  $ 

43.2 

22.9 

(7.5) 

(13.4) 

(0.1) 

45.1 

17.1 

28.0 

45.1 

Balance — December 31, 2021    .............................. $ 

6.1  $ 

29.0  $ 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

Legal represents our aggregate provisions recorded for various legal actions based on our estimates of the likely outcomes. 

Other represents our asset retirement obligations relating to properties that we currently lease. 

During  2021,  we  reversed  prior  year  warranty  provisions  primarily  as  a  result  of  expired  warranties  and  changes  in  estimated  costs  based  on 
historical experience. 

(iv) 

Non-current balances are included in provisions and other non-current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet.

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the appropriateness of our provisions, and may make adjustments to 

reflect actual experience or changes in our estimates.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

11. 

CREDIT FACILITIES AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS:

We  are  party  to  a  credit  agreement  with  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent,  and  the  other  lenders 
party thereto, which prior to the amendment described below, provided a term loan in the original principal amount of $350.0 
(Initial Term Loan) and a term loan in the original principal amount of $250.0 (First Incremental Term Loan), each of which 
was scheduled to mature in June 2025, and a $450.0 revolving credit facility (Revolver) that was scheduled to mature in June 
2023. On December 6, 2021, the credit agreement was amended (as so amended, the Credit Facility) primarily: (i) to provide 
a new term loan (Second Incremental Term Loan) in the original principal amount of $365.0 (all of which was drawn on the 
amendment date and used as described below); (ii) to increase the commitments under the Revolver to $600.0 and extend its 
maturity date (see below), (iii) to ease certain covenant restrictions; and (iv) to include specified LIBOR successor provisions 
(see note 20). The Initial Term Loan and the Second Incremental Term Loan are collectively referred to as the Term Loans.

The Initial Term Loan was unchanged by the December 2021 amendment to the Credit Facility, and continues to 
mature in June 2025. The Second Incremental Term Loan and the Revolver each mature on March 28, 2025, unless either (i) 
the Initial Term Loan has been prepaid or refinanced or (ii) commitments under the Revolver are available and have been 
reserved to repay the Initial Term Loan in full, in which case such obligations mature on December 6, 2026.

The  Second  Incremental  Term  Loan  requires  quarterly  principal  repayments  (commencing  March  31,  2022)  of 
$4.5625, and each of the Term Loans requires a lump sum repayment of the remainder outstanding at maturity. The Initial 
Term  Loan  required  quarterly  principal  repayments  of  $0.875,  and  the  First  Incremental  Term  Loan  required  quarterly 
principal  repayments  of  $0.625,  all  of  which  (in  each  case)  were  paid  by  the  end  of  the  first  half  of  2020.  We  are  also 
required to make annual prepayments of outstanding obligations under the Credit Facility (applied first to the Term Loans, 
then to the Revolver, in the manner set forth in the Credit Facility) ranging from 0% — 50% (based on a defined leverage 
ratio) of specified excess cash flow (ECF) for the prior fiscal year. A mandatory prepayment of $107.0 (ECF Amount) was 
required  and  paid  during  the  first  half  of  2020  based  on  this  provision.  No  such  prepayments  based  on  2020  ECF  were 
required in 2021, or will be required in 2022 based on 2021 ECF. In addition, prepayments of outstanding obligations under 
the Credit Facility (applied as described above) may also be required in the amount of specified net cash proceeds received 
above a specified annual threshold (including proceeds from the disposal of certain assets). No Credit Facility prepayments 
based on 2020 net cash proceeds were required in 2021, or will be required in 2022 based on 2021 net cash proceeds. Any 
outstanding  amounts  under  the  Revolver  are  due  at  maturity.  Except  under  specified  circumstances,  and  subject  to  the 
payment of breakage costs (if any), we are generally permitted to make voluntary prepayments of outstanding amounts under 
the Revolver and the Term Loans without any other premium or penalty. Repaid amounts on the Term Loans may not be re-
borrowed.

At  December  31,  2021,  the  aggregate  remaining  mandatory  principal  repayments  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  as 

follows (assuming no further mandatory principal repayments are required based on ECF or net cash proceeds):

Initial Term Loan     .......................................... $ 
Second Incremental Term Loan (i)

   ................. $ 

295.4  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

295.4  $ 

— 

365.0  $ 

18.25  $ 

18.25  $ 

18.25  $ 

18.25  $ 

292.0 

Total

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

(i)         This assumes that the conditions required for a December 2026 maturity date are satisfied.

The  Credit  Facility  has  an  accordion  feature  that  allows  us  to  increase  the  term  loans  and/or  revolving  loan 
commitments  thereunder  by  $150.0,  plus  an  unlimited  amount  to  the  extent  that  a  specified  leverage  ratio  on  a  pro  forma 
basis does not exceed specified limits, in each case on an uncommitted basis and subject to the satisfaction of certain terms 
and conditions. The Revolver also includes a $50.0 sub-limit for swing line loans, providing for short-term borrowings up to 
a  maximum  of  ten  business  days,  as  well  as  a  $150.0  sub-limit  for  letters  of  credit,  in  each  case  subject  to  the  overall 
Revolver  credit  limit.  The  Revolver  permits  us  and  certain  designated  subsidiaries  to  borrow  funds  (subject  to  specified 
conditions) for general corporate purposes, including for capital expenditures, certain acquisitions, and working capital needs.

F-29

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest, depending on the currency of the borrowing and our election for such 
currency, at LIBOR, Base Rate, Canadian Prime, an Alternative Currency Daily Rate, or an Alternative Currency Term Rate 
(each  as  defined  in  the  Credit  Facility)  plus  a  specified  margin.  The  margin  for  borrowings  under  the  Revolver  and  the 
Second Incremental Term Loan ranges from 1.50% to 2.25% for LIBOR borrowings and Alternative Currency borrowings, 
and from 0.50% to 1.25% for Base Rate and Canadian Prime borrowings, in each case depending on the rate we select and 
our consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility). Commitment fees range from 0.30% to 0.45% depending 
on  our  consolidated  leverage  ratio.  The  Initial  Term  Loan  currently  bears  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  2.125%.  The  Second 
Incremental Term Loan currently bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.0%. See note 20 for a description of the LIBOR successor 
provisions under the Credit Facility. Prior to the December 2021 Credit Facility amendment, the margin for borrowings under 
the Revolver ranged from 0.75% to 2.5%, commitment fees ranged from 0.35% to 0.50%, in each case depending on the rate 
we  selected  and  our  consolidated  leverage  ratio,  the  Initial  Term  Loan  bore  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  2.125%,  and  the  First 
Incremental  Term  Loan  bore  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  2.5%.  We  have  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  hedge 
against our exposures to the interest rate variability on a portion of our Term Loans.  See note 20 for further detail.

We are required to comply with certain restrictive covenants under the Credit Facility, including those relating to the 
incurrence  of  certain  indebtedness,  the  existence  of  certain  liens,  the  sale  of  certain  assets,  specified  investments  and 
payments,  sale  and  leaseback  transactions,  and  certain  financial  covenants  relating  to  a  defined  interest  coverage  ratio  and 
leverage ratio that are tested on a quarterly basis. Our Credit Facility also prohibits share repurchases for cancellation if our 
leverage ratio (as defined in such facility) exceeds a specified amount (Repurchase Restriction). At December 31, 2021 and 
December  31,  2020,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  restrictive  and  financial  covenants  under  the  Credit  Facility,  and  the 
Repurchase  Restriction  was  not  in  effect.  In  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  we  were  not  in  compliance  with  certain  restrictive 
covenants  related  to  the  Repurchase  Restriction.  These  defaults,  as  well  as  related  cross  defaults,  were  waived  in  October 
2019 (Waivers). Also see note 15(d) below.

The obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by us and certain specified subsidiaries. Subject to specified 
exemptions and limitations, all assets of the guarantors are pledged as security for the obligations under the Credit Facility. 
The Credit Facility contains customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing (and is not waived), 
the administrative agent may declare all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable, 
and may cancel the lenders’ commitments to make further advances thereunder. In the event of a payment or other specified 
defaults, outstanding obligations accrue interest at a specified default rate. No such defaults occurred during 2020 or 2021.

In the first quarter of 2021 (Q1 2021), we repaid an aggregate of $30.0 under the First Incremental Term Loan. On 
October 27, 2021, we borrowed $220.0 under the Revolver to fund a portion of the purchase price for our November 2021 
acquisition of PCI (see note 3). On December 6, 2021, upon receipt of the net proceeds from the $365.0 Second Incremental 
Term Loan, we repaid all remaining amounts outstanding under the First Incremental Term Loan ($145.0), terminating such 
loan, and repaid $215.0 of the $220.0 borrowed under the Revolver. On December 29, 2021, we repaid the remaining $5.0 
outstanding under the Revolver.

During the first quarter of 2020 (Q1 2020), we made the scheduled quarterly principal repayment of $0.875 under 
the Initial Term Loan, and also prepaid an aggregate of $60.0 under the First Incremental Term Loan. On April 27, 2020, we 
prepaid $47.0 under the Initial Term Loan. These two prepayments were first applied to all remaining scheduled quarterly 
principal repayments of the Initial Term Loan and First Incremental Term Loan prior to maturity, as applicable, and thereafter 
to remaining applicable principal amounts outstanding thereunder. These prepayments also represented payment in full of the 
ECF Amount. In June 2020, we prepaid an additional $1.5 under the Initial Term Loan and $12.5 under the First Incremental 
Term Loan. No further prepayments were required or made thereafter during 2020.

During 2019, we borrowed $48.0 under the Revolver, primarily to fund share repurchases in the first quarter of 2019 
(Q1 2019) (see note 12) and repaid an aggregate of $207.0 of the amount then-outstanding under the Revolver (including by 
use of $110.0 of the $113.0 in proceeds we received upon the completion of our 2019 Toronto real property sale (Toronto 
Proceeds)). We made scheduled principal repayments of $1.5 in each quarter of 2019 under the Initial Term Loan and First 
Incremental Term Loan.

F-30

 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Activity under our Credit Facility for the periods indicated is set forth below:

Revolver

Term loans

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2018     ................................................................... $ 

159.0 

$ 

598.3 

Amount borrowed in Q1 2019     ..............................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q1 2019    ...................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q2 2019    ...................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q3 2019    ...................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q4 2019    ...................................................................................................

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2019     ................................................................... $ 

Amount repaid in Q1 2020    ...................................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q2 2020    ...................................................................................................

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2020     ................................................................... $ 
Amount repaid in Q1 2021    ...................................................................................................

Amount borrowed in Q4 2021     ..............................................................................................

Amount repaid in Q4 2021    ...................................................................................................

48.0 

(110.0) 

(44.0) 

(53.0) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

$ 

$ 

220.0 

(220.0) 

Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2021     ................................................................... $ 

— 

$ 

— 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

592.3 

(60.9) 

(61.0) 

470.4 
(30.0) 

365.0 

(145.0) 

660.4 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  at  the  dates  shown:  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility,  excluding 
ordinary  course  letters  of  credit  (L/Cs);  notional  amounts  under  our  interest  rate  swaps,  outstanding  lease  obligations;  and 
information regarding outstanding L/Cs, surety bonds and overdraft facilities: 

Outstanding borrowings

December 31
2020

December 31
2021

Notional amounts under 
interest rate swaps (note 20) 
December 31
December 31
2021
2020

Borrowings under the Revolver (i)
Borrowings under the Term Loans (i)

   .......................................... $ 

Initial Term Loan  ............................................................... $ 
First Incremental Term Loan    .............................................
Second Incremental Term Loan    ........................................
Total  ................................................................................... $ 

Total borrowings under Credit Facility      ................................. $ 
Unamortized debt issuance costs related to Term Loans (i)
Lease obligations (ii)

     ....
   ................................................................

Total Credit Facility and lease obligations: ............................
Current portion    ....................................................................... $ 
Long-term portion   ..................................................................

$ 

L/Cs, surety bonds and overdraft facilities:
Outstanding L/Cs under the Revolver    .................................... $ 
Outstanding L/Cs and surety bonds outside the Revolver     .....
Total     ....................................................................................... $ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

295.4  $ 
175.0   
—   
470.4  $ 

470.4  $ 
(7.2)  
122.7   
585.9  $ 

99.8  $ 
486.1   
585.9  $ 

21.3  $ 
20.2   
41.5  $ 

295.4  $ 
— 
365.0 
660.4  $ 

175.0  $ 
100.0   
—   
275.0  $ 

100.0 
— 
100.0 
200.0 

660.4 
(4.6) 
138.6 
794.4 

51.5 
742.9 
794.4 

21.0 
27.1 
48.1 

Available uncommitted bank overdraft facilities  ................... $ 
Amounts outstanding under available uncommitted bank 
overdraft facilities    .................................................................. $ 

162.7  $ 

198.5 

—  $ 

— 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

(i) 

We  incur  debt  issuance  costs  upon  execution  and  amendment  of  the  Credit  Facility.  Debt  issuance  costs  incurred  in  2021  in 
connection with the Revolver totaling $2.2 ($0.3 in 2020; $1.1 in 2019) were deferred as other assets on our consolidated balance 
sheets and are amortized on a straight line basis over the term (or remaining term, as applicable) of the Revolver. Debt issuance 
costs incurred in 2021 in connection with our term loans totaling $1.8 (nil in 2020; $1.6 in 2019) were deferred as long-term debt 
on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  are  amortized  over  their  respective  terms  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method.  In 
December 2021, we accelerated the amortization of $2.6 of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the termination of the 
First Incremental Term Loan, which we recorded in other charges (see note 15).

(ii)   

Our  lease  obligations  above  represent  the  present  value  of  unpaid  lease  payments  which  have  been  discounted  using  our 
incremental  borrowing  rate  on  the  lease  commencement  dates.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  current  portion  of  our  lease 
obligations was $34.5 (2020 — $32.2) and the long-term portion was $104.1 (2020 — $90.5). 

At December 31, 2021, the contractual undiscounted cash flows for our lease obligations were as follows:

Years ending December 31
2022    ....................................................................................................................................... $ 
2023    .......................................................................................................................................
2024    .......................................................................................................................................
2025    .......................................................................................................................................
2026    .......................................................................................................................................
Thereafter       ..............................................................................................................................

$ 

Total 

40.4 
33.5 
21.2 
16.1 
12.8 
39.0 
163.0 

In addition to the lease obligations we recorded in our financial statements at December 31, 2021 (set forth under 
"Lease  obligations"  and  footnote  (ii)  in  the  table  above),  we  had  commitments  under  additional  real  property  leases  not 
recognized as liabilities as of such date because the relevant leases had not yet commenced. A description of, and minimum 
lease obligations under, these leases are disclosed in note 24.

Other lease related expenses that were recognized in the consolidated statement of operations are as follows: 

Year ended December 31

2019

2020

2021

Interest expense on lease obligations .......................................................................... $ 
Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease obligations  ........ $ 
Expenses relating to short-term leases or low-value leases  ........................................ $ 

6.6  $ 
0.7  $ 
4.6  $ 

6.1  $ 
0.8  $ 
3.7  $ 

6.6 
0.9 
1.5 

See note 16 for a discussion of finance costs.

12. 

CAPITAL STOCK:

We  are  authorized  to  issue  an  unlimited  number  of  SVS,  which  entitle  the  holder  to  one  vote  per  share,  and  an 
unlimited number of multiple voting shares (MVS), which entitle the holder to 25 votes per share. The SVS and MVS vote 
together  as  a  single  class  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  shareholders,  including  the  election  of  directors,  except  as 
otherwise required by law. The holders of the SVS and MVS are entitled to share ratably, as a single class, in any dividends 
declared subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred shares in respect of the payment of dividends. Each 
MVS is convertible at any time at the option of the holder thereof and automatically, under certain circumstances, into one 
SVS. We are also authorized to issue an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series. No preferred shares have 
been issued to date.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

(a) Capital transactions:

Number of shares (in millions)

SVS

MVS

Issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018  ........................................................................
Issued from treasury(i)
Cancelled under normal course issuer bid (NCIB)     .................................................................

      .............................................................................................................

Issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019  ........................................................................
Issued from treasury(i)
Cancelled under NCIB  ............................................................................................................

      .............................................................................................................

Issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020  ........................................................................
Issued from treasury(i)
Cancelled under NCIB  ............................................................................................................

      .............................................................................................................

Issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021  ........................................................................

117.7 

0.8 

(8.3)   

110.2 

0.3 

(0.0062)   

110.5 

0.03 

(4.37)   

106.1 

18.6 

— 

— 

18.6 

— 

— 

18.6 

— 

— 

18.6 

(i)  

In 2021, 0.02 million SVS were issued from treasury upon the exercise of stock options for aggregate cash proceeds of $0.2. No 
SVS were issued from treasury upon the exercise of stock options in either 2020 or 2019.  In 2021, we issued 0.01 million (2020 
— 0.3 million; 2019 — 0.8 million) SVS from treasury with an ascribed value of $0.1 (2020 — $2.2; 2019 — $10.4) upon the 
vesting of certain RSUs and PSUs. We settled other RSUs and PSUs with SVS purchased in the open market (described below).

We  have  repurchased  SVS  in  the  open  market  and  otherwise  for  cancellation  in  recent  years  pursuant  to  NCIBs, 
which  allow  us  to  repurchase  a  limited  number  of  SVS  during  a  specified  period.  We  may  not  repurchase  SVS  for 
cancellation when the Repurchase Restriction is in effect (during a portion of 2019). The Repurchase Restriction was not in 
effect  during  2020  or  2021  or  at  December  31,  2021.  The  maximum  number  of  SVS  we  are  permitted  to  repurchase  for 
cancellation under each NCIB (when permitted) is reduced by the number of SVS purchased by a broker in the open market 
during  the  term  of  such  NCIB  to  satisfy  delivery  obligations  under  our  SBC  plans.  The  Repurchase  Restriction  (when  in 
effect) is not applicable to open market purchases for this purpose.

On  November  19,  2020,  the  TSX  accepted  our  notice  to  launch  an  NCIB  (2020  NCIB),  which  allowed  us  to 
repurchase, at our discretion, from November 24, 2020 until the earlier of November 23, 2021 or the completion of purchases 
thereunder, up to approximately 9.0 million SVS in the open market, or as otherwise permitted, subject to the normal terms 
and limitations of such bids. As part of the NCIB process, we from time-to-time entered into automatic share purchase plans 
(ASPPs) with a broker, instructing the broker to purchase our SVS in the open market on our behalf (for cancellation under 
the 2020 NCIB), including during any applicable trading blackout periods (ASPP Purchases), up to specified daily quantities 
at specified prices through the term of each ASPP.

In each of December 2020, March 2021, and June 2021 we entered into ASPPs, each of which have since expired. 
At December 31, 2020, we had accrued $15.0, representing the estimated contractual maximum number of permitted SVS 
repurchases (Contractual Maximum) for cancellation under the December 2020 ASPP (2.0 million SVS). This accrual was 
reversed  in  Q1  2021.  No  repurchases  were  made  under  the  December  2020  ASPP  prior  to  its  expiration  in  January  2021. 
Repurchases of 1.7 million SVS (for cancellation) were made under the March 2021 and June 2021 ASPPs during 2021.

On December 2, 2021, the TSX accepted our notice to launch a new NCIB (2021 NCIB). The 2021 NCIB allows us 
to repurchase, at our discretion, from December 6, 2021 until the earlier of December 5, 2022 or the completion of purchases 
thereunder, up to approximately 9.0 million of our SVS in the open market, or as otherwise permitted, subject to the normal 
terms and limitations of such bids. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 8.3 million SVS remain available for repurchase 
under the 2021 NCIB either for cancellation or SBC delivery purposes. 

In December 2021, we entered into an ASPP (NCIB ASPP) with a broker, instructing the broker to purchase on our 
behalf  (for  cancellation  under  the  2021  NCIB),  during  specified  dates,  including  during  any  applicable  trading  blackout 
periods, up to the NYSE and TSX daily maximums (subject to certain conditions) at specified share prices. At December 31, 
2021, we recorded an accrual of $7.5 (NCIB Accrual), representing the estimated Contractual Maximum (0.7 million SVS) 
for cancellation under the NCIB ASPP. As of December 31, 2021, 0.0036 million SVS were repurchased under the NCIB 
ASPP. In December 2021, we entered into an additional ASPP (SBC ASPP) with a broker, instructing the broker to purchase 
on our behalf (for delivery obligations under our SBC plans), during specified dates (including during any applicable trading 

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

blackout periods), and subject to certain conditions, up to 3.7 million SVS. As of December 31, 2021, 0.7 million SVS were 
repurchased under the SBC ASPP. At December 31, 2021, we recorded an accrual of $33.8 (SBC Accrual), representing the 
estimated remaining Contractual Maximum (3.0 million SVS) under the SBC ASPP. 

In  December  2019,  we  completed  a  previous  NCIB,  which  allowed  us  to  repurchase,  at  our  discretion,  up  to 
approximately 9.5 million of our SVS in the open market, or as otherwise permitted. We purchased a total of 8.3 million SVS 
for cancellation under this NCIB. 

Information regarding share repurchase activities for the years indicated is set forth below:

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

Aggregate cost (1) of SVS repurchased for cancellation (2)     .................................... $ 

67.3  $ 

0.1  $ 

  Number of SVS repurchased for cancellation (in millions) (3)
  Weighted average price per share for repurchases   ............................................. $ 

    ...........................

Aggregate cost (1) of SVS repurchased for delivery under SBC plans(4)

   ................. $ 

  Number of SVS repurchased for delivery under SBC plans (in millions)(5)

      ......

8.3 

0.0062

8.15  $ 

9.2  $ 

1.2   

7.45  $ 

19.1  $ 

2.9   

35.9 

4.37

8.21 

20.6 

1.9 

(1)  
(2)  

(3) 
(4)  
(5)  

Includes transaction fees.
For 2020, excludes an accrual of $15.0 we recorded at December 31, 2020 for the estimated Contractual Maximum for 
cancellation under the December 2020 ASPP. For 2021, excludes the $7.5 NCIB Accrual.
Includes 1.7 million ASPP Purchases of SVS for cancellation in 2021 (there were no ASPP Purchases in 2020 or 2019).
For 2021, excludes the $33.8 SBC Accrual.
Includes 0.7 million ASPP Purchases for SBC delivery obligations in 2021 (there were no ASPP Purchases in 2020 or 2019).

Number of SVS held by trustee for delivery under SBC plans (1)(2) (in millions)    ..
Value of SVS held by trustee for delivery under SBC plans (2)
(1)  
(2) 

For accounting purposes, we classify these shares as treasury stock until they are delivered pursuant to the plans.
SVS held in 2021 exclude the SBC Accrual. 

  .............................. $ 

2019

 December 31
2020

2021

1.7   

14.8  $ 

2.4   

15.7  $ 

1.4 

15.1 

(b) Employee SBC:

LTIP:

Under  the  LTIP,  we  may  grant  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  RSUs  and  PSUs  to  eligible  employees, 
consultants and directors. We may, at the time of grant, authorize the grantees to settle these awards either in cash or in SVS. 
Absent  such  permitted  election,  vested  grants  under  the  LTIP  will  be  settled  in  SVS  (on  a  one-for-one  basis),  either  with  
SVS  purchased  in  the  open  market  or  issued  from  treasury  (up  to  a  maximum  aggregate  of  29.0  million  SVS).  As  of 
December  31,  2021,  10.0  million  SVS  remain  reserved  for  issuance  from  treasury  under  the  LTIP,  covering  potential 
issuances of SVS for outstanding awards and for potential future award grants.

Celestica Share Unit Plan (CSUP):

Under the CSUP, we may grant RSUs and PSUs to eligible employees. We have the option to settle vested RSUs 

and PSUs issued thereunder in SVS (on a one-for-one basis) purchased in the open market, or in cash.

F-34

 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Employee SBC Expense:

Employee  SBC  expense  may  fluctuate  from  period-to-period  to  account  for,  among  other  things,  new  grants, 
forfeitures  resulting  from  employee  terminations  or  resignations,  and  the  recognition  of  accelerated  SBC  expense  for 
employees eligible for retirement. The portion of employee SBC expense that relates to performance-based compensation is 
subject to adjustment in any period to reflect changes in the estimated level of achievement of pre-determined performance 
goals and financial targets. No significant adjustments were recorded in 2021 with respect to PSUs expected to vest at the 
beginning of February 2022. Based on reviews of the status of the non-market performance vesting condition and modifier, 
we recorded an $8.4 expense reversal in 2020 to reflect reductions in the estimated number of PSUs expected to vest at the 
end of January 2021. 

Information 

regarding 

employee  SBC 

expense 

for 

the  years 

indicated 

is 

set 

forth  below:

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

Employee SBC expense in cost of sales      ................................................................. $ 

Employee SBC expense in SG&A    ..........................................................................

Total    ........................................................................................................................ $ 

14.6  $ 

19.5   

34.1  $ 

11.1  $ 

14.7   

25.8  $ 

13.0 

20.4 

33.4 

For  RSUs  and  DSUs  issued  to  eligible  directors  under  our  Directors’  Share  Compensation  Plan  (DSC  Plan),  see 

paragraph (c) below.

(i) Stock options:

We  are  permitted  to  grant  stock  options  under  our  LTIP.  Stock  options  are  granted  at  prices  equal  to  the  closing 
market price on the day prior to the grant date and are exercisable during a period not to exceed 10 years from the grant date. 
Stock option grants and exercises were as follows for the years indicated:

Outstanding at January 1, 2019     ........................................................................................
Exercised     .........................................................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2019      ..................................................................................
Exercised     .........................................................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2020      ..................................................................................
Granted      ...........................................................................................................................

Exercised   .........................................................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2021      ..................................................................................

The following stock options* were outstanding as at December 31, 2021: 

Number of 
Options
(in millions)

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price*

0.3  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $ 
0.09  $ 

(0.02)  $ 
0.4 $ 

11.93 

— 

12.50 

— 

12.78 
10.58 

6.54 
12.70 

Range of Exercise Prices

Outstanding 
Options

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

(in millions)

$6.56 to $13.87     .............................

0.4

$12.70

Weighted Average 
Remaining Life 
of Outstanding Options

(years)

4.9

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Exercisable 
Options

(in millions)

0.3

$13.33

*  

The exercise prices were determined by converting the grant date fair value into U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rate. 

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

We  amortize  the  estimated  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options  to  expense  over  the  vesting  period  (generally  4 
years). The grant date fair value of outstanding stock options was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model 
and  the  following  assumptions  in  the  year  of  the  grant:  risk-free  interest  rate  (based  on  U.S.  government  bond  yields)  of 
1.09%, expected volatility of the market price of our shares (based on historical volatility of our share price) of 43%, and the 
expected option life of 7 years (based on historical option holder behavior). No stock options were granted in 2020 or 2019. 

(ii) RSUs and PSUs:

We  grant  RSUs  and  PSUs  to  employees  pursuant  to  our  LTIP  and  CSUP.  Each  vested  unit  generally  entitles  the 
holder to receive one SVS. Under the CSUP, we have the option to satisfy the delivery of shares upon vesting of the awards 
by purchasing SVS in the open market or by settling such awards in cash. Under the LTIP, we may (at the time of grant) 
authorize the grantees to settle awards in either cash or SVS (absent such permitted election, grants will be settled in SVS 
purchased in the open market or issued from treasury, subject to certain limits). We have generally settled these awards with 
SVS purchased in the open market by a broker, or issued from treasury. Unless a grantee has been authorized, and elects, to 
settle these awards in cash, Celestica intends to settle all outstanding RSUs and PSUs with SVS purchased in the open market 
by  a  broker,  or  issued  from  treasury.  As  a  result,  we  account  for  these  share  unit  awards  as  equity-settled  awards.  We 
amortize the grant date fair value of RSUs and PSUs to expense over the vesting period. 

The grant date fair value of RSUs is based on the market value of our SVS at the time of grant.

With respect to PSUs, employees are granted a target number of PSUs (set forth for the years indicated in the table 
below). The number of PSUs that will actually vest will vary from 0% to 200% of the target amount granted based on the 
level of achievement of the relevant performance conditions. PSUs (representing in each case 100% of target) are primarily 
granted in the first quarter of each year. These PSUs vest based on the level of achievement of a pre-determined non-market 
performance  measurement  in  the  final  year  of  the  three-year  performance  period,  subject  to  modification  by  each  of  a 
separate pre-determined non-market financial target and our relative TSR performance over the three-year vesting period. See 
note 2(l). The grant date fair value of the TSR modifier is based on a Monte Carlo simulation model and a premium of 109% 
for  2021  (2020  —  112%;  2019  —  102%).  The  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  non-TSR-based  performance  measurement  and 
modifier is based on the market value of our SVS at the time of grant and is subject to adjustment to reflect changes in the 
estimated  level  of  achievement  related  to  the  applicable  performance  condition.  Vested  awards  were  settled  with  SVS 
purchased in the open market by a broker, or issued from treasury.

The  assumptions  used  in  the  measurement  of  the  grant  date  fair  values  of  PSUs  were  as  follows: 

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

Expected volatility    .................................................................................................
Expected life     .........................................................................................................
Risk-free interest rate (based on 3-year Treasury bonds)    ......................................

 28 %
3 years
 2.5 %

 30 %
3 years
 1.4 %

 49 %
3 years
 0.2 %

F-36

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Information regarding aggregate RSU, PSU and stock option grants to employees, as applicable, for the years 

indicated is set forth below:

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

RSUs Granted:

Number of awards (in millions)     ..............................................................................

Weighted average grant date fair value per unit    ..................................................... $ 
PSUs Granted:

Number of awards (in millions, representing 100% of target)     ...............................

Weighted average grant date fair value per unit    ..................................................... $ 
Stock Options Granted:

Number of awards (in millions)     ..............................................................................

Weighted average grant date fair value per option    ................................................. $ 

3.0   

7.88  $ 

2.1   

8.14  $ 

—   

—  $ 

2.4   

8.60  $ 

1.7   

9.88  $ 

—   

—  $ 

3.0 

8.36 

2.9 

9.49 

0.09 

4.22 

December 31

2019

2020

2021

Number of outstanding RSUs (in millions)    ............................................................
Number of outstanding PSUs (in millions, representing 100% of target granted)    .

4.6   
3.8   

4.5   
4.6   

4.6 
6.1 

(c) Director SBC:

We grant DSUs to certain members of our Board of Directors and Onex under our DSC Plan. We also grant RSUs 
(under  specified  circumstances)  to  certain  directors  as  compensation  under  the  DSC  Plan.  RSUs  granted  to  directors  vest 
ratably over a three-year period and are governed by the terms of our LTIP. Each vested RSU entitles the holder thereof to 
one SVS; however, if permitted by the Company under the terms of the grant, a director may elect to receive a payment of 
cash in lieu of SVS. Unvested RSUs vest immediately on the date the director Retires. See note 2(l) for additional detail. As 
Celestica is permitted to, and intends to, settle DSUs with shares purchased in the open market, we account for these awards 
as  equity-settled  awards.  On  January  29,  2020,  William  A.  Etherington  retired  from  Celestica’s  Board  of  Directors.  In 
accordance with the DSC Plan, the DSUs held by Mr. Etherington will be redeemed on or prior to the 90th day following the 
date on which he is no longer a director or employee of any corporation that does not deal at arm’s length with the Company. 
As of December 31, 2021, Mr. Etherington held 0.475 million DSUs. 

Information regarding director SBC expense for the years indicated is set forth below: 

    ................................................................... $ 

Director SBC expense in SG&A (1)
DSUs Granted:
Number of awards (in millions)     ........................................................................
Weighted average grant date fair value per unit    ............................................... $ 
RSUs Granted:
Number of awards (in millions)     ........................................................................
Weighted average grant date fair value per unit    ............................................... $ 

Number of DSUs outstanding (in millions)     ......................................................
Number of RSUs issued to directors outstanding (in millions)     ........................

1.8   
0.02   

2.0   
0.03   

(1) 

Expense consists of director compensation to be settled with SVS, or SVS and cash, as elected by each director. 

F-37

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

2.4  $ 

2.0  $ 

2.1 

0.2   
7.62  $ 

0.2   
5.64  $ 

0.016   
7.62  $ 

0.022   
5.71  $ 

2019

December 31
2020

0.12 
8.98 

0.054 
8.92 

2021

2.2 
0.07 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

13. 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS, NET OF TAX:

Note

2019

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

Opening balance of foreign currency translation account   ......................

Foreign currency translation adjustments ...............................................
Closing balance    ......................................................................................

Opening balance of unrealized net gain (loss) on currency forward 

cash flow hedges   ..................................................................................
   ........................

Net gain (loss) on currency forward cash flow hedges(i)
Reclassification of net loss (gain) on currency forward cash flow 

hedges to operations(ii)

Closing balance(iii)

   .........................................................................
     ..................................................................................

Opening balance of unrealized net loss on interest rate swap cash flow 
hedges     ..................................................................................................
Net gain (loss) on interest rate swap cash flow hedges    ..........................
Reclassification of net loss on interest rate swap cash flow hedges to 
operations   .............................................................................................

Closing balance(iv)

    ...................................................................................

$ 

$ 

$ 

Actuarial gains (losses) on pension and non-pension post-employment 
benefit plans   .........................................................................................
Reclassification of actuarial losses (gains) to deficit       .............................

18

$ 

Loss on purchase of pension annuities   ..................................................... 18
Reclassification of loss on purchase of pension annuities to deficit  ........ 18
Closing balance    ......................................................................................

(14.4)  $ 
(0.2)   
(14.6)   

(7.7)  $ 
6.7 

4.1 
3.1 

(14.6)  $ 
4.3 
(10.3)   

3.1  $ 
9.0 

(0.5)   
11.6 

(10.3) 
(7.7) 
(18.0) 

11.6 
(5.3) 

(8.2) 
(1.9) 

(4.4)  $ 
(10.2)   

(12.1)  $ 
(12.8)   

(16.5) 
2.4 

2.5 

8.4 

(12.1)   

(16.5)   

(8.7)  $ 
8.7 
— 
— 
— 

(9.1)  $ 
9.1 
(0.2)   
0.2 
— 

7.2 

(6.9) 

9.3 
(9.3) 
— 
— 
— 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss      ................................................

$ 

(23.6)  $ 

(15.2)  $ 

(26.8) 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

Net of income tax recovery of $0.5 for 2021 (2020 — net of $0.8 income tax expense; 2019 — net of $0.2 income tax expense). 

Net  of  release  of  $0.6  income  tax  expense  associated  with  the  reclassification  of  net  hedge  (gain)  loss  to  the  consolidated 
statements of operations for 2021 (2020 — net of nil income tax expense; 2019 — net of release of $0.5 of income tax benefit).

Net  of  income  tax  recovery  of  $0.1  as  of  December  31,  2021  (December  31,  2020  —  net  of  $1.0  of  income  tax  expense; 
December 31, 2019 — net of $0.2 of income tax expense).

(iv) 

No income tax impact as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.

14. 

EXPENSES BY NATURE:

We  have  presented  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  by  function.  Items  included  in  our  cost  of  sales  and 

SG&A for the years indicated are set forth below:

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

Employee-related costs   ............................................................................................ $ 

815.2  $ 

810.7  $ 

   SBC expense included in above employee-related costs  ......................................

Freight and transportation costs    ...............................................................................
Depreciation expense (i)
Rental expense (i)

     .....................................................................................................

   ...........................................................................................

34.1   

90.3   

105.8   

5.3   

25.8   

107.9   

99.1   

4.5   

819.4 

33.4 

142.5 

100.8 

2.4 

(i) 

The amortization of ROU assets is included in depreciation expense. See note 7. We expense the costs of low-value and short-term leases in our 
consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis as rental expense. See note 11 for disclosure of these lease expenses.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

15. 

OTHER CHARGES (RECOVERIES):

Restructuring charges (a)    .............................................................................
Losses on post-employment benefit plan (b)    ...............................................
Transition costs (recoveries) (c)  ...................................................................
Credit Facility-related charges (d)      ...............................................................
Acquisition Costs and Other (e)    ...................................................................

Note

18

(a) 

Restructuring:

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

$ 

$ 

37.9  $ 
4.1 
(95.8)   
2.0 
1.9 
(49.9)  $ 

25.8  $ 
— 
— 
— 
(2.3)   
23.5  $ 

10.5 
— 
1.2 
3.0 
(4.4) 
10.3 

Our restructuring activities in 2021 consisted primarily of actions to adjust our cost base to address reduced levels of 
demand in certain of our businesses and geographies, due in part to the impact of COVID-19, including actions in the first 
half  of  2021  to  right-size  our  commercial  aerospace  facilities.  We  implemented  restructuring  actions  in  2020  associated 
primarily  with  our  previously-disclosed  disengagement  from  programs  with  Cisco  Systems,  Inc.,  as  well  as  other  actions 
intended to adjust our cost base similar to (and for the same reasons as) those taken in 2021. 

We recorded net restructuring charges of $10.5 in 2021, consisting of cash restructuring charges of $9.8, primarily 
for employee termination costs, and net non-cash charges of $0.7 (consisting of non-cash restructuring charges of $1.5 and 
non-cash restructuring recoveries of $0.8). The non-cash charges consisted primarily of the write-down of equipment related 
to disengaged programs. The non-cash recoveries primarily reflect gains on the sale of surplus equipment. Our restructuring 
provision at December 31, 2021 was $6.1 (December 31, 2020 — $4.7; December 31, 2019 — $11.2), which we recorded in 
the current portion of provisions on our consolidated balance sheet. See note 10.

We  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $25.8  in  2020,  consisting  of  cash  charges  of  $23.3,  primarily  for  employee 
termination  costs,  and  non-cash  charges  of  $2.5.  The  non-cash  restructuring  charges  represented  the  write-down  of  ROU 
assets  ($1.1)  in  connection  with  vacated  properties  (resulting  in  part  from  Sublet  Losses),  and  the  write-down  of  certain 
equipment  related  to  disengaged  programs,  offset  in  part  by  $0.3  in  gains  on  the  disposition  of  surplus  equipment  in  the 
fourth quarter of 2020 (Q4 2020).

At  the  end  of  2019,  we  completed  our  cost  efficiency  initiative  (CEI),  which  commenced  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2017, and consisted of restructuring actions related to our CCS segment portfolio review and our Capital Equipment business. 
The  CEI  resulted  in  reductions  to  our  workforce,  as  well  as  consolidation  of  certain  sites  to  better  align  capacity  and 
infrastructure with then-anticipated customer demand, related transfers of customer programs and production, re-alignment of 
business processes, management reorganizations, and other associated activities. We recorded restructuring charges of $37.9 
in 2019, all in connection with our CEI, consisting of cash charges of $28.1, primarily for employee termination costs, and 
non-cash  charges  of  $9.8,  representing  the  write-down  of  certain  equipment,  primarily  related  to  our  Capital  Equipment 
business  and  disengaged  programs,  and  the  write-down  of  ROU  assets  ($1.0)  pertaining  to  vacated  properties,  resulting  in 
part from Sublet Losses.

See notes 2(k) and 10 for further details regarding our restructuring provisions.  

(b) 

Losses on post-employment benefit plan:  

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019  (Q4  2019),  we  recorded  non-cash  charges  of  $4.1,  representing  additional 
obligations under our Thailand post-employment benefit plan as a result of changes in labor protection laws in Thailand that 
increased the severance benefits for specified employees upon termination.

(c) 

Transition Costs (Recoveries):

Transition Costs are comprised of transition-related relocation and duplicate costs pertaining to: (i) the relocation of 
our Toronto manufacturing operations and our corporate headquarters in connection with the 2019 sale of our Toronto real 
property (Toronto Transition Costs); and (ii) the transfer of manufacturing lines from closed sites to other sites within our 

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

global  network  (Internal  Relocation  Costs).  Transition  Costs  consist  of  direct  relocation  and  duplicate  costs  (such  as  rent 
expense, utility costs, depreciation charges, and personnel costs) incurred during the transition periods, as well as cease-use 
costs  incurred  in  connection  with  idle  or  vacated  portions  of  the  relevant  premises.  Transition  Recoveries  consist  of  the 
$102.0 gain (Property Gain) we recorded in Q1 2019 in connection with our Toronto real property sale. See note 7 of our 
2019 audited consolidated financial statements. We recorded $1.2 of Internal Relocation Costs in 2021 (2020 — de minimis; 
2019 — $2.4).

(d) 

Credit Facility-related charges:

Credit  Facility-related  charges  for  2021  consist  primarily  of  a  $2.6  charge  to  accelerate  the  amortization  of 
unamortized deferred financing costs upon termination of the First Incremental Term Loan in Q4 2021 in connection with our 
December 2021 amendment to the Credit Facility (described in note 11). During Q4 2019, we incurred $2.0 in fees (Waiver 
Fees) in connection with obtaining the Waivers in October 2019 (described in note 11).

(e) 

Acquisition Costs and Other:

We incur consulting, transaction and integration costs relating to potential and completed acquisitions. We also incur 
charges or releases related to the subsequent re-measurement of indemnification assets or the release of indemnification or 
other liabilities recorded in connection with acquisitions, when applicable. Collectively, these costs, charges and releases are 
referred to as Acquisition Costs (Recoveries). 

We  recorded  net  Acquisition  Costs  in  2021  of  $6.1,  consisting  of  $7.3  in  costs  related  to  acquisition  activities, 
including  the  acquisition  of  PCI,  offset  in  part  by  a  $1.2  release  of  certain  indirect  tax  liabilities  previously  recorded  in 
connection with our acquisition of Impakt. We recorded $0.2 of Acquisition Costs in 2020 related to potential acquisitions, 
and $3.9 of Acquisition Costs in 2019 (consisting of $1.7 of costs related to potential acquisitions and $2.2 of charges related 
to the subsequent re-measurement of indemnification assets recorded in connection with our Impakt acquisition). 

Other  consists  of  legal  recoveries  (for  prior  period  component  parts  in  2021  and  2020  and  prior  period  freight 
charges in 2019) in connection with the settlement of class action lawsuits in which we were a plaintiff (2021 — $10.5; 2020 
— $2.5; 2019 — $2.0). 

16. 

FINANCE COSTS:

Finance costs consist of interest expense and fees related to our Credit Facility (including debt issuance and related 
amortization costs), our interest rate swap agreements, our A/R sales program and SFPs, and interest expense on our lease 
obligations, net of interest income earned. See notes 4 and 11. We paid finance costs of $26.0 in 2021 (2020 — $29.5; 2019 
— $44.5), including $3.6 in debt issuance costs in 2021 (2020 — $0.6; 2019 — $2.9). We also paid $2.0 in Waiver Fees in 
2019, which we recorded in other charges (recoveries) (see note 15(d)).

17. 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: 

Onex beneficially owns, controls, or directs, directly or indirectly, all of our outstanding MVS. Accordingly, Onex 
has  the  ability  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  our  business  and  affairs  and  generally  has  the  power  to  determine  all 
matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders where the SVS and MVS vote together as a single class. Mr. Gerald Schwartz, 
the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Onex,  indirectly  owns  shares  representing  the  majority  of  the 
voting rights of the shares of Onex.

We  are  party  to  a  services  agreement  with  Onex  for  the  services  of  Mr.  Tawfiq  Popatia,  an  officer  of  Onex,  as  a 
director of Celestica, pursuant to which Onex receives compensation for such services. This agreement automatically renews 
for successive one-year terms unless either party provides a notice of intent not to renew. Under such agreement, the annual 
fee payable to Onex is $0.235, payable in DSUs in equal quarterly installments, in arrears. The services agreement terminates 
automatically and the rights of Onex to receive compensation (other than accrued and unpaid compensation) will terminate 
(a) 30 days after the first day on which Onex ceases to hold at least one MVS of Celestica or any successor company or (b) 
the date Mr. Popatia ceases to be a director of Celestica for any reason. The number of DSUs is determined using the closing 
price of the SVS on the NYSE on the last day of the fiscal quarter in respect of which the installment is to be credited. DSUs 

F-40

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

granted to Onex prior to January 1, 2007 may be settled with SVS issued from treasury or purchased in the open market, or 
with  cash  (at  the  discretion  of  the  Company).  DSUs  granted  to  Onex  after  January  1,  2007  may  only  be  settled  with  SVS 
purchased in the open market, or with cash (at the discretion of the Company).

A consortium of four real estate partnerships, approximately 27% of the interests of which are held by a privately-
held partnership in which Mr. Schwartz has a material interest; and approximately 25% of the interests of which are held by a 
partnership in which Mr. Schwartz has a non-voting interest, holds a 5% non-voting interest in the purchaser of our former 
Toronto real property, which we sold in 2019. See note 15(c). 

 Compensation of key management personnel:

Our key management team consists of directors and senior executive officers. The aggregate compensation expenses 

we recognized under IFRS for our directors and senior executive officers for the periods shown were as follows: 

Short-term employee benefits and costs  ...................................................... $ 
Post-employment and other long-term benefits    ..........................................

 SBC (including DSUs and RSUs to eligible directors)  ...............................

$ 

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

4.4  $ 

0.3 
15.6 
20.3  $ 

8.7  $ 

0.2 
12.5 
21.4  $ 

7.3 

0.6 
17.3 
25.2 

18. 

PENSION AND NON-PENSION POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS:

(a) 

Plan summaries:

We  provide  pension  and  non-pension  post-employment  benefit  plans  for  our  employees.  At  December  31,  2021, 
such  plans  included  our  pension  plan  for  employees  in  the  United  Kingdom  (U.K.  Main  pension  plan),  which  generally 
provides  participants  with  stated  benefits  on  retirement  based  on  their  pensionable  service,  either  in  annuities  and/or  lump 
sum payments. The U.K. Main pension plan is closed to new members, and approximately 1% of such plan members remain 
active employees of the Company. Our previous supplementary pension plan for employees in the United Kingdom (U.K.) 
was wound-up in 2019. Defined contribution pension plans are offered to certain employees, mainly in Canada and the U.S. 
We  provide  non-pension  post-employment  benefits  (under  other  benefit  plans)  to  retired  and  terminated  employees  in 
Canada,  the  U.S.,  Mexico,  Thailand  and  South  Korea.  These  benefits  may  include  one-time  retirement  and  specified 
termination benefits, medical, surgical, hospitalization coverage, supplemental health, dental and/or group life insurance.

To mitigate the actuarial and investment risks of our defined benefit pension plans, we purchase annuities from time 
to time (using existing plan assets) from third party insurance companies for certain, or all, plan participants. The purchase of 
annuities by the pension plan substantially hedges the financial risks associated with the related pension obligations.

In  August  2020,  the  trustees  of  our  U.K.  Main  pension  plan  purchased  annuities  to  hedge  the  pension  benefits 
payable to newly-retired members of such plan. The purchase of the annuity resulted in a non-cash loss of $0.2 for the third 
quarter of 2020 (Q3 2020) which we recorded in OCI and simultaneously re-classified to deficit. 

The overall governance of our pension plans is conducted by our Human Resources and Compensation Committee 
which, through annual reviews, approves material plan changes, reviews funding levels, investment performance, compliance 
matters and plan assumptions, and ensures that the plans are administered in accordance with local statutory requirements. 
We have established a Canadian Pension Committee to govern our Canadian pension plans. The U.K. Main pension plan is 
governed by a Board of Trustees, composed of employee and company representation. Both the Canadian Pension Committee 
and the U.K. Board of Trustees review funding levels, investment performance and compliance matters for their respective 
plans.  Our  pension  funding  policy  is  to  contribute  amounts  sufficient,  at  minimum,  to  meet  local  statutory  funding 
requirements. For our defined benefit pension plans (primarily our U.K. Main pension plan), local regulatory bodies either 
define  the  minimum  funding  requirement  or  approve  the  funding  plans  submitted  by  us.  We  may  make  additional 
discretionary  contributions  taking  into  account  actuarial  assessments  and  other  factors.  The  contributions  that  we  make  to 
support ongoing plan obligations are recorded in the respective asset or liability accounts on our consolidated balance sheet. 

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Our  U.K.  Main  pension  plan  requires  an  actuarial  valuation  to  be  completed  every  three  years.  The  actuarial 
valuation  was  completed  using  a  measurement  date  of  April  2019;  the  next  valuation  will  have  a  measurement  date  of 
April 2022. 

We  currently  fund  our  non-pension  post-employment  benefit  plans  as  we  incur  benefit  payment  obligations 
thereunder.  Excluding  our  mandatory  plans,  the  most  recent  actuarial  measurements  for  our  largest  non-pension  post-
employment benefit plans were completed using valuation dates of May 2019 (Canada) and January 2020 (U.S.). The next 
actuarial measurements for these plans will have valuation dates of May 2022 and January 2022 (tentatively scheduled for 
mid-2022), respectively. We accrue the expected costs of providing non-pension post-employment benefits during the periods 
in which the employees render service. We used a measurement date of December 31, 2021 for the accounting valuation for 
pension and non-pension post-employment benefits.

Our  pension  plans  are  exposed  to  market  risks  such  as  changes  in  interest  rates,  inflation,  and  fluctuations  in 
investment values, as well as financial risks including counterparty risks of financial institutions from which annuities have 
been  purchased  for  specified  plans.  See  note  20(c).  Our  plans  are  also  exposed  to  non-financial  risks,  including  the 
membership’s mortality and demographic changes, as well as regulatory changes.

We  manage  the  funding  level  risk  of  defined  benefit  pension  plans  through  our  asset  allocation  strategy  for  each 
plan. In the U.K., the majority of the obligations under our U.K. Main pension plan have been hedged with the purchase of 
annuities with insurance companies as described above, but are not designated as hedges for application of hedge accounting 
purposes.

Pension  fund  assets  are  invested  primarily  in  fixed  income  and  equity  securities.  Asset  allocation  between  fixed 
income and equity securities is adjusted based on the expected life of the plan and the expected retirement dates of the plan 
participants. Our pension funds do not invest directly in our shares, but may invest indirectly as a result of the inclusion of 
our shares in certain investment funds. All of our plan assets are measured at their fair value using the fair value hierarchy 
inputs described in note 20. At December 31, 2021, $33.2 (December 31, 2020 — $31.8) of our plan assets were measured 
using Level 1 inputs of the fair value hierarchy and $328.7 (December 31, 2020 — $348.3) of our plan assets (comprised of 
insurance annuities) were measured using Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy. None of our plan assets were measured 
using Level 2 inputs. Approximately 96% of our plan assets consist of annuities purchased with insurance companies, and 
assets held with financial institutions with a Standard and Poor’s long-term rating of A or above at December 31, 2021. The 
annuities purchased for our U.K. Main pension plan are held with financial institutions that are governed by local regulatory 
bodies.  The  remaining  assets  are  held  with  financial  institutions  where  ratings  are  not  available.  For  these  institutions, 
Celestica  monitors  counterparty  risk  based  on  the  diversification  of  plan  assets.  These  plan  assets  are  maintained  in 
segregated accounts by a custodian that is independent from the fund managers. We believe that the counterparty risk is low.

Plan assets are measured at their fair values; however, the amounts we are permitted to record for defined benefit 
plan assets may be restricted under IFRS, as described in note 2(l). Based on a plan-by-plan review of the terms, conditions, 
and statutory minimum funding requirements of our defined benefit plans in 2021, we determined that the present value of 
future pension refunds or reductions in future contributions to our pension plans exceeds the total of the fair value of plan 
assets net of the present value of related obligations for all of our defined benefit plans, except for our defined benefit plan in 
Japan.  As  a  result  of  this  review,  we  reduced  the  recorded  amount  of  our  Japan  defined  benefit  plan  assets  by  $1.6  as  at 
December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 — nil), which was reflected in OCI.

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

(b) Plan financials: 

The table below presents the market value of defined pension and other benefit plan assets:

Fair Market 
Value at 
December 31

Actual Asset 
Allocation (%) 
at December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

Quoted market prices:

Debt investment funds     ............................................................................ $ 
Equity investment funds  ..........................................................................

10.8  $ 

7.8 

10.6 

7.6 

Non-quoted market prices:

Insurance annuities  ..................................................................................

Other     ..........................................................................................................
Total    ........................................................................................................... $ 

348.3 

13.2 

328.7 

15.0 

380.1  $ 

361.9 

 3 %

 2 %

 92 %

 3 %

 100 %

 3 %

 2 %

 91 %

 4 %

 100 %

The following tables provide a summary of the financial position of our defined pension and other benefit plans:

Pension Plans 
Year ended 
December 31

Other Benefit Plans 
Year ended 
December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

Plan assets, beginning of year   .................................................................... $ 
Interest income    ......................................................................................
Actuarial gains (losses) in other comprehensive income (i)
Administrative expenses paid from plan assets  .....................................

  ...................

Employer contributions      .........................................................................

Employer direct benefit payments  .........................................................

 Employer direct settlement payments    ...................................................

Settlement payments from employer  .....................................................

     Settlement payments from plan   ..............................................................  
Benefit payments from plan     ..................................................................

Benefit payments from employer    ..........................................................
Foreign currency exchange rate changes and other      ..............................

328.5  $ 

378.1  $ 

1.8  $ 

6.4 

36.4 

(1.1)   

5.2 

(5.2)   

(0.8)   

4.0 

1.1 

— 

— 

— 

4.7 

1.4 

— 

— 

— 

(12.5)   
(1.1)   
16.4 

(16.8)   
(1.4)   
(5.3)   

— 

— 

— 

0.4 

2.6 

4.8 

(4.8)   

(0.1)   

(0.2)   
(2.6)   
0.1 

2.0 

— 

— 

— 

0.8 

1.7 

1.1 

(1.1) 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 
(1.7) 
(0.1) 

Plan assets, end of year   .............................................................................. $ 

378.1  $ 

359.9  $ 

2.0  $ 

2.0 

(i) 

Actuarial gains or losses are determined based on actual return on plan assets less interest income as set forth in the table above. 
For 2020, includes a $0.2 loss resulting from the purchase of annuities in August 2020.

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Accrued benefit obligations, beginning of year    ......................................... $ 
Current service cost    ...............................................................................

     Past service cost (credit) and settlement/curtailment losses (i)

   ...............
Interest cost     ...........................................................................................

Actuarial losses (gains) in other comprehensive income from:

— Changes in demographic assumptions   .........................................

— Changes in financial assumptions     ................................................

— Experience adjustments     ...............................................................

     Settlement payments from employer     ......................................................  

     Settlement payments from plan   ..............................................................  
Benefit payments from plan     ..................................................................

Benefit payments from employer    ..........................................................

Foreign currency exchange rate changes and other      ..............................
Accrued benefit obligations, end of year     ................................................... $ 

Pension Plans 
Year ended 
December 31

Other Benefit Plans  
Year ended 
December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

346.0  $ 

396.9  $ 

87.4  $ 

95.6 

1.9 

(0.8)   

6.9 

2.5 

— 

5.6 

(1.2)   

41.0 

(1.1)   

(7.6)   

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(12.5)   

(16.8)   

(1.1)   
16.6 

(1.4)   
(4.2)   

3.2 

2.3 

2.4 

— 

5.0 

1.3 

(4.8)   

(0.1)   

(0.2)   

(2.6)   
1.7 

3.4 

0.3 

2.4 

— 

(7.5) 

0.1 

(1.1) 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 

(1.7) 
(1.7) 

396.9  $ 

373.9  $ 

95.6  $ 

89.1 

Weighted average duration of benefit obligations (in years)  .....................

18

18

13

12

(i) 

The settlement losses relate to employee terminations in connection with 2020 and 2021 restructuring actions. 

The present value of the defined benefit obligations, the fair value of plan assets and the surplus or deficit in our 

defined benefit pension and other benefit plans are summarized as follows:

Pension Plans
December 31

Other Benefit Plans  
December 31

2020

2021

2020

2021

Accrued benefit obligations, end of year ................................................... $ 
Plan assets, end of year    ..............................................................................

Reduction of plan assets due to IFRS restrictions described in note 2(l)   ..
Deficiency of plan assets over accrued benefit obligations ....................... $ 

(396.9)  $ 

(373.9)  $ 

(95.6)  $ 

(89.1) 

378.1 

— 

359.9 

(1.6)   

2.0 

— 

2.0 

— 

(18.8)  $ 

(15.6)  $ 

(93.6)  $ 

(87.1) 

The following table outlines the plan balances as reported on our consolidated balance sheet: 

December 31
2020
Other 
Benefit 
Plans

Pension 
Plans

December 31
2021
Other 
Benefit 
Plans

Total

Total

Pension 
Plans

Pension and non-pension post-employment benefit 

obligations   ....................................................................... $ 

(24.4)  $ 

(92.9)  $  (117.3)  $ 

(20.7)  $ 

(86.8)  $  (107.5) 

Current other post-employment benefit obligations   ..........

Non-current net pension assets (note 9)      ..............................  

— 

5.6 

(0.7)   

(0.7)   

— 

5.6 

— 

5.1 

(0.3)   

(0.3) 

— 

5.1 

$ 

(18.8)  $ 

(93.6)  $  (112.4)  $ 

(15.6)  $ 

(87.1)  $  (102.7) 

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

The following table outlines the net expense recognized in our consolidated statement of operations for pension and 

non-pension post-employment benefit plans:

Pension Plans 
Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

Other Benefit Plans 
Year ended December 31
2020

2021

2019

Current service cost    ........................................................... $ 
Net interest cost     ................................................................

Past service cost (credit) and settlement/curtailment 

losses   ...............................................................................
Plan administrative expenses and other     .............................

Defined contribution pension plan expense (note 18(c))     ....  
Total expense for the year   .................................................. $ 

1.9  $ 

1.9  $ 

2.5  $ 

2.6  $ 

3.2  $ 

0.6 

— 

1.5 

4.0 

10.1 

0.5 

(0.8)   

1.1 

2.7 

10.6 

0.4 

— 

1.3 

4.2 

11.6 

2.6 

8.0 

— 

13.2 

— 

2.4 

2.3 

— 

7.9 

— 

14.1  $ 

13.3  $ 

15.8  $ 

13.2  $ 

7.9  $ 

3.4 

2.4 

0.3 

— 

6.1 

— 

6.1 

We  generally  record  the  expenses  for  pension  plans  and  non-pension  post-employment  benefits  in  cost  of  sales, 

SG&A expenses, or other charges (see note 15), depending on the nature of the expenses. 

The following table outlines the gains and losses, net of tax, recognized in OCI and reclassified directly to deficit for 

the years shown:

Cumulative losses, beginning of year    ........................................................... $ 
Loss on pension annuity purchases (see note 18(a))   .....................................
Actuarial losses (gains) recognized during the year (i)
Cumulative losses, end of year (ii)

      ................................................................. $ 

   ..................................

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

69.0  $ 

77.7  $ 

— 

8.7 

0.2 

9.1 

77.7  $ 

87.0  $ 

87.0 

— 

(9.3) 

77.7 

(i) 

(ii) 

Net of income tax expense of nil for 2021 (2020 — net of $0.4 income tax recovery; 2019 — net of $0.3 income tax recovery).

Net  of  income  tax  recovery  of  $1.5  as  at  December  31,  2021  (December  31,  2020  —  net  of  $1.5  income  tax  recovery; 
December 31, 2019 — net of $1.1 income tax recovery).

The following percentages and assumptions were used in measuring the plans for the years indicated:

Pension Plans
2020

2021

2019

Other Benefit Plans
2020

2021

2019

Weighted average discount rate at December 31 (i) for:

Benefit obligations     ..........................................................
Net pension cost      ..............................................................
Weighted average rate of compensation increase for:  .........

Benefit obligations     ..........................................................
Net pension cost      ..............................................................
Healthcare cost trend rates:   ..................................................
Immediate trend   ...............................................................
Ultimate trend    ..................................................................
Year the ultimate trend rate is expected to be achieved   ..

 2.1 
 2.9 

 3.8 
 4.1 

— 
— 

— 

 1.4 
 2.1 

 1.1 
 3.8 

— 
— 

— 

 1.8 
 1.4 

 1.1 
 1.1 

— 
— 

— 

 2.9 
 3.8 

 4.6 
 4.2 

 5.3 
 4.0 

 2.5 
 2.9 

 4.6 
 4.6 

 5.3 
 4.0 

 3.2 
 2.5 

 4.6 
 4.6 

 5.2 
 4.0 

2040

2040

2040

(i)  

The weighted average discount rate is determined using publicly available rates for highly-rated bonds by currency in countries 
where  we  have  a  pension  or  non-pension  benefit  plan.  A  lower  discount  rate  would  increase  the  present  value  of  the  benefit 
obligation.

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

We evaluate these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical 

market data. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions.

A  one  percentage-point  increase  or  decrease  in  one  of  the  following  actuarial  assumptions,  holding  other 

assumptions constant in each case, would increase (decrease) our benefit obligations as follows:

Pension Plans
Year ended
December 31, 2021

Other Benefit Plans
Year ended
December 31, 2021

1% Increase

1% Decrease

1% Increase

1% Decrease

Discount rate   ...................................................................................... $ 
Healthcare cost trend rate   ................................................................. $ 

(58.4)  $ 

76.1  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(9.8)  $ 

7.2  $ 

11.9 

(5.9) 

The  sensitivity  figures  shown  above  were  calculated  by  determining  the  change  in  our  benefit  obligations  as  at 
December  31,  2021  due  to  a  100  basis  point  increase  or  decrease  to  each  of  our  significant  actuarial  assumptions  used, 
specifically the discount rate and healthcare cost trend rate, in isolation, leaving all other assumptions unchanged from the 
original calculation. 

(c)  Plan contributions:

We made the following plan contributions for the years indicated below and estimate our contribution for 2022 to be 

as follows:

Year ended December 31

2019

2020

2021

Estimated 
Contribution*
2022

Defined contribution plan       ................................................................. $ 

10.1  $ 

10.6  $ 

11.6  $ 

Defined benefit plan      .........................................................................

3.7 

5.1 

6.1 

Total    .................................................................................................. $ 

13.8  $ 

15.7  $ 

17.7  $ 

Non-pension post-employment benefit plans (i)

  ................................ $ 

9.1  $ 

7.8  $ 

3.6  $ 

11.6 

2.9 

14.5 

4.9 

* 

(i)  

Our actual contributions could differ materially from these estimates.

Contributions for 2019 and 2020 include higher settlement payments than in 2021 as a result of higher employee terminations in 
connection with our restructuring actions during such years. See note 15(a).

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

19. 

INCOME TAXES

Current income tax expense:

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

Current year (i)

  ......................................................................................... $ 

35.1  $ 

38.9  $ 

44.3 

Adjustments for prior years, including changes to net provisions 

related to tax uncertainties (ii)   ...............................................................

Deferred income tax expense (recovery):

Origination and reversal of temporary differences (i) (iii) (iv)
Changes in previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible 

temporary differences, including adjustments for prior years (iv)

  .....................

      .........

(12.3)   

22.8 

(6.0)   

32.9 

15.4 

10.1 

(8.7)   
6.7 

(13.4)   
(3.3)   

Income tax expense    .................................................................................... $ 

29.5  $ 

29.6  $ 

(3.4) 

40.9 

1.3 

(10.1) 
(8.8) 

32.1 

A reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the statutory income tax rate to the income tax expense at the effective 

tax rate is as follows:

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

Earnings before income taxes    ..................................................................... $ 
Income tax expense at Celestica’s statutory income tax rate of 26.5% 

(2019 - 2021)       ......................................................................................... $ 

99.8  $ 

90.2  $ 

136.0 

26.4  $ 

23.9  $ 

36.1 

Impact on income taxes from:

Foreign income taxed at different rates   ..................................................

Foreign exchange   ...................................................................................

Other, including non-taxable/non-deductible items and changes to net 
  ......................................

provisions related to tax uncertainties (i) (ii) (iv)

Change in tax rates (iii) 
Change in unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary 

   ............................................................................

differences (iv)

    .......................................................................................

Income tax expense    .................................................................................... $ 

(6.7)   

5.0 

(5.8)   

(0.8)   

(16.3)   

(8.6)   

25.0 

— 

11.4 
29.5  $ 

5.6 
29.6  $ 

(16.9) 

1.2 

8.2 

(7.6) 

11.1 
32.1 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii)  

These line items for 2021 in the two tables above include a deferred tax expense of $6.0 related to taxable temporary differences 
associated  with  the  anticipated  repatriation  of  undistributed  earnings  (Repatriation  Expense)  from  certain  of  our  Chinese 
subsidiaries.  These  line  items  for  2020  in  the  two  tables  above  include  a $16.5  Repatriation  Expense  related  to  certain  of  our 
Chinese  and  Thai  subsidiaries  ($7.2  of  which  was  realized  as  a  current  tax  expense  for  withholding  tax  on  dividends  paid  in 
2021),  and  current  tax  expense  of $1.8  for  withholding  tax  on  dividends  paid  in  2020.  These  items  for  2019  in  the  two  tables 
above include a $6.0 Repatriation Expense related to certain of our Chinese and Thai subsidiaries, which was realized as a current 
tax expense for withholding tax on dividends paid in 2020. 

These line items for 2019, 2020 and 2021 in the two tables above include tax benefits related to return-to-provision adjustments 
for  changes  in  estimates  related  to  prior  years  based  on  changes  in  facts  or  circumstances  (RTP  Adjustments),  and  net 
adjustments for tax liabilities and uncertainties (discussed below).

This line item for 2021 in the table above relates to a deferred tax recovery recorded in connection with the revaluation of certain 
temporary differences using the future effective tax rate of our Thailand subsidiary in connection with the transition from a 100% 
income tax exemption to a 50% exemption in 2022 under an applicable tax incentive (Revaluation Impact). See the discussion of 
tax incentives below.

(iv) 

These line items for 2019 in the two tables above include the tax expense related to the taxable portion of the Property Gain and 
the recognition of offsetting previously-unrecognized tax losses (discussed below). 

F-47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Our effective income tax rate can vary significantly period-to-period for various reasons, including as a result of the 
mix  and  volume  of  business  in  various  tax  jurisdictions  within  the  Americas,  Europe  and  Asia,  in  jurisdictions  with  tax 
holidays and tax incentives, and in jurisdictions for which no net deferred income tax assets have been recognized because 
management  believes  it  is  not  probable  that  future  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  tax  losses  and  deductible 
temporary  differences  could  be  utilized.  Our  effective  income  tax  rate  can  also  vary  due  to  the  impact  of  restructuring 
charges,  foreign  exchange  fluctuations,  operating  losses,  cash  repatriations,  and  changes  in  our  provisions  related  to  tax 
uncertainties.  

During  2021,  we  recorded  net  income  tax  expense  of  $32.1,  which  included  a  $7.6  Revaluation  Impact,  largely 
offset  by  a  $6.0  Repatriation  Expense  related  to  certain  of  our  Chinese  subsidiaries.  Taxable  foreign  exchange  impacts 
(Currency Impacts) were not significant in 2021.

During  2020,  we  recorded  a  net  income  tax  expense  of  $29.6,  which  included  $18.3  of  tax  expenses  relating  to 
current and future withholding taxes associated with repatriations of undistributed earnings from certain of our Chinese and 
Thai subsidiaries that occurred in 2020 or were then-anticipated to occur in the foreseeable future, offset in large part by the 
following favorable impacts: (i) $4.1 in RTP Adjustments, (ii) the recognition of $2.6 of previously unrecognized deferred 
tax assets of our Japanese subsidiary, (iii) $5.1 in favorable Currency Impacts arising primarily from the strengthening of the 
Chinese renminbi relative to the U.S. dollar (our functional currency), and (iv) a $5.7 reversal of tax uncertainties in certain 
of our Asian subsidiaries in Q1 2020.

During 2019, we recorded a net income tax expense of $29.5, which was favorably impacted by $6.4 in tax benefits 
arising  from  RTP  Adjustments,  and  an  aggregate  of  $4.5  in  reversals  of  certain  previously-recorded  tax  liabilities  and 
uncertainties,  offset  in  part  by  $6.0  in  withholding  taxes  associated  with  the  then-anticipated  repatriations  of  undistributed 
earnings with respect to certain of our Chinese and Thai subsidiaries. While our net income tax expense included Currency 
Impacts from fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar during each quarter of 2019, overall net Currency 
Impacts for 2019 were not significant. In connection with the sale of our Toronto real property, there was no net tax impact 
(see note 15(c)), as the deferred tax expense of $5.7 was offset by the recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses.

Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods indicated are as follows:

F-48

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Unrealized 
foreign 
exchange 
gains

Accounting 
provisions 
not 
currently 
deductible

Pensions 
and 
non-pension 
post-
retirement 
benefits

Tax 
losses 
carried 
forward

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
and 

intangibles Other

Reclassification 
between 
deferred tax 
assets and 
deferred tax 
liabilities(i)

Total

$ 

—  $ 

9.6  $ 

(0.2)  $ 

62.9  $ 

—  $  11.4  $ 

(50.1)  $  33.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.9 

— 

— 

— 

10.5 

7.2 

— 

0.1 

(0.1) 

— 

0.4 

0.6 

(0.1) 

— 

0.7 

2.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8.6 

(0.3) 

1.0 

— 

72.2 

(3.2) 

— 

— 

0.2 

— 

— 

  — 

— 

— 

— 

  — 

  — 

  (11.4) 

— 

  — 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2.7 

1.1 

1.0 

(0.5) 

(3.1) 

— 

— 

— 

6.6 

9.9 

0.3 

0.9 

(4.8) 

(43.5) 

  39.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.3 

8.8 

1.1 

1.1 

(0.4) 

(2.8) 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

17.7  $ 

2.8  $ 

69.2  $ 

—  $  1.2  $ 

(43.2)  $  47.7 

26.4  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

52.1  $  —  $ 

(50.1)  $  28.4 

(0.2) 

— 

1.0 

— 

27.2 

(0.2) 

— 

0.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(6.7) 

  13.5 

— 

0.1 

0.8 

0.2 

— 

  (11.4) 

45.5 

3.1 

0.2 

  — 

30.7 

  — 

(0.2) 

  — 

— 

(3.1) 

— 

— 

— 

6.6 

6.6 

0.8 

1.3 

(4.8) 

(43.5) 

  32.3 

— 

  — 

— 

  30.7 

— 

  — 

0.3 

(2.8) 

Deferred tax assets:

Balance — January 1, 2020  .............
Credited to net earnings     .................

Credited (charged) directly to 

equity      ..........................................
Effects of foreign exchange       ...........

Other    ...............................................

Balance — December 31, 2020   .......
Credited (charged) to net earnings      .

Credited directly to equity  ..............

Additions from business 

combinations  ...............................

Effects of foreign exchange       ...........

Other    ...............................................

Balance — December 31, 2021

Deferred tax liabilities:

Balance — January 1, 2020  .............
Charged (credited) to net earnings      .

Charged directly to equity    ..............

Effects of foreign exchange       ...........

Other    ...............................................

Balance — December 31, 2020   .......
Charged (credited) to net earnings      .

Additions from business 

combinations  ...............................

Effects of foreign exchange       ...........

Other    ...............................................

Balance — December 31, 2021   .......

$ 

27.2  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

76.2  $  —  $ 

(43.2)  $  60.2 

(i) 

This reclassification reflects the offsetting of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities to the extent they relate to the same taxing authorities 
and there is a legally enforceable right to such offset. 

The amount of deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses for which no deferred tax assets have been 
recognized  at  December  31,  2021  was  $1,764.1  (December  31,  2020  —  $1,721.9).  We  have  not  recognized  deferred  tax 
assets in respect of these items because, based on management’s estimates, it is not probable that future taxable profit will be 
available against which we can utilize the benefits. A portion of our unused tax losses expires between 2022 and 2041 and a 
portion  can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.  Deductible  temporary  differences  do  not  expire  under  current  applicable  tax 
legislation.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries for which we have not 
recognized deferred tax liabilities is $10.4 (December 31, 2020 — $1.1). As of December 31, 2021, we recorded aggregate 
net  deferred  tax  assets  of  $4.9  for  one  of  our  Asian  subsidiaries  which  realized  losses  in  2021,  and  for  our  U.S.  group  of 
subsidiaries which realized losses in 2019, 2020, and 2021. As of December 31, 2020, we recorded aggregate net deferred tax 
assets of $8.3 for one of our Asian subsidiaries which realized losses in 2020, another Asian subsidiary which realized losses 
in  2019,  and  for  our  U.S.  group  of  subsidiaries  which  realized  losses  in  2019  and  2020.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we 
recorded aggregate net deferred tax assets of $6.8 for one of our Asian subsidiaries which realized losses in 2019 and for our 
U.S. group of subsidiaries which realized losses in 2018 and 2019. We recognize deferred tax assets based on our estimate of 
the future taxable profit we expect these subsidiaries to achieve based on our review of financial projections. 

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Certain  countries  in  which  we  do  business  grant  tax  incentives  to  attract  or  retain  our  business.  Our  tax  expense 
could increase significantly if certain tax incentives from which we benefit are retracted. A retraction could occur if we fail to 
satisfy the conditions on which these tax incentives are based, or if they are not renewed or replaced upon expiration. Our tax 
expense could also increase if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions are otherwise increased, or due to changes in 
legislation  or  administrative  practices.  Changes  in  our  outlook  in  any  particular  country  could  impact  our  ability  to  meet 
the required conditions.

Our tax incentives currently consist of tax exemptions for the profits of, and for dividend withholding taxes for, our 
Thailand and Laos subsidiaries. These tax exemptions are subject to certain conditions with which we intend to comply, and 
expire as described below.

We have two income tax incentives in Thailand (one of our previous Thailand tax incentives expired in Q4 2019, 
and  another  expired  in  Q3  2020).  One  of  our  remaining  incentives  initially  allows  for  a  100%  income  tax  exemption 
(including  distribution  taxes),  and  after  eight  years  transitions  to  a  50%  income  tax  exemption  for  the  next  five  years 
(excluding distribution taxes). This incentive will transition to the 50% exemption in January 2022 and will expire in 2027. 
The impact of this transition is discussed above (see the Revaluation Impact described in footnote (iii) to the income tax rate 
to expense reconciliation table above). The second incentive, approved in Q4 2019, allows for a 100% income tax exemption 
(including distribution taxes) for eight years, and expires in 2028. Upon full expiry of each of the incentives, taxable profits 
associated  therewith  become  fully  taxable.  Our  tax  incentive  in  Laos  allows  for  a  100%  income  tax  exemption  (including 
distribution taxes) until 2025, and a reduced income tax rate thereafter. The aggregate tax benefit arising from all of our tax 
incentives was approximately $15 for 2021 (2020 —  $10; 2019 —  $1.5).

We  received  an  approval  from  the  Malaysian  authorities  in  Q4  2020  for  an  income  tax  incentive  for  one  of  our 
Malaysian subsidiaries, which provides for a 50% income tax exemption for a period of five years for certain product sets 
manufactured by such subsidiary. At the end of 2021, the commencement date of this incentive had yet to be determined by 
the Malaysian authorities. Although a significant portion of this incentive may be retroactively applicable to past periods, we 
cannot assure that this will be the case. Due to uncertainty of the period for which this incentive applies, we cannot currently 
quantify the applicable benefit. 

See note 24 for contingencies regarding a Brazilian sales tax matter and a Romanian income and value-added tax 

matter.

20. 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT:

Our  financial  assets  are  comprised  primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  A/R,  and  derivatives  used  for  hedging 
purposes.  Our  financial  liabilities  are  comprised  primarily  of  A/P,  certain  accrued  and  other  liabilities,  the  Term  Loans, 
borrowings under the Revolver, lease obligations, and derivatives. Subsequent to initial recognition, we record the majority of 
our financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost except for derivative assets and liabilities, which we measure at fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of the following:

Cash     ....................................................................................................................................... $ 
Cash equivalents    .....................................................................................................................

447.0  $ 

16.8 

$ 

463.8  $ 

384.4 

9.6 

394.0 

Our current portfolio of cash equivalents consists of bank deposits. The majority of our cash and cash equivalents 
are held with financial institutions each of which had at December 31, 2021 a Standard and Poor’s short-term rating of A-1 or 
above. 

December 31

2020

2021

F-50

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Financial risk management objectives:

We have exposures to a variety of financial risks through our operations. We regularly monitor these risks and have 
established  policies  and  business  practices  to  mitigate  the  adverse  effects  of  these  potential  exposures.  We  have  used 
derivative  financial  instruments,  such  as  foreign  currency  forward  and  swap  contracts,  as  well  as  interest  rate  swap 
agreements,  to  reduce  the  effects  of  some  of  these  risks.  We  do  not  enter  into  or  trade  financial  instruments,  including 
derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

(a) 

Currency risk:

Due to the global nature of our operations, we are exposed to exchange rate fluctuations on our financial instruments 
denominated  in  various  currencies.  The  majority  of  our  currency  risk  is  driven  by  operational  costs,  including  income  tax 
expense, incurred in local currencies by our subsidiaries. As part of our risk management program, we attempt to mitigate 
currency  risk  through  a  hedging  program  using  forecasts  of  our  anticipated  future  cash  flows  and  monetary  assets  and 
monetary liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. We enter into foreign currency forward contracts and swaps, generally 
for periods of up to 12 months, to lock in the exchange rates for future foreign currency transactions, which are intended to 
reduce the foreign currency risk related to our operating costs and future cash flows denominated in local currencies. While 
these contracts are intended to reduce the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on our operating costs and 
cash flows, our hedging strategy does not mitigate the longer-term impacts of changes to foreign exchange rates. Although 
our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, currency risk on our income tax expense arises as we are generally required to file 
our tax returns in the local currency for each particular country in which we have operations. While our hedging program is 
designed  to  mitigate  currency  risk  vis-à-vis  the  U.S.  dollar,  we  remain  subject  to  taxable  foreign  exchange  impacts  in  our 
translated local currency financial results relevant for tax reporting purposes.

We cannot predict changes in currency exchange rates, the impact of exchange rate changes on our operating results, 
nor the degree to which we will be able to manage the impact of currency exchange rate changes. Such changes, including 
negative  impacts  on  currency  exchange  rates  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our 
business, financial performance and financial condition. 

Our  major  currency  exposures  at  December  31,  2021  are  summarized  in  U.S.  dollar  equivalents  in  the  following 

table. The local currency amounts have been converted to U.S. dollar equivalents using spot rates at December 31, 2021. 

Cash and cash equivalents  .......................................................... $ 
A/R   .............................................................................................
Income taxes and value-added taxes receivable   .........................
Other financial assets    .................................................................
Pension and non-pension post-employment liabilities   ...............
Income taxes and value-added taxes payable  .............................
A/P and certain accrued and other liabilities and provisions   .....
(88.7)   
Net financial assets (liabilities)    .................................................. $  (149.2)  $ 

3.6  $ 
7.8 
14.1 
— 
(84.8)   
(1.2)   

Foreign currency risk sensitivity analysis:

Canadian 
dollar

Euro

Thai baht

Chinese 
renminbi
16.9 
19.6 
6.5 
0.6 
(1.2) 
(14.2) 

0.8  $ 
— 
10.5 
0.5 
(19.7)   
(5.9)   

Malaysian 
ringgit

$ 

3.4 
8.4 
4.4 
1.6 
— 
(0.4) 

9.2  $ 
39.3 
1.0 
2.0 
(0.6)   
(0.3)   

(39.2)   

(32.5)   

(56.7) 

(28.7) 

11.4  $ 

(46.3)  $ 

(28.5)  $ 

(11.3) 

The financial impact of a one-percentage point strengthening or weakening of the following currencies against the 
U.S. dollar for our financial instruments denominated in such non-functional currencies is summarized in the following table 
as  at  December  31,  2021.  The  financial  instruments  impacted  by  a  change  in  exchange  rates  include  our  exposures  to  the 
above financial assets or liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies and our foreign exchange forward contracts and 
swaps. 

F-51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Canadian 
dollar

Euro

Thai baht

Increase (decrease)

Chinese 
renminbi

Malaysian 
ringgit

1% Strengthening

Net earnings    ................................................................... $ 
   OCI    ................................................................................ $ 
1% Weakening

(0.6)  $ 

—  $ 

(0.1)  $ 

(0.2)  $ 

1.1  $ 

(0.1)  $ 

0.8  $ 

0.4 

$ 

Net earnings    ................................................................... $ 
   OCI    ................................................................................ $ 

0.6  $ 

(1.0)  $ 

—  $ 

0.1  $ 

0.1  $ 

0.2 

$ 

(0.7)  $ 

(0.4)  $ 

(0.1) 

0.5 

0.1 

(0.4) 

(b) 

Interest rate risk:

Borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  bear  interest  at  specified  rates,  plus  specified  margins.  See  note  11.  Our 
borrowings  under  this  facility  at  December  31,  2021  totaled  $660.4  (December  31,  2020  —  $470.4),  comprised  of  an 
aggregate  of  $660.4  under  the  Term  Loans  (December  31,  2020  —  $470.4  under  the  Initial  Term  Loan  and  the  First 
Incremental Term Loan), and other than ordinary course letters of credit (described below), no amounts outstanding under the 
Revolver (December 31, 2020 — other than ordinary course letters of credit, no amounts outstanding under the Revolver). 
Such borrowings expose us to interest rate risk due to the potential variability of market interest rates. Without accounting for 
the interest rate swaps described below, a one-percentage point increase in these rates would increase interest expense, based 
on outstanding borrowings of $660.4 as at December 31, 2021, by $6.6 annually.

As  part  of  our  risk  management  program,  we  attempt  to  mitigate  interest  rate  risk  through  interest  rate  swaps.  In 
order  to  partially  hedge  against  our  exposure  to  interest  rate  variability  on  our  Term  Loans,  we  have  entered  into  various 
agreements  with  third-party  banks  to  swap  the  variable  interest  rate  (based  on  LIBOR  plus  a  margin)  with  a  fixed  rate  of 
interest for a portion of the borrowings under our Term Loans. At December 31, 2021, we had: (i) interest rate swaps hedging 
the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 of our Initial Term Loan borrowings that expire in August 2023, reflecting our 
exercise of a partial cancellation option in September 2021, as described below (Initial Swaps), and additional interest rate 
swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 of our Initial Term Loan borrowings, for which the cash flows 
commence upon the expiration of the Initial Swaps and continue through June 2024 (First Extended Initial Swaps) and (ii) 
interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated with $100.0 of our Second Incremental Term Loan borrowings, 
which  expire  in  December  2023  (Incremental  Swaps).  Prior  to  repayment  in  full  of  the  First  Incremental  Term  Loan  on 
December  6,  2021  (see  note  11),  we  had  interest  rate  swaps  hedging  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  $100.0  of 
outstanding borrowings thereunder, which were scheduled to expire in December 2023 (reflecting our exercise of a partial 
cancellation option in December 2020, as described below). As the First Incremental Term Loan and the Second Incremental 
Term  Loan  have  the  same  interest  rate  risk,  these  interest  rate  swaps  continued,  and  now  cover  $100.0  of  outstanding 
borrowings  under  the  Second  Incremental  Term  Loan.  In  December  2020,  we  exercised  an  option  to  cancel  $75.0  of  the 
notional amount of interest rate swaps covering the First Incremental Term Loan (increasing the unhedged amount under the 
First  Incremental  Term  Loan  by  a  corresponding  amount,  and  leaving  $100.0  of  notional  amount  in  place  for  outstanding 
borrowings  under  the  First  Incremental  Term  Loan).  In  September  2021,  we  exercised  an  option  to  cancel  $75.0  of  the 
notional  amount  of  the  Initial  Swaps  (increasing  the  unhedged  amount  under  the  Initial  Term  Loan  by  a  corresponding 
amount,  and  leaving  $100.0  of  notional  amount  in  place  for  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Initial  Term  Loan).  The 
cancelled  portion  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  covering  the  First  Incremental  Term  Loan  and  the  Initial  Term  Loan  were 
remeasured to their fair value on the date of cancellation and as a result, no gain or loss was incurred upon cancellation. The 
terms of the interest rate swap agreements with respect to the floating market rate and the interest payment dates match that 
of  the  underlying  debt,  such  that  any  hedge  ineffectiveness  is  not  expected  to  be  significant.  At  December  31,  2021,  the 
interest rate risk related to $460.4 of borrowings under the Credit Facility was unhedged, consisting of unhedged amounts 
outstanding  under  the  Term  Loans  ($195.4  under  the  Initial  Term  Loan  and  $265.0  under  the  Second  Incremental  Term 
Loan), and no amounts outstanding (other than ordinary course letters of credit) under the Revolver (December 31, 2020 — 
$195.4, consisting of $120.4 under the Initial Term Loan and $75.0 under the First Incremental Term Loan, and no amounts 
outstanding (other than ordinary course letters of credit) under the Revolver). A one-percentage point increase in applicable 
interest rates would increase interest expense, based on the outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility at December 31, 
2021, and including the impact of our interest rate swap agreements, by $4.6 annually.

F-52

 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

In  February  2022,  we  entered  into  the  following  additional  interest  rate  swaps  with  various  third-party  banks:  (i) 
interest  rate  swaps  hedging  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  $100.0  of  our  Initial  Term  Loan  borrowings  (and  any 
subsequent  term  loans  replacing  the  Initial  Term  Loans),  for  which  the  cash  flows  commence  upon  expiration  of  the  First 
Extended Initial Swaps and continue through December 2025, (ii) interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated 
with $100.0 of our Second Incremental Term Loan borrowings, for which the cash flows commence upon expiration of the 
Incremental Swaps and continue through December 2025, and (iii) interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk associated 
with  another  $130.0  of  our  Second  Incremental  Term  Loan  borrowings  (Additional  Incremental  Swaps)  effective  from 
February 2022 through December 2025. We have an option to cancel up to $50.0 of the notional amount of the Additional 
Incremental Swaps from January 2024 through October 2025. 

We obtain third-party valuations of the swaps under the interest rate swap agreements. The valuations of the swaps 
are primarily measured through various pricing models or discounted cash flow analyses that incorporate observable market 
parameters,  such  as  interest  rate  yield  curves  and  volatility,  and  credit  risk  adjustments.  The  valuations  of  the  interest  rate 
swaps are measured primarily based on Level 2 data inputs of the fair value measurement hierarchy. The unrealized portion 
of the change in fair value of the swaps is recorded in OCI. The realized portion of the change in fair value of the swaps is 
released  from  accumulated  OCI  and  recognized  under  finance  costs  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  in  the 
respective  interest  payment  periods.  At  December  31,  2021,  the  fair  value  of  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  was  a  net 
unrealized loss of $6.9, consisting of aggregate unrealized gains of $0.5 for certain of our swaps, which we recorded in other 
non-current  assets,  and  aggregate  unrealized  losses  of  $7.4  on  the  remainder  (December  31,  2020  —  aggregate  unrealized 
loss of $16.5 (no unrealized gains)), which we recorded in other non-current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. As 
we have swapped $200.0 of our borrowings under the Term Loans from floating to fixed rates as at December 31, 2021, the 
financial impact of a 25 basis point increase in the floating market interest rate would decrease the net unrealized loss by $1.0 
and a 25 basis point decrease in the floating interest rate would increase our unrealized loss on the interest rate swaps by $1.0.

Global  reform  of  major  interest  rate  benchmarks  is  currently  underway,  including  the  anticipated  replacement  of 
some  IBORs  (including  LIBOR)  with  alternative  nearly  risk-free  rates.  See  note  2,  "Recently  issued  accounting  standards 
and amendments." We have obligations under our Credit Facility, certain lease arrangements and derivative instruments, that 
are indexed to LIBOR (LIBOR Agreements). The interest rates under these agreements are subject to change when relevant 
LIBOR benchmark rates cease to exist. There remains uncertainty over the timing and methods of transition to such alternate 
rates. 

Our Credit Facility provides that when the administrative agent, the majority of lenders or we determine that LIBOR 
(or the corresponding rate for any Alternative Currency, as defined in the Credit Facility), is unavailable or being replaced 
(or, in the case of LIBOR borrowings under the Revolver and the Second Incremental Term Loan, at our joint election with 
the  administrative  agent),  then  we  and  the  administrative  agent  may  amend  the  underlying  credit  agreement  to  reflect  a 
successor  rate  as  specified  therein.  Once  LIBOR  becomes  unavailable  and  if  no  successor  rate  has  been  established, 
applicable loans under the Credit Facility accruing interest at LIBOR will convert to Base Rate loans. The Credit Facility has 
not yet been amended to reflect a successor rate for LIBOR. Certain of our lease arrangements that include progress payments 
provide  that  a  successor  rate  will  be  determined  by  the  lessor  when  LIBOR  ceases  to  be  available  or  is  no  longer 
representative, or if earlier, by mutually-agreed amendments to the lease agreements to adopt a replacement benchmark. It 
remains uncertain when the benchmark transitions will be complete or what replacement rates will be used. 

Our variable rate Term Loans are partially hedged with interest rate swap agreements (as of December 31, 2021 — 
30%  hedged  with  an  aggregate  notional  amount  of  $200.0).  Hedge  ineffectiveness  could  result  due  to  the  cessation  of 
LIBOR,  if  such  agreements  transition  using  a  different  benchmark  or  spread  adjustment  as  compared  to  the  underlying 
hedged debt. As of December 31, 2021, we are in the process of negotiating a successor rate to LIBOR with one of the two 
counterparty banks under the Incremental Swaps (with a notional amount of $50.0), to ensure that such agreements mirror the 
LIBOR successor provisions under the Credit Facility. However, we cannot assure the outcome of these negotiations, or what 
the LIBOR successor provisions will be. We have not begun the process to amend relevant LIBOR provisions with the other 
counterparty bank, or with the counterparty banks under the Initial Swaps and the First Extended Initial Swaps. As a result, 
we  cannot  assure  that  benchmark  transitions  under  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  will  be  successful,  or  if  so,  what 
replacement rates will be used.

  Our  A/R  sales  program  and  three  customers  SFPs  have  transitioned  to  alternative  benchmark  rates  with 
predetermined spreads, with no significant impact on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 
2021.

F-53

 
  
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

While  we  expect  that  reasonable  alternatives  to  LIBOR  benchmarks  will  be  implemented  in  advance  of  their 
cessation dates, we cannot assure that this will be the case. If LIBOR is no longer available and the alternative reference rate 
is  higher,  interest  rates  under  the  affected  LIBOR  Agreements  would  increase,  which  would  adversely  impact  our  interest 
expense, our financial performance and cash flows. We will continue to monitor developments with respect to the cessation 
of  LIBOR  and  the  selection  of  alternative  benchmark  rates,  and  evaluate  potential  impacts  on  our  LIBOR  Agreements, 
processes, systems, risk management methodology and valuations, financial reporting, taxes, and financial results. However, 
we are currently unable to predict what the future replacement rate or consequences on our operations or financial results will 
be.

(c) 

Credit risk:

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty may default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss 
to us. We believe our credit risk of counterparty non-performance continues to be relatively low. We are in regular contact 
with our customers, suppliers and logistics providers, and have not experienced significant counterparty credit-related non-
performance. However, if a key supplier (or any company within such supplier's supply chain) or customer fails to comply 
with  their  contractual  obligations,  this  could  result  in  a  significant  financial  loss  to  us.  We  would  also  suffer  a  significant 
financial loss if an institution from which we purchased foreign currency exchange contracts or swaps, interest rate swaps, or 
annuities for our pension plans defaults on their contractual obligations. With respect to our financial market activities, we 
have  adopted  a  policy  of  dealing  only  with  credit-worthy  counterparties  to  help  mitigate  the  risk  of  financial  loss  from 
defaults. We monitor the credit risk of the counterparties with whom we conduct business, through a combined process of 
credit rating reviews and portfolio reviews. To attempt to mitigate the risk of financial loss from defaults under our foreign 
currency  forward  contracts  and  swaps,  and  our  interest  rate  swaps,  our  contracts  are  held  by  counterparty  financial 
institutions, each of which had a Standard and Poor’s rating of A-2 or above at December 31, 2021. In addition, we maintain 
cash  and  short-term  investments  in  highly-rated  investments  or  on  deposit  with  major  financial  institutions.  Each  financial 
institution with which we had our A/R sales program and our SFPs had a Standard and Poor’s short-term rating of A-2 or 
above and a long-term rating of A- or above at December 31, 2021. The financial institutions from which annuities have been 
purchased for the defined benefit component of our U.K. Main pension plan are governed by local regulatory bodies.

We  also  provide  unsecured  credit  to  our  customers  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Customer  exposures  that 
potentially subject us to credit risk include our A/R, inventory on hand, and non-cancellable purchase orders in support of 
customer demand. From time to time, we extend the payment terms applicable to certain customers, and/or provide longer 
payment terms when deemed commercially reasonable. Longer payment terms could adversely impact our working capital 
requirements, and increase our financial exposure and credit risk. We attempt to mitigate customer credit risk by monitoring 
our customers’ financial condition and performing ongoing credit evaluations as appropriate. In certain instances, we obtain 
letters  of  credit  or  other  forms  of  security  from  our  customers.  We  may  also  purchase  credit  insurance  from  a  financial 
institution  to  reduce  our  credit  exposure  to  certain  customers.  We  consider  credit  risk  in  determining  our  allowance  for 
doubtful accounts, and we believe that such allowance, as adjusted from time to time, is adequate. The carrying amount of 
financial assets recorded in our consolidated financial statements, net of our allowance for doubtful accounts, represents our 
estimate of maximum exposure to credit risk. In light of COVID-19, we assessed the financial stability and liquidity of our 
customers in Q1 2020. We also enhanced the monitoring of, and/or developed plans intended to mitigate, the limited number 
of identified exposures in Q1 2020, which enhancements and plans remain in effect. No significant adjustments were made to 
our allowance for doubtful accounts during 2021 in connection with our ongoing assessments and monitoring initiatives. At 
December 31, 2021, less than 2% of our gross A/R was over 90 days past due (December 31, 2020 — 1%). A/R are net of an 
allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.7 at December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 — $5.0). 

(d) 

Liquidity risk:

Liquidity risk is the risk that we may not have cash available to satisfy our financial obligations as they come due. 
The majority of our financial liabilities recorded in accounts payable, accrued and other current liabilities and provisions are 
due  within  90  days.  We  manage  liquidity  risk  through  maintenance  of  cash  on  hand  and  access  to  the  various  financing 
arrangements described in notes 4 and 11. We believe that cash flow from operating activities, together with cash on hand, 
cash from accepted sales of A/R, and borrowings available under the Revolver and potentially available under uncommitted 
intraday and overnight bank overdraft facilities, are sufficient to fund our currently anticipated financial obligations, and will 
remain  available  in  the  current  environment.  As  our  A/R  sales  program  and  SFPs  are  each  uncommitted,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that any participant bank will purchase any of the A/R that we wish to sell.

F-54

 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Fair values:

We estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, 
our A/R, A/P, accrued liabilities and provisions, and our borrowings under the Revolver approximate their fair values due to 
their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Term Loans approximates their fair value as they bear interest at a variable 
market rate. The fair values of foreign currency contracts are estimated using generally accepted valuation models based on a 
discounted cash flow analysis with inputs of observable market data, including currency rates and discount factors. Discount 
factors are adjusted by our own credit risk or the credit risk of the counterparty, depending on whether the fair values are in 
liability  or  asset  positions,  respectively.  We  obtained  third-party  valuations  of  the  swaps  under  our  interest  rate  swap 
agreements.  The  valuations  of  the  swaps  are  primarily  measured  through  various  pricing  models  or  discounted  cash  flow 
analyses  that  incorporate  observable  market  parameters,  such  as  interest  rate  yield  curves  and  volatility,  and  credit  risk 
adjustments, and are based on Level 2 data inputs of the fair value measurement hierarchy (described below). 

Fair value measurements:

In the table below, we have segregated our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, based on 
the inputs used to determine fair value at the measurement date. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy, based on the 
reliability of inputs, are as follows:

•  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level  2  inputs  are  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  in  Level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or 

liability either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 inputs are inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (i.e. unobservable 

inputs).

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2021

Level 1

Level 2

Level 1

Level 2

Assets:
Interest rate swaps      ........................................................................ $ 
Foreign currency forwards and swaps    ..........................................

$ 

Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps      ........................................................................ $ 
Foreign currency forwards and swaps    ..........................................

—  $ 

— 
—  $ 

— 

$ 

29.4 
29.4 

$ 

—  $ 

— 
—  $ 

0.5 

7.4 
7.9 

—  $ 

(16.5)  $ 

— 

(6.1) 

—  $ 

— 

(7.4) 

(6.2) 

$ 

—  $ 

(22.6)  $ 

—  $ 

(13.6) 

See note 18 for the input levels used to measure the fair value of our pension assets. Foreign currency forward and 
swap contracts are valued using an income approach, by comparing the current quoted market forward rates to our contract 
rates and discounting the values with appropriate market observable credit risk adjusted rates. We have not valued any of the 
financial instruments described in the table above using Level 3 (unobservable) inputs. There were no transfers of fair value 
measurements between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy in 2021 or 2020. 

Currency derivatives and hedging activities: 

We  enter  into  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  and  foreign  currency  swaps  to  hedge  our  foreign  currency  risk 
related  to  anticipated  future  cash  flows,  monetary  assets  and  monetary  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  At 
December  31,  2021  and  2020,  we  had  foreign  currency  forwards  and  swaps  to  trade  U.S.  dollars  in  exchange  for  the 
following currencies:

F-55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

As at December 31, 2021
Currency
Canadian dollar     ............................................................................. $ 
Thai baht    .......................................................................................

Malaysian ringgit   ..........................................................................

Mexican peso  ................................................................................

Chinese renminbi   ..........................................................................

Euro     ..............................................................................................

Romanian leu   ................................................................................

Singapore dollar  ............................................................................
Japanese yen   .................................................................................
Korean won   ..................................................................................
Total (ii).......................................................................................... $ 

Contract amount 
of U.S. dollars

Weighted average 
exchange rate 
in U.S. dollars (i)

Maximum 
period in 
months

Fair value 
gain/(loss)

195.5 

109.9 

48.8 

23.5 

55.2 

20.6 

40.6 
27.8 
11.6 
6.0 
539.5 

0.79

0.03

0.24

0.05

0.15

1.14

0.23
0.74
0.0088
0.0008

12

12

12

12

12

4

12
12
4
4

$ 

$ 

0.6 

(1.0) 

0.2 

0.2 

1.2 

0.6 

(1.1) 
— 
0.5 
— 
1.2 

As at December 31, 2020
Currency
Canadian dollar     ............................................................................. $ 
Thai baht    .......................................................................................

Malaysian ringgit   ..........................................................................

Mexican peso  ................................................................................

British pound    ................................................................................

Chinese renminbi   ..........................................................................

Euro     ..............................................................................................

Romanian leu   ................................................................................

Singapore dollar  ............................................................................

Japanese yen    .................................................................................

Korean won     ..................................................................................
Total (ii).......................................................................................... $ 

Contract amount 
of U.S. dollars

Weighted average 
exchange rate 
in U.S. dollars (i)

Maximum 
period in 
months

230.8 

107.7 

48.7 

20.1 

0.8 

44.0 

39.5 

28.6 

27.5 

8.0 

6.9 

562.6 

0.76

0.03

0.24

0.05

1.33

0.15

1.21

0.23

0.73

0.01

0.0009

12

12

12

12

4

12

10

12

12

4

1

Fair value 
gain/(loss)

$ 

11.7 

4.7 

1.6 

1.6 

0.1 

2.8 

(1.5) 

2.0 

1.0 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 

23.3 

$ 

(i)   

(ii) 

Represents  the  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  (not  in  millions)  of  one  unit  of  the  foreign  currency,  weighted  based  on  the  notional 
amounts of the underlying foreign currency forward and swap contracts outstanding as at December 31, 2021.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  fair  value  of  outstanding  foreign  currency  forward  and  swap  contracts  related  to  effective  cash 
flow hedges where we applied hedge accounting was a loss of $2.2 (December 31, 2020 — gain of $14.5), and the fair value of 
outstanding  foreign  currency  forward  and  swap  contracts  related  to  economic  hedges  where  we  record  the  changes  in  the  fair 
values  of  such  contracts  through  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  was  a  gain  of  $3.4  (December  31,  2020  —  gain  of 
$8.8).

At December 31, 2021, the fair value of our outstanding contracts was a net unrealized gain of $1.2 (December 31, 
2020 — net unrealized gain of $23.3), resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between the contract execution 
and the period-end date. Changes in the fair value of hedging derivatives to which we apply cash flow hedge accounting, to 
the  extent  effective,  are  deferred  in  accumulated  OCI  until  the  expenses  or  items  being  hedged  are  recognized  in  our 
consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Any  hedge  ineffectiveness,  which  at  December  31,  2021  was  not  significant,  is 
recognized immediately in our consolidated statement of operations. At December 31, 2021, we recorded $7.4 of derivative 
assets in other current assets and $6.2 of derivative liabilities in accrued and other current liabilities (December 31, 2020 — 
$29.4  of  derivative  assets  in  other  current  assets  and  $6.1  of  derivative  liabilities  in  accrued  and  other  current  liabilities). 
Certain foreign currency forward and swap contracts to trade U.S. dollars do not qualify as hedges, most significantly certain 
Canadian dollar contracts, and we mark these contracts to market each period in our consolidated statement of operations. See 
note 2(p).

F-56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

21. 

CAPITAL DISCLOSURES:

Our  main  objectives  in  managing  our  capital  resources  are  to  ensure  liquidity  and  to  have  funds  available  for 
working capital or other investments we determine are required to grow our business. Our capital resources consist of cash 
provided  by  operating  activities,  access  to  the  Revolver,  uncommitted  intraday  and  overnight  bank  overdraft  facilities,  an 
uncommitted A/R sales program and SFPs, and our ability to issue debt or equity securities.

We  regularly  review  our  borrowing  capacity  and  make  adjustments,  as  permitted,  for  changes  in  economic 
conditions  and  changes  in  our  requirements.  See  note  11  for  a  discussion  of  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility,  and  amounts 
outstanding  thereunder  at  December  31,  2021.  We  had  $579.0  available  as  of  December  31,  2021  under  the  Revolver  for 
future  borrowings.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  also  had  access  (in  each  case  on  an  uncommitted  basis)  to  $198.5  in 
intraday and overnight bank overdraft facilities, our $300.0 A/R sales program and the SFPs to provide short-term liquidity. 
At December 31, 2021, we sold $45.8 of A/R under our A/R sales program and $98.0 under the SFPs (see note 4). The timing 
and the amounts we borrow and repay under these facilities can vary significantly from month-to-month depending on our 
working capital and other cash requirements.

We have repurchased and canceled SVS under NCIBs in recent years. In addition, we purchase SVS from time-to-
time in the open market through a broker to satisfy delivery obligations under our SBC plans. See note 12 for details. We 
have not distributed, nor do we have any current plan to distribute, any dividends to our shareholders. 

Our  strategy  on  capital  risk  management  has  not  changed  significantly  since  the  end  of  2020.  Other  than  the 
restrictive  and  financial  covenants  associated  with  our  Credit  Facility  described  in  note  11,  we  are  not  subject  to  any 
contractual  or  regulatory  capital  requirements.  While  some  of  our  international  operations  are  subject  to  government 
restrictions on the flow of capital into and out of their jurisdictions, these restrictions have not had a material impact on our 
operations or cash flows.

22. 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES DILUTED (in millions):

Weighted average number of shares (basic)      .................................................................

Dilutive effect of outstanding awards under SBC plans    ...............................................
Weighted average number of shares (diluted)   ...............................................................

2019

2020

2021

131.0 
0.8 

131.8 

129.1 
— 

129.1 

126.7 
— 

126.7 

For  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  December  31,  2020,  and  December  31,  2019,  we  excluded  0.3 
million stock options from the diluted weighted average per share calculation as they were out-of-the-money. References to 
shares in this note 22 are to our SVS and MVS taken collectively.

23.  

COVID-19 GOVERNMENT SUBSIDIES: 

The  governments  of  various  jurisdictions  in  which  we  have  operations  have  approved  legislation  and  taken 
administrative  actions  intended  to  aid  businesses  that  have  been  adversely  impacted  by  COVID-19,  including  making 
Subsidies  available  to  eligible  entities  to  subsidize  or  offset  qualifying  expenses,  including  employee  wages,  or  to  lower 
payroll taxes or required social insurance program contributions (in certain countries), in each case subject to limits and other 
specified criteria (collectively, COVID Subsidies). We determined that we qualified for COVID Subsidies during 2021 and 
2020, the most significant of which were provided under the Canadian Emergency Wage Subsidy (CEWS) first announced by 
the Government of Canada in April 2020.  Due to changes in legislation, however, we have not applied for further COVID 
Subsidies under the CEWS since June 2021. 

For 2021, we determined that we qualified for an estimated aggregate of approximately $11 (2020 — approximately 
$34) of COVID Subsidies, which we recognized as a reduction to the related expenses in cost of goods sold of approximately 
$8 (2020 — approximately $27) and SG&A of approximately $3 (2020 — approximately $7) in our consolidated statement 
of operations. All recognized COVID Subsidies have been received.

F-57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

24. 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES: 

At  December  31,  2021,  we  had  commitments  (not  recognized  as  liabilities  as  of  such  date)  under  IT  support 

agreements that require future minimum payments as follows: 

2022   .................................................................................................................................................... $ 
2023   ....................................................................................................................................................

2024   ....................................................................................................................................................

2025   ....................................................................................................................................................

2026   ....................................................................................................................................................

Thereafter     ..............................................................................................................................................
Total future minimum payments   ........................................................................................................... $ 

27.3 

23.5 

20.9 

16.8 

13.3 

24.9 

126.7 

As at December 31, 2021, management had approved $45.9 for capital expenditures, primarily for machinery and 
equipment to support new customer programs, and issued $10.1 of such amount in purchase orders to third-party vendors. We 
also have a contractual commitment with a supplier to purchase $8 of component parts in 2022.

We have contingent liabilities in the form of L/Cs, letters of guarantee and surety bonds (collectively, Guarantees) 
which we have provided to various third parties. The Guarantees cover various payments, including customs and excise taxes, 
utility commitments and certain bank guarantees. At December 31, 2021, we had $48.1 of Guarantees (December 31, 2020 
— $41.5), including $21.0 (December 31, 2020 — $21.3) of L/Cs outstanding under our Revolver. 

We are required to make scheduled quarterly principal amortization payments under the Second Incremental Term 
Loan,  certain  annual  mandatory  prepayments  under  the  Credit  Facility  under  specified  circumstances,  payments  of 
outstanding  amounts  under  the  Credit  Facility  at  maturity  (see  note  11),  contractual  payments  under  our  lease  obligations 
(described in note 11 and below), and contributions to our pension and non-pension post-employment benefit plans (see note 
18). We are also required to make interest payments on amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, and to pay fees and 
charges  related  to  our  Credit  Facility,  our  A/R  sales  program  and  SFPs,  and  under  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  the 
amounts under the swap to be determined based on market rates at the time the interest payments are due (see notes 4, 11 and 
20). See note 20 for our obligations under the foreign exchange contracts we held at December 31, 2021. 

Additional real property lease commitments: 

In March 2019, as part of the sale of our Toronto real property, we entered into a 10-year lease for our new corporate 
headquarters  (Headquarters  Lease),  to  be  built  by  the  purchaser  of  such  property  on  the  site  of  our  former  location.  The 
commencement  date  of  this  lease  will  be  determined  by  such  purchaser  based  on  completion  of  construction  of  the  new 
building,  and  is  currently  targeted  to  be  May  2023,  with  occupancy  in  November  2023.  Upon  such  commencement,  our 
estimated  annual  basic  rent  will  be  approximately  $2.1  million  Canadian  dollars  for  each  of  the  first  five  years,  and 
approximately $2.2 million Canadian dollars for each of the remaining five years. We may, at our option, extend the lease for 
two further consecutive five-year periods. We intend to remain in our temporary headquarters location until that time. Our 
temporary headquarters lease expires in January 2023, but can be extended for an additional one-year period. We intend to 
exercise this extension option. The rental amounts that will be due under this lease were not recognized as liabilities as of 
December 31, 2021, because the lease had not yet commenced.

In  September  2021,  in  connection  with  an  outsourcing  arrangement  with  a  new  customer,  we  agreed  to  lease  a 
portion of their facilities located in Richardson, Texas for a 10-year period (Texas Lease). The commencement dates for this 
lease were/are September 2021, April 2022 and April 2027 (each for different portions of the total amount leased). The rental 
amounts for the portions of the lease that had not yet commenced ($2.6 in 2022; $3.5 in 2023; $3.6 in 2024; $3.7 in 2025, 
$3.8 in 2026 and $28.3 thereafter), were not recognized as liabilities as of December 31, 2021.

F-58

 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

At  December  31,  2021,  we  had  lease  commitments  under  the  Headquarters  Lease  and  the  Texas  Lease  (not 

recognized as liabilities as of such date) which require future minimum lease payments as follows:

2022    ............................................................................................................................................................... $ 
2023    ...............................................................................................................................................................
2024    ...............................................................................................................................................................
2025    ...............................................................................................................................................................
2026    ...............................................................................................................................................................
Thereafter       ......................................................................................................................................................
Total future minimum lease payments    .......................................................................................................... $ 

2.6 
3.8 
5.3 
5.4 
5.4 
40.0 
62.5 

Indemnifications:

We provide routine indemnifications, the terms of which range in duration and scope, and often are not explicitly 
defined,  including  for  third-party  intellectual  property  infringement,  certain  negligence  claims,  and  for  our  directors  and 
officers.  We  have  also  provided  indemnifications  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  certain  assets.  The  maximum  potential 
liability from these indemnifications cannot be reasonably estimated. In some cases, we have recourse against other parties or 
insurance  to  mitigate  our  risk  of  loss  from  these  indemnifications.  Historically,  we  have  not  made  significant  payments 
relating to these types of indemnifications. 

Litigation:

In  the  normal  course  of  our  operations,  we  may  be  subject  to  lawsuits,  investigations  and  other  claims,  including 
environmental,  labor,  product,  customer  disputes,  and  other  matters.  Management  believes  that  adequate  provisions  have 
been recorded where required. Although it is not always possible to estimate the extent of potential costs, if any, management 
believes  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  such  pending  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial 
performance, financial position or liquidity.

Income taxes and other matters:

We  are  subject  to  tax  audits  in  various  jurisdictions.  Reviews  by  tax  authorities  generally  focus  on,  but  are  not 
limited to, the validity of our inter-company transactions, including financing and transfer pricing policies which may involve 
subjective areas of taxation and significant judgment. 

The successful pursuit of assertions made by any government authority, including tax authorities, could result in our 
owing significant amounts of tax or other reimbursements, interest and possibly penalties. We believe we adequately accrue 
for any probable potential adverse ruling. However, there can be no assurance as to the final resolution of any claims and any 
resulting  proceedings.  If  any  claims  and  any  ensuing  proceedings  are  determined  adversely  to  us,  the  amounts  we  may  be 
required to pay could be material, and in excess of amounts accrued.

In  2017,  the  Brazilian  Ministry  of  Science,  Technology,  Innovation  and  Communications  (MCTIC)  issued 
assessments  seeking  to  disqualify  certain  research  and  development  (R&D)  expenses  for  the  years  2006  to  2009,  which 
entitled our Brazilian subsidiary (which ceased operations in 2009) to charge reduced sales tax levies to its customers. We 
received  lower  re-assessments  for  2007  and  2008  during  Q1  2020  in  response  to  our  initial  appeal,  and  in  Q4  2021,  the 
MCTIC accepted our appeal in respect of 2006 resulting in no adjustment to our original filing position for such year. We 
intend to continue to appeal the original assessments for 2009 and the re-assessments for  2007 and 2008.  As of December 
31, 2021, the assessments and re-assessments, including interest and penalties, total approximately 12 million Brazilian real 
(approximately $2 at year-end exchange rates) for all such years, reduced from original assessments totaling approximately 
39 million Brazilian real (approximately $7 at year-end exchange rates). 

F-59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

In  the  third  quarter  of  2021  (Q3  2021),  the  Romanian  tax  authorities  issued  a  final  assessment  in  the  aggregate 
amount of approximately 31 million Romanian leu (approximately $7 at period-end exchange rates), for additional income 
and value-added taxes for one of our Romanian subsidiaries for the 2014 to 2018 tax years. In order to advance our case to 
the  appeals  phase  and  reduce  or  eliminate  potential  interest  and  penalties,  we  paid  the  Romanian  tax  authorities  the  full 
amount assessed in Q3 2021 (without agreement to all or any portion of such assessment). We believe that our originally-
filed  tax  return  positions  are  in  compliance  with  applicable  Romanian  tax  laws  and  regulations,  and  intend  to  vigorously 
defend our position through all necessary appeals or other judicial processes.

25. 

SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION:

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they 
may earn revenue and incur expenses; for which discrete financial information is available; and whose operating results are 
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and to assess performance. No 
operating segments have been aggregated to determine our reportable segments. 

We have two operating and reportable segments: ATS and CCS. Our ATS segment consists of our ATS end market, 
and is comprised of our A&D, Industrial, Energy, HealthTech, and Capital Equipment (semiconductor, display, and power & 
signal  distribution  equipment)  businesses.  Our  CCS  segment  consists  of  our  Communications  and  Enterprise  (servers  and 
storage) end markets. 

Factors considered in determining the two reportable segments include the nature of applicable business activities, 
management structure, market strategy and margin profiles. Products and services in our ATS segment are extensive and are 
often more regulated than in our CCS segment, and can include the following: government-certified and highly-specialized 
manufacturing,  electronic  and  enclosure-related  services  for  A&D  customers;  high-precision  semiconductor  and  display 
equipment  and  integrated  subsystems;  a  wide  range  of  industrial  automation,  controls,  test  and  measurement  devices; 
advanced  solutions  for  surgical  instruments,  diagnostic  imaging  and  patient  monitoring;  and  efficiency  products  to  help 
manage and monitor the energy and power industries. Our ATS segment businesses typically have higher margin profiles and 
margin  volatility,  higher  working  capital  requirements,  and  longer  product  life  cycles  than  the  businesses  in  our  CCS 
segment.  Products  and  services  in  our  CCS  segment  consist  predominantly  of  enterprise-level  data  communications  and 
information  processing  infrastructure  products,  and  can  include  routers,  switches,  data  center  interconnects,  servers  and 
storage-related products used by a wide range of businesses and cloud-based and other service providers to manage digital 
connectivity,  commerce  and  social  media  applications.  Our  CCS  segment  businesses  typically  have  lower  margin  profiles, 
lower working capital requirements, and higher volumes than the businesses in our ATS segment. Within our CCS segment, 
however, our Hardware Platform Solutions (HPS) business (which includes firmware/software enablement across all primary 
IT infrastructure data center technologies and aftermarket services), typically has a higher margin profile than our traditional 
CCS  businesses,  but  also  requires  specific  investments  (including  R&D)  and  higher  working  capital.  Our  CCS  segment 
generally  experiences  a  high  degree  of  volatility  in  terms  of  revenue  and  product/service  mix  and  as  a  result,  our  CCS 
segment margin can fluctuate from period to period. 

Segment  performance  is  evaluated  based  on  segment  revenue,  segment  income  and  segment  margin  (segment 
income as a percentage of segment revenue). Revenue is attributed to the segment in which the product is manufactured or 
the service is performed. Segment income is defined as a segment’s net revenue less its cost of sales and its allocable portion 
of  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  research  and  development  expenses  (collectively,  Segment  Costs). 
Identifiable  Segment  Costs  are  allocated  directly  to  the  applicable  segment  while  other  Segment  Costs,  including  indirect 
costs and certain corporate charges, are allocated to our segments based on an analysis of the relative usage or benefit derived 
by  each  segment  from  such  costs.  Segment  income  excludes  finance  costs  (defined  in  note  16),  employee  SBC  expense, 
amortization of intangible assets (excluding computer software), and other charges (recoveries) (the components of which are 
described in note 15), as these costs and charges/recoveries are managed and reviewed by our CEO at the company level. Our 
segments  do  not  record  inter-segment  revenue.  Although  segment  income  and  segment  margin  are  used  to  evaluate  the 
performance  of  our  segments,  we  may  incur  operating  costs  in  one  segment  that  may  also  benefit  the  other  segment.  Our 
accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as those applied to the Company as a whole.

F-60

 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

Information regarding each reportable segment for the periods indicated is set forth below: 

Revenue by segment:

Year ended December 31

2019

2020

2021

% of total

% of total

% of total

ATS      ................................................................... $  2,285.6 
CCS      ...................................................................
  3,602.7 

39%

61%

$  2,086.3 

  3,661.8 

36%

64%

$  2,315.1 

  3,319.6 

41%

59%

Communications revenue as a % of total 
revenue      ..........................................................
Enterprise revenue as a % of total revenue     ...

 40 %

 21 %

 42 %

 22 %

 40 %

 19 %

Total    .................................................................. $  5,888.3 

$  5,748.1 

$  5,634.7 

Segment income, segment margin, and reconciliation of 
segment income to IFRS earnings before income taxes:

2019

Year ended December 31
2020

2021

ATS segment income and margin   ........................................ $  64.2 
CCS segment income and margin   ........................................
93.9 
Total segment income   ..........................................................
  158.1 

Reconciling items:

Finance costs ........................................................................
Employee SBC expense  .......................................................
Amortization of intangible assets (excluding computer 
software)    ..............................................................................
24.6 
Other charges (recoveries) (note 15)     ...................................
(49.9) 
IFRS earnings before income taxes    ..................................... $  99.8 

49.5 
34.1 

Segment 
Margin
 2.8% 
 2.6% 

Segment 
Margin
 3.3% 
 3.5% 

$  69.7 
  129.3 
  199.0 

37.7 
25.8 

21.8 
23.5 
$  90.2 

Segment 
Margin
 4.5% 
 3.9% 

$  105.0 
  128.9 
  233.9 

31.7 
33.4 

22.5 
10.3 
$  136.0 

The following table details our external revenue allocated by manufacturing location among countries that generated 

10% or more of total revenue for the years indicated:

Thailand  .......................................................................................................

China     ...........................................................................................................

Malaysia    ......................................................................................................

Canada     .........................................................................................................

* Less than 10%.

Year ended December 31
2020

2019

2021

 34 %

 18 %
 12 %

*

 35 %

 20 %
*

*

 36 %

 16 %
 13 %

*

The  following  table  details  our  allocation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  ROU  assets  among  countries  that 

represented 10% or more of total property, plant and equipment and ROU assets for the years indicated:

China   .......................................................................................................................................

Thailand     ..................................................................................................................................
United States    ...........................................................................................................................
Canada     ....................................................................................................................................

* Less than 10%.

December 31

2020

2021

 14% 

 17% 

 18% 

*

 11% 

 16% 

 22% 

*

F-61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CELESTICA INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share amounts)

The following table details our allocation of intangible assets and goodwill among countries that represented 10% or 

more of total intangible assets and goodwill for the years indicated: 

United States      ............................................................................................................................

South Korea      .............................................................................................................................

Singapore    .................................................................................................................................

Canada    .....................................................................................................................................

* Less than 10%. 

Customers:

December 31

2020

2021

 85 %

 11 %

*

*

 49 %

*

 42 %

*

 No individual customer represented 10% or more of total revenue in 2020 or 2021. Cisco Systems, Inc. (a former 

CCS segment customer) was the only customer that individually represented 10% or more of total revenue for 2019 (12%).

At December 31, 2021, we had two customers that individually represented 10% or more of total A/R (each in our 
CCS segment) (December 31, 2020 — two customers (each in our CCS segment); December 31, 2019 — two customers (one 
from each of our segments)). 

F-62